UNIVERSITY
OF OREGON
BULLETIN
University
of Oregon
EUGENEeOREGON
CATALOG
I 5 5 U E
1956·57
OREGON STAn SYsnM OF HIGHER EDUCATION
University of Oregon
CATALOG
1956-57
Eugene, Oregon
Table of Contents
OREGON STATE SYSTEM OF HIGHER EDUCATION """'"
~~~~ ~;:[~O~rA~:~~rE~~~~~iti~;;::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::Officers of Administration , .
ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1956-57 .
UNIVERSITY STAFF....•....•......•...................•••.•.................................•.........•.....................•
Officers of Administration .University Faculty <.,...••.••....••....•••.•....•...•••.•.......•.•••..•
GENERAL INFORMATION•.....•.•..........................................•.......•...•.........••..•...........•.....•.•.
History _ _ .
Income _ .Campus .Libraries _ .Museurns and Collections __ __ __ ..Official Publications .
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS __ .__ __ .
Admission __ _ _ .
Entrance Examinations __ .Degrees..__ __ __ .
Group Requirement __ .
Honors............................................•................_ _ _ .Academic Procedure ..Fees and Deposits __ ..
STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE __ .
Office of Student Affairs ..New Student Week __ ..Student Living ..Student Health Service _ .Student Loan Funds _ .Scholarships and FelIowships A .
Prizes and Awards 0& ••• __•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••_ ••••••••
~~~r~~':'ri~~l~~t,\~ti~~t~~.ia.~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Alumni Association _ _ ~ _ _ .
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS __ __ .
~~~~WC~r~~~I':::s .-.-...- .-.:.----.: ::..___ ._..._ :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::Interdepartmental Courses .Anthropology .
~~~~~;:i~y·._._._._._._._._:._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._.___._._._._._.___._::._._:._._._._._:::__:._:._:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Economics _ _ .English __ __.
~~~~fa~ta~~da~~~i;;g·y·__:__._.::·__.___.:·: ._._._.::·__._._ ._._._._.:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::History __ .
Home Economics __ _ .Mathematics __ ..
~~{i~~';,~h~~~~~~~~~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::Physics ..Political Science .
~~ri~~~~~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::·.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::Soeiology ..
~~~~~~·;;f·M~~i~ip;;i··R~·~~~~~h··;;;;d·S·~;~i~~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
[ 31
Page
5
5
6
7
8
10
10
11
46
46
47
47
48
51
52
54
54
54
54
58
59
61
63
66
66
67
67
71
72
74
81
84
85
87
89
90
91
99
101
104
108
112
116
123
132
137
141
143
147
148
150
153
156
161
162
168
172
Campus Map
UNIVERSITY
of
OREGON
seALE c:::: .
CI 100 tOG 300 -400 DOD
SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALUED ARTS........................................................... 174
Architecture....................................................•..................................................................•.....
~Ii~!~~~ill~1;~~;~~~;:~:~:~:.~~~~;.~:~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~::~:~~~~:~:~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~:::~~~~~~~~~~:~~~:~~~~
Art History _ .
Art Education............................................•...._ .
176
179
181
183
185
188
189
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION•............................•..•................................•.... 192
194~~~~:~: ~~ l§~~~~~~~i~dS~r~~~~~.~~~~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 201
State Board of Higher Education*
DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY AND AIR SCIENCE AND TACTICS 261
Military Science ,.... ~~~
Air Science __ u •••...••..••...•••••••n ..
SCHOOL OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 223
§~~~:=: j~ i~r.~~~!:~.~.~~~~~~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ~~f
237SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM....•.........................._ _.................•...............•._..........•..
SCHOOL OF LAW _ _ _........................................................... 243
MEDICAL SCHooL _.................•.........•..........•................................•.........•.....................•. 250
SCHOOL OF MUSIC..........................................•..................•.....................................•..•••.... 251
256~~~;::~ 1~ ~~~l~·Ed~~~ti~;;,:::·.·.:·.::::::·.·.·.:·.::·.::::·.:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::258
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION.......•.....•...••.............................................................•.._..•...••..•.....
~~~~:d::?:J~~~~i~~~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
~~~~::i;;'~lA~:;;X~t-':~i';";;;;:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Courses in Education " '..'_"
Library Courses __ _ _ __
202
204
205
212
212
213
216
Term
Expires
CHERYL s. MACNAUGHTON, Portland _ 1957
BERNARD MAINWARING, Sa1em _ _ 1957
HERMAN OLIVER, John Day _ __ 1958
LEIF S. FINSETH, Dallas..._ : _ _ _..__ 1958
R. E. KLEINSORGE, Silverton._.. _._. __ _ _ 1959
WILLIAM E. WALSH, COOS Bay._._ _ __ . 1959
HENRY F. CABELL, Portland _ __ 1960
CHARLES HOLLOWAY, JR., Portland._ 1961
A. S. GRANT, Baker.._.._.._ _._ _._ _.. 1962
Officers
R. E. KLEINSORGE. _._ _ _ __ President
HENRY F. CABELL_ _ __ _ Vice..President
GRADUATE SCHOOL.._ _ 265
265ifi~~~rf~~~f~irJi~~1ili~:gcf~rff+~~;;;~;;;~;;;~;;~~;~~~~;;~~:::~:.;HHH?;;;;L~;;::;H·;;;fH
SUMMER SESSIONS _ _ _.•... 275
GENERAL EXTENSION DrvrSION _ _ _ _ ..•...•...• 276
ENROLLMENT AND DEGREES, 1954-55 278
INDEX _ _.....••................ 280
[4 ]
Executive Committee
President, Vice-President, and LEIF S. FINSETH
JOHN R. RICHARDS, Ph.D., Chancellor
EARL M. PALLETT, Ph.D., Secretary of Board
Office of the State Board of Higher Education
Eugene, Oregon
* Board members are appointed to six-year terms by the Governor of
Oregon with confirmation by the State Senate.
[ 5]
Oregon State System of Higher Education
JOHN R. RICHARDS, Ph.D., Chancellor
O. MEREDITH WILSON, Ph.D. AUGUST L. STRAND, Ph.D.
President, University of Oregon President, Oregon State College
Former Chancellors
Oregon State System of Higher Education
WILLIAM J. KERR, D.Sc., LL.D 1932-1935
FREDERICK M. HUNTER, Ed.D., LL.D 1935-1946
PAUL C. PACKER, Ph.D., LL.D 1946-1950
CHARLES D. BYRNE, Ed.D 1950-1955
HERBERT A. BORK, M.S., C.P.A Comptroller and Bursar
RICHARD L. COLLINS, M.A., C.P.A Budget Director
EARL M. PALLETT, Ph.D Secretary, Board of Higher Education
TRAVIS CROSS, B.A Assistant to the ChancelIor; Director of Information
WILLIAM H. CARLSON, M.A Director of Libraries
FRANCIS B. NICKERSON, M.S Executive Secretary, High School-
College Relations Committee
Oregon State System
of Higher Education
The Oregon State System of Higher Education, as organ-
ized in 1932 by the State Board of Higher Education following
a survey of higher education in Oregon by the U. S. Office
of Education, includes all the state-supported institutions of
higher education. The several institutions are elements in an
articulated system, parts of an integrated whole. The educa-
tional program is so organized as to distribute as widely as
possible throughout the state the opportunities for general
education and to center on a particular campus specialized,
technical, and professional curricula closely related to one an-
other.
The institutions of the State System of Higher Education
are the University of Oregon at Eugene, Oregon State College
at Corvallis, Portland State College at Portland, Oregon Col-
lege of Education at Monmouth, Southern Oregon College
of Education at Ashland, and Eastern Oregon College of Edu-
cation at La Grande. The University of Oregon Medical School
and the Dental School are located in Portland.
Each of the institutions provides the general studies funda-
mental to a well-rounded education. At the three colleges of
education, and at Portland State College, students who do not
plan to become teachers may devote their time to general
studies or semiprofessional work.
At the University and the State College two years of un-
specialized work in liberal arts and sciences are provided on
a parallel basis in the lower division. Major curricula, both
liberal and professional, are grouped on either campus in ac-
cordance with the distinctive functions of the respective institu-
tion in the unified State System of Higher Education.
An interinstitutional booklet, Your Education, which out-
lines the curricula of the several institutions and contains other
information, is available. For a copy, write to Division of Infor-
mation, Board of Higher Education, Eugene, Oregon.
DAVID W. E. BAIRD, M.D., LL.D.
Dean, Medical School
HAROLD T. NOYES, D.D.S., M.D.
Dean, J5ental School
JOHN F. CRAMER, D.Ed.
President, Portland State College
PHILIP G. HOFFMAN, Ph.D.
Dean, General Extension Division
ELMO N. STEVENSON, EdD.,
President, Southern Oregon College
of Education
. FRANK B. BENNETT, Ed.D.
President, Eastern Oregon College
of Education
Roy E. LIEUALLEN, Ed.D.
President, Oregon College of Education
[6] [7]
September 1956
SMTWTFS
1
234 5 6 7 8
9 10 II 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
October 1956
SMTWTFS
123456
7 8 9 10 II 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
November 1956
SMTWTFS
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
II 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30
December 1956
SMTWTFS
I
234 5 678
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
January 1957
SMTWTFS
I 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 II 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
February 1957
SMTWTFS
I 2
3456789
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28
Academic Calendar
Fall Term, 1956-57
September 16-22, Sunday to Saturday New
Student and Registration Week
September 22, Saturday Last day for
payment of fees without penalty
September 24, M onday C1asses begin
October 8, M onday Last day for
registration or for change of program
October 16, Tuesday Charter Day
November 22-25, Thursday to
Sunday Thanksgiving vacation
November 26, M onday Winter-term advising
conferences
December 12-18, Wednesday to Tuesday Fall-
term examinations
Winter Term 1956-57
January 2, Wednesday Registration
January 3, Thursday Classes begin
January 5, Saturday Last day for
payment of fees without penalty
January 14, Monday Last day for
registration or for change of program
February 25, Monday Spring-term advising
conferences
March 11-16. Monday to
Saturday Winter-term examinations
[8 ]
March 1957
SMTWTFS
1 2
3456789
10 II 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 192021 2223
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
April 1957
SMTWTFS
123456
7 8 9 10 II 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
May 1957
SMTWTFS
I 2 3 4
4 6 7 8 9 10 II
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
Jur.e 1957
SMTWTFS
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 II 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
July 1957
SMTWTFS
123456
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
August 19S7
SMTWTFS
I 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
II 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
University of Oregon
Spring Term, 1956-57
March 25, Monday Registration
March 26, Tuesday C1asses begin
March 30, Saturday .Last day for
payment of fees without penalty
April 8, M onday..: Last day for
registration of for change of program
May 30, Thursday Memorial Day, holiday
] une 3-8, Monday to
Saturday Spring-term examinations
June 8, Saturday Alumni Day
June 9, Sunday Baccalaureate and
Commencement Day
Summer Session, 1957
June 17, Monday Registration
June 18, Tuesday Classes begin
July 4, Thursday Independence Day, holiday
August 8·9, Thursday and
Priday Final examinations
Fall Term, 1957-58
September 22-28, Sunday to Saturday New
Student and Registration Week
September 30, M onday Classes begin
[9]
University of Oregon
Officers of Administration
JOHN R. RICHARDS, Ph.D Chancellor, State System of Higher Education
O. MEREDITH WILSON, Ph.D President, University of Oregon
DAVID W. E. BAIRD, M.D., LL.D Dean, Medical School
ROBERT D. CLARK, Ph.D Acting Dean, College of Liberal Arts
CHARLES T. DUNCAN, M.A Dean, School of Journalism
RAYMONlJ T. ELLICKSON, Ph.D Acting Dean, Gradutae School
ARTHUR A. ESSLINGER, Ph.D Dean, School of Health and Physical Education
ORLANDO J. HOLLIS, B.S., J.D Dean, School of Law
PAUL B. JACOBSON, Ph.D. Dean, Scohol of Education; Director, Summer Sessions
WILLIAM C. JONES, Ph.D Dean of Administration
THEODORE KRATT, Mus.M., Mus.D Dean, School of Music
SIDNEY W. LITTLE, M.Arch Dean, School of Architecture and Allied Arts
VICTOR P. MORRIS, Ph.D Dean, School of Business Administration
H. PHILIP BARNHART, B.S Director of Dormitories
GEORGE N. BELKNAP, M.A University Editor
J. SPENCER CARLSON, M.A Director of Admissions
CLIFFORD L. CONSTANCE, M.A Registrar
DONALD M. DUSHANE, M.A Director of Student Affairs
J. BASS DYER, JR., B.B.A Alumni Secretary
ALFRED L. ELLINGSON, B.S Director of Erb Memorial Union
LEO A. HARF-IS, M.A Athletic Director
CARL W. HINTZ, Ph.D Librarian
J. ORVILLE LINDSTROM, B.S Business Manager
WALTER N. McLAUGHLIN, B.S., c.P.A. Assistant Business Manager
FRED N. MILLER, M.D Director of Health Service
DONALD SHEPARDSON Superintendent of University Press
WILLARD L. THOMPSON, M.S Director of Public Services
IRWIN I. WRIGHT, B.S Superintendent of Physical Plant
[ 10]
University Faculty*
ABBY ADAMS, M.A., Instructor in Education; Head of Foreign Language De-
partment, Eugene High School.
B.A. (1925), Oregon; M.A. (1932), Washington. At Oregon since 1944.
GEORGE B. ADAMS, JR., Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry.
B.S. (1941), M.S. (1947), California; Ph.D. (1951), Ohio State. At Oregon since 1955.
ELEANOR E. AHLERS, A.B., B.L.S., Assistant Professor of Library Science.
A.B. (1932), Washington; B.L.S. (1942), Denver. At Oregon since 1953.
FLORENCE D. ALDEN, M.A., Professor Emeritus of Physical Education.
A.B. (1904), Smith; M.A. (1928), Columbia. At Oregon since 1921.
EXINE M. ANDERSON, M.A., Assistant Professor of Voice.
B.S. (1944), Minnesota; M.A. (1945), Diploma (1951), Columbia. At Oregon since 1951.
tLESTER E. ANDERSON, B.S., Director of Public Services (Assistant Professor).
B.S. (1946), Oregon. At Oregon since 1946.
:GEORGE F. ANDREWS, B.S., N.C.A.R.B., Associate Professor of Architecture.
B.S. (1941), Michigan; N.C.A.R.B. (1954). At Oregon since 1948.
CURTIS E. AVERY, M.A., Professor of Education; Director, E. C. Brown Trust.
B.A. (1925), Pomona; M.A. (1928), Yale. At Oregon since 1946.
RONALD E. BABCOCK, B.S., C.P.A., Instructor in Business Administration.
B.S. (1949), Oregon; C.P.A. (1951), State of Oregon. At Oregon since 1954.
II GEORGE BABILOT, M.A., Instructor in Economics.
A.B. (1950), Hastings; M.A. (1952), Nebraska. At Oregon since 1955.
ELSIE A. BAILEY, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1926), Montana; M.A. (1930), Oregon. At Oregon 1943·48, 1951-52, and since
1954.
J. EDWIN BAILEY, B.A., Assistant University Editor (Instructor).
B.A. (1923), Montana. At Oregon since 1938.
DAVID W. E. BAIRD, M.D., LL.D., Dean of the Medical S<;hool; Professor of
Medicine.
M.D. (1926), Oregon; LL.D. (1946), Portland. At Oregon since 1927.
LOIS I. BAKER, M.A., Law Librarian (Assistant Professor).
B.A. (1927), M.A. (1932), Oregon; Cert. (1935), California. At Oregon since 1935.
WALLACE S. BALDINGER, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Art; Director, Museum
of Art.
B.A. (1928), M.A. (1932), Oberlin; Ph.D. (1938), Chicago. At Oregon since 1944.
EWART M. BALDWIN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Geology; Curator of Condon
Museum of Geology.
B.S. (1938), M.S. (1939), Washington State; Ph.D. (1943), Cornell. At Oregon since
1947.
ROLAND C. BALL, JR., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
B.A. (1939), Swarthmore; M.A. (1941), Cornell; Ph.D. (1953), California. At Oregon
since 1952.
• This list provides a record of the University facnlty as of April 1, 1956. The principal
administrative officials and the heads of departments and divisiolls of the University of Oregon
Medical School are included. For a complete list of the Medical School faculty see the Medical
School catalogs.
t Resignation effective Jnne 30, 1956.
: On sabbatical leave 1955·56.
UOn leave of absence, fall term, 1955.56.
[ 11 ]
12 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON FACULTY 13
\VESLEY C. BALLAINE, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration; Director,
Bureau of Business Research.
A.B. (1927), M.B.A. (1931), Washington; Ph.D. (1940), Chicago. At Oregon since 1941.
THOMAS O. BALLINGER, M.A., Assistant Professor of Art and Education.
B.A. (1949), M.A. (1951), New Mexico. At Oregon since 1952.
BURT BROWN BARKER, A.B., LL.D., Vice-President Emeritus.
A.B. (1897), Chicago; LL.B. (1901), Harvard; LL.D. (1935), Linfield. At Oregon
since 1928.
EUGENE B. BARNES, Ph.D., Head Acquisition Librarian (Associate Professor).
B.A. (1941), M.A. (1943), Minnesota; Ph.D. (1947), Chicago. At Oregon since 1947.
HOMER G. BARNETT, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology.
A.B. (1927), Stanford; Ph.D. (1938), California. At Oregon since 1939.
JAMES D. BARNETT, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Political Science.
B.A. (1890), College of Emporia; Ph.D. (1905), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1908.
H. PHILIP BARNHART, B.S., Director of Dormitories; Director of Foods, Student
Union (Assistant Professor).
B.S. (1947), Pennsylvania State. At Oregon since 1949.
RENA A. BARSANTI, M.S., Instructor in Physical Education.
B.A. (1951), Sacramento State; M.S. (1954), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1955.
ROLAND BARTEL, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
B.A. (1947), Bethel; Ph.D. (1951), Indiana. At Oregon since 1951.
HARLAN G. H. BARTRAM, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
B.A. (1945), Colorado; M.A. (1950), Cornell. At Oregon since 1955.
CHANDLER B. BEALL, Ph.D., Professor of Romance Languages.
Dipl6me (1921), Sorbonne; A.B. (1922), Ph.D. (1930), Johns Hopkins. At Oregon since
1929.
HERBERT S. BEAR, JR., B.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
B.A. (1950), California. At Oregon since 1955.
WILLIAM A. BECKETT, B.A., LL.B., Research Attorney, Bureau of Municipal
Research and Service (Assistant Professor).
B.A. (1950), LL.B. (1953), Michigan. At Oregon since 1954.
GEORGE N. BELKNAP, M.A., University Editor (Assistant Professor).
B.A. (1926), M.A. (1934), Oregon. At Oregon since 1934.
*JOEL V. BERREMAN, Ph.D., Profes~or of Sociology.
B.A. (1927), Willamette; M.A. (1933), Oregon; Ph.D. (1940), Stanford. At Oregon
since 1946.
EDWIN R BINGHAM, ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
B.A. (1941), M.A. (1942), Occidental; Ph.D. (1951), California at Los Angeles. At
Oregon since 1949.
HERBERT BISNO, M.S.W., RS.W., Assistant Professor of Sociology.
B.A. (1946), Wisconsin; M.S.W. (1951), California; R.S.W. (1951), State of California.
At Oregon since 1952.
FRANCIS W. BITTNER, M.A., Assistant Professor of Piano.
B.Mus. (1936), Cincinnati Conservatory of Music; M.A. (1943), New York University.
At Oregon since 1946.
LORENA BIXBY, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1915), Nebraska; M.A. (1920), Columbia. At Oregon since 1955.
FRANK G. BLACK, Ph.D., Professor of English.
A.B. (1920, Dickinson; A.M. (1923), Ph.D. (1936), Harvard. At Oregon since 1936.
BRADFORD B. BLAINE, M.A., Counselor for Men (Instructor).
B.A. (1952), M.A. (1954), Stanford. At Oregon since 1954.
• On sabbatica11ea..e 1955-56.
RUSSELL M. BLEMKER, M.D., Assistant University Physician; Associate Profes-
sor of Health Education.
B.A. (1926), De Pauw; M.D. (1930), Washington University. At Oregon since 1954.
JESSE H. BOND, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Business Administration.
B.A. (1909), M.A. (1913), Oregon; Ph.D. (1915), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1928.
JOHN W. BORCHARDT, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education; Head
Swimminp; Coach.
B.S. (1940), LaCrosse Teachers; M.A. (1951), Iowa. At Oregon since 1948.
WILLIAM J. BORCHER, M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Physical Education; Head
Basketball Coach.
B.S. (1942), M.Ed. (1950), Oregon. At Oregon since 1951.
THEODORE L. BOUCK, B.A., Athletic Business Manager (Instructor).
B.A. (1947), Oregon. At Oregon since 1953.
GEORGE G. BOUGHTON, Mus.M., Associate Professor of Violin.
B.F.A. (1940), Mus.M. (1943), South Dakotlr'; At Oregon since 1945.
WILLIAM J. BOWERMAN, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education; As-
sistant Director of Athletics; Head Track Coach.
B.S. (1933), M.S. (1951), Oregon. At Oregon since 1948.
HERBERT E. BOWMAN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Slavic Languages.
B.A. (1938), Pennsylvania; Cert. (1939), LiIle; M.A. (1941), Ph.D. (1950), Harvard.
At Oregon since 1953.
ROBERT D. BOYD, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1938), Linfield; M.A. (1941), Southern California; M.A. (1947), Ph.D. (1953),
Michigan. At Oregon since 1954.
GUY L. BOYDEN, M.D., Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology, Medical School;
Head of Department of Otology, Rhinology, and Laryngology.
B.S. (1907), South Dakota Agricultural; M.D. (1911), Northwestern. At Oregon since
1922.
QUlRINUS BREEN, Ph.D., Professor of History.
A.B. (1920), Calvin; Ph.D. (1931), Chicago. At Oregon since 1938.
CALDER T. BRESSLER, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geology.
B.S. (1942), Washington; Ph.D. (1,951), Pennsylvania State. At Oregon since 1952.
JOHN L. BRISCOE, B.Arch.Engr., N.C.A.RB., Instructor in Architecture.
B.Arch.Engr. (1950), Oklahoma Agricultural and Mechanical; N.C.A.R.B. (1955). At
Oregon since 1953.
JOHN M. BROOKHART, Ph.D., Professor of Physiology, Medical School; Head of
Department.
B.S. (1935), M.S. (1936), Ph.D. (1939), Michigan. At Oregon since 1949.
WILFORD A. BROOKSBY, M.D., Assistant University Physician (Assistant Pro-
fessor) .
B.S. (1940), Brigham Young; M.D. (1943), Northwestern; M.S. (1949), Minnesota.
At Oregon since 1955.
EYLER BROWN, M.Arch., Reg. Archt., Associate Professor of Architecture.
B.A. (1916), B.S. in Arch. (1917), Oregon; M.Arch. (1922), Massachusetts Institute of
Technology; Reg. Archt. (1924), State of Oregon. At Oregon since 1922.
JOHN C. BROWN, M.A., Instructor in Political Science.
B.S.F.S. (1948), Georgetown; M.A. (1952), American University. At Oregon since 1955.
DONALD E. BRUYERE, M.A., Instructor in Geography.
B.A. (1951), M.A. (1952), Wayne. At Oregon since 1955.
STANLEY W. BRYAN, M.Arch., Reg. Archt., Assistant Professor of Architecture.
B.Arch. (1947), Washington; M.Arch. (1948), Massachusetts Institute of Technology;
Reg. Archt. (1951), States of Washington and Oregon. At Oregon since 1955.
14 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON FACULTY 15
HOWARD W. BUFORD, B.S.L.A., Visiting Professor of Landscape Architecture.
B.S.L.A. (1933), Oregon State. At Oregon 1955-56.
JACK W. BURGNER, M.A., Assistant Professor of Art.
B.S. in Ed. (1948), Eastern Illinois State; M.A. (1949), Colorado State College of Edu-
cation. At Oregon since 1954.
WILLARD E. BURKE, Ph.D., Instructor in EducatioI!;. Head of Health, Physical
Education and Athletics Department, Eugene High School.
B.E. (1937), Moorhead; M.S. (1948), Southern California; Ph.D. (1952), Iowa. At Ore-
gon since 1953.
ORIN K. BURRELL, M.A., C.P.A, Professor of Business Administration..
B.S. (1921), M.A. (1927), Iowa; C.P.A. (1928), State of Oregon. At Oregon sInce 1927.
CHARLES D. BYRNE, Ed.D., Professor of Education; Director of Nepal Educa-
tion Project. .
B.S. (1921), M.S. (1922), Wisconsin; Ed.D. (1938), Stanford. At Oregon since 1955.
DORIS HELEN CALKINS, B.M., Instructor in Harp.
B.M. (1931), Oregon. At Oregon since 1931.
ROBERT CAMPBELL, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics. .
A.B. (1947), Ph.D. (1952), California; B.S. (1950), U.S. Merchant Marine Academy.
At Oregon since 1952.
J. SPENCER CARLSON, M.A., Director of Admissions; Associate Director of Stu-
dent Affairs; Associate Professor of Psychology. .
B.S. (1935), Oregon; M.A. (1937), Minnesota. At Oregon smce 1947.
ELLA S. CARRICK, B.A., Senior Catalog Librarian (Senior Instructor).
B.A. (1929), Oregon. At Oregon since 1929.
MARY E. CARSON, A.B., Research Assistant, Bureau of Municipal Research and
Service (Instructor).
A.B. (1949), Reed. At Oregon since 1956.
LEONARD ]. CASANOVA, Ph.B., Associate Professor of Physical Education; Head
Football Coach.
Ph.B. (1927), Santa Clara. At Oregon since 1951.
ALBUREY CAStELL, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy; Head of Department.
B.A. (1928), M.A. (1929), Toronto; Ph.D. (1931), Chicago. At Oregon since 1949.
MARY D. CAVAGNARO, B.S., Instructor in Psychology.
B.S. (1942), Oregon. At Oregon since 1955.
LIONEL T. CHADWICK, M.Arch., Reg.Archt., Assistant Professor of Architecture.
B.Arch. (1934), Manitoba; M.Arch. (1953), Oregon; Reg.Archt. (1946), State of Cah-
fornia. At Oregon since 1950.
PRICE CHARLSON, M.A., Instructor in Philosophy.
A.B. (1949), M.A. (951), California. At Oregon 1956.
SHANG-YI CH'EN, Ph.D., Professor of Physics.
B.S. (1932), M.S. (1934), Yenching; Ph.D. (1940), California Institute of Technology.
At Oregon since 1949.
ELY CHERTOK Ph.D., Instructor in Sociology.
B.A. (1941), San Francisco State; M.A. (1952), Ph.D. (1955), Washington. At Oregon
since 1955.
MARY A. CHOATE, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education. .
B.S. (1940), Illinois; Ed.M. (1949), Harvard; Ed.D. (1956), California. At Oregon slDce
1955.
DEAN C. CHRISTENSEN, M.S., Instructor in Education.
B.S. (1938), M.S. (1948), Utah State. At Oregon since 1955.
PAUL CIVlN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics. .
B.A. (1939), Buffalo; M.A. (1941), Ph.D. (1942), Duke. At Oregon SInce 1946.
CLARENCE W. CLANCY, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biology.
B.S. (1930), M.S. (1932), Illinois; Ph.D. (1940), Stanford. At Oregon since 1940.
DAN E. CLARK, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of History.
B.A. (1907), Ph.D. (1910), Iowa. At Oregon since 1921.
ROBERT D. CLARK, Ph.D., Acting Dean of the College of Liberal Arts; Profes-
sor of Speech.
~B. (1931), Pasadena; M.A. (1935), Ph.D. (1946), Southern California. At OregonSInce 1943.
H. HARRISON CLARKE, Ed.D., Research Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1925), Springfield; M.S. (1931), Ed.D. (1940), Syracuse. At Oregon since 1953.
ROGER L. CLUBB, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1950), Kansas; B.A. (1952), London; M.A. (1953), Yale. At Oregon since 1954.
HERMAN COHEN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech.
B.A. (1948), M.A. (1949), Ph.D. (1954), Iowa. At Oregon since 1949.
EDITH E. COLIGNON, M.A., Reference Librarian (Instructor).
B.S. (1935), M.A. (1954), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1954.
JAMES F. COLLEY, B.S., Acting Curator, Museum of Art (Instructor).
B.S. (1955), Oregon. At Oregon since 1955.
FREDERICK M. COMBELLACK, Ph.D., Professor of Classical Languages.
B.A. (1928), Stanford; Ph.D. (1936), California. At Oregon since 1937.
NEWEL H. COMISH, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Business Administration.
B.S. (1910, Utah State; M.S. (1915), Ph.D. (1928), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1932.
CATHERINE CONNER, M.A., Instructor in Physical Education.
B.S. (1951), LaCrosse State; M.A. (1955), Iowa. At Oregon since 1955.
CLIFFORD L. CONSTANCE, M.A., Registrar (Associate Professor).
B.A. (1925), M.A. (]929), Oregon. At Oregon since 1931.
JEAN M. COOK, Instructor in Physical Education.
Diploma (1950), London. At Oregon since 1955.
SHIRLEY P. Cox, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1945), M.S. (1948), Oregon. At Oregon since 1952.
BERND CRASEMANN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics.
A.B. (1948), Califomia at Los Angeles; Ph.D. (1953), California. At Oregon since 1953.
LUTHER S. CRESSMAN, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology; Head of Department;
Curator of Anthropology; Director, Museum of Natural History.
A.B. (1918), Pennsylvania State; S.T.B. (1923), General Theological Seminary; M.A.(1923), Ph.D. (1925), Columbia. At Oregon since 1929.
HAROLD R. CROSLAND, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
A.B. (1913), South Carolina; M.A. (1914), Ph.D. (1916), Clark. At Oregon since 1920.
CALVIN CRUMBAKER, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Economics.
~.S. (1911), Whitman; M.A. (1927), Washington; Pb.D. (1930), Wisconsin. At Oregon
slDce 1930.
JACK A. CULBERTSON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education.
A.B. (1943), Emory and Henry; M.A. (1946), Duke; Ph_D. (1955), California. AtOregon since 1955.
ROBERT G. CUNNINGHAM, Mus_M., Instructor in Woodwinds.
B.M.(1950), Eastman School of Music; Mus.M. (1952), Oregon. At Oregon since 1954.
FREDERICK A. CUTHBERT, M.L.D., Professor of Landscape Architecture andUrban Planning.
A.B. (1926), M.L.D. (1928), Michigan. At Oregon since 1932.
*EnMUND CYKLER, Ph.D., Professor of Music.
___B_.A_. (1926), California; Ph.D. (1928), Charles (Czechoslovakia). At Oregon sinpe 1947.
• On sabbatical leave 1955.56.
WALFRED A. DAHLBERG, M.A., Associate Professor of Speech.
A.B. (1925), Michigan: M.A. (1930), Northwestern. At Oregon since 1932.
E. BRUCE DAILY, B.S., Colonel, U.S. Air Force; Professor of Air Science; Head
of Department of Military and Air Science and Tactics.
B.S. (1941), San Jose State. At Oregon since 1953.
FRANCIS E. DART, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics.
A.B. (1937), Oberlin: M.S. (1939), Notre Dame; Ph.D. (1947), Cornell. At Oregon
since 1949.
NORMAN A. DAVID, M.D., Professor of Pharmacology, Medical School; Head of
Department.
A.B. (1925), M.D. (1931), California. At Oregon since 1937.
RICHARD M. DAVIS, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics.
A.B. (1939), Colgate; M.A. (1941), Ph.D. (1949), Cornell. At Oregon since 1954.
NED J. DAVISON, M.A., Instructor in Romance Languages.
B.A. (1949), Utah; M.A. (1952), California at Los Angeles. At Oregon since 1954.
• HOWARD E. DEAN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Political Science.
B.A. (1939), California at Los Angeles; Ph.D. (1950), Columbia. At Oregon since 1947.
ELIZABETH M.DEGREE, B.S., B.S. in L.S., Acquisition Librarian (Instructor).
B.S. (1949), Mary Washington; B.S. in L.S. (1952), North Carolina. At Oregon since
1952.
EDNA P. DEHAVEN, B.S., Instructor in Music.
B.S. (1951), Oregon College of Education. At Oregon since 1956.
GERTRUDE M. DEIERLEIN, Instructor in Typing.
At Oregon since 1953.
DONALD A. DEMING, B.A., Captain, U.S. Army; Assistant Professor of Military
Science and Tactics.
B.A. (1941), Washington. At Oregon since 1955.
LERoy E. DETLING, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biology; Curator of Herbar-
ium.
A.B. (Romance Languages) (1921), Oregon; A.M. (French) (1923), A.M. (Botany)
(1933), Ph.D. (Biological Sciences) (1936), Stanford. At Oregon 1927·30 and since 1936.
SAMUEL N. DICKEN, Ph.D., Professor of Geography and Geology; Head of
Department.
B.A. (1924), Marietta; Ph.D. (1930), California. At Oregon since 1947.
FRANKLIN M. DICKEY, Ph.D., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1942), Wisconsin: Ph.D. (1954), California at Los Angeles. At Oregon since 1955.
MILTON DIETERICH, M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Music.
B.Mus. (1923), Grinnell: M.Mus. (1941), Eastman School of Music. At Oregon since
1946.
HENRY H. DIXON, M.D., Clinical Professor of Psychiatry, Medical School; Head
of Division.
M.D. (1928), Washington University. At Oregon since 1932.
ROBERT E. DODGE, M.A., Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
B.A. (1934), M.A. (1952), Oregon. At Oregon since 1953.
HENRIETTA DOLTZ, M.N., R.N., Professor of Nursing Education, Medical School;
Director of Department.
B.A. (1928), Park: M.N. (1938), Washington; R.N. (1931), State of New York. At
Oregon since 1940.
CHARLES T. DOTTER, M.D., Professor of Radiology, Medical School; Head of
Department.
B.A. (1941). Duke: M.D. (1944), Cornell. At Oregon since 1952.
• On sabbatical leave 1955-56.
·DAVID M. DOUGHERTY Ph D P f
partment of Foreign L~ngua;~s.essorof Romance Languages; Head of De-
A.B. (1925), Delaware: A.M. (1927), Ph.D. (1932) H d .
W D ' arvar. At Oregon Since 1947
ILL RUM, J.D., Associate Professor of Social Wo k .
J.D. (1921), Freiburg· M A (1943) W b' r ..
, . . ,as mgton. At 0:regon since 1952.
ROBERT DUBIN, Ph D Professor of S . I H
A.B. (1936), A.M. '(1940), Ph.D. (l94~~lOCO~y; ead of Dep.artment.
P , h,cago. At Oregon Since 1954AU~~. ~ULL, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science and History .
. . 1935), Ph.D. (1940), Washington. At Oregon since 1946. .
CHARLES T. DUNCAN MAD f h
Journalism. ,.., ean 0 t e School of Journalism; Professor of
A.B. (1936), M.A. (1946), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1950.
DONALD M DUSHANE MAD'Scienc~ (Professo;).· ., Irector of Student Affairs; Lecturer in Political
B.A. (1927). Wabash; M.A. (1937) C 1 b' '.A· .
, 0 um lao t Oregon sInce 1948.
J. B~~~.~Y~~4~)·Bo·A.,Alumni Secre~ary (Assistant Professor).
, regon. At Oregon smce 1955.
VER~~H(. DYKSTRA, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy
.. 1949), Hope' MA (1950) PhD ( .
, .. ,. . 1953), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1954
DOROTHY K EADS M SCI L' . .B A . ,.., ata og Ibranan (Instructor)
.. (1948), M.S. (1949), Illinois. At Oregon since 1953. .
HAR~~B~(I:;:;~T~:~Y, Ph.D., Assist~nt Professor of Physics.
, .. (1953), Callforma. At Orcgon since 1955.
tEDWIN G. EBBIGHAUSEN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Ph .
B.S. (1936), Minnesota: Ph.D. (1940) Ch' A . YSlcs.
, .cago. t Oregon smce 1946
AHMEI? T. EDWARDS, B.S., Captain USA .' .
SCIence and Tactics. ' " rmy, ASSIstant Professor of Military
B.S. (1950), Utah. At Oregon since 1955.
RAYMOND T. ELLICKSON Ph D A' D
sor of Physics; Head of D~parf~~~t. ean of the Graduate School; Profes-
S
B,·n·Ace· 1(914983.5), Reed; M.A. (1936), Oregon State ,. Ph.D. (1938), Chicago. At Oregon
ALFRED L. ELLINGSON, B.S., Director, Student Union
B.S. (1948), Oregon. At Oregon since 1951. (Instructor).
JOHN C. ELLIS, M.A., Instructor in English
B.A. (1949), M.A. (1951), Oregon. At Orego~ since 1952.
ARNOLD ELSTON, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Music
B.A. (1930), College of City of New York· M A .
\"ard. At Oregon since 1941. ' .. (1932), Columbia: Ph.D. (1939), Har.
LEWIS T. ELVIGION, M.Mus., Instructor in Music
B.S. (1948), M.Mus. (1950), Oregon. At Oregon' since 1955.
ARTHUR C. ERICKSON BAh A .
B.Arch. (1950) MCGiII'-Artc D" sSlstant Professor of Architecture.
, . regan SInce 1955.
ALICE H ERNST M A A .
B.A. (1912), M.A. '(1;;13)s~clah~e ProAfessor Em.eritus of English.
, as mgton. t Oregon smce 1924.
RU~L~:H(H. ERNST, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of English
. . 1904), Northwestern Coli M A ( .
since 1923. ege; .. 1911), Ph.D. (1921), Harvard. At Oregon
• On sabbatical leave, spring term, 1955.56.
t On leave of absence 1955.56.
16 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
FACULTY 17
18 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON FACULTY 19
ARTHUR A. ESSLINGER, Ph.D., Dean of the School of Health and Physical Educa-
tion; Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1931), M.S. (1932), Illinois: Ph.D. (1938), Iowa. At Oregon since 1953.
GEORGE E. ETUE, JR., M.A., Instructor in History.
B.A. (1949), Union; M.A. (1950), California. At Oregon since 1954.
ROBLEY D. EVENS, B.A., Lieutenant Colonel, U.S. Army; Professor of Military
Science and Tactics.
B.A. (1932), Washington State. At Oregon since 1953.
EUGENE EVONUK, M.S., Instructor in Physical Education.
B.S. (1952), M.S. (1953), Oregon. At Oregon since 1953.
ROBERT FEENEY, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1941), South Dakota: M.D. (1944), Pennsylvania. At Oregon since 1955.
ROBERT R. FERENS, M.Arch., Associate Professor of Architecture.
B.Arch. (1942), Pratt Institute: M.Arch. (1948), Massachusetts Institute of Technol.
ogy. At Oregon since 1948.
CHESTER I. FERGUSON, JR., B.S., Captain, U.S. Air Force; Assistant Professor
of Air Science.
B.S. (1939), Worcester Polytechnic. At Oregon since 1955.
ELIZABETH FINDLY, A.M.L.S., Head Reference and Documents Librarian (Asso-
ciate Professor).
A.B. (1929), Drake: B.S. in L.S. (1934), I11inois; A.M.L.S. (1954), Michigan. At Ore·
gon since 1934.
LAURENCE E. FISCHER, B.A., Lieutenant Colonel, U.S. Air Force; Assistant Pro-
fessor of Air Science.
B.A. (1933), Oregon. At Oregon since 1954.
JOHN H. FITZGIBBON, M.D., Clinical Professor of Medicine, Medical School;
Head of Division of Gastroenterology.
A.B. (1917), Oregon; M.D. (1920), Rush. At Oregon since 1922.
THOMAS B. FITZPATRICK, M.D., Ph.D., Professor of Dermatology and Syphilol-
ogy, Medical School; Head of Division. .
A.B. (1941), Wisconsin; M.D. (1945), Harvard; Ph.D. (1952), Minnesota. At Oregon
since 1952.
MARIE FLACK, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Catalog Librarian (Senior Instructor).
B.A. (1922), Kentucky; B.S. in L.S. (1938), I11inois. At Oregon since 1950.
.SAVILLE T. FORD, M.B.A., Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
B.S. (1939), M.B.A. (1949), Pennsylvania. At Oregon since 1949.
JOHN M. FOSKETT, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology; Acting Associate Director of
Kellogg Project.
A.B. (1932), M.A. (1935), Ph.D. (1939), California. At Oregon since 1946.
PHILLIP O. Foss, M.S., Instructor in Political Science.
B.A. (1947), Washington; M.S. (1953), Oregon. At Oregon since 1955.
BROWNELL, FRASIER, B.A., Associate Professor of Interior Design.
B.A. (1921), Oregon. At Oregon since 1931.
BERNARD L. FREEMESSER, M.S., Instructor in Journalism.
B.A. (1950), San Diego State; M.S. (1952), Oregon. At Oregon since 1955.
GERALD L. FREI, M.S., Instructor in Physical Education; Freshman Football
Coach.
B.S. (1948), M.S. (1950), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1955.
ARTHUR W. FRISCH, Ph.D., M.D., Professor of Bacteriology, Medical School;
Head of Department.
B.A. (1931), M.A. (1933), Ph.D. (1935), M.D. (1937), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1946.
• On leave of ahsence 1955·56.
JAMES W. FROST, M.B.A., Assistant Professor of Journalism.
B.S. (1947), Oregon: M.B.A. (1948), Harvard. At Oregon since 1955.
DANIEL W. FULLMER, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education.
B.S.E: (1947), M.S.E. (1952), Western Illinois State' Ph.D (1955) D At Ore·gon smce 1955. ' . ,enver.
EMIL D. FURRER, M.D., Assistant Professor of Health Education.
B.A. (1926), M.D. (1929), Oregon. At Oregon since 1947.
EDMUNDO GARciA-GIRON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Romance Languages.
B.A. (1940), M.A. (1947), Ph.D. (1952), California. At Oregon 1953·54 and since 1955.
PATRICIA M. GATHERCOLE, Ph.D., Instructor in Romance Languages.p.A: ~1;~1~6 M.A('95(19)42), J.3ritish Col",mbia L Cert. (1949), Paris: Ph.D. (1950) Cali·
orn'" , IP me 1 1, Instltut Cathohque (yaris). At Oregon since 1953. '
HERMAN GELHAUSEN, B.S., Associate Professor of Voice.
B.S. (1939), Columbia. At Oregon since 1946.
KENdNETHAS
d
. ~HENT, Ph.D., Associate Profe~or ~f Mathematics' Foreign Stu-
ent Vlser. '
B.A. (1932), McMaster; S.M. (1933), Ph.D. (1935), Chicago. At Oregon since 1935.
JAMES H. GILBERT, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Economics.
B.A. (1903), Oregon: Ph.D. (1907), Columbia. At Oregon since 1907.
PHILIP A. GOLDBERG, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics.
~;;'~e g~t~), Reed: M.A. (1947), Ph.D. (1953), California. At Oregon 1947·49 and
RAMON G. GONzALEZ, Arch., Instructor in Architecture.
Arch. (1945), Montevideo. At Oregon since 1956.
ROBERT C. GORDON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
r!ito. (1942), North Carolina: M.A. (1947), Ph.D. (1952), Harvard. At Oregon since
GRACE GRAHAM, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education.
r9~. (1933), M.A. (1936), South Carolina; Ed.D. (1952), Stanford. At Oregon since
WENDELL M. GRAVE~, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
B.S. (1948), Hamhne; Ph.D. (1952), California. At Oregon since 1954.
·STACEY L. GREEN, Mus.M., Associate Professor of Piano.
A.B. (1922), Northland; Mus.M. (1940), Northwestern. At Oregon.since 1944.
MARK R. GREENE, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Business Administration~';~'si~I:e4~~5r..B.A. (1949), Stanford: Ph.D. (1955), Ohio State. At Oregon' 1949·52
Hms~ y: HGRIdswfOLDD! .J~., M.D., ~ssociate Professor of Medicine, Medical
00, ea 0 IVlSlon of CardIology.
B.A. (1939), Reed: M.S. (1943), M.D. (1943), Oregon. At Oregon since 1949.
RAYHMONdD Df'DGRONDAHL, M.D., Professor of Clinical Pathology Medical School'
ea 0 epartment. "
r!i14. (1939), Washington State; M.S. (1944), M.D. (1944), Oregon. At Oregon since
FRANKLIN B. HAAR, Ph.D., Professor of Health Educationr!ir!i~' (1928), Springfield; M.A. (1933), Ph.D. (1946), Pittsburgh. At Oregon since
JUNE HACKETT, M.A., Assistant Professor of Health Education.
B.S. (1947), M.A. (1951), Ohio State. At Oregon since 1955.
JOHN
E
E. HAHL~, hMS.A., Instructor in Education; Head of Science Department
ugene Ig chool. '
B.A. (1928), Nebraska; M.A. (1938), Colorado. At Oregon 1945·52 and since 1955.
tJAMES B. HALL, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English
B.A. (1947), M.A. (1948), Ph.D. (1952), Iowa. At Orego~ since 1953.
• On sabbatical leave 1955·56.
t On leave of absence 1955·56.
ROBERT C. HALL, Associate Professor Emeritus of Journalism.
At Oregon since 1917.
BERTHA B. HALLAM, B.A., Librarian of the Medical School (Professor).
B.A. (1931), Oregon. A t Oregon since 1919.
WILLARD M. HAMMER, M.Ed., Instructor in Physical Education; Wrestling
Coach; Assistant Football Coach.
B.S. (1949), M.Ed. (1950), Springfield. At Oregon since 1953.
FREDERICK T. HANNAFORD, B.A., Reg. Archt., Professor of Architecture.
B.A. (1924), Washington State; Reg. Archt. (1931), State of Florida. At Oregon since
1946.
LEO A. HARRIS, M.A., Professor of Physical Education; Athletic Director.
A.B. (1927), M.A. (1929), Stanford. At Oregon since 1947.
RUSSELL M. HARRISON, D.Ed., Instructor in Education; Head of Music De-
partment, Eugene High School.
B.S. (1943), Western Michigan: M.Mus. (1941), Michigan: D.Ed. (1954), Oregon. At
Oregon since 1953.
DAVID P. HATCH, M.A., Assistant Professor of Art.
B.A. (1951), M.A. (1955), California at Los Angeles. At Oregon since 1952.
FREDERICK P. HAUGEN, M.D., Professor of Anaesthesiology, Medical School;
Head of Division.
B.A. (1933), M.D. (1935), Oregon. At Oregon since 1948.
RAY HAWK, D.Ed., Associate Director of Student Affairs; Director of Men's
Dormitory Counseling (Assistant Professor).
B.S. (1947), M.S. (1948), D.Ed. (1949), Oregon. At Oregon since 1950.
WALLACE S. HAYDEN, B.Arch., Reg.Archt., Professor of Architecture.
B.Arch. (1928), Oregon: Reg. Archt. (1953), State of Oregon. At Oregon since 1930.
ARTHUR C. HEARN, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education.
A.B. (1934), :M.A. (1937), Ed.D. (1949), Stanford. At Oregon since 1950.
CARL G. HELLER, M.D., Associate Clinical Professor of Medicine, Medical School;
Head of Division of Endocrinology.
Ph.B. (1935), Ph.D. (1940), M.D. (1940), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1944.
ALLAN J. HILL, JR., M.D., Professor of Pediatrics, Medical School; Head of
Department.
B.S. (1937), M.B. (1939), M.D. (1940), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1950.
CARL W. HINTZ, Ph.D., Librarian (Professor).
A.B. (1932), De Pauw; A.B.L.S. (1933), A.M.L.S. (1935), Michigan; Ph.D. (1952),
Chicago. At Oregon since 1948.
CLARENCE Y. HODGES, M.D., Associate Professor of Urology, Medical School;
Head of Division.
B.S. (1937), Iowa State: M.D. (1940), Chicago. At Oregon since 1948.
HUBERT H. HOELTJE, Ph.D., Professor of English.
B.A. (1919), M.A. (1926), Ph.D. (1932), Iowa. At Oregon since 1947.
ORLANDO J. HOLLIS, B.S., J.D., Dean of the School of Law; Professor of Law.
B.S. (1926), J.D. (1928), Oregon. At Oregon since 1928.
CHARLES N. HOLMAN, M.D., Administrator and Medical Director of Hospitals
and Clinics, Medical School; Professor of Medicine.
B.A. (1931), M.D. (1936), Oregon. At Oregon since 1937.
GEORGE HOPKINS, B.A., Professor of Piano.
Teachers Certificate (1918), Peahody Conservatory: B.A. (1921), Oregon. At Oregon
1919.23 and since 1925.
ROBERT D. HORN, Ph.D., Professor of English.
B.A. (1922), M.A. (1924), Ph.D. (1930), Michigan. At Oregon since 1925.
ARTHUR S. HOUGH, JR., Ph.D., Instructor in Speech.
B.S.Ed. (1950), Rutgers; M.A. (1952), Northwestern; Ph.D. (1955), Denver. At Ore-
gon since 1955.
CHARLES G. HOWARD, A.B., J.D., Professor of Law.
A.B. (1920), J.D. (1922), Illinois. At Oregon since 1928.
ROB~T E. HOWARD~ M.A., Instructor in English.
si~~~'I~;;~7), Ch.cago; B.A. (1949), Arkansas: M.A. (1951), Wisconsin. At Oregon
RALPH
f
yR. HUbESTIS
C
' Ph.D:, Professor of Biology; Head of Department· Curator
o erte rate ollectlOns. '
B.S.A. (1914), McGill: M.S. (1920), Ph.D. (1924), California. At Oregon since 1924.
CARL L. HUFFAKER, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Education
B.S. (1915), Chicago; M.A. (1922), Ph.D. (1923), Iowa. At Or;gon since 1927.
JOHN L. HULTENG, M.S., Associate Professor of Journalism.
Ph.B. (1944), North Dakota; M.S. (1947), Columbia. At Oregon since 1955.
DON~~~f~;s~).NTER, B.S., Head, Audi,o-Yisual Department, Library (Assistant
B.S. (1945), Nebraska. At Oregon since 1946.
FREDERICK J.HUNTER, Ph.D., Assistant Prof~ssor of Speech:~~'sU~:0{95~~lifornia; M.A. (1942), North Carolina: Ph.D. (1954), Stanford. At Ore-
WAj)~~a~~~~.NTER, M.D., Professor of Pathology, Medical School; Head of
r9~. (1920), Albany; M.A. (1927), Michigan; M.D. (1924), Oregon. At Oregon since
ANDREW G. ISKRA, B.B.A., C.P.A., Instructor in Business Administration
B.B.A. (1949), Oregon: C.P.A. (1951), State of Oregon. At Oregon since 19~5.
RUTH F. JACKSON, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1929), M.A. (1933), Oregon. At Oregon since 1955.
PAUL B. SJAC?BSON, Ph.D., Dean of the School of Education' Director of Sum-
mer eSSlOns; Professor of Education. '
B.A. (1922), Luther (Iowa); M.A. (1928), Ph.D. (1931), Iowa. At Oregon since 1947.
ROBERT C. JAMES, M.F.A., Instructor in Art.
B.A. (1952) California at Los Angel . MFA (1955)since 1955. ' es, ... , Cranbrook Academy. At Oregon
DAVID L. JAMESON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biology.rciri (1948), Southern Methodist; M.A. (1949), Ph.D. (1952), Texas. At Oregon since
*BERTRAM E. JESSUP, Ph.D., Professor of. Philosophy.
B.A. (1927), M.A. (1935), Oregon: Ph.D. (1938), California. At Oregon since 1936.
GEORGE S. JETTE, B.L.A., Associate Professor of Landscape Architecture
B.L.A. (1940), Oregon. At Oregon since 1941. .
JAMES R. JEWELL, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor Emeritus of Education~~~go~I~?~2~ ~32: M.A. (1904), Ph.D. (1906), Clark: LL.D. (1927), Arkansas. At
THEODORE B. JOHANNIS, JR., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology.
~~~~ I(JXi.8), M.A. (1948). Washinllton State; Ph.D. (1955), Florida State. At Oregon
CARL L. JOHNSON, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Romance Languages
B.A. (1924), M.A. (1925), Iowa; Ph.D. (1933). Harvard. At Oregon sin~e 1935.
CHARLES E. JOHNSON Ph D CPA A . Pistration. ,. ., . . ., ssoclate rofessor of Business Admin-
B.A. (1942) MBA (1948) Ph D (1952) M'Columbia. At O;eg'o'; since 1952. . . ,mnesota: C.P.A. (1949), District of
LEE~~ R. JOHNSON, M.B.A., Assistant Professor of Business Administration
. . (1939), Iowa State Teachers; M.B.A. (1948), Denver. At Oregon since 1951. .
LOUIS H. JOHNSON, Comptroller Emeritus.
A t Oregon since 1901.
* On leave of absence, spring term, 1955·56.
20 UNIYERSITY OF OREGON
FACULTY 21
22 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
FACULTY 23
FAITH E. JOHNSTON, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics. r on
B.S. (1929), Kansas State Teachers (Pittsburg); M.S. (1933), Kansas State. At 0 eg
since 1947.
CATHERINE M. JONES, M.S., M.Bus.Ed., Assistant Professor of Business Ad-
ministration. 5 ) C I d
B.A. (1937), Iowa State Teachers: M.S. (1945), Oregon: M.Bus.Ed. (19 2, o ora o.
At Oregon since 1946.
WILLIAM C. JONES, Ph.D., Dean of Administration (Professor). .
A.B. (1926), Whittier: M.B.A. (l9?9), Southern California; Ph.D. (1940), Mmnesota.
At Oregon 1941-44, 1951-53, and sInce 1954.
ANGELA C. Y. JUNG, Ph.D., Acquisitions Librarian; Instructor in Oriental Lan-
~~~~~~946), Fu Jen Uni--:ersity (Peking): M.A. (1949), M.L.S. (1954), Ph.D. (1955),
Washington. At Oregon sInce 1954
PAUL E KAMBLY Ph.D. Professor of Education. .B.E~. (1930), nlinois S;ate Normal: M.S. (1934), Ph.D. (1939), Iowa. At Oregon smce
1946.
SYLVAN N. KARCH MER, M.F.A., Assistant Profess?r of English.
B.F.A. (1949), M.F.A. (1950), Texas. At Oregon smce 1950.
ROBERT V. KATTER, M.S., Instructor in Psychology.
B.S. (1951), M.S. (19,52), Oregon. At Oregon since 1955.
HERMAN KEHRLI, M.A., Dire~t?r, Bureau of Municipal Research and Service;
Associate Professor of Pohttcal SCIence. .
B.A. (1923), Reed: M.A. (1933), Minnesota. At Oregon smce 193~. • •
C L K LY M A C P A Professor Emeritus of BUSiness Armlnlstra-ARDINAL . EL , .., ...,
tion.
Ph.B. (1911), Chicago; M.A. (1923),. Ohio State: C.P.A., State of Nebraska (1922),
State of Oregon (1945). At Oregon smce 1922.
E C KEMP JR M L S Reference Librarian (Instructor).DWARD. ,., ..., . 55
A.B. (1951), Harvard: M.L.S. (1955), California. At Oregon Smce 19 .
M I KERNS B A B S Associate Professor Emeritus of Art.AUDE . ,. ., .., I b' At 0
B.A. (1899), Oregon: B.S. with Diploma in Fine Arts (1906), Co urn la. regon
since 1921.
BERT Y. KERSH, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education.
B.A. (1950), California at Santa Barbara: M.A. (1953), Ph.D. (1955), California. At
Oregon since 1955.
JAMES KEZER, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biology. .
B.A. (1930), Iowa: M.S. (1937), Ph.D. (1948), Cornell. At Oregon smce 1~54. "
PAT A KILLGALLON, D.Ed., Professor of Education; Director of Readll~g Clhmc.
A.B. (1926), M.Ed. (1932), D.Ed. (1942), Pennsylvania State. At Oregon :lOce 1942.
D H KIRSCH B S Assistant Professor of Physical EducatIOn; HeadONALD. , .., C h
Baseball Coach; Assistant Basketball oac.
B.S. (1943), Oregon. At Oregon since 1947.
GEORGE W. KITTINGER, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry.
B.S. (1948), M.S. (1950), Northwestern; Ph.D. (1953). Oregon. At Oregon 1953-54 and
since 1955.
EDWARD D. KITTOE, M.A., Assistant Professor of English.
B.A. (1931), M.A. (1936). Oregon. At Oregon since 1936.
*pAUL L. KLEINSORGE, Ph.D.• Professor of Economics. .
A.B. (1927), Ph.D. (1939), Stanford; M.B.A. (1929), Harvard. At Oregon smce 1948.
L ROY H. KLEMM, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. .
E B.S. (1941), Illinois: M.S. (1943), Ph.D. (1945), Michigan. At Oregon smce 1952.
ERNESTO R. KNOLLIN, M.A., Professor Emeritu~ of Physical Education.
B.A. (1914), M.A. (1929), Stanford. At Oregon smce 1929.
'On sabbatical leave 1955-56.
H. T. KOPLIN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics.
B.A. (1947), Oberlin; Ph.D. (1952), Cornell. At Oregon since 1950.
IRVING KOVARSKY, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
LL.B. (1942), Chicago·Kent College of Law: M.lnd.Rel. (1953). Loyola: Ph.D. (1956),Iowa. At Oregon since 1955.
THEODORE KRATT, Mus.M., Mus.D., Dean of the School of Music; Professor ofMusic.
Mus.B. (1921), Mus.M. (1930). Mus.D. (1932). Chicago Musical College: Mus.D.(1938), Cincinnati Conservatory of Music. At Oregon since 1939.
SILVY A. KRAUS, M.A., Instructor in Education; Head of English Department,
Eugene High School.
B.A. (1934), M.A. (1948), Bradley. At Oregon since 1953.
EDMUND P. KREMER, J.U.D.• Professor of Germanic Languages.
J.U.D. (1924). Frankfort on Main. At Oregon since 1928.
DANIEL S. KREMPEL, Ph.D., Instructor in Speech;' .
B.A. (1947), Brooklyn; M.A. (1948), Ohio State; Ph.D. (1953), Illinois. At Oregon
since 1954.
ELWOOD A. KRETSINGER, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech; Production Di-
rector, University Radio Studios.
B.A. (1939), Southeastern State (Oklamoha); M.A. (1941), Oklahoma; Ph.D. (1951),Southern California. At Oregon since 1952.
CLARICE KRIEG, A.M., Head Catalog Librarian (Associate Professor).
B.A. (1932). Iowa; B.S. in L.S. (1933). A.M. (1935), Illinois. At Oregon since 1941.
*ADOLF H. KUNZ, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry; Head of Department.
A.B. (1923), William Jewell; M.S. (1926). Ph.D. (1928), Iowa. At Oregon 1930-32 andsince 1934.
DANIEL H. LABBY, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine, Medical School; Head
of Division of Diabetes and Metabolism.
B.A. (1935), Reed; M.D. (1939), Oregon. At Oregon since 1947.
FRANK R. LACY, JR., A.B., J.D., Special Lecturer in Law.
A.B. (1946). Harvard: J.D. (1948), Iowa. At Oregon 1949.55.
CHARLTON G. LAIRD, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of English.
A.B. (1925), M.A. (1927), Iowa: Ph.D. (1941), Stanford. At Oregon 1955-56.
NORMAN C. LAMB, B.S., Captain. U.S. Air Force; Assistant Professor of AirScience.
B.S. (1949), Oregon. At Oregon since 1955.
EDNA LANDROS, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Emeritus of Classical Languages.
A.B. (1913), Kansas: A.M. (1921), Arizona; Ph.D. (1935). Oregon. At Oregon since1928.
MAURICE A. LECUYER, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Romance Languages.
B. es L. (1937). L. <'S L. (1943), D.E.S. (1944), Paris; Ph.D. (1954), Yale. At Oregon
since 1955.
IRA D. LEE, M.M.E., Assistant Professor of Brass Instruments.
B.M.E. (1946), M.M.E. (1947), Colorado. At Oregon since 1950.
tROBERT W. LEEPER, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology; Head of Department.
B.A. (1925), Allegheny;. M.A. (1928), Ph.D. (1930), Clark. At Oregon since 1937.
RALPH W. LEIGHTON. Ph.D., D.Sc., Professor Emeritus of Physical Educa~
tion; Assistant in the President's Office.
B.A. (1925), D.Sc. (1941), College of Idaho; Ph.D. (1931), Oregon. At Oregon since1931.
WOLFGANG A. LEPPMANN, Ph.D.• Assistant Professor of Germanic Languages.
B.A. (1948), M.A. (1949), McGill; Ph.D. (1952). Princeton. At Oregon since 1954.
EDWARD C. A. LESCH, Ph.D., Professor of English.
B.A. (1925), M.A. (1926), Illinois; Ph.D. (1928), Princeton. At Oregon since 1928.
* On leave from department headship, spring term, 1955-56.
tOn sabbatical leave 1955-56.
24 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON FACULTY 25
HOWARD P. LEWIS, M.D., Professor of Medicine, Medical School; Head of De-
partment.
B.S. (1924), Oregon State; M.D. (1930), Oregon. At Oregon since 1932.
J. ORVILLE LINDSTROM, B.S., Business Manager (Associate Professor).
B.S. (1932), Oregon. At Oregon since 1932.
ARTHUR P. LITCHMAN, Publicity Director, Athletic Department (Instructor).
At Oregon since 1946.
SIDNEY W. LITTLE, M.Arch., Reg. Archt., Dean of the School of Architecture
and Allied Arts; Professor of Architecture.
Diploma (1927), tCOLE des Beaux Arts; B.Arch. (1929), Cornell; M.Arch. (1924), Tu-
lane; Reg. Archt. (1937), States of Alabama, Georgia, and Oregon. At Oregon since 1946.
RICHARD A. LITTMAN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
A.B. (1943), George Washington; Ph.D. (1948), Ohio State. At Oregon since 1948.
WILLIAM K. LIVINGSTON, M.D., Kenneth A. J. Mackenzie Professor of Surgery,
Medical School; Head of Department.
B.A. (1913), M.A. (1917), Oregon; M.D. (1920), Harvard. At Oregon since 1925.
ALFERD L. LOMAX, M.A., Professor of Business Administration.
B.B.A. (1923), Oregon; M.A. (1927), Pennsylvania. At Oregon since 1919.
RAYMOND N. LoWE, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education; Director of Teacher
Placement Service.
B.S.Ed. (1940), Massachusetts State Teachers (Fitchburg); M.A. (1948), Ed.D. (1951),
Northwestern. At Oregon since 1955.
ABRAHAM S. LUCHINS, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1935), Brooklyn: M.A. (1936), Columhia; Ph.D. (1940), New York University.
At Oregon since 1954.
WILLIAM E. LUCHT, Ph.D., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1947), Harvard; M.A. (1948), Boston University; Ph.D. (1954), Iowa. At Ore·
gon since 1955.
*EDMOND M. MACCOLLIN, M.Arch., Assistant Professor of Architecture.
B.Arch. (1947), Yale; M.Arch. (1948), Cornell. At Oregon 1950-51 and since 1952.
MILDRED P. MACKINNON, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1926), Idaho; M.A. (1945), Oregon. At Oregon, 1944-45, 1946, and since 1954.
C. WARD MACY, Ph.D., Professor of Economics; Head of Department.
A.B. (1920), Grinnell; M.A. (1923), Iowa; Ph.D. (1932), Stanford. At Oregon since
1950.
ROY W. MALLERY, M.S., Instructor in Education; Head of Art Department, Eu-
. gene High School.
B.S. (1938), Peabody; M.S. (1943), Oregon. At Oregon since 1953.
JAMES C. MANLEY, B.S., Major, U.S. Air Force; Assistant Professor of Air
Science.
B.S. (1948), Oregon State. At Oregon since 1953.
MARGARET MARKLEY, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Senior Catalog Librarian (Senior
Instructor) .
A.B. (1933), Southwest Missouri State: B.S. in L.S. (1941), Illinois. At Oregon since
1945.
LUCIAN C. MARQUIS, M.A., Instructor in Political Science.
B.A. (1942), Black Mountain; M.A. (1951), California at Los Angeles. At Oregon
since 1954.
ROBERT D. MARSHALL, B.A., B.L.S., Social Science Librarian (Instructor).
B.A. (1940), Washington; B.L.S. (1953), California. At Oregon since 1953.
THOMAS E. MARSHALL, M.A., Instructor in Romance Languages.
B.A. (1945), M.A. (1946), California. At Or~gon since 1953.
WALTER T. MARTIN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology.
B.A. (1943), M.A. (1947), Ph.D. (1949), Washington. At Oregon since 1947.
• Resigned Jan. 3, 1956.
MARIE R. MASON, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
B.A. (1921), Oregon; M.A. (1929), Columbia. At Oregon since 1943.
*FRANK .J.. MASSEY, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics' Director ofStatistical Laboratory. '
A.B. (1941), M.A. (1944), Ph.D. (1947), California. At Oregon 1948-56.
*MILDRED G. MASSEY, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
A.B. (1942), California; M.A. (1951), Oregon. At Oregon 1955-56.
STANLEY R. MAVEETY, Ph.D., Instructor in English.
I!.S. (1943), Northwestern; M.A. (1950), Columbia' Ph.D. (1956) Stanf d At 0SInCe 1955. " or . regan
JOHN C. MCCLOSKEY, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
~,;;t·si~;;"21~j8~oras; M.A. (1928), Iowa; Ph.D. (1939), Stanford. At Oregon 193.1.36
JOEL W. MCCLURE, JR., Assistant Professor of Physics.
B.S. (1949), M.S. (1951), Northwestern; Ph.D. (1954), Chicago. At Oregon since 1954
ROBERpT F-. M)CCOLLOUGH, M.A., M.S., Head Humanities Librarian (Assistan~
rOLessor .
B.A. (1940), M.A. (1942), Wyoming; M.S. (1950), Columbia. At Oregon since 1950.
BAYARD H. MCCONNAUGHEY, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biology.
r9~. (1938), Pomona; M.A. (1941), Hawaii; Ph.D. (1948), California. At Oregon since
DAVID J. MCCoSH, Professor of Art.
Graduate (1927), Art Institute of Chicago. At Oregon since 1934.
tROSE E. MCGREW, Professor Emeritus of Voice.
At Oregon since 1920.
JOHlCo~h~CKAY, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education; Assistant Football
B.S. (1950), Oregon. At Oregon since 1950.
ADELL McMILLAN, ~.A., Program Director, Student Union (Instructor).
B.A. (1955), Wh,tman. At Oregon since 1955.
tPAUL B. MEANS, Ph.D., Professor of Religion; Head of Department.
t9~i. (1915), Yale; B.Litt. (1923), Oxford; Ph.D. (1934), Columbia. At Oregon since
LOIS W. MEDNICK, M.A., Instructor in Anthropology.
B.A. (1948), Joliet Junior College; M.A. (1955), Chicago. At Oregon since 1955.
FRE~i~. MILLER, M.D., Director of Health Service; Professor of Health Educa-
B.A. (1914), M.A. (1916), Lafayette; M.D. (1924), Chicago. At Oregon since 1925.
HUGH M. MILLER, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Music.
B.A. (1930), Oregon; M.A. (1939), Ph.D. (1941), Harvard. At Oregon 1955.56.
MAREIAN H: MILLER, M.D., Assistant University Physician' Professor of HealthducatlOn. I
B.A. (1925), M.D. (1930), Oregon. At Oregon since 1931.
LLOYD F. MILLHOLLEN, JR., D.Ed., Assistant Professor of Education
B.S. (1934), Oregon State; M.S. (1949), D.Ed. (1952), Oregon. At Oreg~n since 1946.
II ERNEST G. MOLL, A.M., Professor of English.
A.B. (1922), Lawrence: A.M. (1923), Harvard. At Oregon since 1928.
KIRTSE. MhONTdGOMER,":, Ph.l?,. Associate Professor of Speech' Acting Directorpeec an Heanng Chmc. "
;f;'~~ (l:15~)' Carroll; M.A. (1939), Ph.D. (1948), Northwestern. At Oregon 1941-43 and
• Resigned Mar. 17, 1956.
t Deceased Mar. 14,1956.
t On leave of absence 1955-56.
liOn sabbatical leave 1955-56.
26 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
FACULTY 27
A. RUSSELL MOORE, Ph.D., Research Professor Emeritus of General Ph!siology.
B.A. (1904), Nebraska; Ph.D. (1911), California. At Oregon 1926-32 and SlUce 1934.
CARLISLE MOORE, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
B.A. (1933), M.A. (1934), Ph.D. (1940), Princeton. At Oregon since 1946.
JOSEPHINE S. MOORE,B.S., Manager of News Bureau (Instructor).
B.S. (1931), Oregon. At Oregon since 1946.
MERLE W. MOORE, M.D., Associate Clinical Professor of Medicine, Medical
School' Head of Division of Allergy.
B.S. (1920), Oregon; M.D. (1924), Jefferson Medical College. At Oregon since 1928.
JENNELLE V. MOORHEAD, M.S., Associate Professor of Health Education.
B.A. (1925), Willamette; M.S. (1948), Oregon. At Oregon since 1946.
J. E. BRUCE MORRIS, M.A., Senior Reference Librarian (Instructor).
B.A. (1932), B.Paed. (1940), B.L.S. (1946), Toronto; M.A. (1954), Chicago. At Ore·
gon since 1955.
ROBERT W. MORRIS, Ph.D., Instructor in Biology.
A.B. (1942), Wichita; M.S. (1948), OregonState; Ph.D. (1954), Stanford. At Oregon
since 1955.
TRUE MORRIS, M.A., Senior Humanities Librarian (Senior Instructor).
B.A. (1920), M.A. (1933), Oregon. At Oregon since 1934.
VICTOR P. MORRIS, Ph.D., Dean of the School of Business Administration; Pro-
fessor of Economics.
B.A. (1915), M.A. (1920), Oregon; Ph.D. (1930), Columbia. At Oregon 1919-20 and
since 1926.
PERRY D. MORRISON, M.A., Head Social Science Librarian (Assistant Professor).
A.B. (1942), M.A. (1947), Whittier; B.S.L.S. (1949), California. At Oregon since 1949.
JAMES D. MORTON, B.S., Instructor in Architecture.
B.S. (1953), Oregon. At Oregon since 1955.
ANDREW F. MOURSUND, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics; Head of Department.
B.A. (1923), M.A. (1927), Texas; ~h.D. (1932), Brown. At Oregon since 1931.
EARL E. MOURSUND, M.Arch., Reg.Archt., Instructor in Architecture.
B.S. (1949), Texas; M.Arch. (1951), Cranbrook Academy; Reg Archt. (1951), State of
Texas. At Oregon since 1955.
LULU V. MOURSUND, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
Ph.B. (1929), M.A. (1930), Brown. At Oregon 1935-38 and 1956.
C. MARGARET MUELLER, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics.
B.S. (1949), Alabama; M.S. (1954), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1954.
THOMAS F. MUNDLE, M.A., Assistant Professor of English.
M.A. (1923), St. Andrews. At Oregon since 1940.
JAMES MUNRO, A.B., J.D., Associate Professor of Law.
A.B. (1931), Yale; J.D. (1935), Northwestern. At Oregon since 1955.
ELWIN L. MYRICK, M.Mus., Instructor in Organ.
B.S. (1939), B.Mus. (1947), M.Mus. (1949), Oregon. At Oregon since 1953.
RICHARD MYRICK, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1943), Princeton; M.A. (1950), Ph.D. (1954), Claremont. At Oregon 1952·53 and
since 1955.
"'IVAN G. NAGY, M.A., Assistant Professor of Political Science.. .
Cert. (1944), Foreign Service Institute, Budapest; M.A. (1951), Cahfornla. At Oregon
since 1949.
Roy P. NELSON, M.S., Instructor in Journalism.
B.S. (1947), M.S. (1954), Oregon. At Oregon since 1955.
FRANCES S. NEWSOM, M.A., Architecture and Allied Arts Librarian (Senior
Instructor) .
B.A. (1928), Oregon; M.A. (1953), Denver. At Oregon since 1950.
• On leave of absence 1955-56.
"'IVAN M. NIVEN, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics.
B.A. (1934), M.A. (1936), British Columbia; Ph.D. (1938), Chicago. At Oregon since
1947.
W. SCOTT NOBLES, Ph.D., Assistant Professor. of Speech.
B.A. (1947), Southeastern State (Oklahoma); M.A. (1948), Western Reserve; Ph.D.
(1955), Louisiana State. At Oregon since 1955.
HAROLD J. NOYES, D.D.S., M.D., Clinical Professor of Dental and Oral Medicine,
Medical School; Head of Division.
Ph.B. (1923), M.D. (1933), Chicago; B.S. (1928), D.D.S. (1928), Illinois. At Oregon
since 1946.
ROBERT E. NYE, Ph.D., Professor of Music Education.
B.E. (1932), State Teachers College (Milwaukee, Wis.); M.A. (1942), Ph.D. (1949),
Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1950.
KENNETH J. O'CONNELL, LL.B., S.J,D., Professor of Law.
LL.B. (1933), S.J.D. (1934), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1935.
ROBERT O. OFFICER, B.S., Athletic Trainer; Instructor in Physical Education.
B.S. (1943), Orcgon. At Oregon since 1950. ~
GUHLI J. OLSON, M.S., R.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing Education.
B.S. (1936), Battle Creek; M.S. (1947), Western Reserve; R.N. (1936), State of Ohio.
At Oregon since 1942.
WALDEMAR OLSON, D.Ed., Associate Professor of Education.
B.A. (1930), North Dakota State Teachers (Mayville); M.Ed. (1949), Montana; D.Ed.
(1953), Texas. At Oregon since 1954.
EDWARD N. O'NEIL, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Classical Languages.
B.A. (1950), M.A. (1951), Ph.D. (1954), California. At Oregon since 1955.
KARL W. ONTHANK, M.A., Associate Director of Student Affairs (Professor).
B.A. (1913), M.A. (1915), Oregon. At Oregon since 1916.
EDWIN E. OSGOOD, M.D., Professor of Medicine, Medical School; Head of Divi-
sion of Experimental Medicine and Division of Hematology.
B.A. (1923), M.A. (1924), M.D. (1924), Oregon. At Oregon since 1921.
tVINCENT A. OSTROM, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Political Science; Associate
Director, Kellogg Program.
B.A. (1942), M.A. (1945), Ph.D. (1950), California at Los Angeles. At Oregon since
1949.
NORMAN H. OSWALD, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
B.A. (1935), Reed; M.A. (1943), Ph.D. (1946), California. At Oregon since 1946.
GUIDO A. P ALANDRI, B.A., B.L.S., Catalog Librarian (Instructor).
B.A. (1949), Oregon; B.L.S. (1954), California. At Oregon since 1954.
ANTHONY A. PEARSON, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy, Medical School; Head of
Department.
B.S. (1928), Furman; Ph.D. (1933), Michigan. At Oregon since 1946.
LESTER D. PEDERSON, B.S., J.D., Special Lecturer in Law.
B.S. (1950), J.D. (1952), Oregon. At Oregon since 1953.
ARNO L. PEITERSON, M.B.A., C.P.A., Assistant Professor of Business Administra-
tion.
B.S. (1937), M.B.A. (1949), Oregon, C.P.A. (1955). State of Oregon. At Oregon since
1946.
JAMES C. PERKINS, S.T.M., Assistant Professor of Religion; Acting Head of
Department.
B.S. (1929), Princeton; B.D. (1932). S.T.M~ (1933), Oberlin. At Oregon since 1954.
MARY H. PERKINS, M.A., Professor Emeritus of English.
B.A. (1898), Bates; M.A. (1908), Radcliffe. At Oregon since 1908.
MARIAN L. PERRY, M.A., Instructor in Physical Education.
B.A. (1948), M.A. (1951), California. At Oregon since 1953.
• On sabbatical leave 1955·56.
t On leave of absence 1955-56.
28 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON FACULTY 29
MARGARET r. PHY, Instructor in Business Administration.
At Oregon since 1954.
JOHN PIERCE-JONES, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology:
B.A. (1946), M.A. (1949), Ph.D. (1953), California. At Oregon smce 1950.
lONE F. PIERRON, B.A., B.A. in Lib., Senior Social Science Librarian (l~structor).
B.A. (1936), Puget Sound; B.A. in Lib. (1937), Washington. At Oregon smce 1948.
EVELYN PIPER, M.A., Acting Assistant Professor of Education. .
B.S. (1940), Northwest Missouri State Teachers; M.A. (1946), ColumbIa. At Oregon
since 1955.
FORREST R. PITTS, Ph.D., Instructor in Geography.
B.A. (1948), M.A. (1949), Ph.D. (1955), Michigan. At Oregon since 1955.
MARGARET S. POLEY, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physical Education. .
A.B. (1926), Colorado; M.S. (1930), Wellesley; Ph.D. (1948), Iowa. At Oregon smce
1948.
EARL POMEROY, Ph.D., Professor of History.
B.A. (1936), San Jose State; M.A. (1937), Ph.D. (1940), California. At Oregon since
1949.
CAROLINE H. POMMARANE, B.S., Registrar of the Medical School (Assistant
Professor) .
B.S. (1928), Nebraska. At Oregon since 1948.
KENNETH A. POOLE, B.S., J.D., Special Lecturer in Law.
B.S. (1950), J.D. (1952), Oregon. At Oregon 1954 and since 1955.
JOHN L. POWELL, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics:
B.A. (1943), Reed; Ph.D. (1948), Wisconsin. At Oregon slDce 1955.
.PERRY J. POWERS, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Romance Languages.
B.A. (1941), Oregon; Ph.D. (1947), Johns Hopkins. At Oregon since 1946.
WARREN C. PRICE, M.A., Associate Professor of Journalism.
B:A. (1929), M.A. (1938), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1942.
JESSIE L. PUCKETT, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1931), M.S. (1937), Oregon. At Oregon since 1952.
WILLIAM W. PYLE, M.S., Assistant Professor of Business ~dministration.
B.S. (1937), M.S. (1940), Indiana State Teachers. At Oregon SlDce 1947.
EARL W. RALF, A.B., Lieutenant Colonel, U.S. Army; Assistant Professor of
Military Science and Tactics.
A.B. (1936), Knox. At Oregon since 1953.
HOWARD L. RAMEY, M.F.A., Instructor in Speech.
B.A. (1948), Oregon; M.F.A. (1950), Yale. At Oregon since 1951.
EDWIN A. READ, M.Ed., Instructor in Education.
B.Ed. (1948), M.Ed. (1949), Alberta. At Oregon since 1955.
FRANCIS J. REITHEL, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry; Acting Head of
Department.
B.A. (1936), Reed; M.A. (1938), Ph.D. (1942), Oregon. At Oregon since 1946.
WILLIAM P. RHODA, D.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education. .
B.S. (1939), Pennsylvania State; M.S. (1947), D.Ed. (1951), Oregon. At Oregon slDce
1948.
W. DWAINE RICHINS, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Business Adminis~ration.
B.A. (1936) Brigham Young; M.B.A. (1938), Louisiana State; Ph.D. (1900), Wash·
ington. At Oregon slDce 1949.
ROBERT J. RICHMAN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy.
A.M. (1950), Ph.D. (1953), Harvard. At Oregon since 1953.
THOMAS H. M. RIGBY, M.A., Research Assistant, Bureau of Municipal Research
and Service (Assistant Professor). .
B.A. (1940), M.A. (1953), Idaho. At Oregon 1952 and since 1955.
* On sabbatical leave 1955-56.
BERNICE M. RISE, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Reader's Consultant and Browsing Room
Librarian (Assistant Professor).
B.A. (1923), Oregon; B.S. in L.S. (1928), Columbia. At Oregon since 1923.
MAX D. RISINGER, M.A., Assistant Professor of Music.
B.Ed. (1935), Western Illinois State; M.A. (1942), Iowa. At Oregon since 1954.
PAUL L. RISLEY, Ph.D., Professor of Biology.
A.B. (1927), Albion; M.A. (1929), Ph.D. (1931), Michigan. At Oregon since 1945.
WILLIAM J. ROBERT, B.A., LL.B., Associate Professor of Business Administra-
tion.
B.A. (1939), LL.B. (1941), Oregon. At Oregon since 1950.
HORACE W.· ROBINSON, M.A., Associate Professor of Speech; Director of Uni-
versity Theater.
B.A. (1931), Oklahoma City; M.A. (1932), Iowa. At Oregon since 1933.
JACK ROCHE, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education; Assistant FootbaIl Coach.
B.S. (1940), Santa Clara. At Oregan since 195!.
LYNN S. RODNEY, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1936), M.A. (1938), Washington State; Ph.D. (1955), Michigan. At Oregon
since 1955.
ALAN W. ROECKER, Ph.M., Head Science Librarian (Assistant Professor).
Ph.B. (1938), B.L.S. (1950), Ph.M. (1943), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1950.
MILES C. ROMNEY, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
B.S. (1935), Utah State; Ph.D. (1947), Columbia. At Oregon since 1952.
.MARION D. Ross, M.Arch., Reg.Archt., Associate Professor of Architecture.
B.S. (1935), Pennsylvania State; M.Arch. (1937), Harvard; Reg. Archt. (1946), State
of Louisiana. At Oregon since 1947.
VICTORIA A. Ross, M.F.A., Associate Professor of Art.
B.A. (1927), Oregon; M.F.A. (1939), Southern California. At Oregon since 1920.
HERMAN RUBIN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics.
Ph.B. (1943), S.B. (1944), S.M. (1945), Ph.D. (1948), Chicago. At Oregon since 1955.
JEAN E. RUBIN, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics.
B.S. (1948), Queens; M.A. (1949), Columbia; Ph.D. (1955), Stanford. At Oregon since
1955.
WALLACE M. RUFF, M.S., Assistant Professor of Landscape Arcilitecture.
B.S. (1934), Florida; M.S. (1950), California. At Oregon since 1952.
RAMON E. RUIZ, Ph.D., Instructor in History.
B.A. (1947), San Diego State; M.A. (1948), Claremont; Ph.D. (1954), California. At
Oregon since 1955.
tJ. FRANCIS RUMMEL, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education.
P9tO. (1933), Iowa State Teachers; M.A. (1947), Ph.D. (1950), Iowa. At Oregon since
CHARLES B. RYAN, M.F.A., Assistant Professor of Art.
B.S. (1939), M.F.A. (1940), Oregon. At Oregon since 1946.
MATTEO A. SALEMI, M.Ed., Captain, U.S. Air Force; Assistant Professor of Air
Science.
B.Ed. (1940>, Rhode Island College of Education; M.Ed. (1951), Boston University.
At Oregon slDce 1952.
EUGENE N. SALMON, M.A., Head Circulation Librarian (Assistant Professor).
B.A. (1954), M.A. (1955), Denver. At Oregon since 1955.
GEORGE A. SANBORN, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
B.A. (1950), California at Los Angeles; M.A. (1954), Cornell. At Oregon since 1954.
tADOLPH A. SANDIN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education.
B.A. (1933)/ Central Washington College of Education; M.A. (1938), Washington;
Ph.D. (19431, Columbia. At Oregon since 1950.
• On sabbatical leave, spring term, 1955-56.
t On leave of absence 1955·56.
30 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON FACULTY 31
ROBERT L. SAN SOUCIE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
B.A. (1949), Massachusetts; M.A. (1950), Ph.D. (1953), Wisconsin. At Oregon since
1953.
OSCAR F. SCHAAF, Ph.D., Instructor in Education; Head of Mathematics Depart-
ment, Eugene High School.
B.A. (1942), Wichita; A.M. (1946), Chicago; Ph.D. (1954), Ohio State. At Oregon
since 1954.
BRADLEY T. SCHEER, Ph.D., Professor of Biology.
B.S. (1936), California Institute of Technology; Ph.D. (1940), California. At Oregon
since 1950.
CHARLES P. SCHLEICHER, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science.
A.Il. (1928), College of Pacific; M.A. (1931), Hawaii; Ph.D. (1936), Stan-ford. At Ore·
gon since 1947.
MARTIN SCHMITT, B.S., B.S. in L.S., Curator of Special Collections, Library
(Associate Professor).
B.S. (1938), B.S. in L.S. (1939), Illinois. At Oregon since 1947.
MARVIN M. SCHOLTEN, M.A., Instructor in Education.
B.A. (1949), Minnesota; M.A. (1950), South Dakota. At Oregon since 1955.
WALDO SCHUMACHER, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science.
A.B. (1917), Bluffton; A.M. (1918), Ohio State; Ph.D. (1923), Wisconsin. At Oregon
since 1928.
JOHN C. SCOTT, JR., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology.
B.S. (1942), Springfield: A.M. (1948), Ph.D. (1953), Chicago. At Oregon since 1955.
CORWIN V. SEITZ, B.A., Acquisition Librarian (Instructor).
B.A. (1922), Oregon. At Oregon since 1922.
JOHN E. SELBY, Ph.D., Instructor in History.
A.B. (1950), Harvard; A.M. (1951), Ph.D. (1955), Brown. At Oregon since 1955.
LESTER G. SELIGMAN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Political Science.
B.A. (1939), Ph.D. (1947), Chicago. At Oregon since 1953.
OTTILIE T. SEYBOLT, M.A., Associate Professor Emeritus of Speech.
A.B. (1910), Mount Holyoke; M.A. (1915), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1928.
DOUGLAS SHADBOLT, Instructor in Architecture.
At Oregon since 1955.
DONALD SHEPARDSON, Superintendent, University Press (Assistant Professor).
At Oregon since 1955.
JOHN C. SHERWOOD, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English; Director of English
Composition.
B.A. (1941), Lafayette; M.A. (1942), Ph.D. (1945), Yale. At Oregon since 1946.
J. ARNOLD SHOTWELL, Ph.D., Curator, Museum of Natural History (Assistant
Professor) .
B.S. (1947), M.S. (1950), Oregon; Ph.D. (1953), California. At Oregon since 1947.
PETER O. SIGERSETH, D.Ed., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
B.A. (1928), Minot State Teachers (North Dakota): M.A. (1936), North Dakota: D.Ed.
(1944), Oregon; Ph.D. (1955), Iowa. At Oregon 1943·44 and SIDce 1947.
PAUL B. SIMPSON, Ph.D., Professor of Economics and Mathematics.
B.A. (1936), Reed; Ph.D. (1949), Cornell. At Oregon 1949·53 and since 1955.
ALLEN M. SINGER, J.D., Associate Professor of Law.
J.D. (1948), Chicago. At Oregon since 1955.
FRANK P. SIPE, M.S., Associate Professor Emeritus of Biology.
B.S. (Agr.) (1916), B.S. (Educ.) (1918), Missouri; M.S. (1923), Iowa State. At Ore·
gon since 1932.
ALBERT T. SMITH, JR., B.S., First Lieutenant, U.S. Army; Assistant Professor
of Military Science and Tactics.
B.S. ()950), Pennsylvania Military Cottelle. At Oregon since 1955.
JESSIE M. SMITH, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Business Administration.
~~~~S'r~n~4), Oregon State: M.A. (1946), Oregon; Ph.D. (1954), Columbia. At Oregon
ROBERT W. SMITH, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
B.A. (1937), Chicago: M.A. (1940), Ph.D. (1942), California at Los Attgeles. At Ore.
gon since 1947.
WILLIAM E. SNELL, M.D., Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery, Medical
School; Head of Division.
B.S. (1943), M.D. (1945), Oregon. At Oregon since 1951.
VERNON F. SNOW, Ph.D., Instructor in History.
B.A. (1948), Wheaton: M.A. (1949), Chicago; Ph.D. (1953), Wisconsin. At Oregon
since 1953.
ARNOLD L. SODERWALL, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biology.
r!iti·. (1936), Linfield; M.A. (1937), Illinois; Ph.D. (1941), Brown. At Oregon since
HELEN L. SOEHREN, M.A., Assistant Professor of, English.
B.A. (1935), M.A. (1938), Oregon. At OregoB since 1942.
JOHN W. SOHA, M.B.A., C.P.A., Associate Professor of Business Administration.
B.B.A. (1936), Puget Sound; M.B.A. (1950), Michigan; C.P.A. (1942), State of Wash.
ington. At Oregon since 1951.
LLOYD R. SORENSON, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History.
B.A. (1938), North Dakota; M.A. (1945), Ph.D. (1947), Illinois. At Oregon since 1947.
PHILIP W. SOUERS, Ph.D., Professor of English; Head of Department.
B.A. (1920), M.A. (1922), Iowa; M.A. (1924), Ph.D. (1928), Harvard. At .Oregon
since 1945.
MARK R. SPONENBURGH, L.F.A., Associate Professor of Art.
Cert. (1940), Cranbrook; Cert. (1946). Ecole Superieure des Beaw< Arts; L.F.A. (1952),
Cairo. At Oregon since 1946.
VERNON S. SPRAGUE, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1937), Oregon; M.A. (1942), Ph.D. (1951), Michigan. At Oregon since 1946.
BETTY MAE STAMM, B.A., Acquisition Librarian (Senior Instructor).
B.A. (1927), Oregon. At Oregon since 1926.
LLOYD W. STAPLES, Ph.D., Professor of Geology.
A.B. (1929), Columbia; M.S. (1930), Michigan; Ph.D. (1935), Stanford. At Oregon
since 1939.
D. GLENN STARLIN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech; Acting Head of De-
partment; Director of Television Programming. .
B.A. (1938), Idaho; M.A. (1939), Ph.D. (1951), Iowa; At Oregon since 1947.
HOWARD C. STEARNS, M.D., Clinical Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology,
Medical School; Head of Department.
B.S. (1924), B.S. (1925), Oregon State: M.D. (1929), Oregon. At Oregon since 1932.
CHARLES L. STEELE, M.S. Instructor in Clarinet.
B.A. (1951), Wyoming; M.S. (1952), Oregon. At Oregon since 1951.
THEODORE STERN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Anthropology; Assistant Cu-
rator of Ethnology.
B.A. (1939), Bowdoin; A.M. (1941), Ph.D. (1948), Pennsylvania. At Oregon since 1948.
FRED L. STETSON, M.A., Professor Emeritus of Education.
A.B. (1911), M.A. (1913), Washington. At Oregon since 1913.
WENDELL H. STEPHENSON, Ph.D., Litt.D., LL.D., Professor of History.
A.B. (1923), A.M. (1924), Indiana; Ph.D. (1928), Michigan; Litt.D. (1950), Duke;
LL.D. (1953), North Carolina. At Oregon since 1953.
ARTHUR B. STILLMAN, M.B.A., Professor of Business Administration.
B.A. (1928), Oregon; M.B.A. (1937), Washington. At Oregon since 1922.
JAMES C. STOVALL, M.A., Assistant Professor of Geography.
B.S. (1927), M.A. (1929), Oregon. At Oregon since 1934.
32 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON FACULTY 33
JACOB STRAUS, Ph.D., Instructor in Biology.
B.S. (1949), College of City of New York; M.S. (1950), Ph.D. (1954), Michigan. At
Oregon since 1955.
JOHN STRUBE, Instructor in Flute.
At Oregon since 1951.
NORMAN D. SUNDBERG, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology. .
B.A. (1947), Nehraska; M.A. (1949), Ph.D. (1952), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1952.
KENNETH C. SWAN, M.D., Professor of Ophthalmology, Medical School; Head
of Department.
B.A. (1933), M.D. (1936), Oregon. At Oregon since 1944.
ROY L. SWANK, M.D., Ph.D., Professor of Medicine, Medical School; Head of
Division of Neurology. .
B.S. (1930), Washington; M.D. (1935), Ph.D. (1935), Northwestern. At Oregon since
1953.
DONALD F. SWINEHART, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
B.S. (1939), Capital; M.S. (1941), Ph.D. (1943), Ohio State. At Oregon since 1946.
FLORENCE L. T AINER, B.A., Counselor for Women (Instructor).
B.A. (1947), Oregon. At Oregon since 1955.
MARION J. TAYLOR, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education.
B.S. (1941), Minnesota State Teachers (Mankato); M.A. (1947), Ed.D. (1954), Colurn-
hia. At Oregon since 1954.
TRUMAN E. TEETER, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry.
B.S. (1942), Oregon State; M.S. (1949), Ph.D. (1954), Oregon. At Oregon 1950-51 and
since 1954.
SANFORD S. TEPFER, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biology.
B.S. (1938), College of City of New York; M.S. (1939), Cornell; Ph.D. (1950), Cali·
fornia. At Oregon since 1955.
JANE THACHER, Professor Emeritus of Piano.
At Oregon since 1916.
W. F. GOODWIN THACHER, M.A., Professor Emeritus of English.
A.B. (1900), M.A. (1907), Princeton. At Oregon since 1914.
EDWARD P. THATCHER, M.A., Science Librarian (Instructor).
B.A. (1940), Swarthmore; M.A. (1940), B.S. in L.S. (1952), Minnesota. At Oregon
since 1952.
WILLARD L. THOMPSON, M.S., Associate Professor of Journalism and Business
Administration.
B.S. (1937), M.S. (1949), Illinois. At Oregon since 1952.
HARRIET W. THOMSON, A.B., Professor Emeritus of Physical Education.
A.B. (1904), Michigan. At Oregon since 1911.
THOMAS W. THORPE, B.S., Major, U. S. Army; Assistant Professor of Military
Science and Tactics.
B.S. (1937), Pennsylvania. At Oregon since 1954.
LEWIS E. TIFFANY, Major, U.S. Air Force; Assistant Professor of Air Science.
At Oregon since 19'54.
·KENNETH C. TOLLENAAR, M.A., Assistant Director, Bureau of Municipal Re-
search and Service (Assistant Professor).
B.A. (1950), Reed; M.A. (1953), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1953.
DONALD E. TOPE, Ph.D., Professor of Education; Director of Kellogg Program.
B.A. (1928), Western State College; M.A. (1929), Ph.D. (1934), Iowa. At Oregon
since 1951.
·HOYT TROWBRIDGE, Ph.D., 'Professor of English.
B.A. (1931), M.A. (1933), Ph.D. (1935), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1940.
HOWARD G. TUCKER, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
A.B. (1948), M.A. (1949), Ph.D. (1955), California. At Oregon since 1955.
* On leave of absence 1955·56.
JOHN E. TUHY, M.D., Assistant Clinical Professor of Medicine; Head of Di-
vision of Chest Diseases.
B.A. (1935), M.D. (1938), Oregon. At Oregon since 1948.
GEORGE S. TURNBULL, M.A., Professor Emeritus of Journalism.
A.B. (1915), M.A. (1932), Washington. At Oregon since 1917.
GENEVIEVE G. TURNIPSEED, M.A., Director Emeritus of Dormitories.
A.B. (1922), B.S. (1922), Iowa; M.A. (1930), Columbia. At Oregon since 1930.
LEONA E. TYLER, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology; Acting Head of Department.
Counselor, University Counseling Center.
B.S. (1925), M.S. (1939), Ph.D. (1941), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1940.
ROBERT S. VAGNER, M.A., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music; Director of
Bands.
B.A. (1935), M.A. (1938), Colorado State College of Education; M.Mus. (1942), Mich.
igan. At Oregon since 1950.
·PIERRE VAN RYSSELBERGHE, Ph.D., Professor 'Of Chemistry.
Cand.·lng. (1924), Eng. (1927), Brussels; M.A. (1928), Ph.D. (1929), Stanford. At
Oregon since 1941.
FRANCES VAN VOORHIS, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics.
B.S. (1932), Minnesota; M.S. (1949), Iowa State. At Oregon since 1944.
WILLIAM H. VAN VORIS, B.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1949), California. At Oregon since 1953.
ANDREW M. VINCENT, Professor of Art.
Graduate (1929), Chicago Art Institute. At Oregon since 1929.
HENRY W. VON HOLT, JR., Ph.D., Asssitant Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1949), Reed; M.A. (1952), Oregon; Ph.D. (1954), Clark. At Oregon since 1954.
PAULINE E. WALTON, M.A., Assistant Reference Librarian Emeritus.
B.A. (1904), Oregon; M.A. (1906), Northwestern. At Oregon since 1927.
JOHN M. WARREN, ]R., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology.
B.S. (1949), M.S. (1950), Ph.D. (1953), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1953.
PAUL R. W ASHKE, Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education.
A.B. (1927), Western State Teachers (Michigan); A.M. (1929), Michigan; Ph.D.
(1943), New York University. At Oregon since 1930.
LoWELL A. WATKINS, M.B.A., Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
B.Ed. (1939), Illinois State Normal; M.B.A. (1947), Denver. At Oregon since 1955.
MARSHALL D. WATTLES, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics.
B.A. (1938), Southwest Missouri State; M.A. (1941), Missouri; Ph.D. (1950), Ohio
State. At Oregon since 1950.
MARIAN P. WATTS, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Reference Librarian Emeritus.
B.A. (1921), Oregon; B.S. in L.S. (1934), Illinois. At Oregon since 1921.
LORETTA A. WAWRZYNIAK, M.A., Instructor in Romance Languages.
B.A. (1945), Clark; M.A. (1946), Radcliffe. At Oregon 1948-50, 1951·53, and since 1955.
CARL C. WEBB, M.A., Assistant Professor of Journalism.
B.S. (1932), M.A. (1950), Oregon. At Oregon since 1943.
tCHRISTOF A. WEGELIN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
M.A. (1942), North Carolina; Ph.D. (1947), Johns Hopkins. At Oregon since 1952.
ADoLPH WEINZIRL, M.D., Professor of Public Health and Preventive Medicine,
Medical School; Head of Department.
B.S. (1922), M.D. (1925), Oregon; C.P.H. (1932), M.P.H. (1939), Johns Hopkins. At
Oregon since 1938.
---
* On leave of ahsence, fall term, 1955.56.
t On leave of absence 1955-56.
EGBERT S. WENGERT, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science; Head of Depart-
ment.
B.A. (1933), LL.B. (1936), Ph.D. (1936), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1948.
ROSAMOND WENTWORTH, M.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
B.A. (1931), M.S. (1938), Washington. At Oregon since 1944.
EDWARD S. WEST, Ph.D., Professor of Biochemistry, Medical School; Head of
Department.
A.B. (1917), Randolph-Macon; M.S. (1920), Kansas State; Ph.D. (1923), Chicago. At
Oregon since 1934. •
RAY B. WEST, JR., Ph.D., Visiting Professor of English.
B.S. (1933), Utah State; M.A. (1935), Utah; Ph.D. (1945), Iowa. At Oregon since 1955.
ARNOLD M. WESTLING, B.S. in C.E., Planning and Public Works Consultant,
Bureau of Municipal Research and Service (Associate Professor).
B.S. in C.E. (943), Washington. At Oregon since 1947.
ELWOOD V. WHITE, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
B.A. (1931), Toronto; M.Sc. (1934), Ph.D. (1936), McGill. At Oregon since 1955.
*GOLDA P. WICKHAM, B.S., Associate Director of Student Affairs; Director of
Women's Dormitory Counseling (Assistant Professor).
B.S. (1931), Oregon. At Oregon since 1944.
ROBERT R. WIEGMAN, D.Ed., Associate Professor of Education.
A.B. (1946), Midland; M.A. (1951), D.Ed. (1952), Oregon. At Oregon since 1955.
MARGARET J. WIESE, M.A., Assistant Professor of Home Economics.
B.S. (1941), Iowa State; M.A. (1945), Iowa. At Oregon since 1947.
JACK WILKINSON, Associate Professor of Art.
Graduate (1937), California School of Fine Arts. At Oregon since 1941.
OLIVER M. WILLARD, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
B.A. (1927), Stanford; A.M. (1931), Ph.D. (1936), Harvard. At Oregon since 1946.
RUTH A. WILLARD, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education.
B.A. (1943), M.A. (1945), Iowa; Ed.D. (1952), California. At Oregon since 1952.
ASTRID M. WILLIAMS, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Germanic Languages.
B.A. (1921), M.A. (1932), Oregon; Ph.D. (1934), Marburg. At Oregon since 1935.
MILDRED H. WILLIAMS, D.Ed., Instructor in Education; Head of Social Studies
Department, Eugene High School.
B.A. (1925), M.A. (1931), D.Ed. (1954), Oregon. At Oregon lnce 1930.
tWILLIAM A. WILLIAMS, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
B.S. (1944), U.S. Naval Academy; M.S. (1948), Ph.D. (1950), Wisconsin. At Oregon
since 1952.
:j:DONALD S. WILLIS, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Oriental Languages,
B.A. (1943), Ph.D. (1951), Washington. At Oregon since 1948.
O. MEREDITH WILSON, Ph.D., President; Professor of History.
A.B. (1934), Brigham Young University; Ph.D. (1943), California. At Oregon since
1954.
WILLIS L. WINTER, JR., B.S., Instructor in Journalism.
B.S. (1950), California. At Oregon since 1955.
HUGH B. WOOD, Ed.D., Professor of Education.'.
B.S. (1931), Toledo; M.A. (1935), Colorado; Ed.D. (1937), Columbia. At Oregon since
1939.
:j:KENNETH S. WOOD, Ph.D., Professor of Speech; Director, Speech and Hearing
Clinic.
B.S. (1935), Oregon State; M.A. (1938), Michigan; Ph.D. (1946), Southern California.
At Oregon since 1942.
• On leave of absence, spring term, 1955·56.
t On leave of absence 1955-56.
*On sabbatical leave 1955-56.
Associates, Fellows, Assistants
JANE A. ABELSON, B.A., Re8earch Assistant in Psychology.
E. RAY ACKERMAN, M.S., Associate in Education.
DOUGLAS J. ADAMS, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
*DONALD M. ALEXANDER, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Business Administration.
WILLIAM M. ALEXANDER, M.S., Teaching Fellow in Political Science. .
PETER ALINE, M.A., Research Fellow in Physics.
FLORENCE M. ALTHEN, B.A., Associate in Education.
LoYD AMICK, M.S., Associate in Education.
ANDREW E. ANDERSON, M.A., Teaching Fellow in Biology.
BERNICE ANDREWS, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
RUTH ANDRUS, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Physical Education.
ABDUR R. ANSARI, M.A., Research Assistant in Mathematics.
• Resigned Mar. 24, 1956.
MABEL A. WOOD, M.S., Professor of Home Economics; Head of Department.
B.S. (1925), Oregon State; M.S. (1930), Columbia. At Oregon since 1932.
JANET G. WOODRUFF, M.A., Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1926), :M.A. (1929), Columbia. At Oregon since 1929.
JEAN M. WOODS, B.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1948), Wellesley. At Oregon since 1955.
WILLIAM C. WOODS, M.M., Instructor in Piano.
B.M. (1948), M.M. (1949), Southern California. At Oregon since 1950.
EMMA G. WRIGHT, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Senior Acquisition Librarian (Senior
Instructor) .
A.B. (1925), Miami (Ohio); B.S. in L.S. (1939), Illinois. At Oregon since 1946.
GoRDON WRIGHT, Ph.D., Professor of History; Head of Department.
A.B. (1933), Whitman; M.A. (1935), Ph.D. (1939), Stanford. At Oregon since 1939.
IRWIN 1. WRIGHT, B.S., Superintenqent of Physical Plant (Assistant Professor).
B.S. (1926), Kansas State. At Oregon since t947.
LEAVITT O. WRIGHT, Ph.D., Professor of Romance Languages.
A.B. (1914), Harvard; B.D. (1917), Union Theological Seminary· M A (1925) Ph D(1928), California. At Oregon since 1926. ' .. ,. •
HARRY B. YOCOM, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Zoology.
A.B. (1912), Oberlin; M.A. (1916), Ph.D. (1918), California. At Oregon since 1920.
BERTRAM YOOD, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics.
B.S. (19~8), Ph.D. (1947), Yale; M.S. (1939), California Institute of Technology. AtOregon Since 1953. '
NORTON B. YOUNG, M.A., Instructor in Speech; Speech Therapist.
• B.S. (950), M.A. (1953), Washington. At Oregon since 1955.
PAUL M. ZALL, Ph.D., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1948), Swarthmore; A.M. (1950), Ph.D. (1951), Harvard. At Oregon since 1955.
CHARLES F. ZIEBARTH, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Business Administration.
r9~·. (1931), M.A. (1932), Washington State; Ph.D. (1952), Chicago. At Oregon since
WILLIAM A. ZIMMERMAN, B.S., Business Manager and Assistant to the Dean'
Medical School; Assistant Administrator of Hospitals (Associate Pro~fessor ).
B.S. (1939), Oregon. At Oregon since 1940.
GEORGE A. ZORN, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1948), Hofstra; M.A. (1950), Columbia. At Oregon since 1955.
35FACULTY
UNIVERSITY OF OREGON34
36 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON FACULTY 37
G R A -LIN M A Associate in Education.LENN . .l"U'" J .-,
JOSE ARMILLA, B.A., Graduate Assistant in. Psychology.
ZELLA ARNBERG, B.S., Associate in Educa~lOn. .
W H ATKINSON ME Associate In EducatIon.INI'IELD . , . 0' •
R G ATWOOD B S Associate in EducatIOn.ICHARD . , . ., •
HAZEL AUSTIN, M.E., Associate in EducatIOn.. .
A S BAlCH M S Graduate Assistant III Chemistry.NNETTE. ,. ., .
ROBERT M. BARBER, M.A., Associate in Educatl?n.
GENEVIEVE BARHAM, B.S., Associate i~ Educab~n.
BARBARA J. BARKER, B.Ed., Associate In .Educa:lOn. .
A H BARLICH B A. Graduate ASSIstant III PhysIcs.LBERT , .~ 0' ••
WILLIAM D. BARNES, M.Ed., Graduate A~sistant In EducatIOn.
ALICE M. BARNHART, Associate in Educ~tlOn.
A BARON M A Teaching Fellow III Psychology.LLAN ,. ., . . PhI
E M BARRON M A Graduate ASSIstant III syc 0 ogy.MERSON. ,. ., .
GORDON W. BARRON, B.S., Associate in ~ducat!on..
GUNTER P. BARTH, B.A., Graduate A~slstant 10. History.
MARGUERITE BAUCH, B.S., Associate ~n Ed~catl~n.
HAROLD BAUMAN, B.A., Graduate Asslsta~t III HIstory.
RUTH BEACON, M.A., Associate in EducatIOn:
M I BEAT M S Associate in Education.!LDRED. ,. ., .
MARIANNE BECK, B.S., Associate in Educab?n. .
J 0 BECKER B S Graduate Assistant In HIstory.ESSIE. ,. ., • E l' h
DAVID V. BERRY, B.A., Graduate Assistant ~n ng IS .
LORETTA BEESON, B.S., Associate in EducatIOn. .
EDWARD BELKNAP, M.S.Ed., Associate i~ EducatIOn.
PAUL E. BELL, M.S., Associate in ~ducatIOn..
LUOLA BENGSTON, B.A., Associate In Educatt.on. .
OBERT B BENNETT, M.A., Research Fellow III PhysIcs.
RE· 'M BERNARD B A Graduate Assistant in Romance Languages.LEANOR. , . ., .
SEVILLA BERREMAN, M.A., As~ociate in ~ducat1on.
AGNES BEST, M.A., Associate 10 Educatl?n.
PAUL BETTEN, M.E., Associate in EducatIOn.
HELEN J. BILLETT, M.A., Research Assistant in .Psychology.
WILLIAM R. BISHOP, M.S., Associate in Educat~on.
LOEWY ANN BIXBY, B.Ed., Associate in EducatIOn.. .
E. ROSALIE BLICKENSTAFF, B.M., Graduate ~ssastant In. MUSIC.
JOSEPH c. BLUMEL, M.A., Teaching Fellow. 10 EconomIcs.
GEORGE J. BOEHM, B.S., Associate in Edu.catlOn.
NINA BOESEN, B.S., Associate in EducatIOn. .
JACK BORSTING, M.A., Graduate Assistant in MathematICs.
RICHARD G. BOWEN, B.S., Graduate Assista.nt in Ge?logy.
G M BOWER M S Research Fellow In Chemistry.EORGE. ,. ., ... IS'
M B M A Teaching Fellow 10 Pohtica clence.GEORGE . OYET, .., ..
KAY A. BREDLEAU, B.S., Graduate Assistant I~ PhysIcs.
WESTON BROCKWAY, M.A., Associate in Edu~atlon ..
KENNETH BROOKSHIRE, M.S., Graduate ASSIstant III P~ychology.
JOHN R. BROWN, B.A., Graduate Assistant .in JournalIsm.
EMORY L. BRUNS, M.S., Associate in. EducatlO~.
ROBERT J. BRUSH, M.Ed., Associate In. EducatlO~.
GLENDORA BURBANK, M.E., Associate III EducatIOn.
]. PAUL BURCH, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
MERVYN L. CADWALLADER, M.A., Teaching Fellow in Sociology.
MICHAEL G. CALLAHAN, M.S., Associate in Education.
JORN H. CAMPBELL, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Business Administration.
DAVID G. CANZLER, B.A., Graduate Assistant in English.
PATRICK G. CARR, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Mathematics.
FERNANDO CARRERA, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Romance Languages.
MARIE CARSTENSEN, M.E., Associate in Education.
GAVIN H. CARTER, M.S., Graduate Assistant in Physical Education.
A. EDWARD CHALLY, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
ROBERT E. CHAPMAN, B.S., Associate in Education.
KENAR CHARKOUDIAN, B.S., Associate in Education.
MADGE CHILCOTE, M.L.S., Associate in Education.
JORN H. CHILCOTT, M.Ed., Graduate Assistant in Education.
OTHNIEL R. CHAMBERS, Jr., B.S., Graduate Assistant in Sociology.
CHARLES H. CHICKS, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Mathematics.
ROBERT CHRISTNER, M.E., Associate in Education.
ROBERT H. CRURCH, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Business Administration.
HELEN CLATOR, A.B., Associate in Education.
WII.LlAM D. CLARK, M.S., Research Fellow in Chemistry.
META MAE COLEMAN, B.S., Associate in Education.
BERTRAM COLLINS, M.A., Graduate Assistant in Education.
ORVILLE A. COLLVER, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Education.
MARY CONSTANS, B.S., Associate in Education.
ADDIE COOK, B.S., Associate in Education.
MINA G. COOK, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry.
FREDERICA COONS, M.A., Associate in Education.
GORDON CORNER, M.E., Associate in Education.
JOHN E. COTTON, M.S., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry.
CLAYTON W. Cox, B.S., Associate in Education.
JAMES G. CRAKES, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Physical Education.
RICHARD V. CRISERA, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Biology.
JAMES N. CRONHOLM, B.A., Research Assistant in Psychology.
VICTOR R. CULLENS, M.A., Graduate Assistant in Education..
LAWRENCE L. DAGGETT, M.A., Associate in Education.
LILLIAN DALE, B.A, Associate in Education.
MILDRED B. DART. B.S., Associate in Education.
PAUL O. DAVEY, M.S., Graduate Assistant in Physics.
DENNIS M. DAVIES, B.B.A., Graduate Assistant in Business Administration.
JOHN R. DAVIS, B.B.A, Graduate Assistant in Business Administration.
LESTER A. DAVIS, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Economics.
NELLIE DAVIS, M.E., Associate in Education.
WILBUR A DAVIS, B.A., Research Assistant in Anthropology.
MARY DA WE, B.S., Associate in Education.
WILLIAM C. DEDMAN, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
BERYL DEFORD, B.S., Associate in Education.
JACK R. DENNING, B.A., Graduate Assistant in English.
LILLIE DELL DlBBLEE, B.S., Associate in Education.
ESTHER DILL, B.A., Associate in Education.
RICHARD T. DILLON, M.S., Graduate Assistant in Mathematics.
RAE DODGE. AB., Associate in Education.
38 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON FACULTY 39
WILLIAM R. DOHERTY, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Physics.
JEANNE DOLAN, B.S., Associate in Education.
TILLIE DORFFLER, M.S.Ed., Associate in Education.
GLADYS DOUGLASS, B.A., Associate in Education.
PHILIP E. DRAPER, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Business Administration.
ETNA DUNN, B.S., Associate in Education.
JESS DUNNING, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
JUSTIN L. DYRUD, M.A., Graduate Assistant in Music Education.
DONALD J. ECKENRODE, M.E., Associate in Education.
MAECEL EDWARDS, B.A., Associate in Education.
KENNETH EMERSON, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry.
MARJORIE ENGLISH, B.S., Associate in Education.
CAROL W. EpPERSON, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Psychology.
LEROY ERDMAN B.S., Associate in Education.
HARRY O. ERIC~SON, B.A., Associate in Education.
CALVIN H. EVANS, M.A., Teaching Fellow in Romance Languages.
CRYSTAL FARRIS, B.S., Associate in Education.
HENRY H. FERRERO, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Political Science.
NEIL R. FETTER, M.S., Research Assistant in Chemistry.
MAX E. FIESER, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Economics.
JOSEPH FINK, M.A., Graduate Assistant in Psychology.
ELSIE FLORIN, B.S., Associate in Education.
ARTHUR FLYNN, M.A., Associate in Education.
EDWARD W. FORGY, M.A., Graduate Assistant in Psychology.
ROBERT R. FOSSUM, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Mathematics.
JOHN W. Fox, M. A., Graduate Assistant in Education.
RUFUS M. FRANZ, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
ALMA FREERKSEN, B.S., Associate in Education.
OREN FREERKSEN, B.S., Associate in Education.
HERSCHEL FRYE, M.A., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry.
IRMA FUERSTENAU, B.S., Associate in Education.
MARION FULKERSON, B.S., Associate in Education.
FLORENCE FULTON, B.S., Associate in Education.
DORTHA FULTS, M.A., Associate in Education.
JEWELL GARNER, B.S., Associate in Education.
THEODORE J. GARY, M.E., Associate in Education.
LILLIAN GASTMAN, B.S., Associate in Education.
JANE GEHRING, B.S., Associate in Education.
LEO R. GESER, M.S., Research Fellow in Physical Education.
JACK P. GIBBS, M.A., Research Assistant in Sociology.
CLAIRE GIBSON, B.S., Associate in Education.
KENT GILL, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
LLOYD GILLETT, D.Ed., Associate in Education.
VIRGINIA GILLMORE, B.S., Associate in Education.
NONA Y. GLASER, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Education.
STANLEY O. GLICK, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
DONALD E. GLINES, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Physical Education.
EDNA GLINES, B.S., Associate in Education.
JACK B. GOEBEL, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Mathematics.
MARGUERITE GOFF, M.E., Associate in Education.
ELLENE GOLDSMITH, B.S., Associate in Education.
FRANCIS H. GoLDSMITH, M.A., Associate in Education.
GAEILE GoOD, M.E., Associate in Education.
SIDNEY GOTTFRIED, B.A.,' Graduate Assistant in History.
LILA GRAHAM. M.E., Associate in Education.
FLORENCE GRANT, B.S., Associate in Education.
BELLA GRIFFITHS, B.A., Associate in Education.
MARl J. GRIFFITHS, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Philosophy.
EMILIE GROPP, B.A., Associate in Education.
CHARLES W. GROVER, M.A., Graduate Assistant in History.
RAYMOND S. GRUNDHAUSER, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Business Administration.
GILBERT J. GUTJAHR, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Political Science.
GEORGE D. HADLEY, M.A., Associate in Education.
HWA SUK HAHN, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Mathematics.
JOHN E. HALE, M.S., Associate in Education.
ANN JANE HALL, M.S., Associate in Educatidn.
WENDELL C. HALL, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
ROBERT E. HAMILL, B.A., Associate in Education.
GRACE HAMMOND, B.A., Associate in Education.
MAUDE HARLOW, B.S., Associate in Education.
ROLF HASLER, Handelsmatura, Graduate Assistant in Economics.
NETTIE MAE HAUGEN, M.A., Associate in Education.
JOSEPHINE HAYES, M.E., Associate in Education.
MERLE HAYES, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
ZILDA HAYES, B.A., Associate in Education.
EDITH HAYS, M.E., Associate in Education.
RUSSELL HENDRICKS, M.A., Associate in Education.
RAY C. HENDRICKSON, M.S., Associate in Education.
VICTOR H. HERBERTS, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Physics.
FREDA HERENDEEN. B.S., Associate in Education.
PEARLE HEWITT, M.E., Associate in Education.
*EDWARD Y. HILL, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Mathematics.
RICHARD HINDS, M.A., Associate in Education.
CLARENCE HINES, D.Ed., Associate in Education.
GRACE HINRICH, B.A., Associate in Education.
LAUREL HJELTE, B.S.L.S., Associate in Education.
JAMES S. HOCKLEY, B.A., Graduate Assistant in History.
RAYMOND H. HOHLE, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Education.
THEODORE H. HOLMES, B.A., Graduate Assistant in English.
MARION S. HOPPER, B.S., Associate in Education.
GORDON S. HOWARD, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Speech.
HUGH M. HOYT, M.A., Graduate Assistant in History.
AMBROSE HUFF, M.A., Associate in Education.
HELEN L. HUGHES, B.A., Associate in Education.
DOUGLAS C. HUNT, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Physics.
LARRY C. HUNTER, M.A., Teaching Fellow in Mathematics.
MARGARET HySLOP, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Biology.
BLANCHE JACKSON, M.A.Ed., Associate in Education.
OLEG ]EFlMENKO, M.A., Teaching Fellow in Physics.
ARLENE JENSEN, B.S., Associate in Education.
WILLIAM JENSEN, B.S., Associate in Education.
• Resigned Dec. 8, 1955.
40 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON FACULTY 41
CALVIN D. JOHNSON, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Journalism.
HELEN JOHNSON, B.S., Associate in Education.
PETER A. JOHNSON, M.A., Graduate Assistant in Sociology.
CASSIE JONES, B.E., Associate in Education.
EBWIN JULIFS, M.A., Associate in Education.
GORDON R. JULIAN, M.A., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry.
PETER E. KANE, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Political Science.
SADIE KASER, B.E., Associate in Education.
JULE F. KASPAR, M.A., Associate in Education.
HARRY A. KENT, JR., M.A., Research Fellow in Biology.
THOMAS A. KEPNER, A.B., Associate in Education.
VERNON E. KERLEY, M.S., Associate in Education.
BERT KERNS, M.S., Associate in Education.
KENNETH KIENZLE, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
BETTY KING, B.E., Associate in Education.
WALDO W. KING, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Music.
MARJORIE KINGSLEY, B.S., Associate in Education.
GLENN KIRCHNER, B.P.E., Graduate Assistant in Physical Education.
NINA ZOE KITTS, M.S., Associate in Education.
GEORGE KLIN, M.A., Graduate Assistant in Romance Languages.
DANIEL C. KOBLICK, A.B., Teaching Fellow in Biology.
LOUIS A. KOLLMEYER, M.A., Graduate Assistant in Art Education.
CLARA KREUTZER, B.S., Associate in Education.
HENRY KUCHERA, M.A., Associate in Education.
NELLIE LAKE, B.S., Associate in Education.
LAVERNE LAMB, B.S., Associate in Education.
LOTTIE LEE LAMB, M.A., Associate in Education.
VINCENT LA VOlE, B.A., Associate in Education.
HERMAN LAWSON, M.S., Associate in Education.
PAULA M. LECK, M.A., Graduate Assistant in Anthropology.
T. S. LEE, B.S., Research Assistant in Chemistry.
CAROL LENEVE, B.S., Associate in Education.
HELEN M. LETTOW, B.A., Associate in Education.
BETTE LEVRA, B.S., Associate in Education.
AUDRA LEWIS, B.S., Associate in Education.
VERA RAYE LIDDELL, B.S., Associate in Education.
C. DOUGLAS LIND, M.S., Research Fellow in Chemistry.
JUDITH H. LIND, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry.
IVAR LINDSTROM, M.A., Teaching Fellow in Physics.
ROBIN C. LINSTROMBERG, M.A., Graduate Assistant in Economics.
BYRON E. LIPPERT, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Biology.
WILLIAM D. LIVINGSTON, B.S., Associate in Education.
DEAN LOBAUGH, D.Ed., Associate in Education.
BEULAH LOKEN, B.S., Associate in Education.
CECILIA LONG, M.A., Associate in Education.
GEORGE W. LOTZENHISER, M.Mus., Graduate Assistant in Music F;ducation.
JAMES P. MACKEY, M.S., Research Fellow in Biology.
HAZEL MACKPRANG, B.S., Associate in Education.
MARY MAGERS, B.S., Associate in Education.
BETTY MAHANY, B.A., Associate in Education.
MARY MALLERY, M.B.A., Associate in Education.
ROGER H. MANN, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry.
GEORGIA E. MANOS, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Biology.
GORDON A. MARKER, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Economics.
DONALD P. MARSHALL, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Mathematics.
ELEANOR MARTIN, M.E., Associate in Education.
JAMES C. MARTIN, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
MILDRED MARTINSON, M.E., Associate in Education.
LoUISE MASON, B.A., Associate in Education.
RENEE MASSON, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
JOHN MASTERSON, B.A., Research Assistant in Biology.
MABEL MASTERSON, B.S., Associate in Education.
EUGENE MATSON, B.A., Associate in Education.
HERBERT MATTHEWS, M.S., Research Fellow in Physics.
VIRGINIA MAYER, M.S., Associate in Education.
MARCELLE MAYNARD, B.S., Associate in Education.
MABEL E. MCCLAIN, B.A., B.S., Research Associate Emeritus in History.
BERTHA MCCORMACK, B.S., Associate in Education.
OLA McDERMOTT, B.A., Associate in Education.
GEORGE C. McELHOE, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
HELEN McKENNEY, B.A., Associate in Education.
MERRILL MCKERN, M.E., Associate in Education.
LEONA McMANN, B.S., Associate in Education.
EUGENE W. McNALLY, M.S., Graduate Assistant in Physical Education.
MELVIN MEDNICK, M.A., Teaching Fellow in Anthropology.
DUANE MELLEM, M.A., Associate in Education.
L. PAUL METZGER, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Sociology.
PAUL L. METZGER, M.S., Graduate Assistant, Counseling Center.
DEAN W. MICKELWAIT, M.A., Associate in Education.
DONALD R. MICKELWAIT, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Speech.
BYRON MILLER, M.S., Associate in Education.
FREDDIE MILLER, B.S., Associate in Education.
GRACE MILLER, M.A., Associate in Education.
MARTHA T. MILLER, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Art.
SUSAN MILLER, B.S., Associate in Education.
REBECCA MILLIGAN, B.S., Associate in Education.
VICTOR MILSTEIN, M.A., Research Assistant in Psychology.
BRUCE MOBLEY, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Geology.
ROBERT MOBLO, M.A., Associate in Education.
VERA MOOMAW, M.E., Associate in Education.
MELVIN MOORE, M.A., Associate in Education.
MAXINE MOORHEAD, B.S., Associate in Education.
DAVID E. MORTIMORE, M.A., Associate in Education.
CHARLES W. M ULLALEY, B.S., Associate in Education.
RICHARD A. MULLER, B.F;A., Graduate Assistant in Art.
DAISY MURPHY, B.S., Associate in Education.
WILLIAM A. MURRAY, A.B., Associate in Education.
NELLIE C. MEYER, M.A., Associate in Education.
ROSE M. E. MYERS, M.S., Research Fellow in Biology.
KENNETH W. NEAL, M.A., Associate in Education.
KENNETH A. NEILAND, M.A., Teaching Fellow in Biology.
GEORGE B. NELSON, M.S., Associate in Education.
HELEN NELSON, M.A., Associate in Education.
SELMA NELSON, B.S.Ed., Associate in- Education.
42 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON FACULTY 43
LOLA NEWMAN, M.E., Associate in Education.
PAUL F. NEWTON, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Education.
MARY E. N ICEWANDER, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Business Administration.
CLAUDE W. NICHOLS, ]R., M.A., Graduate Assistant in History.
GEORGE N. NIEMI, M.A., Associate in Education.
LOUISE NIMMO, B.S., Associate in Education.
JOAN NUGENT, B.Ed., Associate in Education.
THOMAS NUGENT, M.S., Graduate Assistant in Psychology.
JEANNE NYE, B.S., Associate in Education.
VERNICE NYE, M.A., Associate in Education.
JOHN D. O'DONAHUE, M.Ed., Graduate Assistant in Education.
AUDREY O'NEAL, B.A., Associate in Education.
GRACE ONEY, M.E., Associate in Education.
JOHN ONEY, M.E., Associate in Education.
LEO D. OSBORN, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Romance Languages.
SIMEON L. OSTERMEIER, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Art.
RETTA OTTO, B.A., Associate in Education.
NATIVIDAD C. PALMA, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Business Administration.
CAROLC. PANNY, B.A., Graduate Assistant in English.
PAULINE PEARCE, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
GORDON V. PEFLEY, JR., B.S., Graduate Assistant in Physics.
JAMES PENGRA, B.S., Research Assistant in Physics.
GEORGE P. PETERSEN, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
KAY H. PETERSEN, M.S., Graduate Assistant in Education.
MARTHA L. PETERSEN, M.S., Associate in Education.
DONALD P. PETERSON, M.A., Teaching Fellow in Mathematics.
RICHARD PETERSON, B.E., Associate in Education.
MARY M. PETRUSICH, M.E., Associate in Education.
EDWARD S. PHINNEY, M.A., Graduate Assistant in History.
JACK PIERCE, B.A., Teaching Fellow in Anthropology.
LoLITA PIERSON, M.S., Associate in Education.
ALBERT H. PIKE, M.A., Teaching Fellow in History.
VIVIAN H. PITMAN, B.A., Associate in Education.
HARALD S. PLATOU, M.S., Associate in Education.
GERHARD POPPINGA, M.A., 'Associate in Education.
PAUL F. POTTER, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
JOHN POWELL, B.S., Associate in Education.
MURIEL PRESCOTT, B.S., Associate in Education.
MARCIA PRUITT, B.S., Associate in Education.
GLENN A. PURDOM, M.S., Graduate Assistant in Education.
BONNY QUASDORF, B.A., Associate in Education.
THOMAS E. RAGSDALE, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
JOHN G. RANLETT, M.S., Teaching Fellow in Economics.
DONALD F. RAUBER, M.A., Teaching Fellow in English.
DAVID D. REED, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry.
JOHN REINMUTH, M.E., Associate in Educ'ation.
HARRY RICE, M.E., Associate in Education.
ERNEST ROBERTS, M.E., Associate in Education.
LENARD K. ROBERTSON, M.A., Associate in Education.
NORA ROBERTSON, M.A., Associate in Education.
DON ROSE, B.S., Associate in Education.
DONALD H. Ross, B.A., Graduate Assistant in English.
ERMEL Ross, B.E., Associate in Education.
ROBERT G. Ross, M.A., Graduate Assistant in English.
MAXINE ROWAN, M.A., Associate in Education.
VIOLET RUCKMAN, B.S.Ed., Associate in Education.
ANNE RuUD, B.A., Associate in Education.
HELENE SAAGER, B.S., Associate in Education.
JOGINDER S. SAHOTA, M.S., Research Fellow in Economics.
LYLE SALKIELD, M.A., Associate in Education.
RUSSELL M. SAWDEY, M.Ed., Graduate Assistant in Education.
HARLEY O. SCHAEFER, M.A., Associate in Education.
DANIEL J. SCHEANS, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Anthropology.
ESTLEY SCHICK, M.A., Associate in Education.
DERRELL R. SCHOOLING, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Business Administration.
ERMA SCHWEPPE, B.S., Associate in Education.
BEULAH SCHOFIELD, M.E., Associate in Education:
JAMES H. SCOTT, M.S., Associate in Education.
MARTIN SEEGER, M.A., Associate in Education.
BETTY SEIDEL, B.S., Associate in Education.
STUART D. SELTZER, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Geography.
*CORD B. SENGSTAKE, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Geography.
ELIZABETH SEPTON, M.E., Associate in Education.
VERNON C. SERL, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Anthropology.
RUBY L. SHARMAN, A.B., Associate in Education.
CECIL L. SHELLEY, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Romance Languages.
REID L. SHIELDS, B.Ed., Graduate Assistant in Education.
LORENA M. SHINN, M.S., Associate in Education.
WALTER O. SHOLD, M.Ed., Graduate Assistant in Education.
MARCELLA SHORACK, B.S., Associate in Education.
RUTH L. SIFDOL, B.S., Associate in Education.
MADAN SINHA, M.A., Research Assistant in Psychology.
PEKKA SIVULA, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Architecture.
EARL E. SMITH, M.A., Associate in Education.
FLORA SMITH, B.E., Associate in Education.
MILO L. SMITH, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Speech.
WILMA M. SMITH, B.S., Associate in Education.
JACK SMOLENSKY, M.P.H., Graduate Assistant in Physical Education.
CAMPBELL SNOWBERGER, M.A., Graduate Assistant in Biology.
ARDIS SORENSON, B.A., Associate in Education.
WILLIAM S. SORSBY, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Physical Education.
LOIS SPARKMAN, M.S., Associate in Education.
HAROLD W. SPECHT, M.M.Ed., Associate in Education.
JEAN SPENCER, B.S., Associate in Education.
CHARLES G. SPICE, JR., M.A., Graduate Assistant in Psychology.
GILBERT A. SPRAGUE, M.S., Associate in Education.
NELLIE GRAY SPRAGUE, B.S., Associate in Education.
NORMAN L. STAUFFER, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Physics.
HAZEL STEPHENSON, M.E., Associate in Education.
LILY WANG STEVENSON, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Romance Languages.
MAYNARD B. STEVENSON, M.A., Graduate Assistant in Mathematics.
CHA1U-ES N. STEWART, M.S., Graduate Assistant in Psychology.
• Resigned Dec. 31, 1955.
44 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON FACULTY 45
MYR1LE STEWART, B.S., Associate in Education.
EDWARD L. STONEBREAKER, B.A., Associate in Education.
LEE C. STOTHERS, B.A., Graduate Assistant in English.
MARY MARTHA SWEENEY, B.S., Associate in Education.
KEITH E. STUART, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Speech.
RUSSELL SVAREN, B.Ed., Graduate Assistant in Art.
*BERT E. SWANSON, M.A., Graduate Assistant in Education.
MAKOTO T AKEO, Ph.D., Research Associate in Physics.
PEARLE TALBOT, M.A., Associate in Education.
PHYLLIS TALUS, M.A., Associate in Education.
ALDO T AMBELLINI, B.F.A., Graduate Assistant in Art.
WILLIAM D. TARRANT, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Journalism.
RONALD B. T ASTO, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Romance Languages.
ALFRED THIESSEN, M.E., Associate in Education.
GEORGE M. THOMAS, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Geography.
PAUL K. THOMPSON, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
OPAL THORPE, B.S., Associate in Education.
CRESSIE TILLEY, B.S., Associate in Education.
RUSSELL TOMPKINS, M.E., Associate in Education.
GLEN C. TRUSTY, B.S., Associate in Education.
ELSIE TUCKER, M.E., Associate in Education.
CHARLES L. TURBYFILL, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Biology.
WILLIAM TWEEDIE, M.A., Associate in Education.
PAUL S. ULLMAN, M.A., Graduate Assistant in Sociology.
DALE ULRICH, B.A., Research Assistant in Physics.
MICHAEL T. UMEMURA, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Oriental Languages.
BRYAN VALETT, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Biology.
EDNA VANICEK, M.E., Associate in Education.
PEARL A. VAN N ATTA, M.S., Graduate Assistant in Mathematics.
R. VENKATARAMAN, Ph.D., Research Associate in Chemistry.
CYNTHIA A. VILLA, M.S., Graduate Assistant in Physical Education.
ELDON W. WALKER, B.S., Associate in Education.
HELEN MARGARET WALKER, B.S., Associate in Education.
PATRICIA WALKER, B.A., Associate in Education.
JAMES G. WAMBLE, B.Ed., Associate in Education.
tJAMES C. WARD, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Physics.
LLOYD V. WARD, M.S., Associate in Education.
CECIL R. WARNER, M.S., Associate in Education.
THOMAS H. WARNOCK, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Physics.
JOHN P. WASHBURN, M.Ed., Graduate Assistant in Education.
FREDERICA WEATHERLY, B.S.Ed., Associate in Education.
GERALD W. WEBKING, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
RONALD F. WEIDMAN, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Speech.
THOMAS A. WHATLEY, B.S., Research Assistant in Chemistry.
*JAMES R. WHITMAN, M.A., Graduate Assistant in Psychology.
J. ALAN WICKHAM, B.S., Associate in Education.
HARRY F. WIDMAN, JR., B.F.A., Graduate Assistant in Art.
CHARLES R. WILBUR, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
HELOIS ANNE WILCOX, M.A., Associate in Education.
• Resigned Dec. 31, 1955.
t Resigned Dec. 9, 1955.
RA~PH R. WILKINSON, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry.
CHESTER T. WILLIAMS, M.Ed., Associate in.Education.
WILLIAM I. WILLIAMS, M.S., Associate in Education.
GROjER C. WILLIS, JR., B.A., Research Fellow in Chemistry.
LOVINA WILSON, M.E., Associate in Education.
CORA WIPER, B.S., Associate in Education.
DAVID L. WOLFE, M.Ed., Teaching Fellow in Sociology.
MARY Lou WOLL, B.A., Associate in Education.
WILLIAM R. WOODIE, M.Ed., Associate in Education.
JAMES A. WOOD, B.A., Graduate Assistant in Speech.
WALTER M. WOODS, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Mathematics.
GERALD D. WYGANT, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Business Administration.
RUTH ZACHARY, B.A., Associate in Education.
JAMES D. ZIEGLER, B.S., Graduate Assistant in History.
CALVIN J. ZIGLER, M.A., Associate in Educatio·n.
OWEN ZOOK, M.A., Associate in Education.
INCOME 47
General Information
History
THE University of Oregon was established by an act of the Oregon Legis-lature in 1872, but did not open its doors to students until four years later,in 1876. The founding of the University grew out of a Federal grant, author-
ized in the Donation Act of September 27, 1850, of two townships of land "to aid in
the establishment of a university in the territory of Oregon." The territory then
included the entire Oregon Country; it was specified that one of the townships
was to be located north of the Columbia.
On July 17, 1854, the grant was modified by an act reserving two townships
each for the newly created Washington and Oregon territories. This grant was
confirmed on February 14, 1859, when the Act of Congress admitting Oregon into
the Union provided for a grant of seventy-two sections of land for the establish-
ment and support of a state university. The Legislature, by an act of June 3, 1859,
committed the people of Oregon to the application of the proceeds from this grant
"to the use and support of a state university."
The settlement of Oregon and the accumulation of funds from the sale of these
University lands progressed slowly. In 1850 the population of the entire Oregon
Country was only 13,294. In 1860 the population of the state was 52,465, and in
1870, 90,993. There were already five denominational colleges in the state in 1860;
and the United States census of 1870 reported that there were twenty "classical,
professional and technical" institutions ("not public") in Oregon. The creation
of a state university was deferred.
However, after a fund of $31,635 had accumulated from the sale of University
lands, the Legislature on October 19, 1872 passed an act "to create, organize and
locate the University of the State of Oregon." Eugene was chosen as the site after
the Lane County delegation in the Legislature had offered to provide a building
and campus worth $50,000. The Union University Association of Eugene, the
organization promoting the institution, was given two years in which to construct
this building.
Construction of the building, Deady Hall, began in May 1873. However, the
genesis of the University and the economic troubles of 1873 coincided, and it was
only after an intense struggle to keep the enterprise alive and a two-year extension
of time for completion that the conditions specified in the act creating the Uni-
versity were declared fulfilled. The site and building were accepted by the state on
July 28,1876, and the University opened its first session on October 16, 1876. The
first class was graduated in June 1878.
Deady Hall was the nucleus around which other University buildings later
arose; Villard Hall, the second campus structure, was built in 1885.
The first University courses were limited almost entirely to classical and
literary subjects; the demand for a broader curriculum was, however, gradually
met by the addition of scientific and professional instruction. Around the original
liberal arts college were organized the professional schools, beginning with the
School of Law, established as a night law school in Portland in 1884 (in 1915
the School of Law was moved to Eugene and reorganized as a regular division
of the University). The Medical School was established in Portland in 1887. The
School of Music was established in 1902, the School of Education in 1910, the
School of Architecture and Allied Arts and the School of Business Administration
in 1914, the School of Journalism in 1916, and the School of Health and Physical
Education in 1920. The Graduate School was organized in 1900.
Since its founding, the following men have served the University as president:
[46 ]
John Wesley Johnson, 1876-1893; Charles H. Chapman, 1893-1899; Frank Strong,
1899-1902; Prince Lucien Campbell, 1902-1925; Arnold Bennett Hall, 1926-1932;
Clarence Valentine Boyer, 1934-1938; Donald Milton Erb, 1938-1943; Orlando
John Hollis, acting president, 1944-1945; Harry K. Newburn, 1945-1953; Victor
Pierpont Morris, acting president, 1953-1954; O. Meredith Wilson, from 1954.
Incom.e
THE state law creating the Board of Higher Education specified that thisbody was to "have and exercise control of the use, distribution and disburse-ment of all funds, appropriations and taxes, now or hereafter in possession,
levied and collected, received or appropriated for the use, benefit, support and
maintenance of institutions of higher education." Under this act, effective July I,
1931, the Board administers all funds for all state-supported higher-educational
activities, including the University of Oregon,.on the basis of a unified budget.
Funds for the support of higher education in Oregon are derived primarily
from the following sources: a millage appropriation equal to 2.04 mills on all tax-
able property; certain continuing appropriations from the state for definite pur-
poses; specified sums from the national government assigned for definite purposes
by Congressional acts; income from student tuition and fees; and other sources
such as gifts, sales, service charges, etc.
Campus
THE main campus of the University of Oregon is located in Eugene (popu-lation 45,506), 124 miles south of Portland, at the head of the WillametteValley. Eugene is a progressive city with excellent schools, numerous
churches, a~d strong civic and social organizations. The climate is mild, with
moderate wmters and cool summers. The average annual rainfall is 38Y, inches,
with the heaviest rainfall in the winter months, November, December, and January.
The Eugene campus occupies about 187 acres of land in the eastern part of the
city. (See map, facing page 4.) The campus is bisected by Thirteenth Avenue. The
first University buildings were erected north of Thirteenth, on what is known as
the "old campus," Later expansions have been principally to the south and east.
Most of the buildings on the old campus are arranged in a quadrangle: Fenton
Hall, I?eady Hall, Villard Hall, the Art and Architecture Building, Allen Hall,
and Fnendly Hall. Johnson Hall (the Administration Building) is located across
Thirteenth Avenue, facing the north quadrangle. South of Johnson Hall is an
integrated group of buildings, including Gerlinger Hall (the women's gymnasium)
and two dormitories, Hendricks Hall and Susan Campbell Hall.
A new quadrangle being developed to the west includes Commonwealth Hall
north of Thirteenth Avenue, and, to the south, Condon Hall, Chapman Hall, th~
Museum of Art, and the University Library. The Education Building and the
Music Building are located south of this quadrangle.
Until the 1920s the east boundary of the campus was, roughly, University
Street. Significant expansion beyond this boundary began with the erection of
McArthur Court (the student athletic center) and the John Straub Memorial
Building (a men's dormitory), and continued in the 1930s with the erection of
the Physical Education Building and the Student Health Service Building. Recent
additions in this area are the Science Building, Architecture Annex, the Anthro-
pology Building, Emerald Hall (a temporary structure housing administrative and
student-counseling offices), the Donald M. Erb Memorial Union, Carson Hall (a
women's dormitory), and Earl Hall (a men's dormitory).
Since the end of World War II, extensive temporary housing facilities for
48 GENERAL INFORMATION LIBRARIES 49
$50,000 as a permanent endowment; a provision of the gift was that at least
$400 of the income should be used for the purchase of nontechnical books for the
Library.
In addition to the general Library collections, the University has a number
of specialized libraries with permanent collections. The holdings of the several
libraries as of March 1, 1956 are listed below:
veteran students have been erected on or near the campus. These facilities include
houses and apartments for married students, east of the main campus; a dormi-
tory for men, south of the Education Building; and row-ho~se apartments, oc-
cupying a 30-acre tract about six blocks southwest of the mam campus.
There are two notable bronze statues on the campus, "The Pioneer," given
to the University in 1919 by Joseph N. Teal; and "The Pioneer ~other," given
to the University in 1932 by Vice-President Burt Brown Barker, m memory of
his mother. "The Pioneer" stands on the old campus, facing Johnson Hall. "The
Pioneer Mother" is in the women's quadrangle. Both are the work of Alexander
Phimister Proctor.
General Library ..
Law Library .
Municipal Reference Library _ .
Museum of Art Library __ .
Medical School Library _ .
523,898
46,187
16,602
5,206
58,480
Libraries
~~~~~. :"~:;N~~:~h:D::·",:·.:·"",:·",·.:·.:·""",:·.:·.:·.:·.: ··.·.ii.~~d··A~~·.;:i~·;ti~~··tl~~~~!:~
ELIZABETH F,NDLY, A.M.L.S Head of General Reference and Documents DlvlslOn
DON L. HUNTER, B.S · · ·Head of Audio·Visual Dep:,rtm~nt
CLARICE E. KRIEG, B.S. in L.S., A.M : He~d Ca~alog L~brar~an
PERRY D. MORRISON, B.S. in L.S., M.A · Head SocIal Sc~ence L~brar~an
ALAN W. ROECKER, B.L.S., Ph.M ·..· ·Head Scl~~ce L~brar!an
ROBERT R. MCCOLLOUGH, M.S., M.A · ·.·····..Head H?mamt.les L~brar!an
EUGENE N. SALMON, B.A., M.A. ··Head C~rculatlon L~brar~an
BERNICE RISE, A.B., B.S. in L.S Readers· Consultant and Browsmg R~om Llbra~lan
MARTIN SCHMITT, B.S., B.S. in L.S · ·Curator ?f SpecIal Col.lectl?ns
ELLA S. CARRICK, B.A ·· · ·..·..·..Sen~or Catalog L~brar~an
MARGARET MARKLEY, A.B., B.S. in L.S · · Semor Cat:,l.og L!brar~an
TRUE MORRIS, M.A ··..· ·.·..· Seni?r Hum~n.'t!eS L!brar!an
EMMA G. WRIGHT, A.B., B.S. in L.S ~emor ~CqUl~ltlOn Llbrar~an
lONE PIERRON, B.A., B.A. in Lib Semor ~oclal SCIence L~~rar!an
J. E. B. MORRIS, B.A., B.Paed., B.L.S., M.A Semor Reference tbrar~an
~~j~~~{l;~~~~s~~f;:_:\=__--_-;~:-;~;_~:-_-;-~~~ ~!~1§
ELIZABETH DEGREE, B.S., B.S. in L.S Acqu~s!t~on L~brar~an
i~;EM~~:1;I~~~i:.~:tti~~:::~;~:~;~;·;;;;:;;:;;:;::;;;;:;::.~:~~~;~.~;;::;;:::::~:~~fli~.i~i~~~~li~;~!~
FRANCES NEWSOM, B.A., M.A Architecture and Alhed Arts L!brar!an
~~~~~BH:~M~:A:::::::::::·.:::::::::::::·.:·.:::::::·.·.:::·.:::::.. ..::::::::..:..:..:..:..:..:::..::....:::::::1.1~di~~i"s~!j;:~ t:~~:~~:~
THE services of the University of Oregon Library are organized in broadsubject divisions: Social Science, Science, Humanities, and General Referenceand Documents. Each of the divisions has its own reading rooms. conveniently
integrated with its book collections. All University students have free access to
the book stacks. The Library building has a book-shelf capacity of 600,000 volumes
and reader facilities for 1,300 persons.
The services of the several divisions are supplemented by the Audio-Visual
Department, which provides facilities for the production, preservat~on, and us~ of
recordings, slides, films, and similar materials, and by the Special Coll~ctlOns
Department, which is responsible for the development and care of collectIOns of
Oregon and Pacific Northwest historical materials, rare books, manuscripts, and
archives.
The University Library was founded in 1882 through a gift of books, worth
$1,000, selected and purchased by Henry Villard.of New York City. Before 1882
the only library available to students was a collection of about 1,000 volumes owned
by the Laurean and Eutaxian student literary societies; this collection was made
a part of the University Library in 1900. In 1881 Mr. Villard gave the University
Total.................................................................................................................................... 650,373
Other materials in the University Library include: 47,813 maps; 95,585 photo-
graphs, prints, and pictures; 7,388 sound recordings; 41,469 slides; 274 film strips;
and 184 motion-picture films.
The University's Library facilities for u'ndergraduate work are excellent;
and special coIlections for advanced study and research are being built in the vari-
ous fields of liberal and professional scholarship. All of the books in the libraries of
the institutions of the Oregon State System of Higher Education are available
to the students and faculty of the University.
Some of the Library's resources of particular value for advanced study are:
a collection of source materials on English life and letters in the seventeenth
century; a collection of books, reports, and periodicals on English opinion and
politics of the nineteenth century, including considerable material on English
liberalism in its relation to public education; materials on the history of American
education in the nineteenth century; a collection of pamphlets on the English
corn laws; the Overmeyer Collection of published works on the Civil War; a
collection of Balzaciana; unusually extensive and complete files of psychological
periodicals; an extensive collection of Oregon and Pacific Northwest manuscripts,
photographs, maps, pamphlets, books, and newspapers. The noncurrent records
of the University of Oregon are deposited with the Library as University archives.
The Burgess Collection of manuscripts, incunabula, and rare books is the gift
of Miss Julia Burgess, late professor of English at the University, and of friends
of the institution.
The Douglass Room, established through a bequest from the late Matthew
Hale Douglass, former librarian of the University, contains record collections,
collections of music scores, and reference books in the field of music. The room is
equipped with phonographs with earphone attachments for individual listening.
The Philip Brooks Memorial Library, the gift of Mrs. Lester Brooks, is a ref-
erence collection of standard sets of American and English authors; it is housed
in a special room on the third floor of the Library building.
The Adelaide Church Memorial Room, a "browsing room" for recreational
reading in the Student Union, is operated as a department of the University
Library. Collections maintained in this room include the Pauline Potter Homer
Collection of fine editions, illustrated books, books with fine bindings, and ex-
amples of the work of private presses.
The Municipal Reference Library, maintained by the Bureau of Municipal
Research and Service in Commonwealth Hall, contains books, pamphlets, and
other materials dealing with problems of local government.
The Law Library, housed in Fenton Hall, contains complete case reports of
the National Reporter System, complete state reports from Colonial times to the
establishment of the Reporter System, a substantial collection of English and
Canadian case law, compilations of state and Federal statute law, standard legal
digests and encyclopaedias, etc. Its periodical collection includes files of about 100
legal periodicals. An excellent collection of publications relating to Oregon terri-
torial and state law includes an extensive file of Oregon Supreme Court briefs.
Instruction. A program of study in library science is offered through the
School of Education for students interested in becoming librarians or teacher
librarians in the public schools. The program is planned to provide an under-
graduate or graduate minor in library science.
The School of Education also offers service courses to acquaint students with
the resources of the University Library and to aid them in the efficient use of these
resources. These courses are taught by members of the Library staff.
Unified Facilities. The library collections at the state institutions of higher
education in Oregon have been developed to meet special needs on each campus;
but the book stock of the libraries, as property of the state, circulates freely to per-
mit the fullest use of all books. The library facilities of the several institutions are
coordinated through a State System director of libraries. The director is also
librarian of Oregon State College, Corvallis, where the central offices of the library
system are located. An author list of books in the State College Library is main-
tained in the University Library.
The Museum of Art Library of books on the history, literature, life, and
particularly the art of Oriental countries is the gift of Mrs. Gertrude Bass War-
ner. The Library occupies attractive quarters on the first floor of the Museum of
Art.
The School of Architecture and Allied Arts has a reference collection in the
Art and Architecture Building. The collection includes the architecture library
of the late Ion Lewis, Portland architect, given in 1929 by Mr. Lewis, and the
library of William Whidden, given by his heirs.
The University of Oregon Medical School Library is located in Portland.
Service. During the regular sessions the main Library is open on Mondays,
Tuesdays, Wednesdays, and Thursdays from 8:00 a.m. to 10 :00 p.m.; on Fridays
and Saturdays from 8 :00 a.m. to 5 :00 p.m.; and on Sundays from 2 :00 to 9 :00
p.m. During vacation periods the Library is open from 9 :00 a.m. to 5 :00 p.m. Books
other than reference books and those especially reserved for use in the Library
may be borrowed for a period of two weeks, with the privilege of renewal if there
is no other demand. Library privileges are extended to all University students and
staff members, and may be granted to other persons upon application.
Library Fines and Charges. The following regulations govern Library fines
and charges:
(1) A fine of 5 cents per day is charged for all overdue books other than reserve books.
(2) The following fines are charged for violation of rules governing reserve books and
material circulated by special permission: (a) for overdue books, 2S cents for the first hour and
5 cents for each succeeding hour, or fraction thereof, until tbe book i. returned or reported lost
(a maximum charge of $1.00 an hour may be made in cases of flagrant violation of the rules);
(b) for failure to return books to proper department desk, 25 cents.
(3) Books needed for use in the Library are subject to recall at any time. A maximum fine
of $1.00 a day may be imposed for failure to return promptly.
(4) A service charge of 10 cents is added to all fines reported to the Business Office for
collection.
(5) Borrowers losing books are charged tbe replacement cost of the book, plus the amount
of fine incurred up to the time the book is reported missing. In addition, a charge of $1.00 is made
to cover the cost of cataloging and processing the replacement copy.
(6) When a lost book, for which the borrower has been billed, is returned before a replace-
ment has been ordered, a refund not exceeding the replacement cost plus the $1.00 cataloging and
processing charge may be made, at the discretion of the librarian. In cases where a replacement
has been ordered, any refunds to the borrower are at the discretion of the librarian.
MUSEUM OF ART
Museums and Collections
M~e~;~~lr:nd J~~eCMtions maintained at th~ University include the Mu-an e useum of Natural HIstory A perm til'
Art eXhf~i~~~~~Z:1~~~~~~~~i~::gi~fl~~yib~~dt~nthe Adrtfla~d Afrchhit:~:recri~~~~~
e secon oor 0 t e Student Union.
51MUSEUMS AND COLLECTIONS
W ALLACI! S. BALDINGER Ph.D .~~:s~~~~~~E:rL~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~~~.i.~i~i~l::~i
The Museum of Art housing the M W C .
Art, was created in 1930' The b 'Id' ~rr~y arner ollectron of Oriental
dedicated to the memor' f ~I mg a? t e garden court adjoining it, both
University, were finance; t~ro~~~~if~u;:~~;h~m~~~~~sf~~r~r::~~ident of the
BassT~~:arner COllectl~nlwas given to the University in 1921 by M~s Gertrude
she had bee~r c~l:cr;;emorra to her ~usband, Major Murray Warner, ~ith whom
China in 1904 until ~~ ;e~tsi~f 1~;oei;1 arwtfrom the ti~e of th~ir marriage in
1951 to . . rs. arner contmued until her death inestablish:~~:~s::~ I~rove t~~bcollection and direct its exhibition. She also
studies in the C e~ence I rary as a center of research in Far Eastern
Architecture an;~lfi~J~~:~eral Arts and professional studies in the School of
Works of art comprising th M W .
accessioned ob' t d e urra! arner Collectron now number 3 196]ec s an numerous other Items as yet tid Th . ' .~a:~o~f:kt~e:gr~;i~ntatnhde Rcult~res of Clhina and J apan,u~~: t~~~~ltureseor;i~;:?
, , ussla are a so represented. '
MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY
LUTHER S. CUSSYAN Ph.D..... .
J. ARNOLD SHorWELr.: Ph.D.... ::::::::::::::::::::..·..···•..·..···· ..· · Dlrector; Curator of Anthropology
THEOOORE ST.JtRN, Ph.D....................... . : .. __ Curator
RALl'H R. HUEsrIs, Ph.D ···..··· · ····..·..· Asslstant Curator of Ethnology
EWARr M. BALDWIN Ph.D . ..····..····· ··..·····.. ·· Curator of Vertebrate Collections
LEROY E. DllrLING, Ph.D..::.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~~~;:ra~,;" ~~~~~i~~
The Museum of Natural Histo . f fi .. . .~otany, Geology, Palaeontology, andr~o~~~slsts 0 ve ~Iv~slon~: ~~thropology,
mg the collections and the fields of k 1 lY' The staff mVItes mqUlT1es concern-
mens may be haq on application to th:o~:at~~sret~es~ted.Accefss to study ~peci­
welcomes gifts to its collections. . e useum 0 Natural HIstory
Condon Museum of Geology The Cond M
collections of rocks minerals and f~s'\ It on useum of Geology consists of
by Dr. Thomas C~ndon Th~ C d Sl s. grew out ~f the early collection made
the John Day fossil bed~ in cent~~1 ~r~useum co~tarns valu~ble material from
and invertebrate from various re' g?n a~d sUItes of fOSSIls, both vertebrate
continent.' glOns In t e western part of the American
Herbarium. The Herbarium is well rd' h
Oregon and the Pacific Northwe t supp Ie WIt mounted specimens fromFd the Philippines. It includes t~e' ~~~~~sd~~:~~~~h~fu~~~~trom ~astern states
r~m O~egon; the Leiberg Collection, presented to the UnivesP~clmens, mostly
Lelberg III 1908, consisting of about 15000 h t f 0 rSlty by John B.
and California; the Cusick Collectio~ of s7 g~~ ron: regon, Washington, Idaho,
Philadelphia Academy of Sciences obtain 'd b spechlmens; 1,200 sheets from the
, e y exc ange; and more than 25,000
GENERAL INFORMATION50
52 GENERAL INFORMATION OFFICIAL PUBLICAnONS 53
sheets collected by the late Louis F. Henderson while curator of the Herbarium.
These collections are housed for the most part in regulation steel herbarium cases,
the gift of numerous friends in the state. Representative collections of the fossil
flora of Oregon are being built up.
Oregon State Museum of Anthropology. The anthropological collections of
the University were designated by the 1935 Legislature as the Oregon State Mu-
seum of Anthropology. The collections consist of skeletal and cultural materials
from both archaeological and contemporary sources. Of particular interest are
the following gift collections: the Condon Collection of archaeological material,
collected in Oregon by Dr. Thomas Condon, consisting of many specimens illus-
trative of the prehistoric civilization of Oregon and the Northwest; the Ada
Bradley Millican Collection of basketry and textiles, containing many specimens
from the Pacific Northwest and from the Southwest; the Mrs. Vincent Cook
Collection of baskets, mostly from the Pacific Northwest; the Mrs. Annie Knox
Collection of baskets from western Oregon; the Phoebe Ellison Smith Memorial
Collection of Philippine artifacts; a collection of Philippine war implements given
by Mrs. Creed C. Hammond; a large collection of Indian baskets, given to the
museum by Miss A. O. Walton of Seattle; the D. P. Thompson Collection of fine
Pacific Northwest and California baskets, presented by Mrs. Genevieve Thompson
Smith; the Van de Velde Collection of Congolese iron and wood artifacts and
musical instruments; the Alice Henson Ernst Collection of North Pacific Coast
masks and related objects; and the Governor and Mrs. Isaac Lee Patterson Col-
lection of Indian artifacts, given by Mrs. Lee Patterson.
Museum of Zoology. The University has about 6,600 specimens of verte-
brates available for study. The majority of these are study skins of birds and
mammals taken in various parts of Oregon and prepared by members of the
Department of Biology. This collection has, in the past, been considerably enriched
by contributions of individual specimens and private collections. Among the notable
contributions are the collection of mounted birds and mammals presented by Dr.
A. G. Prill, a collection of Oregon reptiles made by J. R. Wetherbee, and a collec-
tion of fishes made by J. R. Bretherton. In 1945 the University purchased Dr.
Prill's complete collection, adding to the museum approximately 1,600 bird skins,
about 2,000 sets of eggs, and many nests. Most of the skins are of Oregon birds,
and provide excellent material for the study of variation and adaptation. Some of
the birds represented are now rare visitants in Oregon, and in some cases the only
specimens reported
The museum also has a collection of fresh- and salt-water invertebrates of the
state of Oregon. A small part of the collection, mainly Echinoderms and Molluscs,
has been identified; but most of the specimens are as yet uncataloged.
Official Publications
THE 1932 legislative act placing all the Oregon state institutions of highereducation under the control of one Board provided that all public announce-ments pertaining to the several institutions "shall emanate from and bear the
name of the Department of Higher Education and shall be conducted in such a way
as to present to the citizens of the state and prospective students a fair and impartial
view of the higher educational facilities provided by the state and the prospects for
useful employment in the various fields for which those facilities afford prepara-
tion." Official publications of the University of Oregon include:
University of Oregon Bulletin. The UNIVERSITY OF OREGON BULLETIN is
published eight times a year by the State Board of Higher Education. Included
in the BULLETIN are the official catalogs of the University and its several divisions.
.~niversit~ of Ore.gon Monographs. Research studies published by the Uni-
versl y appear III a senes known as UNIVERSITY OF OREGON MONOGRAPHS.
.Comparative ~iter~ture. CoMPARATIVE LITERATURE, a quarterly journal istbh~he~. by thfe U
h
mMverslty of Oregon in cooperation with the Comparative Lite~a­
ure ec IOn 0 t e adern Language Association of America.
Oregon Law Review. The OREGON LAW R . bl"~nder fth~ e~torship of the faculty. of the School of ~:r~:sI~ ::rvi~;~~ t~~a~:~
S~I~pS °ontthe regtonfbar adnd as a stimulus to legal research and productive scholar-e par 0 stu ents.
Oregon Business Review. The OREGON BUSINESS REVIEW i bl" h d~onthly by the Burea~ of Business Research. Its primary purpose is toSr~u r IS e
N
lnterpret current bUSiness and economic conditions in Oregon and th pOp t ~nfid
orthwest. e aCI c
Studie; in Bi~liog~aph!. Bibliographical st~dies, based principally on the~sources 0 the Umverslty Library, are published occasionally in a series entitled
NIVERSITY OF OREGON LIBRARY STUDIES IN BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Municipal Research Bulletins. The publications of the Bureau of M " I~eOsearch and S.ervice,. intended ~rimarily as a service to city officials in t~:I~~~:e
oregon, are Issued In four senes, INFORMATION BULLETINS LEGAL B
FINANCE B L d S ' ULLETINS
. UL ETINS, an PECIAL BULLETINS, published for the mo t t' '
mimeographed form. s par In
ADMISSION 55
Academic Regulations
Admission
To BE admitted to the University of Oregon a student must be of good moralcharacter and must present evidence of acceptable preparation for work atthe college level. Every person wishing to earn credit in the regular sessions
of the University must file with the Director of Admissions: (1) an application
on an official University form; (2) official transcripts of all high-school and
college records.
Application and transcripts of records should be filed several weeks before
the applicant intends to enter the University; late filing may delay or prevent
registration. If a student fails to submit the required documents in complete and
satisfactory form, his admission and registration may be canceled. All records
submitted become the property of the University.
ADMISSION TO FRESHMAN STANDING
Graduation from a standard high school is required for admission to freshman
standing. Residents of the state of Oregon who are graduates of standard high
schools, and who have not been previously registered in any collegiate institution,
are admitted to the University as freshmen when complete records have been
received in the office of the Director of Admissions.
The University thus affords to all Oregon residents who are graduates of
standard high schools the opportunity to demonstrate in the University their
ability to pursue higher education. However, it does not extend to all nonresident
high-school graduates the same opportunity to prove their ability by work in the
University; only those nonresident high-school graduates for whom the Uni-
versity can predict reasonably certain success in higher education are admitted.
The applicant's college aptitude and high-school record are both considered in the
determination of eligibility.
In addition to the high-school records required of all applicants, nonresidents
must submit the following:
(1) Rank in high-school graduating class (certified by school principal).
(2) Results of the College Entrance Examination Board's Scholastic Apti-
tude Test* (other measures of college aptitude may be accepted only when ap-
proved in advance by the Director of Admissions).
The Office of Admissions will, on request, determine the eligibility of an
applicant for admission prior to the completion of his last semester's wo;k. Before
formal admission is granted, however, the applicant must file complete high-school
records.
High-school records submitted must include records of all work beyond the
eighth grade; they must be certified by the proper school official, on the official
form used by the high school for this purpose.
ADMISSION OF TRANSFER STUDENTS
Transfer students are persons admitted to the University of Oregon after
having been registered in any other institution of collegiate grade or in a depart-
ment or center of extension work, including the General Extension Division of
the Oregon State System of Higher Education.
• Information concerning scheduled dates and examination centers may be obtained frODl
the College Entrance Examination Board, Princeton, N. J., or 4640 Hollywood Blvd., Los
Angeles 27, Cal.
[ 54]
Since the University of Oregon requires its students to maintain a scholastic
average of C (grade-point average of 2.00) for "satisfactory" status in the Univer-
sity and for graduation, it also requires that students transferring to the University
with regular standing from other collegiate institutions present records of at least
C-average scholastic work and evidence of honorable dismissal. Transfer students
who present fewer than 12 term hours of collegiate credit must also meet the
requirements for freshman standing.
The amount of transferred credit granted depends upon the nature and quality
of the applicant's previous work, evaluated according to the academic requirements
of the University. Records from fully accredited institutions are evaluated before
admission is granted.
No advanced standing is granted at entrance for work done in nonaccredited
collegiate institutions. After three terms of satisfactory work in the University,
an undergraduate student transferring from a nonaccredited institution may peti-
tion for credit in University of Oregon courses which are the equivalent of courses
taken at the nonaccredited institution; validati'ng examinations may be required.
Petitions for such credit may be based only on regularly organized college-level
courses.
Transfer students are required to file complete official records of all school
work beyond the eighth grade. College records must be certified by the registrar
of the institution providing the record. If the student's high-school record is ade-
quately shown on his college transcript, he need not obtain another record direct
from his high school.
ADMISSION OF SPECIAL STUDENTS
Studen.ts .qualified by maturity and ability to do satisfactory University work,
but who fail I~ s?me respec! to meet the requirements for regular standing, may
apply for admission as speCial students. Requirements for special-student admis-
sion include a rating of 5 or above on the Ohio Psychological Examination or the
College Entrance Examination Board Scholastic Aptitude Test,* and the joint
approval of the Director of Admissions and the dean of the college or school in
which the applicant wishes to study.
A special student should qualify for regular standing as soon as possible by
satisfactory University work and by the removal of any entrance deficiencies'
if his grades when admitted were below a C average, he must raise his cumulativ~
average to that level before being granted regular standing. A student may not
continue for more than 45 term hours of University work under special-student
classification without explicit permission (which is seldom granted). A special
student may earn credits towards a degree; to qualify for a degree, however, he
must complete at least 45 term hours of work after he has been granted regular
standing. (In case a regular student changes to special status, work done while a
special student will not apply toward a degree.)
ADMISSION TO GRADUATE STANDING
Graduates of accredited colleges and universities are admitted to regular
graduate standing when they have filed with the Director of Admissions official
transcripts of all college work, provided their credentials indicate that they will be
able to maintain a satisfactory scholastic record in their graduate studies.
Provisional graduate standing may be granted, as a temporary classification
pending the submission of complete records, when the applicant files evidence that
he has a bachelor's degree and will be able to qualify for regular graduate standing.
Graduates of nonaccredited institutions may be admitted to regular graduate
standing after completing at least one term of satisfactory graduate work in the
University.
See page 54, note (*).
56 ACADEMIC REGULATlONS
DEGREES 57
Entrance Examinations
To PROVIDE the faculty with a basis for reliable advice and assistance tostudents planning their programs, the University requires entering under-graduates to take placement examinations. These examinations are considered
to some extent a measure of ability to do University work, and the results are
used as a basis for planning the student's educational and vocational program.
Freshmen with low ratings on the English placement examination are required
to take Corrective English (Wr 10).
A physical examination is also required of entering students, undergraduate
and graduate. The physical examination is given by a physician chosen by the
student, who provides an examination report to the University Student Health
Service. The physical examination is a safeguard both to the student and to the in-
stitution. For the student, it may result in the discovery and correction of defects
which, if allowed to continue, might seriously impair his health; for the institution,
it may result in the prevention of epidemics which might develop frrom undiagnosed
cases of contagious disease.
Degrees
W HEN requirements for degrees are changed, special arrangements may bemade for students who have taken work under the old requirements. Ingeneral, however, a student will be expected to meet the requirements
in force at the time he plans to receive a degree. The University grants the follow-
ing degrees:
Liberal Arts-B.A., B.s., M.A., M.S., Ph.D.
Architecture and Allied Arts-B.A., B.S., B.Arch., B.l. Arch., B.L.A., M.A.,
M.S., M.Arch., M.F.A., M.L.A.
Business Administration-B.A., B.S., BB.A., M.A., M.S., M.B.A.
Education-B.A., B.S., B.Ed., M.A., M.S., M.Ed., D.Ed., Ph.D.
Health and Physical Education-B.A., B.S., B.P.E., M.A., M.S., Ph.D.
Journalism-B.A., B.S., M.A., M.S.
Law-B.A., B.S., LL.B., J.D.
Medicine-M.A., M.S., Ph.D., M.D.
Music-B.A., B.S., B.Mus., M.A., M.S., M.Mus.
Nursing Education-B.A., B.S., M.S.
Work leading to the degrees of M.A. in General Studies and M.S. in General
Studies is offered under the direction of the Graduate School.
REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR'S DEGREE
Requirements for a bachelor's degree include (a) lower-division require-
ments (which the student is expected to satisfy during his freshman and sophomore
years) and (b) general requirements which must be satisfied before the degree is
conferred.
Lower-Division Requirements. The lower-division requirements for a
bachelor's degree are as follows:
(1) Written English:
(a) For freshmen who receive low ratings on a placement examination
given to all entering students: Corrective English (Wr 10).
(b) For all students: English Composition (Wr 111, 112,113),9 term
hours. (With the consent of the head of the Department of English,
all or part of this requirement may be waived for students who dem-
onstrate superior ability in writing) •
. (2) Physical education: 5 terms in activity courses unless excused.·
(3) Health education: HE 150 or HE 250 for men' HE 250 f •
(4) M
'I' ' or women.
I Itary science: 6 terms for men, unless excused.·
(5) Group requirement: four ~equen.ces in liberal arts courses numbered from
100 to 110 or ZOO to 210, including one sequence in each of three groups
(arts and letters, social science, science) and a second sequence in any
~ne of the three groups. (The sequences satisfying this requirement are
hsted on page 59).
(a) Each of t!te g~oup sequen~es must total at least 9 term hours; each
sequence In sCIence must Include laboratory work or total 12 term
hours.
(b) At least one of the sequences must.be numbered from ZOO to 210.
(c) At leas~ on,e sequence in the arts and letters group must be a se-
quence In hterature.
(d) If. two sequences ar; taken in the social science group or in the
sCIence group to satIsfy the requirement, they must be in different
departments.
(6) Grade-point average on completion of 93 hours of work: minimum, 2.00.
General Requirements. The general requirements for a bachelor's degree
are as follows:
(l) Total credit:
(a) For B.A., B.S., B.B.A., B.Ed., B.P.E., or B.Mus. degree: minimum
186 term hours. '
(b) For B.Arch., B.I.Arch., or B.L.A. degree: minimum, 220 term hours.
(c) For LL.B. degree: minimum, 263 term hours.
(2) Work in upper-division courses: minimum, 62 term hours.
(3) Work in the major:
(a) ~i?i~um: 36 term hours, including at least 24 hours in upper-
dIVIsIon courses.
(b) For majors in the College of Liberal Arts: two sequences numbered
from 100 to 110, 200 to 210, or 300 to 310 in addition to the four
sequences completed in satisfaction of the iower-division group re
qUlrement. Of the total of six sequences, two must be chosen fro~
e~ch of the three ~rou~s (arts and letters, social science, science) .
t e two ~equ;nces In sCIence and the two sequences in social scienc;
must be In dIfferent departments.
(c) ~ny ,,;dditional requir~ents of the major school or department (sat-
Isf~ctlo~ must be certified by the dean or department head).
(4) Work In resIdence: minimum, 45 term hours of the last 60 t d f
the degree.t presen e or
(5) For the B.A. degree, work in language and literature' 36 term h + .
____ . ours, In-
and i: r::~~;~d o~;~~~~ :~~~~f~n~:n~i~~r:x::;~c;;o:ere~r~~~~d c~;~i~ i~milifitarldy sciencet A maxImum of 33 term hours of k l;d . W In ese e S.
StateN~:e~~fp~~o~~ro~d:~~t::;'~n~::i:~~~~tZf:iria~:~: ::t~:~=~~fo~e~r;hsiso~et;~i~~:~;
instructional fields of t.he College of Liberal Arts are classifi:: ;so~o~fo:,~;A. or B.S. degree, the
Language and L,terature: General Arts and Letters English F . L SSocial Science: General Social Science Anthro ~I ,ore~gn anguages, peech.
Econ'Sll1!cs, History, Philosophy, Political Sci:nce, Psy:hof::; ~~~i~~;:,:csso~~fgraphY, HomePhysjc~ce: General Science, Biology, Chemistry, Geology, :Mathemati~s, Nur~~ Education,
58 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS HONORS 59
ARTS AND LmERS GROUP
SCIENCE GROUP
SOCIAL SCIENCE GROUP
Honors
THE University of Oregon offers two special programs of study as a chal-I~n~~ to undergraduate students of superior scholastic ability: (1) a lower-
.diVISion sophomore honors program; and (2) an upper-division program
leadmg to the bachelor's degree with honors. In addition, the University provides
. • A sequence marked with an asterisk (-) does not qualify as a sequence in Hliterature".
It may, however, be offered as a second sequence in the arts and letters group ,
t A student may register for only one of the three sequences: Eng 101' 102 103' Eng 104
lOS, 106; Eng 107, 108, 109. ' " ,
~ Psy Z08, 209, ~10 must be taken with Psy 201, 202, 204 or Psy ZOI, Z02, 205 to satisf
the sCience group requirement. Y
cluding attainment of proficiency in a foreign language equivalent to that
attained at the end of two years of college study of the language.*
(6) For the B.S. degree, work in science or in social science: 36 term hours.t
(7) Restrictions:
(a) Correspondence study: maximum, 60 term hours.
(b) Law, medicine, dentistry: maximum, 48 term hours toward any de-
gree other than a professional degree.
(c) Applied music: maximum for all students except music majors, 12
term hours; maximum for music majors toward the B.A. or B.S. de-
gree, 24 term hours-of which not more than 12 hours may be taken
in the student's freshman and sophomore years.
(d) No-grade courses: minimum of ISO term hours in grade courses.
See page 62.
(8) Grade-point average, covering all work offered for the degree: mini-
mum, 2.00.
ADVANCED DEGREES
The requirements for graduate degrees are listed under GRADUATE SCHOOL.
The requirements for the degree of Doctor of Jurisprudence are listed under
SCHOOL OF LAW. The requirements for the degree of Doctor of Medicine are listed
in the University of Oregon Medical School Catalog. .
APPLICATION FOR DEGREE
All students who intend to receive a degree from the University must make
application by filing the proper form in the Registrar's Office. This should be done
several months in advance of the expected commencement date. All University aca-
demic and financial obligations must be satisfied before any degree will be con-
ferred.
Group Requirement
ALL candidates for a bachelor's degree are required to complete four lower-division sequences in the liberal arts numbered from 100 to 110 or from200 to 210, including one sequence from each of three groups (arts and
letters, social science, science) and a second sequence in anyone of the three
groups. The courses approved for the satisfaction of this requirement are listed
below. For additional regulations governing the lower-division group requirement,
see page 57.
All candidates for a bachelor's degree with a major in any field in the College
of Liberal Arts are required to complete two additional sequences chosen from the
courses numbered from 100 to 110 or 200 to 210 or from a series of courses num-
bered from 300 to 310; of the total of six sequences, two must be chosen from each
of the three groups. For a list of courses numbered 300 to 310, see COLLEGE OF
LIBERAL ARTS.
- The language requirement for the B.A. degree may he met in anyone of the following
ways: (1) two years (normally Z4 term hours) of college work in a foreign language; (Z) one
year of college work at the second-year or higher level; or (3) examination, administered hy
the Department of Foreign Languages, showing language competence equivalent to that attained
at the end of two years of college study. The requirement may not he met hy examination after
the completion of a student's junior year.
t See note (t), page 57.
General Arts and Letters
Lit. (Soph. Honors) (AL 101, 102. 103)
Art
-Survey of Visual Arts (AA 201. 202, 203)
English
tSurvey of Eng. Lit. (Eng 101, 10Z, 103)
tApprec. of Lit. (Eng 104, lOS, 106)
tWorld Literature (Eng 107, 108, 109)
Shakespeare (Eng 201, 202, 203)
Foreign Languages
-Znd Yr. Greek (CL 101, 102, 103)
-Znd Yr. Latin (CL 104, lOS, 106)
Latin Lit.: Aug. Age (CL 204, Z05, 206)
General Social Science
Soc. Sc. & Soc. Policy (SSc 104, lOS, 106)
History (Soph. Honors) (SSc 107, 108,
109)
Study of Society (Soph. Honors) (SSc ZOI
ZOZ, Z03) ,
Anthropology
Gen. Anthropology (Anth 101, 10Z, 103)
Intro. to Cult. Anth. (Anth Z07, Z08, 209)
Economics
Principles of Econ. (Ec ZOI. ZOZ, Z03)
Geography
Intro. Geography (Geog 105, 106 107)
Regional Econ. Geog. (Geog ZOI,'ZOZ, Z03)
History
Hist. of West. Civ. (Hst 101, 10Z, 103)
Hist. of U. S. (Hst 201, 202, 203)
English History (Hst 207, Z08, 209)
General Science
Physical-Sc. Survey (GS 104, lOS, 106)
Blo. Sc. (Soph. Hon.) (GS ZOI, Z02, 203)
Phys. Sc. (Soph. Hon.) (GS 204, Z05, Z06)
Biology
Gen. Biology (Bi 101, 102, 103)
Chemistry
Elementary Chemistry (Ch 101, 102, 103)
General Chemistry (Ch ZOI, 202, 203)
Geology
General Geology (Geol 101, 102, 103)
Mathematics
Essentials of Math. (Mth 101, 102, 103)
College Algebra (Mth lOS)
Plane Trigonometry (Mth 106)
Foreign Languages (continued)
Znd Yr. German (GL 101, 10Z, 103)
-Znd Yr. Norwegian (GL 104, 105, 106)
-Znd Yr. Swedish (GL 107, 108, 109)
Survey of German Lit. (GL ZOI, ZOZ, Z03)
-Znd Yr. French (RL 101, 10Z, 103)
-Znd Yr. Italian (RL 104, 105, 106)
-Znd Yr. Spanish (RL 107, 108, 109)
Survey of French Lit. (RL 201, 202, Z03)
Survey of Spanish Lit. (RL 207, 208, Z09)
-Znd Yr. Russian (SL 101, 102, 103)
Readings in Russian Lit. (SL ZOI, ZOZ, Z03)
Music
-Intro. to Music (Mus ZOI, ZOZ, Z03)
Phirosophy
Elementary Logic (PhI 201)
Problems of Philosophy (PhI 202)
Elementary Ethics (PhI Z03)
Elementary Aesthetics (PhI 204)
Political Science
American Govts. (PS 201, 202, 203)
European Govts. (PS Z04)
International Relations (PS 205)
Psychology
General Psychology (Psy 201, 202)
Psych. of Adjustment (Psy 204)
Applied Psychology (Psy 205)
Religion
Great Religions (R 201, 202, 203)
Sociology
Gen. Sociology (Soc 204, 205, 206)
Mathematics (continued)
Analytic Geometry (Mth 107)
Math. of Finance (Mth 108)
Diff. & Int. Calculus (Mth 201, 202, 203)
Physics
Essentials of Physics (Ph 101, 102, 103)
Des. Astronomy: Solar System (Ph 104)
Elementary Meteorology (Ph lOS)
Des. Astronomy: Stellar System (Ph 106)
General Physics (Ph 201. 202, 203)
Psychology
tGeneral Psychology (Psy 201, 202)
tPsych. of Adjustment (Psy 204)
tApplied Psychology (Psy 205)
tGen. Psych. Lab. (Psy 208, 209, 210)
60 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS ACADEMIC PROCEDURE 61
official recognition for students completing regular degree programs with out-
standing scholastic records.
Sophomore Honors. The sophomore honors program is designed to provide
a solid general education within the framework of the lower-division group ~e­
quirement. To receive the sophomore honors award, the student must pass with
distinction four separate comprehensive examinations, one each in the fields of
literature social science and history, and one in either biological science or phys-
ical scien~e. Candidates :nay prepare for these examinations by independent study,
through a series of courses especially designed for the sophomore honors pro-
gram, or through standard departmental courses in the several fields. For further
information, see COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS.
Bachelor's Degree with Honors. For superior students who desire to study
independently in fields related to but not fully covered by regular C~:lUrses, the
University offers work leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts with Honors
and Bachelor of Science with Honors. The aim of the program is to stimulate
wide reading, thorough scholarship, and original or creative work ?n the part of
the student. An honors student is required to maintain a grade-pomt average of
3.00 or better during each term of his honors program.
Eligibility and Enrollment. Students who (a) have completed 93 term hours
of University work (b) have completed all lower-division requirements for a
bachelor's degree, a~d (c) have earned a grade-point average of 2.75 or hi~her
are automatically eligible for honors work. Other students who have attamed
junior standing must, to be admitted t~ honors work. obtain. the 3;pproval of the
Honors Council upon the recommendation of the head of their major department
or school. An honors student enrolls with the chairman of the Honors Council each
term during the period he is working for honors. Usually a student begins his
honors program the first term of his junior year.
Study Programs. Each honors student works under the g~idanc~ of a s~ngle
department or school. His program includes regular courses which satisfy Univer-
sity requirements for a degree and courses related to his honors project. Work
in regular courses is supplemented by independent studies supervised by a member
of the faculty. For this independent work the student registers for "Research" or
"Reading and Conference" and for "Thesis." Not more than 18 term hours of
credit may be earned by ad honors student in independent studies in his major field.
Two types of honors program, differing in the breadth of the field of study, are
recognized:
(I) General Honors. For general honors, the student's honors program in-
cludes work offered by at least two departments (or more at the discretion of the
Honors Council).
(2) Departmental Honors. For departmental honors, the field of the student's
honors program need not extend beyond a single department or school.
Thesis and Examination. Honors studies culminate in an essay or thesis, and
in an examination conducted by the department or school supervising the candi-
date's program. The examination must be passed and three copies of an accepted
thesis must be submitted to the chairman of the Honors Council at least three
weeks before Commencement. If these requirements, in addition to general Uni-
versity requirements for a degree, are fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Honors
Council, the student receives a bachelor's degree with honors.
Recognition for High Scholarship. Candidates for the ba~helor's degree
who achieve a cumulative grade-point average of 3.75-4.00 receive the award
of "Recognition for Highest Scholars~ip"; candidates w~? achiev:e. a cumulat.ive
grade-point average of 3 :50-3.74 receive the award of Recognition for High
Scholarship."
Master's Degree with Honors. Candidates for the master's degree who pass
a final examination with exceptional merit may, by vote of the examining com-
mittee, be awarded the degree with honors.
Academic Procedure
THE regular academic year throughout the Oregon State System of HigherEducation is divi?ed into three terms of approximately twelve weeks each.
The summer seSSIOn supplements the work of the regular year (see special
announcements). Students may enter at the beginning of any term. It is important
that freshmen and transferring students entering in the fall term be present for
New Student Week (see STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE). A detailed calendar for
the current year will be found on pages 8-9.
Students are held responsible for familiarity, with University requirements
governing such matters as routine of registration, academic standards student
activities, organizations, etc. Complete academic regulations are includ~d in the
separately published Schedule of Classes, a copy of which is furnished each student
at registration.
REGISTRATION PROCEDURE
All students must register in person at the beginning of each term; registra-
tion by mail or by proxy is not permitted. Each student is assigned a faculty ad-
viser, who assists him in planning his study program. Complete registration in-
structions are contained in the Schedule of Classes. Students are officially reg-
istered and entitled to attend classes for credit only when they have completed the
prescribed procedures, including the payment of term fees.
Students planning to return to the campus after absence of a term or more
or after earning a degree should notify the Registrar's Office at least a week be-
fore registration, in order to allow time for the preparation of registration ma-
terials. Such students are required to file official transcripts of any academic work
taken at other institutions since their earlier enrollment in the University.
DEFINITIONS
A TERM HOUR represents three hours of the student's time each week for one
term. This time may be assigned to work in classroom or laboratory or to outside
preparation. The number of lecture, recitation, laboratory, or other periods re-
quired per week for any course may be found in the Schedule of Classes.
A COURSE is a subject, or an instructional subdivision of a subject offered
through a single term. '
A YEAR SEQUENCE consists of three closely articulated courses extending
through the three terms of the academic year.
A CURRICULUM is an organized program of study arranged to provide inte-
grated cultural or professional education.
COURSE-NUMBERING SYSTEM
Courses in University catalogs are numbered as follows:
1- 99. Courses in the first year of a foreign language, Or other courses of similar grade.
100-110, 200-210. Surveyor foundation courses which satisfy the lower-division group re-
quirement in the arts and letters, social science, and science fields.
111-199, 211-299. Other courses offered at first-year and second·year level.
300-310. Upper-division courses which satisfy a special group requirement for majors in
the College of Liheral Arts.
62 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FFES AND DEPOSITS 63
DEPOSITS
Per Term Per Year
$ 10.00 $ 30.00
30.00 90.00
17:00 51.00
8.00 24.00
$ 65.00 $195.00
300·399. Upper-division courses for which graduate credit is not granted.
400-499. Upper division courses primarily for seniors. If approved by the Graduate School,
these courses may be taken for graduate credit. In this Catalog, courses numbered
400-499, if approved for graduate major credit, are designated (G) following
the title. Courses approved for graduate minor credit only are designated (g).
500-599. Courses primarily for graduate students but to which seniors of superior scho-
lastic achievement may be admitted on approval of the instructor and department
head concerned.
600-699. Courses of a highly professional or technical nature, which count toward a
professional degree only (not toward advanced academic degrees such as M.A.
M.S., or Ph.D.).
Certain numbers are reserved for courses that may be taken through suc-
cessive terms under the same course number, credit being granted according to
the amount of work done. These course numbers are as follows:
401,501. Research, or other supervised original work.
403, 503. Thesis (reading or research reported in writing).
405,505. Reading and Conference· (individual reading reported orally to instructor).
407,507. Seminar.
GRADING SYSTEM
The quality of student work is measured by a system of grades and by com-
puted grade-point averages.
Grades. Student work is graded as follows: A, exceptional; B, superior; C,
average; D, inferior; F, failed; INC, incomplete; W, withdrawn. Students ordi-
narily receive one of the four passing grades or F. When the quality of the work
is satisfactory, but some minor yet essential requirement of the course has not been
completed, for reasons acceptable to the instructor, a report of INC may be made
and additional time (normally not more than one year) granted for completion of
the work. Students may withdraw from a course by filing the proper forms at the
Registrar's Office in accordance with University regulations.
Grade-Point Average. For purposes of computing a student's grade-point
average, the standard measure of scholastic standing, all work graded is assigned
a numerical point value, as follows: A, 4 points per term hour; B, 3 points per
term hour; C, 2 points per term hour; D, 1 point per term hour; F, 0 points per
term hour. The grade-point average (GPA) is the quotient of total points divided
by total term hours for which grades are received. Marks of INC and Ware dis-
regarded in the computation of the grade-point average.
No-Grade Courses. Certain University courses are designated no-grade
courses. Students in these courses are rated "pass" or "not pass" in the term grade
reports. No-grade courses are not considered in the computation of a student's
grade-point average. To graduate from the University, a student must receive at
least 150 term hours of credit in courses for which grades are given.
SCHOLARSHIP REGULATIONS
The administration of the regulations governing scholarship requirements is
vested in the Scholarship Committee of the faculty. This committee has authority
to disqualify a student from attending the University when it appears that his
work is of such character that he cannot continue with profit to himself and with
credit to the institution. In general, profitable and creditable work means substan-
tial progress toward meeting graduation requirements. Any term or cumulative
grade-point average below 2.00 is considered unsatisfactory, and may bring the
student's record under review by the Scholarship Committee.
• Only students eligible for honors work may register for 405 Reading and Conference
courses.
Fees and Deposits
STUDENTS at the University· and at Oregon State College pay the samefees. In the fee schedule printed below, regular fees are those paid by all stu-dents under the usual conditions of undergraduate or graduate study; regu-
lar fees are payable in full at the time of registration. Special fees are paid under
the special conditions indicated.
The Board of Higher Education reserves the right to make changes in the fee
schedule without notice.
Payment of the stipulated fees entitles all students registered for academic
credit (undergraduate and graduate, full-time and part-time) to all services main-
tained by the University for the benefit of students. These services include: use
of the University Library; use of laboratory and course equipment and materials
in connection with courses for which the student is registered; medical attention
at the Student Health Service; use of gymnasium equipment (including gymna-
sium suits and laundry service) ; a subscription to the student daily newspaper;
admission to athletic events; admission to concert and lecture series sponsored
by the University. No reduction in fees is made to students who may not desire to
take advantage of some of these privileges.
REGULAR FEES
Undergraduate Students. Undergraduate students who are residents of
Oregon pay regular fees each term of the regular academic year, as follows:
tuition, $10.00; laboratory and course fee, $30.00; incidental fee, $17.00; building
fee. $8.00. The total in regular fees, which includes all laboratory and other charges
in connection with instruction,t is $65.00 per term.
Undergraduate students who are not residents of Oregon pay the same fees
as Oregon residents, and, in addition, a nonresident fee of $70.00 per term. or a
total of $135 per term.
The regular fees for undergraduate students for a term and for a year may
be summarized as follows:
Tuition ..
Laboratory and course fee ..
Incidental fee .
Building fee .
Total for Oregon residents .
Total for nonresidents (who pay an additional
nonresident fee of $70.00 per term)............................ $135.00 $405.00
Graduate Students. The regular fees and tuition for graduate students total
$65.00 per term. Students holding graduate or research assistantships or fellow-
ships pay fees totaling $25.00 per term. Graduate students do not pay the non-
resident fee.:j: Graduate students registered for 6 term hours of work or less pay
the regular part-time fee. Payment of graduate fees entitles the student to all
services maintained by the University for the benefit of students.
All persons who enroll for academic credit (except staff members) and all
enrolled auditors must make a deposit of $10.00, payable once each year at the time
of first registration. This is required for protection of the University against loss
or damage of institutional property such as dormitory and laboratory equipment.
• Except students at the Medical School. The fee schedule for these students are published
In the Medical School and Department of Nursing Education catalogs.
I t Except special fees for instruction in applied music. See SCHOOL or MOSIC.
; Except nonresident students in the School of Law.
64 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FFES AND DEPOSITS 65
military uniforms, Library books, and locker keys, and against failure to pay
promptly nominal fines and assessments, such as Library fines, campus traffic
fines, and Health Service charges. If at any time charges against this deposit be-
come excessive, the student may be called upon to re-establish the <Jriginal amount.
SPECIAL FEES
The following special fees are paid by students under the conditions indicated:
Part-Time Fee per term, $16.00 to $48.00
Students (undergraduate or graduate) who register for 6 term hours of work or less
pay, instead of regular registration fees, a part·time fee in accordance with the fol·
lowing scale: 1·2 term hours, $16.00; 3 term hours, $24.00; 4 term hours, $32.00;
5 term hours, $40.00; 6 term hours, $48.00. Students registered for 6 term hours or
less do not pay the nonresident fee. Payment of the part·time fee entitles the student
to all services maintained by the University for the benefit of students.
Staff Fee _ _ Per term hour, $3.00
On approval by the President's Office, full·time staff members registering for Uni·
versity courses pay a special staff fee of $3.00 per term hour. Work taken under the
staff fee is limited to a maximum of 5 term hours a term. Payment of this fee entitles
staff members to instructional and Library privileges only.
Auditor's Fee _ _ _ per term, $16.00 to $48.00
The auditor's fee scale is the same as the part·time fee scale (see above). An auditor
is a person who has obtained permission to attend classes without receiving academic
credit; be is not considered an enrolled student. The auditor's fee is payable at the
time of registration, and entitles the student to attend classes, but to no other insti·
tutional privileges. Students regularly enrolled in the University may be granted tbe
privileges of an auditor without paying the auditor's fee.
Late-Registration Fee _ per day, $1.00
Full·time students registering after the scheduled registration dates of any term pay
a late·registration fee of $1.00 per day.
Change-of-Program Fee _ _ _ $1.00
A student may be required to pay this fee for each cbange in his official program after
the scheduled last day for adding courses.
Reinstatement Fee _ _ $2.00
If for any reason a student has his registration canceled during a term for failure to
comply with the regulations of the institution, but is later allowed to continue his
work, he must pay the reinstatement fee.
Special Examination Fee _ per term hour, $1.00
A student pays a fee of $1.00 per term hour for the privilege of taking an examina·
tion for advanced credit, or other special examinations.
Graduate Qualifying Examination Fee $1.00 to $15.00
Paid by students taking the Gradaute Record Examination or other standard tests of
ability to do graduate work.
Transcript Fee _ _ _ _ _ $1.00
One transcript of credits is issued free to any student; for additional transcripts the
student pays a fee of $1.00 for the first copy and 50 cents for additional copies.
Placement-Service Fees _ See SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
Music Course Fees See SCHOOL OF MUSIC
Library Fines and Charges _ _ See LmRARIEs
REFUNDS
Fee Refunds. Students who withdraw from the University and who have
compiled with the regulations governing withdrawals are entitled to certain re-
funds of fees paid, depending on the time of withdrawal. The refund schedule has
been established by the State Board of Higher Education, and is on file in the
University Business Office. All refunds are subject to the following regulations:
(1) Any claim for refund must be made in writing before the close of the term in which
the claim originated.
(2) Refunds in all cases are calculated from the date of application for refund and not
from the date when the student ceased attending classes, except in unusual cases when formal
withdrawal has been delayed through causes largely beyond the control of the student.
Deposit Refunds. The $10.00 deposit, less any deductions which may have
been made, is refunded about six weeks after the close of the academic year.
Students who discontinue their work at the University before the end of the year
may receive refunds, upon petition to the Business Office, about six weeks after
the close of the fall or winter term.
REGULATIONS GOVERNING NONRESIDENT FEE
The Oregon State Board of Higher Education has ruled that any person
who comes into the state of Oregon for the purpose of attending one of the institu-
tions under the control of the Board, and who for any reason is not qualified for
classification as a resident of the state of Oregon, shall pay the nonresident fee,
except: (a) a student who holds a degree from an accredited college or university
and is registered in a curriculum other than professional dentistry, law, or medi-
cine, (b) a student attending a summer session, (c) a student paying part-time
fees, (d) a student whose parent is a regular employee of the Federal government
stationed in Oregon, or (e) a student whose father is domiciled in the state of
Oregon as defined under (1) below.
The residence or domicile of a student is normally that of his father; if his
father it not living, it is normally that of his mother. In case of parents' divorce,
the domicile of a student is generally determined by the residence of the parent to
whom custody is granted by the court. The domicile of a wife is normally that of
her husband; if both are students, the wife's residence status is determined by that
of the husband. The domicile of a student who is independent of the relations men-
tioned above is determined by rule (1) below. An alien cannot begin to establish
residence until he has convincingly demonstrated his intention to apply for citizen-
ship.
The Board has established the following rules to be observed in determining
the residence status of students:
(1) Residence and domicile are synonymous and domicile shall be considered to be a fixed
permanent residence to which the student has the intention of returning. The fixed permanent
residence must normally have been maintained for at least twelve months prior to the school
term for which resident classification is sought, and must be a bona fide residence which the
student has no intention of changing when the school period has expired. Proved actual residence
and intention to remain must exist simultaneously. Factors used in determining intent include
age and family status of the student, residence of near relatives, place of voting, ownership of
property, sources of financial support, length of time within the state, record of employment and
schooling (intent cannot be demonstrated by school attendance alone).
(2) A student whose official records show his own or his parent's domicile to be outside
of Oregon is prima facie a nonresident, and the burden is upon the student to prove the con·
trary. If his official transcripts of academic record show attendance at a school outside of
Oregon, he may be required to furnish further proof of Oregon domicile.
(3 A nonresident at the time of enrollment is held to that classification throughout his
attendance as a student, except where he can prove that his or his parentJs previous domicile
has been abandoned and a new one established in Oregon in accordance with these regulations.
A resident student will be reclassified as nonresident at any time if his Oregon domicile is lost.
NEW STUDENT WEEK 67
Student Life and Welfare
Office of Student Affairs
DONALD M. DUSHANE, M.A Director of Student Affairs
J. SP>:NCE.. CAIlLSON, M.A .Associate Director (Admissions and Counseling)
CLIFFO"D L. CONSTANCE, M.A Registrar
RAV HAWK, D.Ed Associate Director (Men's Affairs)
KA"L W. ONTHANK, M.A Associate Director (Graduate Placement)
*GOLDA P. WICKHAM, B.S Associate Director (Women's Affairs)
K>:NNETH S. GHENT, Ph.D Foreign Student Adviser
PAT A. KILLGALLON, D.Ed Director of Reading Clinic
JOHN PIERC>:·JONES, Ph.D Counselor, Counseling Center
LEONA E. TVLE", Ph.D Counselor, Counseling Center
H>:N"v M. VON HoLT, J Ph.D Counselor. Counseling Center
tKENNETH S. WOOD. Ph.D Director of Speech and Hearing Clinic
KUT E. MONTGOME..V, Ph.D Acting Director of Speech and Hearing Clinic
BRADFORD B. BUINIt, M.A Counselor for Men
FLORENCE L. TAINE". B.A Counselor for Women
AT THE University of Oregon, an integrated program of student counselingand supervision of student life and group activities is administered throughthe Office of Student Affairs. The Direct"or of Student Affairs is assisted by
four associate directors, with special responsibilities for: women's affairs, men's
affairs, admissions and the University Counseling Center, and employment and
graduate placement. The Registrar's Office also operates under the general direc-
tion of the Director of Student Affairs.
The director and his associates maintain close personal contacts with indi-
vidual students and with student organizations, and are available at all times for
advice and help on all matters pertaining to their welfare. .
University Counseling Center. The University Counseling Center provides
facilities for testing and counseling University students, to help them in making
wise choices in their studies and in solving academic and personal problems. A
special fee of $5.00 is charged for the full educational and vocational testing service
of the Counseling Center.
Speech and Hearing Clinic. The Speech and Hearing Clinic, operating in
conjunction with the Counseling Center, provides diagnosis, consultation, and
treatment in connection with speech and hearing problems of University students.
Students are referred to the clinic either by the Counseling Center or by faculty
advisers.
Reading Clinic. Some students, although they may not clearly recognize their
disability, fail to get the most from their University work because of difficulties in
reading. Frequently these difficulties are correctable. The Reading Clinic, operat-
ing in conjunction with the Counseling Center, provides an opportunity for scien-
tific diagnosis and correction of student reading difficulties.
Corrective Physical Education Clinic. The Corrective Physical Education
Clinic provides individual help to students in connection with training for relaxa-
tion, foot and posture difficulties, functional back strain, and similar problems.
Foreign Student Adviser. A member of the staff of the Office of Student
Affairs serves as special adviser to foreign students attending the University, to
assist them with personal problems and with adjustments to the customs and pro-
cedures of American educational systems. The foreign student adviser is prepared
* On leave of absence, spring term, 1955-56.
tOn sabbatica1leave 1955-56.
[66 ]
to give advice and help in connection with visas, government regulations scholar-
ships, employment, and general orientation to American life. '
University Placement Services. The University maintains three offices to
provide assistance to students and graduates in obtaining employment: (I) the
Student Employment Service, to aid students seeking part-time and vacation
jobs (see page 71); (2) the Teacher Placement Service, for the placement of
graduates in teaching and administrative positions in the public schools (see
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION) ; and (3) the Graduate Placement Service, to aid grad-
uates seeking professional employment in nonteaching fields.
In its effort to help persons trained at the University to find positions for
which they are qualified by ability and education, the Graduate Placement Service
maintains contacts between the University and employers, particularly in Oregon
and the Pacific Northwest. Its program is carried on in cooperation with Univer-
sity schools and departments. Senior students are encouraged to file credentials
with the Placement Service for future use, whether or not they need immediate
assistance in obtaining employment. ~
The University endeavors to help each student in the selection of the life
career which for him promises to be most satisfactory, and to guide him into
courses and activities which are most likely to contribute toward success in his
vocation and toward the development of a well-rounded personality. Successful
men and women in many fields are brought to the campus for conferences with
students.
New Student Week
NEW STUDENT Week, a program of orientation for entering undergradu-ate students, is held annually the week before classes begin. During thisperiod, new students are made familiar with the aims of higher education,
the principles governing the wise use of time and effort, methods of study, and the
ideals and traditions of the institution. Every effort is made to assist new students
in getting the best possible start in their work. Full directions concerning New
Student Week and registration procedure are sent to each student who is accepted
for admission.
The examinations and tests given entering students during New Student
Week provide the University faculty with a basis for advisirrg and assisting stu-
dents in planning their University programs. These examinations are scheduled at
regular times during the week. Each entering student receives from the Registrar
a detailed schedule of his individual appointments for examinations. He should
follow this schedule faithfully, in order to avoid delay in registration and possible
penalties for make-up appointments.
The University, recognizing that fraternities and sororities form a part of
University life and provide living quarters for a substantial part of the student
body, has, with the cooperation of these organizations, made provisions by which
they may choose their members in an orderly fashion, with a minimum of inter-
ference with the beginning of University work.
A "welcome book," the ORE-NTER, is published annually in August and is sent
to all new students who have been admitted to the University.
Student Living
COMFORTABLE, hea.lthfu!, an? congeniallivin~.conditio~s.contribute muchto the success of Umverslty hfe and work. Llvmg conditions of the rightkind aid students to do their best in their studies and contribute, through the
experiences of group life, to the building of character and personality. Hence the
68 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE STUDENT LIVING 69
* Open to all men students; restriction of occupancy to veterans has: been discontinued.
FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIES
Room Reservations. Students who plan to live in the dormitories should
make room reservations as early as possible before the opening of the school year.
Application must be made on an official form, and must be accompanied by a room
deposit of $15.00. Copies of the form may be obtained from the Housing Depart-
ment, University Business Office. Dormitory reservations will not be finally con-
firmed until the student has been cleared by the Director of Admissions for admis-
sion to the University.
Dormitory Living Expenses. Board and room rates in the University dormi-
tories are as follows:
Room rent is payable in two equal insttl:llments each term. The first install-
ment is paid when the student arrives at the dormitory at the beginning of the
term, the second on a fixed date later in the term. Board bills must be paid monthly
in advance.
Students who do not pay board and room charges within ten days after pay-
ment is due are assessed a late-penalty fee of $1.00 for the first day (after ten)
and $1.00 for each additional day until a maximum charge of $5.00 is reached. If
dormitory charges are not paid within ten days after they are due, the student's
registration may be canceled.
The right is reserved to increase the charge for room or board, should ad-
vance in costs require it. The charges will be decreased whenever decreased costs
make this possible.
Dormitory Deposit Refund. The $15.00 dormitory room deposit is refunded
about six weeks after termination of occupancy. If dormitory reservations are
canceled, the deposit will be refunded only if the cancelation is made two weeks
before the opening of the dormitory at the beginning of the term for which reserva-
tions have been made.
$ 90.00
72.00
112.50
$60.00
57.00
75.00
r--Room, per Term~
Multiple Single
Units Rooms
Board
Per Month
Straub, Hendricks, Campbell................................................... $48.00
·Veterans................................................................................... 48.00
Carson, Earl.............................................................................. 48.00
Fraternities and sororities provide comfortable living accommodations under
University supervision. Members are chosen during stated rushing periods. Board
and room costs are approximately the same as for students living in University
dormitories.
In the summer, after formal notice of admission has been received, new stu-
dents who are interested in fraternity or sorority membership should write to the
Office of Student Affairs for full information, instructions, and a copy of rushing
rules.
Fraternities on the Oregon campus are organized into the Interfraternity
Council, which is a member of the National Interfraternity Conference. Sororities
are organized into the Panhellenic Council, which is a member of the National
Panhellenic Congress.
Sororities at the University are: Alpha Chi Omega, Alpha Delta Pi, Alpha Gamma Delta,
Alpha Omicron Pi, Alpha Phi, Alpha Xi Delta, Chi Omega, Delta Delta Delta, Delta Gamma,
Delta Zeta, Gamma Phi Beta, Kappa Alpha Theta, Kappa Kappa Gamma, Pi Beta Phi, Sigma
Kappa, Zeta Tau Alpha.
Fraternities at the University are: Alpha Tau Omega, Beta Theta Pi, Chi Psi, Delta Tau
Delta, Delta Upsilon, Kappa Sigma, Lambda Chi Alpha, Phi Delta Theta, Phi Gamma Delta,
Phi Kappa Psi, Phi Kappa Sigma, Phi Sigma Kappa, Pi Kappa Alpha, Pi Kappa Phi, Sigma
Alpha Epsilon, Sigma Alpha Mu, Sigma Chi, Sigma Nu, Sigma Phi Epsilon, Tau Kappa Ep-
silon, Theta Chi.
University is vitally concerned with student housing. Halls of residence are main-
tained on the campus by the institution, and the living conditions of students resid-
ing outside the dormitories are closely supervised.
Many students live in fraternity houses accommodating groups of from twenty
to fifty persons. Admission to these groups is by invitation only. Students also live
in private homes and rooming houses near the campus. In several cooperative
houses, groups of students enjoy the benefits of group living while keeping ex-
penses at a minimum.
UNIVERSITY DORMITORIES
The University provides dormitory accommodations for 1,512 students. Living
conditions are comfortable and conducive to successful academic accomplishment
and to participation in the wholesome activities of campus life.
Men's Dormitories. The University maintains three men's dormitories:
Virgil D. Earl Hall, the John Straub Memorial Building, and the Veterans Me-
morial Dormitory.
Earl Hall has five units, housing approximately 65 men each. Each unit has its
own living room, connecting dining hall, and recreational area. Rooms are equipped
with built-in beds, desks, study lamps, chests of drawers, and wardrobes.
Straub Hall houses 277 men in six units: Alpha, Gamma, Hale Kane, Barris-
ter, Omega, and Sherry Ross halls. Each unit has its own club room. Each room
is equipped with individual study tables, study chairs, a lounge chair, individual
dressers, a steel costumer, and individual closet space. Sleeping porches, each ac-
commodating four men, are equipped with single beds.
The Veterans Memorial Dormitory houses 350 men in five units: Hunter,
French, Nestor, Sederstrom, and Cherney halls. Each unit has a lounge room.
Both double and single rooms are available; furnishings include single beds,
chest of drawers, study table, clothes closet, occasional chair, and night stand.
Men living in the dormitories must furnish towels, a water glass, and an extra
blanket. Men living in Straub and the Veterans Dormitory must supply a study
lamp.
Women's Dormitories. The University maintains three women's dormitories:
Carson Hall, Hendricks Hall, and Susan Campbell Hall.
Carson Hall houses 333 student residents, principally in rooms accommodating
two occupants. A few single rooms are available. Much of the furniture-single
beds, individual wardrobes, chests of drawers with mirrors, and study desks is of
built-in construction. Snack kitchenettes, bathrooms with tubs and showers,
complete laundry facilities, and trunk-storage rooms are provided on each floor.
Hendricks Hall and Susan Campbell Hall house 112 students each, in suites
accommodating four women. A suite includes a study room, dressing room, and
sleeping porch with individual beds. Each study room is furnished with a study
table, book stands, chairs, and a couch. Each dressing room has individual chif-
foniers with mirrors and individual closet space. The suites are arranged in units
of approximately nine suites each; each floor of each unit has a bathroom equipped
with showers. Complete laundry equipment and trunk-storage space are provided
in the basements.
Women residing in the halls must supply their own towels, a water glass, and
an extra blanket. Women residing in Hendricks and Susan Campbell must supply
a study lamp.
University Dining Halls. The University maintains five dining halls for stu-
dents, in the John Straub Memorial Building, Virgil D. Earl Hall, Hendricks
Hall, Carson Hall, and the Erb Memorial Student Union. Residents of the Veter-
ans Dormitory take their meals in the Straub dining hall. Residents of Susan
Campbell Hall take their meals in the Hendricks, Carson, and Straub dining halls.
70 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE 71
It should be remembered that, in making an estimate of the cost of a year at the
University, a student usually has in mind the amount he will spend from the time
he leaves home until he returns at the close of the year. Such an estimate would
include travel, clothing, and amusements-items which vary according to the
thrift, discrimination, and habits of the individual. These items are not included
in the table.
SELF-SUPPORT
Many students earn a large part of their -Uni~ersity eXPenses by work in the
summers and during the academic year; some students are entirely self-supporting.
The University assists those seeking part-time and vacation jobs through the Stu-
dent Employment Service. Students wishing part-time jobs on the campus or in
the Eugene community are advised to write to the Employment Service a few
weeks before the opening of the fall term; in most cases, however, definite com-
mitments for employment are made only after personal interviews with prospective
employers.
COOPERATIVE AND INDEPENDENT HOUSES
Students with urgent financial problems, excellent character, and superior
scholarship may apply for membership in cooperative houses, where, by sharing
housekeeping responsibilities, they are able to save about $15.00 a month on board
and room costs. There are three cooperative houses for women, Highland, Rebec,
and University; and two for men, Campbell Club and Philadelphia House. Appli-
cations for membership must be made through the Office of Student Affairs; appli-
cations are subject to approval by the undergraduate membership of the house.
Although, under general University housing regulations, freshman students
are required to live in the dormitories, permission to live in cooperative houses will
be granted to freshmen, if, for financial reasons, they would otherwise be unable
to enter the University.
Ann Judson House, maintained by the Baptist Church but with membership
open to young women of all religions, is operated as an independent dormitory,
under University supervision. Applications for membership should be addressed
to the Director of Women's Affairs.
ROOMS IN PRIVATE HOMES
The housing secretary in the Office of Student Affairs maintains a file of
rooms available in private homes in Eugene. Students are advised to engage rooms
personally after inspection of the quarters and a conference with the householder;
the housing secretary is available for any needed assistance.
Fall
Term
Institutional fees (for Oregon residents) $ 65.00
Books, supplies, etc....................................................................... 20.00
Board and room............................................................................. 203.00
Incidentals...................................................................................... 25.00
TotaL _ $313.00
Year
$195.00
43.00
580.00
75.00
$893.00
HOUSING FOR MARRIED STUDENTS
Housing for married students is provided in 375 family-dwelling units owned
or operated by the University. The units include a wide variety of accommodations.
The rents range from $32.00 to $52.00 per month. Application should be made to
the Housing Department, University Business Office.
HOUSING REGULATIONS
(l) Freshman students are required to live in the University dormitories;
other lower-division men and other undergraduate women are required to live
either in the dormitories or in houses maintained by organized University living
groups (fraternities, sororities, cooperatives). Married students and students liv-
ing with relatives in Eugene are excepted from this rule. Other exceptions are
rare, and are made only for students working for room and board, or for whom
rooms are not available in campus quarters.
(2) Unmarried undergraduate students are not allowed to live in apartment
houses, motor courts, hotels, or separate houses.
(3) All students living in dormitories must take their meals in the dormitory
dining rooms.
(4) All student housing (dormitory, fraternity, sorority, cooperative, and
off-campus) is taken on a term basis; students may not move during a term with-
out special permission from the Director of Men's Affairs or the Director of
Women's Affairs.
STUDENT EXPENSES
The average expenses incurred by students at the University during an aca-
demic year are shown in the table below. Some students with ample means spend
more; but many students find it possible to attend the University at a much lower
cost. Board-and-room estimates are based on charges in the halls of residence. The
incidental item will vary greatly with the individual. The expenses of the fall term
are listed also, since there are expenses during this term not incurred during the
winter and spring terms.
Student Health Service
FRED N. MILLER, M.D Director of Health Service
MARIAN H. MILLER, M.D Assistant Physician
RUSSELL M. BLEMKER, M.D Assistant Physician
WILFORD A. BROOKSBY, M.D Assistant Physician
LEOTA B. BOYINGTON, R.N Superintendent of Nurses
GUTRUDE S>lITH, R.N Hospital Supervisor
HANNA M. REUBER X·Ray and Laboratory Technician
MARILYN SALMONSON X·Ray and Laboratory Technician
EDITH C. OWENS, R.N Nurse
ERMA UPSHAW, RN Nurse
EDNA D. EKLOF, RN Nurse
F. LOIS THOMPSON, R.N : Nurse
MARTHA C. DOUGLAS, R.N Nurse
CALOMA A. DODGE, R.N Nurse
CAROL GIlIFFITH, RN Nurse
THROUGH the Student Health Service the University does all in its ppwerto safeguard the health of its students. The Health Service accomplishes itsends through health education, complete medical examinations for the detec-
tion of remedial defects, constant vigilance against incipient disease, medical treat-
ment of acute diseases, and the maintenance of hygienic student living conditions.
The student health services in the institutions in the Oregon State System of
Higher Education are supported by student registration fees. Every student regis-
tered for credit may receive general medical attention and advice at the Student
Health Service during office hours. Limited hospital facilities are maintained for
students whose condition requires hospitalization for general medical attention.
Patients are admitted only upon the advice of the Health Service physician.
Fifteen days is the maximum period of hospital service during anyone academic
year. When a special nurse is necessary, the expenses must be borne by the stu-
dent. All expenses of, or connected with, surgical operations or specialized service
must be borne by the student. Under no circumstances will the Health Service pay
or be responsible for bills from private physicians or private hospitals. The priv-
ileges of the Health Service are not available to members of the faculty.
72 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE STUDENT LOAN FUNDS 73
On the first floor of the Student Health Service building are modern clinical
facilities, including examining room, physiotherapy department, minor surgery,
laboratory, and X-ray department. On the second fl~or are two-~d and four-bed
wards for hospital service. Contagious cases may be Isolated on this floor.
Vaccination. Under a ruling of the State Board of Higher Education, stu-
dents are required, as a condition of entrance to any of the institutions of the. State
System, to satisfy the institutional physician of i.mm~mity to sma~lpo~ (by eVidence
of having had the disease or of success~ul vaccmatlon). ~x.ceptlon I~ ~ade, how-
ever for students who decline vaccination because of rehglOus convictIOns. Such
stud~nts may be admitted, but only on the condition that th~y or .(~n the case of
minor dependent students) their parents or g~ardians agree m wn~mg to assume
all expenses incident to their care or quarantme, should they fall III of smallpox
while students at the institution.
Physical Examination. Before admission, each entering student is required
to have a physical examination by a physician of ~is ch?ice, a?d to pr~se~t a ~ecord
of this examination on a form provided by the Umverslty; thiS exammatlon IS sup-
plemented by a chest X-ray, taken at the University before regi.str~t~on. The pur-
pose of the physical examination is twofold! the ben~fit ?f the mdlvldua~ and the
protection of the group. In making the phySical exammatlon compulsory m all the
institutions of the State System, the Board of Higher Education has been moti-
vated principally by the second consideration.
Student Loan Funds
THE University of Oregon administers student loan funds totaling approxi-mately $275,000. These funds are available for two types of loans: regularloans for a period of six months to two years, and emergency loans of small
amounts for a period of ninety days or less. .
The first University loan fund was founded in 1901 through the generosity of
William M. Ladd of Portland. Other early contributors were A. S. Roberts of
The Dalles and the Class of 1904. Although for a number of years the total amount
of the fund was only a little over $500, its benefits were large. Through it many
students were enabled to complete their University work who otherwise could not
have done so. In 1909 Senator R. A. Booth of Eugene became interested in the
loan fund and through his efforts a number of others made substantial donations.
Among these early donors were: Theodore B. Wilcox and J. C. Ainsworth of
Portland John Kelly of Eugene, W. B. Ayer of Portland, the classes of 1911 and
1913,. Mr's. Ellen Condon McCornack, Ben Selling of Portland, and the estate of
the late D. P. Thompson of Portland. In recent years the loan funds have grown
very rapidly through gifts, bequests, and accumulated interest.
In addition to the funds administered by the University, the following loan
funds are available to University of Oregon students (except where another pro-
cedure is indicated, application for loans are made through the Office of Student
Affairs) :
American Association of University Women Loan Fund. Women students
of the University are eligible to receive aid from the scholarship loan fund of the
Eugene branch of the American Association of University Women.
American Bankers' Association Loan Scholarship. The American Bank-
ers' Association awards annually a $250 loan scholarship to a senior student in
business administration. The award is made by a faculty committee of the School
of Business Administration.
Crawford Loan Fund. This fund, a bequest of Edward G. Crawford and
Mrs. Ida M. Crawford, his wife, is administered by the United States National
Bank of Portland as trustee. All loans must be approved by a committee consisting
of three residents of Portland. The purpose of the fund is to assist worthy young
men desiring to educate themselves.
P.E.O. Educational Loan Fund. P.E.O. provides loans not to exceed $800
to undergraduate Or graduate women students. The interest rate is 3 per cent.
Further information may be obtained at the Office of Student Affairs.
Gertrude Watson Holman Memorial Gift Fund. Small amounts of money
for emergency financial assistance to worthy women students are provided through
this fund. Repayment is not required; but recipients of assistance are invited to
contribute voluntarily to the fund, when they are financially able, in order that
equally deserving girls may benefit.
Oregon Federation of Women's Clubs. Educational Fund. This fund pro-
vides loans to women students who are well recommended. .
Ben Selling Loan Fund. This fund was bequeathed' by Ben Selling, and is
administered by his son, Dr. Laurence Selling of Portland.
Mary Spiller Scholarship Loan Fund. The Mary Spiller Scholarship Loan
Fund of $5,000 was established by the State Association of University of Oregon
Women in honor of Mrs. Mary P. Spiller, the first woman member of the faculty.
The income from the fund is available for scholarship loans.
ADMINISTRATION OF LOAN FUNDS
The loan funds held in trust by the University are governed by uniform prin-
ciples and policies, administered by a Student Loan Committee. Applications for
loans are made through the Office of Student Affairs. The following regulations
govern student loans:
(I) Any student may borrow from the University loan funds who has been enrolled in the
University for at least one term and has a cumulative GPA of at least 2.00.
(2) The service charge for emergency loans of $10.00 or less is 50 cents for one month,
75 cents for two months, and $1.00 for three months. The service charge for emergency loans
of more than $10.00 is $1.00 for one month, $1.25 for two months, and $1.50 for three months.
The service charge for all overdue emergency loans is 50 cents a month until paid in full.
(3) The interest rate for long-time loans is 4 per cent yer year.
(4) Rarely is more than $300 lent to any individual student from University loan funds.
Some other funds available to University students permit larger loans.
(5) It is the policy of the University to encourage repayment of loans as soon as the
borrower is able to pay. The maximum loan period is two years, with the privilege of renewal if
the borrower has in every way proved himsel f worthy of this consideration. Payment of loans
in monthly installments as soon as possible after graduation is encouraged. The interest on
renewed loans is 4 per cent a year if the borrower is still a student at the University; the rate
of interest on renewals made after the student leaves the University is 6 per cent.
(6) The University does not accept various forms of collateral which most money lenders
require for the security of loans. The only security accepted for long-time loans is the signature
of two responsible property owners, in addition to that of the student borrower. The cosigners
must submit evidence of their ability to pay the note-by filing a financial statement or by giving
bank references. One cosigner must qualify by bank reference. It is desirable that one of the
cosigners be the parent or guardian of the borrower. If a student is married, his or her spouse
must sign the loan application.
(7) The signature of the borrower is the only security required for an emergency loan.
(8) In considering applications, the members of the Student Loan Committee give weight
to the following considerations: (a) the student's scholastic record; (b) his reputation for re-
liability, honesty and industry; (c) need for aid and probability of wise expenditure; (d) amount
of present indebtedness; (e) ability to repay; (f) effort which the student has made to assist
himself.
(9) Except in the case of a few funds which are specifically restricted to University stu-
dents at Eugene, students at the Medical School are eligible for loans from University student
loan funds on the same basis as students on the campus at Eugene.
74 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS 75
Scholarships and Fellowships
SCHOLARSHIPS and fellowships are available to University students ofability and promise. Most of these awards have been established through thegenerosity of private donors. The scholarships and fellowships listed below
have a value at least sufficient to cover the cost of tuition and laboratory and
course fees at the University, and are open to competition by all students or by
specified groups of students. A number of partial scholarships and special funds
for the assistance of needy students are also available; information concerning
these funds may be obtained from the Office of Student Affairs.
Scholarship and fellowship awards are administered through a faculty Com-
mittee on Scholarship and Financial Aid. A student applying for a particular
scholarship is automatically given consideration for all available scholarships for
which he may be eligible.
Application for any scholarship administered by the University of Oregon may
be made on a form furnished by the Oregon State System of Higher Education;
copies of the form may be obtained from high-school principals. Applications should
be addressed to Karl W. Onthank, chairman of the Committee on Scholarships
and Financial Aid, and should be filed not later than March 1.
Fellowships and scholarships offered to students at the University of Oregon
Medical School are listed in the Medical School Catalog.
State Scholarships. A limited number of state scholarships are awarded an-
nually to students in the institutions of the Oregon State System of Higher Edu-
cation. These scholarships cover tuition and the laboratory and course fee (a total
of $40 a term or $120 a year for a student attending the University). Recipients of
state scholarships must, however, pay the incidental fee, the building fee, and
special fees. At least fifty per cent of these scholarships are awarded to entering
freshmen. To be eligible, an entering student must rank in the upper third of his
high-school graduating class. Students who have previously attended an institution
of higher learning must have a grade-point average of 2.50 (computed according
to the grade-point system in use by the Oregon state institutions of higher edu-
cation). All applicants, to be eligible, must be in need of financial assistance.
State Scholarships for Foreign Students. A limited number of state schol-
arships are awarded annually to students from foreign countries attending the
institutions of the Oregon State System of Higher Education. These scholarships
cover tuition, the nonresident fee, and the laboratory and course fee (a total of $110
a term or $330 a year at the University). Supplementary scholarship grants are
often made by fraternities, sororities, dormitories, service clubs, and individual
donors to assist foreign students with board and room and other expenses.
State Scholarships for Residents of Alaska and Hawaii. Students from
Alaska and Hawaii who are qualified for admission and who have resided in
Alaska or Hawaii for the preceding two years may be awarded scholarships cover-
ing the nonresident fee of $70 a term or $210 a year. Students holding these schol-
arships may also apply for regular state scholarships (see above).
State Scholarships for War Orphans. State scholarships for orphans of
Oregon service men are awarded on a noncompetitive basis; it is necessary, how-
ever, that the applicant show promise of successful University work and maintain
a creditable record.
University Assistantships and Fellowships. Graduate and research as-
sistantships and fellowships are awarded annually by the University to qualified
graduate students. For stipends and application procedure, see GRADUATE SCHOOL.
A.S.U.O. Traffic Court Scholarship. The Student Traffic Court awards $195
scholarships each year from funds received from Traffic Court fines.
Eric W. Allen Memorial Fellowship. This fellowship, supported by the Eu-
gene Register-Guard, pays up to $1,000 for a year's study in the School of Jour-
nalism. It is ordinarily awarded to an Oregon newspaperman. Fellows are selected
primarily on the basis of the service they may offer to the profession of journalism
as the result of a year's study. Study programs may be at the graduate or under-
graduate level, and need not lead to a degree. The fellowship is named in memory
of Eric W. Allen, the first dean of the School of Journalism and a member of the
University faculty from 1912 until his death in 1944.
Alpha Phi Omega Scholarship. Alpha Phi Omega, national service frater-
nity, offers an annual spring-term scholarship of $75 to a University student of
outstanding scholarship; need, and good character.
Alumni Scholarships. Ten or more scllOlatships, supported through gifts
from alumni of the University, are awarded annually to entering freshman stu-
dents. The awards range between $100 and $300.
Associated Women Students Scholarships. The Associated Women Stu-
dents of the University award one or more $75 scholarships each year to worthy
women students.
Bend Alumni Scholarships. Scholarships of $200 or more are awarded an-
nually to freshman students who are graduates of Bend High School. The scholar-
ships are supported by alumni and friends of the University residing in Bend, Ore-
gon.
Robert A. Booth Fellowship in Public Service. This $250 fellowship, sup-
ported by a bequest from the late Robert A. Booth of Eugene, Oregon, is awarded
annually to an outstanding graduate of an accredited college or university. The
award is made on the basis of scholarship, character, personality, and interest in
public service as a career.
Burleson Accounting Scholarship. A $100 scholarship is awarded annually
to an outstanding graduate of McMinnville, Oregon High School for major work
in accounting in the School of Business Administration. The award is made by
James B. Burleson of Dallas, Texas. .
Jimmy Burleson, Jr. Scholarship. A $100 scholarship is awarded annually
to a junior student who is specializing in accounting and who is enrolled in the
R.O.T.e. Advanced Course. The scholarship is supported by James B. Burleson
of Dallas, Texas, and is named in honor of his son.
Coed Housing Alumnae Scholarships. One or more fee scholarships, sup-
ported by Portland alumnae of the women's cooperative houses, are awarded
annually to freshman women students who will live in cooperative houses.
Thomas Condon Fellowship in Palaeontology. The Thomas Condon Fel-
lowship is awarded as an aid to graduate study in the field of palaeontology. It is
endowed through a bequest from the late Mrs. Ellen Condon McCornack, and is
named in memory of her father, Dr. Thomas Condon, member of the University
faculty from 1876 until his death in 1906.
Coop Housing-Janet Smith Scholarships. Three $75 scholarships are
awarded annually to members of women's cooperative houses on the University
campus. The scholarships are named in memory of the late Miss Janet Smith, ad-
viser to the cooperative houses.
76 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS 77
Bernard Daly Scholarships. Under terms of the will of the late Dr. Bernard
Daly of Lakeview, Oregon, worthy young men and women of Lake County, Ore-
gon may receive a portion of their college expenses from the Bernard Daly Educa-
tional Fund. The fund is administered by a board of trustees, including a repre-
sentative of the University of Oregon; the board selects the scholars annually after
a qualifying examination held in Lake County.
Delta Delta Delta Scholarships. Two scholarships are awarded annually by
the Delta Delta Delta sorority to University women students: a $150 scholarship
to provide financial assistance to a student during her junior year; and a $250
scholarship to assist a student during her senior year. The awards are made on the
basis of need, scholarship, and record of student activities. The scholarships are
financed by the local Delta Delta Delta chapter and by alumnae groups.
Maud Densmore Music Fellowship. A $1,500 fellowship is awarded an-
nually to a graduate student of music. The fellowship is supported by Harvey B.
Densmore, Class of '03, as a memorial to his sister, the late Miss Maud Densmore.
Maud Densmore Music Scholarship. This scholarship, ranging in value be-
tween $90 and $150, is awarded annually by the Women's Choral Club of Eugene
to a graduate of a Eugene, Oregon high school, for vocal-music instruction at the
University. The award is made on the basis of vocal ability, character and per-
sonality, and financial need.
Distinguished Alumni Scholarships. Four $600 scholarships are awarded
annually to University men on the basis of scholastic ability and performance,
leadership, citizenship, proficiency in sports, and need of financial assistance.
These scholarships are named in honor of Clarence Bishop, Class of '02; John
Higgins, Class of '97; Ralph Hill, Class of '31 ; and John Kitzmiller, Class of '31.
Judy Ellefson Speech Scholarship. A $100 scholarship is awarded annually
to an upper-division student whose primary interest is in the field of speech and
drama. The scholarship is named in memory of the late Miss Judy Ellefson, Class
of '55, and is supported by her family and friends.
Ernest Ellis Scholarships. Two $100 scholarships are awarded annually
to freshman students from funds provided by Ernst Ellis of Eugene, Oregon.
Farr Scholarship. A $195 scholarship is awarded annually to a graduate of a
Coos or Curry County, Oregon high school. The scholarship is supported by Farr's
Hardware Company of Coos Bay.
William Frager-Skull and Dagger Scholarship. A $150 scholarship is
offered jointly by Samuel Frager of Albany, Oregon and Skull and Dagger, sopho-
more service organization, to a University man for financial assistance during his
junior year. The scholarship is a memorial to William Frager, Class of '39, who
died in service in World War II.
Holmes Scholarship. A $250 scholarship, supported by Harry and David
Holmes of Medford, is awarded annually to a graduate of a Jackson County, Ore-
gon high school who is in financial need and shows high scholastic promise.
Herbert Crombie Howe Scholarship. This scholarship is endowed through
a gift from Mrs. Herbert Crombie Howe in memory of her husband, a member of
the faculty of the Department of English from 1901 until his death in 1940, and
for many years faculty representative to the Pacific Coast Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference. It is awarded to students injured in athletic competition, to help them
continue their education.
Huggins Insurance Agency Scholarship. A $195 scholarship is awarded
annually to a graduate at Marshfield High School, Coos Bay, Oregon, preferably
to a student planning to major in business administration. The scholarship is sup-
ported by the Huggins Insurance Agency of Coos Bay.
Maurice Harold Hunter Scholarship. The Maurice Harold Hunter Leader-
ship Scholarship, covering full tuition ($195), is awarded annually to the junior
man in the University, a resident of the state of Oregon, who is judged to have made
the most notable contribution, through his own achievements and good example,
toward the development of qualities of leadership among his fellow students. The
names of the recipients are engraved on a permanent plaque, which is displayed in
the Browsing Room in the Student Union. The scholarship is supported through
gifts to the University by Honorary Chancellor and Mrs. Frederick Maurice
Hunter and Dr. and Mrs. Arthur Francis Hunter, in honor of their son and
brother, Captain Maurice Harold Hunter, Class of '41. Captain Hunter was killed
in action in Burma on January 31,1945.
Harold R. Jones Scholarship. A $600 scholarship, supported by Harold R.
Jone~ of Eugene, Oregon, is awarded annually to a University man, preferably an
e?~ertng .freshma~, on t?e basis of scholastic ability and performance, leadership,
cItizenship, proficiency In sports, and need of financial assistance.
Kappa Alpha Theta Art Scholarship. A scholarship amounting to $66 or
more is awarded annually by the University chapter of Kappa Alpha Theta to a
junior or senior woman majoring in the field of fine arts. The recipient must be un-
married and not more than 25 years of age.
Kwama Scholarships. Kwama, sophomore women's honor society, awards
each year several scholarships to women students on the basis of ability and need.
The scholarships pay $75 or more.
Ion Lewis Scholarship in Architecture. This traveling scholarship, for from
$200 to $1,000, is awarded, whenever sufficient funds are available, to advanced
students in architecture at the University of Oregon. Award is made on the basis of
character, ability, promise, and need of travel. The scholarship is supported by a
trust fund established by the late Ion Lewis of Portland, Oregon.
Lowe Scholarships. Two $150 scholarships are awarded annually to Univer-
sity men on the basis of scholastic ability and performance, character, citizenship,
proficiency in sports, and need of financial assistance. These scholarships are sup-
ported by Mr. and Mrs. George K. Lowe.
Kenneth A. J. Mackenzie Memorial Scholarship. A $1,000 scholarship is
awarded annually for the study of medicine to the outstanding premedical student
at the University of Oregon in his last year of premedical studies. The student
receives $200 during his last year of premedical work at the University and $200
each year at the University of Oregon Medical School if he continues to maintain
a high scholastic record. If the student does not maintain a high scholastic record
at the Medical School, his scholarship is transferred to an outstanding member of
his Medical School class who took his premedical work at the University. The
scholarships are a memorial to Dr. Kenneth A. J. Mackenzie, former dean of the
Medical School; they are endowed through a bequest from the late Mrs. Mildred
Anna Williams.
Ina McClung Art Scholarships. Three scholarships are awarded annually
to students in the School of Architecture and Allied Arts from the income of
an endowment established by Mrs. Katherine H. McClung. One, covering Uni-
versity fees, is awarded to a freshman student; two, for $700 and $900, are awarded
to advanced students. Recipients of the scholarships for advanced students are
78 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS 79
chosen after exhibition of the work of the applicants. The scholarships are named
in memory of the late Miss Ina McClung, Class of '95.
Moderne Studio Scholarship. One or more $195 scholarships are provided
annually for freshman students by the Moderne Studio of Springfield, Oregon.
Mu Phi Epsilon Scholarships. These scholarships, covering applied-music
fees are awarded by the members of the Eugene, Oregon alumnae chapter and
pat;onesses of Mu Phi Epsilon to students in the School of Music.
Oregon Dads Scholarships. The Oregon ~ads organization awards annua!ly
the $300 Donald M. Erb Memorial Scholarship and ten or m.ore scholarships
ranging in value from $100 to $250 to freshman students graduatmg from .Oregon
high schools. High-school students may apply for Or~gon D.ads Schol~rshlps dur-
ing their senior year or during the two years followmg their graduation.
Oregon Memorial Scholarship. A $600 scholarship is awar?ed annually ~o
a University man, preferably an entering freshman, on the basIs of scholastic
ability and performance, leadership, citizenship, proficiency in sports, and need of
financial assistance.
Oregon Mothers Scholarships. The Oregon Mothers organization awards
three $300 scholarships annually to freshman students graduating from Oregon
high schools: the Petronella G. Peets Scholarship, the Louise H. Cook Scholar-
ship and the Burt Brown Barker Scholarship. Ten or more additional awards offro~ $50 to $250 are made as funds are available. High-school students may apply
for Oregon Mothers Scholarships during their senior year or during the two years
following their graduation.
Orides Mothers-Janet Smith Scholarship. Two fee scholarships are
awarded each year to senior Orides girls. Funds for the scholarships are given by
the Orides Mothers Club and friends of the late Miss Janet Smith.
Pacific Intermountain Express Company Scholarship. A $250 scholarship,
supported by the Pacific Intermountain Express Companr, ~s a.warded ~nnually t.o
a student in business administration who has completed his JUnior year In the Um-
versity. The award is made on the basis of scholarship, character, and interest in
a career in the transportation industry.
Pendleton East Oregonian Scholarship. The Pendleton East O:I!~onj~n
awards annually a $195 scholarship to a Pendleton, Oregon student maJonng In
journalism.
Ellen M. Pennell Scholarships. These scholarships, covering regular tuition
and fees are awarded annually to students in the School of Architecture and Allied
Arts. They are endowed through a bequest from Mrs. Ellen M. Pennell, for many
years a member of the University Library staff.
Phi Beta Scholarships. These scholarships, covering applied-music fees, are
awarded by alumnae and patroness groups of Phi Beta, w?men's national prof~s­
sional fraternity for music and drama, to women students In the School of MUSIC,
on the basis of talent, scholarship, and worthiness.
Phi Gamma Delta Scholarship. The Phi Gamma Delta Scholarship, a memo-
rial to Robert C. Jones, is a $135 award given annually to a junior student who
is outstanding in scholarship, leadership, and prospects for future service. Mr.
Jones, Class of '43, was killed on December 26, 1944 in the Battle of the Bulge. The
scholarship has been endowed by Mrs. Eleanor Jones Mumm and Mr. and Mrs.
Frank C. Jones.
Phi Theta Upsilon Scholarship. Phi Theta Upsilon, junior women's hono-
orary, awards several scholarships each year to women students. The scholarships
pay $75 or more.
Arthur P. Pratt Scholarship. This scholarship, at present approximately
$400, is awarded biennially to a graduating senior of the University of Oregon, as
an aid to postgraduate study at the University. In choosing a Pratt· scholar, a
faculty committee gives consideration to scholastic record, character, good citizen-
ship, and promise as a graduate student. The scholarship is endowed through a gift
from John G. Foster of Eugene, Oregon, and is named in honor of Arthur P. Pratt
of Los Angeles, California.
Quota International Scholarship. The Eugene, Oregon chapter of Quota
International awards a $195 fee scholarship to a junior woman. The club also
awards partial scholarships as funds are available.
Republic Carloading and Distributing Company Scholarship. The Repub-
lic Carloading and Distributing Company awards annually a $700 scholarship to
an outstanding junior or senior student majoring in the field of traffic management
and transportation in the School of Business Administration. Qualifications in-
clude: superior scholastic record, professional aptitude for work in traffic and
transportation, good character, and qualities of leadership. The stipend is paid on
a term basis, and may be canceled if the student fails to maintain a high scholastic
record.
Marjorie Thompson Reynolds Scholarship. A $195 scholarship is awarded
annually to an upper-division member of a University sorority. The scholarship,
supported by a group of Eugene, Oregon women, is a memorial to the late Mrs.
Marjorie Reynolds.
Rockwell Scholarships. Several $165 scholarships, endowed through a be-
quest from the late Mrs. Mary E. Rockwell, are awarded annually "to assist
worthy ambitious, and needy young men and women to acquire an education" at theUniver~ity of Oregon, "so that they may be better fitted and qualified to appreciate
and help to preserve the laws and institutions of this country."
John J. Rogers Premedical Scholarship. A $500 scholarship is awarded
annually to a premedical student. The scholarship is supported by Mrs. John J.
Rogers of Eugene, Oregon.
Rotary Club Scholarship. One or more $195 scholarships are awarded an-
nually to graduates of Eugene, Oregon high schools on the basis of scholarship,
character, and need. The scholarships are supported by the Rotary Club of Eugene.
F. G. G. Schmidt Fellowship in German. This $250 fellowship, supported
by a gift from the late Dr. F. G. G. Schmidt, a member of the University faculty
from 1897 until his death in 1945, is awarded biennially to a worthy graduate stu-
dent majoring in German. (No award will be made for 1956-57.)
Hazel P. Schwering Memorial Scholarship. A $300 scholarship and one or
more smaller grants, named in honor of the late Mrs. Hazel P. Schwering, are
awarded annually to outstanding junior women. Funds for the scholarship are
raised by the Heads of Houses and by a committee of friends of the University.
Silva Scholarship. A $300 scholarship, endowed by Julio W. Silva of Eugene,
is awarded annually to a graduate of a Lane County, Oregon high school, preferably
a student from the Eugene-Springfield area. The award is made on the basis of
scholarship, leadership, character, and need.
Richard Shore Smith Memorial Scholarship. A $600 scholarship is awarded
annually to a University man on the basis of scholastic performance, character,
80 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE PRIZES AND AWARDS 81
leadership, interest and proficiency in sports, and need. The scholarship is sup-
ported by the income from an endowment given to the University by Dr. and Mrs.
Donald B. Slocum of Eugene, Oregon as a memorial to Mrs. Slocum's father, the
late Richard Shore Smith, Class of '01.
Orin Fletcher Stafford Scholarship in Chemistry. A $1,000 scholarship is
awarded annually to a student beginning upper-division work with a major in
chemistry. Of the total award, $400 is paid during the junior year and $600 during
the senior year. Qualifications include: a superior scholastic record and aptitude
for advanced work in chemistry, good character, and need for financial aid. To be
eligible for the award, the student must also have attended the University of Ore-
gon ,for at least one year. If a junior holder of the scholarship fails to maintain a
high scholastic recard or is otherwise disqualified, the senior award may be can-
celed and granted to another senior student. The scholarship is supported by the
Crown-Zellerbach Foundation. It is named in memory of the late Orin Fletcher
Stafford, a member of the University faculty of the Department of Chemistry from
190Z until his death in 1941.
The Dalles Alumni Scholarship. One or more $200 scholarships are awarded
annually to graduates of The Dalles High School. The scholarships are supported
by alumni and friends of the University living in The Dalles, Oregon.
C. P. Tillman Scholarship. The C. P. Tillman Scholarship, about $100, is
awarded annually to a University freshman residing in the Eugene-Springfield
area, on the basis of ability and financial need. The scholarship is supported by an
endowment bequeathed to the University by the late C. P. Tillman of Eugene, Ore-
gon.
Town Club Scholarship. The Town Club of Eugene, Oregon provides funds
for an annual $600 scholarship for a University man; the scholarship is awarded
on the basis of character, scholastic ability and performance, interest and pro-
ficiency in sports, and need of assistance.
Max Tucker Scholarships. Two or three $1,000 scholarships are awarded
annually to University of Oregon students from a fund established by the will of
the late Max Tucker of Lebanon, Oregon. The scholarships may be renewed. In
the selection of Tucker scholars, special consideration is given to graduates of
Lebanon High School.
Dean Walker Scholarship. A $600 scholarship is awarded annually by the
members of the 1919 varsity basketball team to a male student, on the basis of
scholarship, need, interest and proficiency in sports, and leadership. The scholar-
ship is a memorial to their coach, the late Dean Walker, Class of '13.
Women's Architectural League Scholarship. A $Z50 scholarship, supported
by the Women's Architectural League, is awarded annually to a student of archi-
tecture, preferably from the Portland, Oregon vicinity.
Women's Faculty Club Scholarship. A scholarship covering spring-term
fees for a woman student is provided annually by the University of Oregon Wom-
en's Faculty Club.
Women's Physical Education Scholarship. The Association of Oregon
Physical Education Alumnae awards annually a $100 scholarship to a freshman
woman planning to major in physical education.
Zimmerman Scholarship. The Joseph P. and Eva Zimmerman Scholarship,
a $500 award, is given annually to a senior student, and may be renewed for a year
of graduate study. The scholarship is supported through a bequest of the late Miss
Lois Zimmerman, Class of 'Z8, and is named in memory of her father and mother.
Zonta Scholarship. The Eugene chapter of Zonta awards a $195 scholarship
to a junior woman student.
Prizes and Awards
DISTINCTION in scholarship is recognized at the University through de-grees with honors, through election to the various honor societies, andthrough prizes and awards. A statement of the requirements for degrees
with honors and a list of honor societies will be found elsewhere in this Catalog.
There are also essay and oratorical prizes, and awards for proficiency in special
fields and for all-round distinction in student life.
American Jurisprudence Prizes. The Lawyers Cooperative Publishing
Company and the Bancroft-Whitney Company award annually separately bound
topics from American Jurisprudence to those students having the best scholastic
records in the several courses in the School o(:Law covering the topics included in
American Jurisprudence.
Bancroft-Whitney Prize. The Bancroft-Whitney Company, law publishers,
awards annually a legal publication to the senior law student who has maintained
the highest grade average throughout his work in the School of Law.
Bender-Moss Prize. The Bender-Moss Company, law publishers, awards
annually a ten-volume set of Hillyer's Annotated Forms of Pleading and Practice
to the senior law student who has earned the highest grades in pleading and prac-
tice courses during his three years of law study.
Philo Sherman Bennett Prize. This prize of from $Z5 to $30, supported by
a bequest from Philo Sherman Bennett of New Haven, Connecticut, is awarded
for the best essay on the principles of free government.
Beta Gamma Sigma Award. The name of the freshman student in the School
of Business Administration receiving the highest grade average each year is en-
graved on a plaque placed in the corridor of Commonwealth Hall by Beta Gamma
Sigma honorary business fraternity.
Bureau of National Affairs Prize. The Bureau of National Affairs awards
annually a year's subscription to United States Law Week to the member of the
graduating class of the School of Law who, in the judgment of the faculty, has
made the most satisfactory scholastic progress during his final year in the school.
Julia Burgess Poetry Prize. The Julia Burgess Poetry Prize of $Z5 is
awarded annually for the best original poem submitted by an undergraduate. In-
formation concerning the award may be obtained from the head of the Depart-
ment of English. The prize is endowed through a bequest from the late Julia
Burgess, member of the University faculty from 1907 until her death in 194Z.
Nathan Burkan Memorial Prizes. The American Society of Composers,
Authors, and Publishers awards a $150 first prize and a $50 second prize for the
best papers submitted by students in the graduating class of the School of Law on
the subject of copyright law. .
Carson Hall Mothers Cup. A cup, presented by the Portland Oregon Mothers
Club, is awarded annually to the outstanding girl residing in Carson Hall.
Chi Omega Prize. A prize of $Z5 is awarded by Chi Omega sorority to the
woman student in the Department of Sociology deemed most worthy on the basis
of scholarship, character, and promise.
4
DeCou Prize in Mathematics. A prize of $100 is award7d annually. to .ajunior or senior student for excellence in the field of mathematics. The prize IS
named in memory of Edgar E. DeCou, a member of the University faculty from
1902 until his death in 1947, and in memory of his son, Edgar J. DeCou.
Delta Phi Alpha Award. A volume of German literature is award~d each
year by the University chapter of Delta Phi Alpha, German honorary society, to
the outstanding student in German literature.
Failing-Beekman Prizes. These prizes are awarded annu~lIy to member~ of
the senior class who deliver the best original orations at the time of gradu~tlOn.
The first prize of $150 is the gift of Henry Fail!ng of Portland; the second prize of
$100 is the gift of C. C. Beekman of Jacksonville, Oregon.
Gerlinger Cup. This cup, presented by Mrs. George Gerlinger, former regent
of the University, is awarded by a comn:ittee of faculty, town, and student wom('n
to the best all-round woman of the jUllior class.
William G. Gurney Memorial Award. An award of $100 is made annually
to the male student in journalism who in his junior ?,ear ma~e.s the best .record and
shows the greatest promise as a writer. The award IS made Jomtly by Sigma De!ta
Chi national professional journalism fraternity, and Alpha Tau Omega, s~C1al
fraternity, in honor of William G. Gurney, a journali~~ student v.:ho was killed
while on duty in the Air Forces Reserve Officers Trammg Corps m 1953.
Harpham Cup. The Josephine. Ev.ans H~rph~m .Silver Cup is awa~ded an-
nually to the student living orgallizatlOn which IS J~dged to have stl~ulated
among its members the greatest interest in the house-library progr~m; thiS pro-
gram is sponsored by the University Library as a means of encouragmg more and
better reading by students. The cup is the gift of Mrs. Everett H. Harpham and
the Harpham family.
Interfraternity Council Scholarship Cups. The Interfrate~nity. Council
awards three cups annually: one, presented by Jo~n McGregor, 1!llIverslty alum-
nus, to the fraternity whose members earned the highest g~ade-p.omt average dur-
ing the year; one, presented by Karl W. Onthan~, associate dlr~ctor of student
affairs, to the fraternity pledge class earning the highest g~ade-pol'!t aver~ge dur-
ing its freshman year; and one, present~d .by a group of SI,?ma Chi aiumlll, to the
fraternity showing the greatest scholastic Improvement durmg the year.
Jewett Prizes. These prizes, amounting to more than $20~, are awar~ed an-
nually in a series of public-speaking contests. Funds for the prizes were given to
the University in memory of the late W. F. Jewett by his wife, Mrs. Mary Jewett.
Koyl Cup. This cup, the gift of Charles W ..Koyl, Class of '11, i~ awarded each
ear to the man who, in the opinion of a commlttee of the faculty, IS the best all-y . . I
round man of the JUnior c ass.
Lane County Bar Association Prizes. The Lane. Coun.ty Bar Association
awards a $60 first prize, a $35 second prize, and a $15 third p~lze for the best pre-
sentations made by law students in the annual case-analysls conte.st.. The c~se
analyses are presented at the regular luncheon meetings of the assoCJatlOn dunng
the academic year.
Lawyers Cooperative Prize. The Lawyers Cooperative Publishing Com-
pany awards annually a copy of ~allantine'~ I;aw Dictionary to the law student
doing the best work in the course m Legal Blbliography.
Library Day Prizes. The Coop Book :,tore and the A~sociation.of Patrons
and Friends of the University of Oregon Library award prizes on Library Day
each spring for the best personal libraries of University students.
Oregon Dads Honors lor Scholarship. The University of Oregon Dads
award annually certificates of Special Honors for Scholarship to a limited num-
ber of high-school graduates, in recognition of outstanding scholarship records
in high school, superior qualities of character and leadership, and unusual promise
for success in University studies. All applicants needing financial assistance will
be considered for available scholarships.
Oregon State Society of Certified Public Accountants' Prize. This award,
consisting of accounting books to the value of $50, is made each year to the out-
standing student in accounting.
Phi Beta Kappa Prize. This prize, consisting of books to the value of $25,
is offered annually by the Alpha of Oregon chapter of Phi Beta Kappa. The
award is made, on the basis of scholarship, to a student completing lower-division
work. The books are chosen by the student in consultation with a committee of
the chapter.
Phi Chi Theta Key. The Phi Chi Theta Key is awarded annually, on the
basis of high scholastic standing and student activities, to a woman in the junior
or senior class of the School of Business Administration.
Physical-Education Honor Awards. The faculty of the School of Health
and Physical Education presents certificates each year in recognition of outstand-
ing qualities of sound scholarship, high idealism, and professional accomplishment
in the field of physical education.
Pi Delta Phi Award. The University chapter of Pi Delta Phi, French honor-
ary society, presents book prizes each year to the students who have made the
greatest progress in undergraduate courses in French.
Portland Shipping Club Award. The Portland Shipping Club presents a $50
annual award to an outstanding senior student in foreign trade.
George Rebec Prize in Philosophy. A prize of $25 is awarded annually to
the undergraduate student who submits the best essay on a philosophical topic.
The prize is named in honor of Dr. George Rebec, member of the University fac-
ulty from 1912 until his death in 1944.
Robinson Prize. The Claude and Elizabeth Robinson Prize of $1,000 is
awarded annually for the best essay or thesis dealing with the "foundations and
safeguards of our basic freedoms." The contest is open to upper-division and grad-
uate students in all University schools and departments, including the School of
Law. The award is administered by a committee consisting of the deans of the
schools of Business Administration and Law and the heads of the departments of
Economics, Political Science, and Sociology. The committee reserves the right to
suspend or withhold the award in case contributions are not considered worthy of
recognition. The award is supported through the generosity of Dr. Claude Robin-
son, Class of '24, president of the Opinion Research Corporation of Princeton,
N.]., and Mrs. Elizabeth Manning Robinson, Class of '27.
Rotana Award. The Portland Rotana Club presents an annual award of $25
to the most worthy junior woman major in business administration.
Sigma Delta Chi Scholarship Award. Recognition for exceptional scholar-
ship is made annually to journalism senior majors by Sigma Delta Chi, profes-
sional journalism fraternity.
Sigma Delta Pi Award. A medal and a book prize are awarded each year by
the University chapter of Sigma Delta Pi, Spanish honorary society, to the stu-
dent in advanced courses in Spanish who makes the greatest progress during the
year.
82 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE
PRIZES AND AWARDS 83
84 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES 85
Extracu rricu10r Activities
Associated Students. The students of the University are organized for self-
government into the Associated Students of the University of Oregon. The Senate,
composed of twenty-eight members elected from the student body and two faculty
members, is the central governing body of the A.S.U.O. Members of the Senate
and students appointed by it have places on University committees dealing with all
phases of student activities, from the Student Union Board to the Discipline Com-
mittees.
The program of the Erb Memorial Student Union is governed by a Student
Union Board appointed by the President of the University. The Board has eighteen
members, of whom sixteen are voting members. Of the voting members, fourteen
are students and two members of the faculty.
The Associated Women Students, a group within the general student organiza-
tion, sponsors and supervises activities of women students.
Each entering class forms an organization which retains its identitl through-
out its four years at the University and after graduation. Class reunions are held
regularly by alumni.
Clubs and Societies. A wide variety of student clubs and societies are active
on the University campus; many are chapters of national organizations. Some of
these clubs and societies are listed below:
THE UNIVERSITY recognizes the values of extracurricular student activi-ties as a part of a college education: formation of habits of civic responsibilityand leadership through participation in student government and in the activi-
ties of student clubs and societies; the broadening of outlook and sympathies
through varied human associations; and cultural development through participa-
tion in the intellectual and aesthetic life of the campus.
Regulations Governing Activities Participation. The following regulations
govern eligibility for participation in student extracurricular activities.
. 0) A student who has been suspended or expelled from the University, Or who has been
d.squahfied for enrollment because of poor scholarship, is denied :ill privileges of the institution,
and of all organizations in any way connected with it; he is not permitted to attend any social
gathering of students. or to reside in any fraternity, s~rorily~ club house, or dormitory.
(2) No student may accept an elective or appointive position in any extracurricular or or-
ganization activity until he has obtained a certificate of eligibility from tbe Office of Student
Affairs. A student is automatically removed from any such office when he becomes ineligible for
this certificate. For eligibility, a student:
(a) Must be currently enrolled as a regular student in good standing, carrying at least
12 term hours of work (a lighter load is permitted seniors if their graduation will not be de-
layed).
(b) Must have completed at least 12 term hours of work with a GPA of at least 2.00 during
his last previous term in the University. (Incompletes may be counted as part of tbese 12 hours
but only to establish eligibility during the term immediately following the term for which th~
INC was reported.)
(c) Must have a cumulative grade-point average of at least 2.00.
(d) Must have attained upper-division standing if he has been in residence for six terms
or the equivalent.
(3) The rules of the Pacific Coast Intercollegiate Athletic Conference govern in all ques-
tions of athletic eligibility.
Anthropology Club
Arnold Air Society (advanced Air Force
cadets)
Asklepiads (premedics)
Baha'i Group
Beta Alpha Psi (accounting)
Beta Gamma Sigma (business honorary)
Biology Club
Canterbury Club (Episcopal)
Air Command Squadron (Air Force cadets)
Alpha Delta Sigma (advertising, men)
Alpha Kappa Delta (sociology honorary)
Alpha Lambda Delta ( freshman women'.
honorary)
Alpha Phi Omega (service honorary, men)
Alpine Club (mountain climbing)
American Institute of Architects
Amphibians (swimming, women)
Sigma Xi Graduate Research Prize. A prize of $25 is aw~rde~ annually by
the Oregon chapter of Sigma Xi to the graduate student,. workmg m one of ~he
fields from which Sigma Xi selects its members, who submIts the most outstandmg
piece of research.
T. Nell Taylor Awards in Journalism. Awards totaling $100 are given
annually for the best research papers by senior and graduate majors in. jOUl:nalisn;.
Funds for the awards are provided by T. Neil Taylor of Oakland, Cahforma, Um-
versity journalism graduate in the Class of '31.
Turnbull-Hall Award. Each year the name of the outstanding senior member
of the staff of the OREGON DAILY EMERALD is engraved on a plaque which hangs in
the EMERALD news room. The plaque was presented in 1931 by George Turnbull
and Vinton H. Hall.
Unander Memorial Prize. The Carolyn Benson Unander Memorial Prize of
$25 is awarded annually to a woman major in .the social scie?c.es ~n the .comp.letion
of her junior year; the award is paid at the tIme of the reclpl~nt s regIstration as
a senior. The prize is financed through gifts from Gamma PhI Beta alumnae.
Van de Velde Language Awards. Two book prizes are awarded annually
to students who have made the greatest progress during the year in courses in
French and Spanish. The prizes are supported through funds given to the Univer-
sity by Mr. and Mrs. Paul Van de Velde of Salem, Oregon.
Vice-Presidential Cups. Two cups, given by Dr. Burt Brown Barker, vice-
president emeritus of the University, are awarded annually ~o the men's ~nd wom-
en's living organizations achieving the highest average m scholarshIp among
living groups during the academic year.
John Watson Vogan Spanish Essay Prize. !' pr~ze of $25 is. awarded an-
nually to the student presenting the best essay. wntten 10 the Spamsh language.
The prize is supported by an endowment estabhshed by Mrs. Grace Dawson Vo-
gan as a memorial to her husband, the late John Watson Vogan.
Women's Dormitory Scholarship Cup. This cup, presented by Mrs. Gene-
vieve Turnipseed, director of dormitories emeritus, is awarded annually to the
women's hall having the highest scholastic average for the year.
THE CENTER of student life, recreation, and extracurricular activities atthe University of Oregon is the Erb Memorial Student Union, a new build-ing of modern design, completed in the fall of 1950. ~he facilities of th~ Stu-
dent Union one of the largest structures on the campus, mclude: a cafetena and
soda bar, a~d dining rooms for group lunches and dinners; a spacious b~llro~m
which serves as a banquet room and a hall for concerts, lectures, and motion pIC-
tures; a game section with bowling alleys, billiard table~, shufflebo.ard tables, a~d
ping pong tables; an art gallery, a library for rec.reatlOnal readIng, two musIC
rooms, and a piano practice room; offices and meetmg rooms for student organ-
izations' a barber shop and a branch post office.Th~ Student Union was erected and furnished at a total cost of about $2,130,-
000. It was financed solely through gifts from alumni and friends of the ~n.iversity,
student building fees, and the sale of bonds to be retired from future b~.l1ldlOg fees.
The building is named in memory of Dr. Donald M. Erb, presIdent of the
University from 1938 until his death in 1943.
Erb Memorial Student Union
86 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION 87
Art, Music, and Dance. The University gives special encoura!?ement to extra-
curricular activities in art, music, and the dance. Concerts, recitals, and dance
programs, sponsored by the School of Music, the School. of Health and .Physical
Education, and student organizations, playa central part III the cultural hfe of the
University community.
Phi Alpha Delta (law, men)
Phi Beta (music and drama, women)
Phi Beta Kappa (liberal arts honorary)
Phi Chi Theta (business, women)
Phi Delta Kappa (education, men)
Phi Delta Phi (law, men)
Phi Epsilon Kappa (physical-education
honorary)
Phi Eta Sigma (freshman men's honorary)
Pbi Iota Rho (house librarians)
Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia (music, men)
Phi Theta Upsilon (junior womenls honorary)
Physical Education Club (women)
Physics Club
Pi Delta Phi (French)
Pi Lambda Theta (education, women)
Pi Mu Epsilon (mathematics)
Pi Sigma Alpha (political science)
Plymouth Club (Congregational)
Propeller Club (foreign trade)
Psi Chi (psychology)
Roger Williams Fellowship (Baptist)
Scabbard and Blade (military)
Sigma Delta Chi (journalism, men)
Sigma Delta Pi (Spanish)
Sigma Delta Psi (athletic honorary)
Sigma Xi (science honorary)
Ski Quacks (skiing)
Skull and Dagger (sophomore men's honorary)
Sociology Club
Theta Sigma Phi (journalism, women)
University Religious Council
Wesley Foundation (Methodist)
Westminster Association (Presbyterian)
Women's Recreation Association
Ye Tabard Inn (men's writing)
Yeomen (independent men)
Young Men's Christian Association
Young Women's Christian Association
Cerele Fran~ais (French)
Channing Club (Unitarian)
Chemical Society
Chess Club
Chi Delta Phi (literary, women)
Christian House
Christian Science Club
Condon Club (geology)
Cosmopolitan Club (foreign students)
Delta Nu Alpha (transportation)
Delta Phi Alpha (German)
Delta Sigma Rho (forensics honorary)
Delta Theta Phi (law, men)
Deseret Club (Mormon)
Druids (junior men's honorary)
Eta M u Pi (merchandising)
Friars( senior men's honorary)
Future Teachers of America
Gamma Alpha Chi (advertising, women)
Gamma Delta (Lutheran)
Hockey Club
Hui~o-kamaaina (students from Hawaii)
Insurance Society
International Relations Club
Inter.Varsity Christian Fellowship
Kappa Rho Omicron (radio)
Korean Students Club
Kwama (sophomore women's honorary)
Law School Student Body Association
Lutheran Students Association
Mortar Board (senior women's honorary)
Mu Phi Epsilon (music, women)
National Association for the Advancement of
Colored People
National Collegiate Players (drama)
Newman Club (Catholic)
Order of the Coif (law honorary)
Order of the "0" (varsity athletics, men)
Orides (independent women)
Outing Club
Lectures. The regular University curriculum is supplemented by University
assemblies at which visiting speakers address the general student body, and by
frequent public lectures by faculty members and visiting scholars. Special lectures
are sponsored by the University Lectures Committee and by various departments.
Forensics, Dramatics, and Radio. Forensics, drama, and radio are fostered
on the campus not only for their value to those participating but also for their
intellectual and cultural value for the whole University community.
The Associated Students, in cooperation with the Department of Speech,
sponsor a varied speech-activities program providing opportunity for both men
and women to participate in debate, oratory, and extempore speaking and in a
state-wide discussion program on current topics.
The University Theater, utilizing the facilities of four producing areas, pro-
vides opportunities for artistic expression in all types of theater activity. Occa-
sionally, plays are taken on tour.
Experience in radio broadcasting is provided through participation.in the
operation of the University's own FM station, KWAX, and through aSSIstance
with programs broadcast directly from the University studios over KOAC, the
state-owned station in Corvallis, and over four local radio stations in Eugene.
The University Symphony Orchestra, an organization of about seventy stu-
dent musicians, presents several concerts each year. In addition to its own concert
series, the orchestra supports faculty and advanced student soloists, and cooperates
with choral organizations in oratorio productions.
The University Choral Union includes in its membership more than 400 stu-
dents, faculty members, and townspeople who are interested in the study and in-
terpretation of great choral literature. The University Singers, a group of sixty
voices, presents concerts on the campus and in communities throughout the state.
Membership in the University bands is open to both men and women students
from all divisions of the University. The Concert Band, a select group of student
musicians, presents a number of concerts each year on the campus and in com-
munities throughout the state. The Varsity Band offers membership to all students
without auditions. The Marching Band, composed of members selected from the
Concert and Varsity bands, performs at varsity football games. The Pep Band, a
smaller group, performs at basketball games and rallies.
The Concert Dance Group, sponsored by,the'School of Health and Physical
Education, is a student organization, including both men and women, who are
interested in the dance as a performing art. This group creates and produces
original dances, and prepares workshops, demonstrations, and dance programs
for campus and community presentation. There is also a Folk Dance Group.
The Associated Students bring artists of international fame to the campus
each year for concerts, to which all students have free admission. Free public re-
citals are also given by members of the faculty of the School of Music and by ad-
vanced music students.
Athletics and Sports. The University of Oregon is a member of the Pacific
Coast Athletic Conference, composed of nine leading universities and colleges of
the region. In addition to intercollegiate athletics, a comprehensive program of
intramural sports is sponsored by the institution through the School of Health and
Physical Education.
Student Publications. University of Oregon student publications are listed
below. The official publications of the University are listed on another page.
THE OREGON DAILY EMERALD is a tabloid-size newspaper, published five days
a week during the school year. It is edited, managed, and financed by students. All
students are eligible for positions on its staff. Payment of registration fees entitles
every student to a subscription to the EMERALD.
THE OREGANA, the yearbook of the Associated Students, presents a pictorial
record of student life. It is edited, managed, and financed by students. All students
are eligible for positions on its staff.
THE ORE-NTER, a handbook for new students, is published annually by the
Associated Students and the Office of Student Affairs.
THE STUDENT AND FACULTY DIRECTORY is compiled and published about
November I by the Student Publications Board.
Alumni Association
M EMBERSHIP in the University of Oregon Alumni Association is open toall persons who have completed work for credit at the University. Anannual meeting of the association is held at Homecoming. The Alumni
Association publishes a bimonthly magazine, OLD OREGON. In it are recorded the
activities of the association, news of the University, and special articles by stu-
dents, faculty members, and graduates. The officers and directors of the associa-
tion are as follows:
88 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE
College of Liberal Arts
Term. Expire June 3D, 1958
KENNETH M. ABRAHAM, '38
WINSTON CARL, '45
BOYD OVERHULSIl, '33
RALPH T. MOORE, JR., '42
JOHN H. HOUSTON, '21
RICHARD D. PaoEBsTEL, '36
HERBERT l"ILL, '52
BILL McKEVITT, '43
RALPH R. CRONISE, '11
BILL BLACKABY, '15
DICK BURNS, '47
OFFICERS
~Sfl~~;~::~::~~~~~~~:~:~~~~:~::;:;:::~::::~:~~~f§
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
uSKEltT" MANERUD, '22; MILTON W. RICE, '27; WILLIS C. WA.RREN, '30; ORVAL THOM.P~ON:
'35; BASS DYER, '45; Members-at-large: MORRIS H. ROTllNBERG, 3,4; ROBERT W. THOMAS, 36,
A. T. GOODWIN, '47; JOE McKEOWN, '29; RANDALL S. JONES, 24; SIDNEY W. LITTLE.
DIRECTORS
Term. Expire June 3D, 1956 Term. Expire June 30, 1957
WILLIAM L. JACKSON, '48 L. E. DICK, '40
WALTER DURGAN, '28 R. ROBERT SMITH, '42
JAMES O. GOODWIN, '50 RALF FINSETH, '37
JOHN S. MCGOWAN, '42 COLLIS P. MOORE, '25
JOE F. WALKER, '42 WALTER S. ACKLEY, '50
WILBUR CRAIG, '48 JULES BITTNER, '45
RALPH J. BROWN, '34 Ross E. HilARING, 49
VIlRNON F. HANSCOM, '38 KEITH WILSON, '35
DUDLEY WALTON, '46 WALTIlR V. McKINNEY, '51
ROBERT THOMAS, '35 DON G. LEWIS, '43
CLARENCE BUTLER, '49 JACK P. STEIWER, '49
ORVAL D. YOKOM, '27 GLEN C. MACY, '45
The University of Oregon Medical School has it~ own active ~Ium?i associa-
tion, including in its membership grad~ates of the. WIllamett~ Umverslty depart-
ment of medicine which was merged wIth the MedIcal School III 1913.
ROBERT D. CLARK, Ph.D., Acting Dean of the College of Liberal Arts.
THE College of Liberal Arts represents the ancient and continuing effort ofmen to extend the range of their experience beyond the narrow limits of thetime and place in which they find themselves at birth. To achieve and enjoy
such a freedom, men must know all they can about themselves and their environ-
ment, both physical and social. The liberal arts are a group of studies designed to
assist and direct the exploration of man's nature and his position in the world.
By the help of some of these studies, we are able to compare our own experi-
ences with those of men in other times, places, and circumstances, and thus share
in the inherited wisdom and satisfactions of mankind. Through others, we deepen
and extend our knowledge of our physical envir9nment. Knowledge-scientific,
historical, and literary-is the indispensable cendition of the good life of free men.
The instructional departments included in the college are: Anthropology,
Biology, Chemistry, Economics, English, Foreign Languages, Geography and
Geology, History, Home Economics, Mathematics, Philosophy, Physics, Political
Science, Psychology, Religion, Sociology, and Speech. All the departments, except
the departments of Home Economics and Religion, offer major curricula leading
to baccalaureate and graduate degrees.
The University of Oregon Bureau of Municipal Research and Service is ad-
ministered as a department of the College of Liberal Arts.
Entrance Requirements, There are no entrance requirements, beyond the
general entrance requirements of the University, for students intending to choose
a major within the College of Liberal Arts.
Students intending to major in any of the natural sciences are, however, ad-
vised to present at least two units of high-school mathematics and two units of
high-school science. Experience has proved that students who lack this preparation
are handicapped in University work in science. Students planning to major in
chemistry, mathematics, or physics or planning to prepare themselves for entrance
to a medical school will find it to their advantage to take intermediate algebra,
plane geometry, and trignometry in high school.
Degree Requirements. For a bachelor's degree with a major in the College
of Liberal Arts, a minimum of 186 term hours of University work is required,
including:
(l) A minimum of four sequences in liberal arts courses numbered from 100
to 110 or 200 to 210, in satisfaction of the general University lower-division group
requirement (for a complete statement of the regulations governing this require-
ment, see page 57).
(2) In addition, two sequences in liberal arts courses numbered from 100 to
110,200 to 210, or 300 to 310.* Of the total of six sequences elected for the satis-
faction of requirements (1) and (2), two must be chosen from each of the three
groups, arts and letters, social science, and science; the two sequences in social
science and in science must be different departments.
(3) A minimum of 62 term hours in upper-division courses.
(4) A minimum of 36 term hours in the student's major field, at least 24 of
which must be in upper-division courses. Some departments require more than the
36-hour minimum. For certain interdepartmental majors (described below under
• Requirement (2) does not apply to students who are admitted to the University of Ore-
gon Medical School or Dental Scbool from other accredited institutions and who are candidates
for a baccalaureate degree from the University of Oregon. This exception will terminate witb
the class receiving bachelor's degrees in June 1959.
[89 ]
90 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS SPECIAL CURRICULA 91
SOCIAL SCIENCE GROUP
ARTS AND LETTERS GROUP
SPECIAL CURRICULA), the maj or requirement is approximately 72 term hours of
work distributed in several departments.
A detailed statement of University requirements for the bachelor's degree
may be found on pages 56-58. Special requirements of the several major curricula
of the college are stated in the departmental sections and under SPECIAL CURRICULA
below. For requirements for advanced degrees, see GRA~UAT~ SCHOOL. .
A complete list of sequences approved for the satIsfactIOn of reqUIrement
(I) above is printed on page 59. The upper-divisio~sequences which may be taken
for the satisfaction of requirement (2) above are hsted below:
SCIENCE GROUP
Sophomore Honors
General Arts and Letters
Lit. of Ancient World (AL 304, 305, 306) .
English
Three courses chosen from: Tragedy (Eng
301), Prose Tradition in Eng. Lit (Eng
302), Epic (Eng 303), Comedy (Eng
304), Satire (Eng 305)
Anthropology
Primitive Society (Anth 301, 302, 303)
Geography
Geog. of Pac. Northwest (Geog 301, 302,
303)
Philosophy
Social Philosophy (Phi 304, 305, 306)
Geology
Geologic Hist. of Life (Geol 301, 302, 303)
Philosophy
History of Philosophy (Phi 301, 302, 303)
Speech
Theory & Lit. of Public Speaking (Sp 301,
302, 303)
Religion
Religions of Mankind (R 301, 302, 303)
Sociology
Principles of Sociology (Soc 307). World
Population and Social Structure (Soc
308), American Society (Soc 309)
Mathematics
Statistics (Mth 301, 302, 303)
GS 204,205,206. Physical Science (Sophomore Honors). 4 hours each term.
Introduction to certain basic concepts, terms, and methods of modern physical science,
with emphasis on the interrelations of the physical sciences with each other and with other
fields of knowledge. Dart, Klemm.
SSe 107,108,109. History (Sophomore Honors). 3 hours each term.
Significant events, ideas, and institutions in the development of Western civilization from
the Middle Ages to the present. Etue, Snow, Sorenson.
SSe 201,202,203. The Study of Society (Sophomore Honors). 3 hours each term.
The subject matter and methods of the social sciences, studied through a sampling of
their data and theories and through an analysis of representative problems of policy.
Seligman, Wengert.
A student who has prepared for any honors examination by independent study,
without formal course work, may be granted credit in the corresponding honors
course if he receives a passing grade in the examination. No credit is granted, how-
ever, for independent study which duplicates the content of a course for which the
student has already received credit.
The program is planned within the general.framework of the University
lower-division group requirement. Candidates~for sophomore honors satisfy this
requirement through honors courses, regular group courses, or independent study.
A statement of the general scope of each of the sophomore honors examina-
tions, the topics to be covered, and a list of books to be read is available for the
guidance of students preparing for the examinations. The program is administered
by a Committee on Sophomore Honors and subcommittees representing the five
general fields of knowledge covered by the honors examinations. Further informa-
tion may be obtained from Dr. Kenneth S. Ghent, associate professor of mathe-
matics and chairman of the general committee.
Special Curricula
THE College of Liberal Arts has arranged, in addition to the major curriculaoffered by its departments, several programs of study utilizing the courseofferings of the departments of the college and other divisions of the Univer-
sity to provide broad cultural education (without departmental specialization)
and programs providing the basic liberal arts preparation required for admission
to technical training for the professions.
THE University offers a "sophomore honors" program planned to provid~ a. solid general education for freshman and sophom~re s~u~ent.s of supenorability. Honors are awarded to students who pass WIth dlstmctlOn four com-
prehensive examinations, one each in the fields of literat.ure, social science, .and. his-
tory and the fourth in either biological or physical SCIence. These exammatlOns,
which are offered twice each year, in the fall and in the spring, must be taken be-
for the student has completed 93 term hours of University work.
The sophomore honors examinations are open to students in the upper 20 per
cent of each entering class, as measured by high-school records and scholastic-
aptitude ratings; with the consent of the committee in charge of the program, the
examinations are also open to students who have completed 15 or more term hours
of work in the University with a cumulative grade-point average of 2.75 or higher.
The student may prepare for the examinations through a series of courses
especially planned for the honors program, through regular departmental courses,
or by independent study. The special honors courses are Iis~ed .below. They are
open only to students eligible for the sophomore honors exammattons.
AL 101 102 103. Literature (Sophomore Honors). 3 hours each term.In~ensi~e study of selected works of Occidental literature. Beall, Bowman, Combellack,
Gordon, Johoson, Moore, Sherwood.
GS 201 202 203. Biological Science (Sophomore Honors). 4 hours each term. .
Sel~cted studies of biological principles, with emphasis on methods o~ observatIon, com-
parison, analysis, experiment, and synthesis in biological science. Huestis, Kezer.
CURRICULUM IN BASIC LIBERAL STUDIES
The curriculum in basic liberal studies, leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree,
is designed to lay a substantial foundation for understanding literature, science,
and the history of civilization. It represents a departure from the free-elective
system that has prevailed in American colleges and universities for many years. It
should be called a restricted elective program, since the greater part of a student's
work must be selected from a restricted list of courses. The curriculum is open to
any freshman whose scholastic-aptitude test and high-school record rank him in the
upper 20 per cent of his class.
The curriculum is administered by a committee, the members of which serve
as the official advisers of all students following this program of study. Dr. Carlisle
Moore, associate professor of English, is chairman of this committee.
Frelhmon end Sophomore Yeon
During his freshman and sophomore years, in addition to satisfying general
University requirements in English composition,· physical education, health edu-
cation, and military science, the student must complete satisfactorily the foreign-
* Any student registered in this curriculum who demonstrates his ability to write good
English will be excused by the head of the Department of English from required work in Eng-
lish composition.
92 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS SPECIAL CURRICULA 93
Social Science
Junior .nd s.nior Y....
During his junior and senior years, the student is required to comp!ete at least
eight sequences from the following list of courses or from the courses hsted above.
At least two sequences must be chosen from the humanities, two from the social
sciences, and two from the natural sciences. Not more than three sequences may be
chosen from anyone department.
Social Psychology (Psy 334, 335)
Developmental Psych. (Psy 460, 461), Ab-
normal Psych. (Psy 450)
History of Psych. (Psy 473, 474, 475)
PSYCHOLOGY
RELIGION
Religions of Mankind (R 301, 302, 303)
SOCIOLOGY
History of Social Thought (Soc 450, 451,
452)
Criminology & Delinquency (Soc 416, 417)
MATHEIlAT-ICS
Dk & Int. Calculus (Mth 201, 202, 203)
Adv. College Algebra (Mth 314), Higher
Algebra (Mth 412, 413)
Solid Analytic Geometry (Mth 316), Adv.
Euclidean Geometry (Mth 415), Project-
ive Geometry (Mth 416)
Intra. to Applied Math. (Mth 421, 422.
423)
PHYSICS
Des. Astronomy: Solar System (Ph 104),
Elem. Meteorology (Ph 105), Des. As-
tronomy: Stellar System (Ph 106)
Electricity & Electronics (Ph 431, 432, 433)
Modern Physics (Ph 411, 412, 413)
HISTORY (continued)
History of France (Hst 441, 442, 443)
American Pol. Parties & Leaders (Hst 470,
471,472)
PHILOSOPHY
Symbolic Logic (Phi 461, 462)
Social Philosophy (Phi 304, 305, 306)
Dev. of Sc. Thought (PhI 451, 452, 453)
History of Philosophy (Phi 301, 302, 303)
POLITICAL SCIENCE
British Govt. (PS 325), Govts. of Cant.
Europe (PS 326, 327)
European Pol. Theory (PS 430, 431, 432)
BIOLOGY
Intra. to Genetics (Bi 442), Genetics (Bi
453), Vertebrate Embryology (Bi 445)
Intra. to Bacteriology (Bi 311), Human
Physiology (Bi 312, 313)
Any three terms of the following: Plant
Morphology (Bi 332, 333), Algae (Bi
454), Fungi (Bi 455), Invertebrate Zo-
ology (Bi 461)
CHEMISTRY
Quantitative Analysis (Ch 321, 322, 323)
Organic Chemistry (Ch 334, 335, 336)
GEOLOGY
General Geology (GeoiIOI, 102, 103)
Intra. to Palaeontology (Geol 381. 382, 383)
(1) Literature (Sophomore Honors) (AL 101, 102, 103), or World Litera-
ture (Eng.l~7, 108, 109), or Survey of English Literature (Eng 101, 102, 103),
or ApprecIahon of Literature (Eng 104, lOS, 106), or any sequence in foreign
literature which has a prerequisite of two years (or equivalent) of foreign language
in college.
(2) Shakespeare (Eng 201, 202, 203), or Survey of the Visual Arts (AA
201,202.203), or Introduction to Music and Its Literature (Mus 201, 202, 203).
(3) At least one year of a foreign language beyond the first-year college level.
(4) One of the following sequences in history: History of Western Civiliza-
tion (Hst 101, 102, 103) ; History (Sophomore Honors) (SSc 107, 108 109)-
English History (Hst 207, 208,209). ' ,
Lower Divi.ion
The curriculum in general arts and letters is designed for students who wish
to build a program of general studies around a core of literature. The work of the
first two years serves as an introduction to the main aspects of Western culture. In
the last two years the more intensive study of the history of ideas, of literary move-
ments, and of art forms serves to interpret modern trends in civilization.
The major in general arts and letters leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree. The
following courses are required:
Upp.r Divilion
Science
(l) Dante and His Times (AL 477. 478, 479).
(2) Literature of the Ancient World (AL 304, 305. 306).
CURRICULUM IN GENERAL ARTS AND LETTERS
HISTORY
English History (Hst 207, 208, 209)
History of U. S. (Hst 201, 202, 203)
Europe since 1789 (Hst 341, 342, 343)
History of Greece (Hst 411), History of
Rome (Hst 412, 413)
Middle Ages (Hst 421, 422, 423)
Renaissance (Hst 430, 431), Reformation
(Hst 432)
GEOGRAPHY
Climatology (Geog 215), Geomorphology
(Geog 391)
Geog. of Pac. N.W. (Geog 301, 302, 303)
GERMANIC LANGUAGES
Classical German Drama & Goethe's Faust
(GL 411, 412, 413)
MUSIC
History of Music (Mus 360, 361, 362)
Seminar in Music History (Mus 408)
ROMANCE LANGUAGES
17th Cent. French Lit. (RL 411, 412, 413)
Dante & His Times (AL 477, 478, 479)
SPEECH
H.st. & Lit. of Oratory (Sp 421, 422, 423)
Science--one of the following sequences:
General Pbysics (Ph 201, 202, 203)
General Chemistry (Ch 201, 202, 203)
General Biology (Bi 101, 102, 103)
Humanities
ENGLISH (continued)
19th Century Prose (Eng 470, 471, 472)
Any three of the following: Chaucer (Eng
428), Spenser (Eng 434), Milton (Eng
444), Pope (Eng 455)
ECONOMICS
Economic Theory (Ec 375, 376, 377)
Labor Economics (Ec 325), Organized La·
bar (Ec 326), Labor Legislation (Ec
327)
Hist. of Ec. Thought (Ec 470, 471, 472)
ANTHROPOLOGY
ReI. & Magic of Primitives (Anth 444),
Folklore & Mythology of Primitives
(Anth 445), Art Among Primitives
(Anth 446)
Beg. & Develop. of Civilizations (Anth 420)
421,422)
ENGLISH
English Novel (Eng 320, 321, 322)
American Novel (Eng 391, 392, 393)
Romantic Poets (Eng 460, 461, 462)
Later 19th Cent. Poets (Eng 463, 464, 465)
18th Century Lit. (Eng 450, 451, 452)
English Drama (Eng 411, 412, 413)
17th Century Lit. (Eng 440, 441, 442)
Lit. of Renaissance (Eng 430, 431, 432)
CLASSICAL LANGUAGES
First-Year Greek (CL I, 2, 3)
Second-Year Greek (CL 314,315,316)
Greek Tragedy (CL 317, 318,319)
Latin Lit.: Silver Age (CL 341, 342, 343)
ART AND AlI.CHITECTURE
Hist of Arch. I (AA 337, 338, 339)
Hist. of Painting (AA 346, 347, 348)
Literatur_one of the following sequences:
Latin Lit.: Aug. Age (CL 204, 205, 206)
Survey of German Lit (GL 201, 202, 203)
Survey of French Lit. (RL 202, 202, 203)
Survey of Spanish Lit. (RL 207, 208, 209)
Survey of English Lit. (Eng 101, 102, 103)
Appreciation of Lit. (Eng 104, lOS, 106)
World Literature (Eng 107,108,109) .
Shakespeare (Eng 201, 202, 203)
language requirement for the Bachelor of Arts degree. He must also complete five
year sequences from the following list of courses in four fundamental fields of
study. Any additional courses which the student may need to elect for the attain-
ment of 93 term hours of credit by the end of his sophomore year must be selected
from the courses approved for this curriculum.
Mathematics-one of the following sequences: Social Scienc_History of Western Civiliza'
Essentials of Math. (Mth 101, 102,103) tion (Hst 101, 102, 103) and one of the
Any of the three following: Essentials of following sequences:
Math (Mth 101), College Algehra (Mth Gen. Anthropology (Anth 101, 102, 103)
lOS), Plane Trigonometry (Mth 106), Principles of Econ. (Ec 201, 202, 203)
Analytic Geometry (Mth 107) Intra. Geography (Geog lOS, 106, 107)
American Govts. (PS 201,202,203)
General Psychology (Psy 201, 202), Ap-
plied Psych. (Psy 205), and General
Psych Lab. (Psy 208, 209, 210)
General Sociology (Soc 204,205,206)
CURRICULUM IN GENERAL SCIENCE
(3) One of the following sequences in philosophy: History of Philosophy
(PhI 301,302,303) ; Philosophy and Literature (Phi 431, 432,433) ; Development
of Scientific Thought (PhI 451, 452, 453).
(4) History of Literary Criticism (Eng 414, 415,416) or Aesthetics (PhI
441,442,443).
In addition the student must complete four upper-division year sequences, each
totaling at least 6 term hours, chosen from the major departments of the College of
Liberal Arts; however, any two of the following sequences may be elected for the
satisfaction of this requirement: History of Music (Mus 360, 361, 362) i Seminar
in Music History (Mus 408) ; History of Painting (AA 346, 347, 348).
The student's program of study should form an integrated whole. The electives
should support the objectives of this program.
The curriculum in general science is intended for students who wish to build
a program of cultural studies around a central interest in science as an aspect of
civilization, for students preparing for professional careers in science (such as
medical research) for whom a departmental science major may be too narrow and
highly specialized, and for prospective science teachers. The standard three-year
premedical or predental curriculum, followed by a year of work in a medical school
or two years of work in a dental school, meets all of the requirements for the bache-
lor's degree in general science.
The general science major leads to the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science
degree. The special requirements are--a minimum of 72 term hours in science
(biology, chemistry, geology, mathematics, physics), distributed as follows:
(1) Four year sequences, numbered 100-110 or 200-210, one in each of four
science departments.
(2) A minimum of 24 upper-division hours in science, including not less than
9 term hours in each of two science departments.
95SPECIAL CURRICULA
PREMEDICAL CURRICULUM
1 A pr~m~dica1 curriculum, including courses prescribed by the American Medi-
c~ ASSOCIatIOn for ~ntrance ~o standard medical schools, is offered at the Univer-
sIty. The .program IS supervIsed by a special advisory committee of which D
R. T. Elhckson, professor of physics, is chairman. ' r.
For eJ.ltrance t? a standard medical school, the student must not only com-
plete. certam prescnbed work but also show an aptitude for medical studies Th
MedIcal Colle~e.Admission Test is given each year to all students who exp~ct t~
~pp1y ~or admIssIOn to a medical school. Further knowledge of the student's abilit~s 0dbtamed t?rough ~onferencesbetween the student and his instructors and autho;':
Ize premedIcal advIsers.
istered by an i~t~rdep~rtmenta1a~visory committee, of which Dr. Paul S. Dull
professor of poh.tlca1 sCIence and hIstory, is chairman. '
1 1he ~aJor m Far Eastern s~udies leads to the Bachelor of Arts or the Bache-
or 0 SCIence degree. The reqUIrements are as follows:
. (1) Far Eas~ in Modern Times (Hst or PS 391, 392, 393) ; Geography of
ASIa (Geog 431) , Pe?ples of Southern and Eastern Asia (Anth 438 439 440)
These courses are reqUIred of all majors. ' , .
(2) Selections, with the approval of the student's adviser, from the following
two groups of courses-for the B.S. degree, 24 term hours from group (a) . for
h
the B.A. degree, 39 term hours from both groups, of which not more than 24 term
ours may be selected from group (b).
(a) Lecture-course group: Introduction to Chinese and Japanese Literature
(~L 317, 318, .319) ; Far Eastern Governments and Politics (PS 330 331 332)'
HIstory of Or~e~ta1 Art (A~ 446, 447, 448) ; Economic Problems o£ the 'Pacifi~
(~c 345) ; RehglOns of Mankmd (R 303) ; History of China (Hst 494 495 496)'
HIstory of Japan (Hst 497, 498, 499). " ' , ,
(b) Language-course group: First-Year Japanese (OL 1 2 3)' Se dCYhe~r Japanese (OL 4, 5, 6); First-Year Chinese (OL 21 22 23) : Se~ond-~~a;mese (OL 24,25,26). " ,
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS94
CURRICULUM IN GENERAL SOCIAL SCIENCE
The curriculum in general social science is designed for students who wish
broad cultural training, and for prospective teachers for whom a departmental
major may be too highly specialized. In addition to satisfying the general Univer-
sity requirements, students following this program must take a minimum of 72
hours in social science courses numbered 200 or above. This work must include four
year sequences numbered 200-210, one in each of four of the following fields:
anthropology, economics, geography, history, philosophy, political science, psy-
chology, religion, sociology. The Study of Society (Sophomore Honors) (SSc
201, 202, 203) may be substituted for one of the four required sequences. The
program must also include 36 upper-division hours in the social sciences, earned
after attainment of junior standing. The upper-division work must include two one-
year sequences (not less than 18 hours) in one department, and one one-year se-
quence (not less than 9 hours) in each of two other departments.
CURRICUlUM IN FAR EASTERN STUDIES
The curriculum in Far Eastern studies is a program of area training through
groups of courses concerned with the Far East. The primary emphasis is on the
Chinese culture sphere. The program is intended to provide necessary basic knowl-
edge for students who are interested in commercial, governmental, journalistic, or
educational work relating to the region, for students who are preparing for gradu-
ate work in Far Eastern studies, or for students who wish to broaden their under-
standing of the interrelated world in which they live. The curriculum is admin-
96 .cOLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS SPECIAL CURRICULA 97
* Students are enrolled in mathematics courses for which they have adequate preparation;
as a basis for placement, high·school records are supplemented by a placement examination.
t Required for students choosing a major in biology.
The work in physics must include the divisions of mechanics, heat and sound, light and
electricity. Students electing additional work are advised to take further courses in electricity
or atomic physics.
The work in mathematics should be of standard college grade, and include subjects such
as algebra, elementary analysis, or trigonometry. Students electing additional work in mathe-
matics are advised to take calcuius or mathematical statistics.
The premedical student is advised very strongly against taking any medical courses in his
preparation for the study of medicine. Rather, he should devote his efforts to obtaining the best
possible general cultural education and, in addition, a thorough training in the basic sciences of
chemistry, physics and, biology.
Recommended Elective Subjects. The student preparing to study medicine is advised to
plan a balance in elective courses between courses in liberal arts and courses, beyond the min·
imum requirements, in subjects prescribed for admission to the Medical School. Subjects sug·
gested are: history, economics, sociology, psychology, English, public speaking, and foreign
languages.
The University of Oregon Medical School also requires that the student who
enters without a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of Science degree must complete
the work for one of these degrees at the University of Oregon or at the institution
at which he received his premedical preparation, before entering upon the work of
the third year at the Medical School. Under University regulations, a maximum
of 48 term hours of work in medicine may be counted as credit earned in residence
toward the bachelor's degree.
Before entering the Medical School, the student should satisfy all require-
ments for a degree (including University requirements and requirements for a
major within the College of Liberal Arts) that cannot be satisfied at the Medical
School.
The following premedical curriculum meets the requirements stated above.
It provides a substantial foundation in the sciences basic to the study of medicine,
together with opportunity for a broad liberal education.
,Term Hours,
F W S
444
444
333
5
5
3
3
1
1
4
4
4
3
1
1
17
18
4
4
4
3
1
1
17
4
5
3
3
1
1
17
16 16
4
5
4 4
3 3
1 1
1 1
3-5 3--4
,Term Hours,
F W S
444
444
3 3 3
333
1 1 1
1 1 1
16
17* See note (*), page 96.
THREE·YEAR CURRICULUM
Fi.lt Y••
General Chemistry (Ch 201, 202, 203) .
*Mathematics .
English Composition (Wr Ill, 112, 113) .
Group·satisfying sequence in arts and letters , .
Physical education _ .
Military science (men) .
S.cond Y•••
Introductory Organic Chemistry (Ch 331, 332) __ 4
Elementary Quantitative Analysis (Ch 320) .
General ~iolop (Bi 101, 1~2, 10~) ;............................................................... 4
Group·satlsfYlng sequence In SOCIal sclence _.............. 3
Physical education.................................................................................................. 1
Military science (men) 1
Electives .................................................•................................................................ 3-5
TWO·YEAR CURRICULUM
17-18 17-18 17-18
16-18 16-18 17-18
17
Third Y•••
General Physics (Ph 201, 202, 203)...................................................................... 5 5
Advanced biology.................................................................................................... 4 4
Group.sat!sfy!ng sequence !n art~ and. letters _ :."" 3 3 3
Group·sahsfymg sequency m SOCIal scIence _...... 3 3 3
Electives-Sculpture (AA 293) and Jewelry (AA 257) recommended.......... 2-3 2-3 6-7
Kenneth A. J. Mackenzie Memorial Scholarships. For information con-
cerning these scholarships for premedical and medical students, see page 77.
PREDENTAL CURRICULA
The Council on Dental Education of the American Dental Association has
established the following minimum requirements for admission to approved dental
schools: at least 90 term hours of collegiate courses, including one year of English,
one year of general chemistry, one year of biology or zoology, one year of physics,
and one-half year of organic chemistry; a grade-point average of at least 2.00.
The University offers a three-year and a two-year predental curriculum to
prepare students for admission to the University of Oregon Dental School or other
approved dental schools. Both of these curricula satisfy the requirements stated
above. With proper choice of electives, students completing the three-year curricu-
lum may qualify for a bachelor's degree after one or more years of dental-school
work.
Fint Y•••
General Chemistry (Ch 201, 202, 203)................................................................ 4
General Biology (Bi 101, 102, 103).................................................................... 4
*Mathematics 4
English Composition (Wr Ill, 112, 113)............................................................ 3
Physical education _.................. 1
Military science (men) 1
S.cond Y••
Introductory Organic Chemistry (Ch 331, 332)................................................ 4
Elementary Quantitative Analysis (Ch 320) ..
• General Physics (Ph 201, 202, 203) ...........................................•.........._............ 5
Social science 3
Literature 3
Physical education _ __ 1
Military science (men) _ _...... 1
4
1
1
17
4
3
5
4
1
1
18
4
1
1
4
3
5
4
1
1
18
17
4
3
5
4
1
1
18
4
1
1
17
Fi.lt Y...
S.cond Y•••
Organic Chemistry (Ch 334, 335, 336) .
Group·satisfying sequence in arts and letters .
General Physics (Ph 201, 202, 203) .
Foreign language..............................................•.....................................................
Physical education _ __ .
Military science (men) .
Thi.d Y••
Quantitative Analysis (Ch 321) .
Genetics (Bi 442),t Intro. to General Physiology (Bi 446), or
Histology (Bi 444) .
Verebrate Embryology (Bi 445) .
Foreign language or other group·satisfying sequence in arts
and letters....................................•.......................................................................
Two group·satisfying sequences in social science .
Electives .
General Chemistry (Ch 201, 202, 203) .
*Mathematics (above level of Mth 10) -.........................................................•
English Composition (Wr Ill, 112, 113) .
General Biology (Bi 101, 102, 103) or Biological Science
(Soph. Honors) (GS 201, 202, 203) _ .
Physical education _ .
Military science (men) _ .
98 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS INTERDEPARTMENTAL COURSES 99
PRENURSING CURRICULUM
The Department of Nursing Education of the University of Oregon Medical
School offers a four-calendar-year curriculum which leads to the Bachelor of
Science degree and prepares for state examinations for nurse registration. The
student takes five terms of prenursing work at the University of Oregon at Eugene
or at Oregon State College at Corvallis, or at another accredited college or uni-
versity. The prenursing curriculum is completed with one term of work on the
campus of the Medical School, and is followed by ten terms of clinical instruction
coordinated with practice in the hospitals and clinics of the Medical School. For the
complete curriculum, see the special Catalog of the Department of Nursing Edu-
cation.
Students in nursing education receive their bachelor's degrees from the Uni-
versity of Oregon or from the institution at which they took their preparatory
work.
Second Year
g~~~~~~a~~~0:;r:e~~:n~~~~2s0;di~0~~i~~~~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Essentials of Physic. (Ph 101, 102, 103) .
Electives .
Third Year
Introductory Organic Chemistry (Ch 331, 332) .
Elementary Quantitative Analysis (Ch 320) ,
~g~m:!~~;2:L:i~:~:::l;~i~~:i~i~~~~::~~~~~~~~~~~:~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~::~:~:::::~::~:~~~
Group·satisfying sequence in arts and letters _ .
Electives .....................•............................................................................................
,-Term Hours1
F W S
444
3 3 3
333
666
16 16 16
4 4 4
4-5
3
4-3
3 3 3
3 3 3
3 3
16 16 18
,-Term Hours,
F W S
444
3 3 3
3 3 3
3
First Year
Elementary Chemistry (Ch 101, 102, 103) ············ .
English Composition (Wr 111, 112, 113) ··· .
English literature ··················· .
Backgrounds of Nursing (Nur III) ··.······· .
General Psychology (Psy 201, 202) .
Physical education .
Electives (not science) .
Second Year
1
2
16
3
1
2
16
3
1
2
16
Fourth Year (MediC'llI School)
~i:~l~;L;F*:i~l~~j~lt~~l~~~~.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Principles of Hematology (MT 430) .
~i~~~~.~e(~~ofI4~~.~..~~~.~.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
i~~~:~g~~~~~fE:{~"fJ~r3;~~;:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
4
5
2
5
16
6
6
15
4
4
5
3
16
On the Eugene campus:
General Biology (Bi 101, 102).......................................................................... 4
General Sociology (Soc 204, 205) 3
Psychology of Adjustment (Psy 204) ················............ 3
Principles of Dietetics (HEc 225) ········ ····................ 2
Speech .
Physical education.............................................................................................. I
Electives (liberal arts)...................................................................................... 4
At the Medical School:
Introduction to Nursing (Nur 211) .
Clinical Practice in Nursing (Nur 213) ········ .
Anatomy (An 211) .
Bacteriology (Bac 211 ) .
Organic & Biochemistry (Ch 211) ········ .
Professional Adjustments I (Nur 214) ········· .
17
CURRICULUM IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
4
3
3
1
6
17
4
1
3
3
3
1
15
Interdepartmental Courses
CERTAIN courses offered by the College of Liberal Arts are broader ins~ope and objectives than the instruction offered by any of the traditionalliberal arts departments. These courses are listed below under the headings:
General Arts and Letters, General Science, and General Social Science.
GENERAL ARTS AND LETTERS
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
AL 101, 102, 103. Literature (Sophomore Honors). 3 hours each term.
I~te.nsive study of selected works of Occidental literature. Open to students
eligible for the sophomore honors examinations. Beall, Bowman, Combellack,
Gordon, Johnson, Moore, Sherwood.
The University offers a four-year curriculum in medical technology, leading
to the bachelor's degree. The student takes three years of work on the Eugene
campus and one year at the Medical School in Portland. The program satisfies
the requirements of the Registry of Medical Technologists.
,-Term Hours,
F W S
4 4 4
3 3 3
3 3 3
444
1 1 1
First Year
Mathematics (course dependent on score in placement test) .
English Composition (Wr 111, 112, 113) .
Group·satisfying sequence in arts and letters ·.·..·· .
General Biology (Bi 101, 102, 103) - .
Physical education .
15 15 15
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
AL 304, 305, 306. Literature of the Ancient W orId. 3 hours each term.
Fall: Homer and the Greek epic; winter: the fifth century' spring: Latin
poetry. Lectures and readings in English. Special attention'to influence of
Greek and Latin writers on English literature. Combellack.
AL 314, 315, 316. Introduction to Germanic Literature. 3 hours each term.
In Engli~h. Lectures and assigned readings covering the whole range of
German literature.
AL 317, 318, 319. Introduction to Chinese and Japanese Literature. 3 hours
each term.
Fall and winter: !=hine~e literature; the classics, historians, philosophers;
poetry and pro~e, mcludmg drama and the novel-both traditional and con-
temporary. Spring: Japanese literature, traditional and contemporary. Willis.
100 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS ANTHROPOLOGY 101
AL 321, 322, 323. Classic Myths. 1 hour each term.
The three major myths of the classical world: Troy, Thebes, and the Golden
Fleece. Lectures and readings in English.
AL 331, 332, 333. Russian Literature in Translation. 3 hours each term.
Survey of Russian literature, primarily of the nineteenth and twentieth cen-
turies. Fall: to the middle of the nineteenth century; winter: Turgenev to
Gorki; spring: twentieth-century and Soviet literature. Bowman.
AL 340, 341, 342. Russian Culture and Civilization. 3 hours each term.
Main currents of Russian intellectual, literary, and artistic life. Bowman.
AL 351, 352, 353. Scandinavian Literature in Translation. 3 hours each term.
Outstanding works of Scandinavian literature, studied in translation. Fall:
Norwegian; winter: Swedish; spring: Danish. Prerequisite: upper-division
standing. Williams.
AL407. Seminar. (g) Hours to be arranged.
AL 477, 478, 479. Dante and His Times. (g) 3 hours each term.
Historical and literary background of the Divine Comedy; study of the poem
and of Dante's minor works; Petrarch and Boccaccio. Lectures and readings
in English. Prerequisite: upper-division course in literature. Beall.
GENERAL SCIENCE
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
GS 104, 105, 106. Physical-Science Survey. 4 hours each term.
General introduction to the physical sciences; principles of physics and chem-
istry, geologic processes, and man's relation to them. Special emphasis on
scientific method. 3 lectures; 1 quiz period. Ebbighausen.
GS 201, 202, 203. Biological Science (Sophomore Honors). 4 hours each term.
Selected studies of biological principles, with emphasis on methods of obser-
vation, comparison, analysis, experiment, and synthesis in biological science.
Open to students eligible for the sophomore honors examinations. Huestis,
Kezer.
GS 204, 205, 206. Physical Science (Sophomore Honors). 4 hours each term.
Introduction to certain basic concepts, terms, and methods of modern physical
science, with emphasis on the interrelations of the physical sciences with each
other and with other fields of knowledge. Open to students eligible for the
sophomore honors examination. Dart, Klemm.
GENERAL SOCIAL SCIENCE
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
SSe 104,105,106. Social Science and Social Policy. 3 hours each term.
An introduction to the social sciences; designed to provide an understanding
of the scientific approach to the study of society and of the relation of facts
and theories to questions of social policy. Seligman, Wengert.
SSc 107, 108, 109. History (Sophomore Honors). 3 hours each term.
Significant events, ideas, and institutions in the development of Western civili-
zation from the Middle Ages to the present. Open to students eligible for the
sophomore honors examinations. Etue, Snow, Sorenson.
SSc 201, 202, 203. The Study of Society (Sophomore Honors). 3 hours each
term.
The subject matter and methods of the social sciences, studied through a
sampling of their data and theories and through an analysis of representative
policy problems. Open to students eligible for the sophomore honors exam-
inations. Seligman, Wengert.
Department of Anthropology
Professors: L. S. CRESSMAN (department head), H. G. BARNETT.
Assistant Professor: THEODORE STERN.
Instructor: LOIS W. MEDNICK.
Fellows: MELVIN MEDNICK, JACK PIERCE.
Assistants: W. A. DAVIS, PAULA M. LECK, D. J. SCHEANS, V. C. SERL.
THE courses offered by the Department of Anthropology are planned to pro-vide a broader and deeper understanding of human nature and society for stu-dents in other fields, as well as integrated programs for students majoring in
anthropology.
A high-school student planning to major in anthropology is advised to take
two years of high-school mathematics, preferably algebra. He should also come to
the University with a sound background in En..glisl1,so that he can read with under-
standing and express himself with clarity.
Majors in anthropology are required to take the following lower-division
courses: Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (Anth 207, 208, 209) ; General
Psychology (Psy 201,202); Psychology of Adjustment (Psy 204) or Applied
Psychology (Psy 205).
At the upper-division level the following courses are required of majors:
Peoples of the World (Anth 314, 315, 316) ; Physical Anthropology (Anth 320,
321, 322) ; World Prehistory (Anth 411, 412, 413) ; and one area course at the
400 (G) level. Students planning to do graduate work should take two years of
German and two years of a second foreign language, preferably French or
Spanish. To insure a broad liberal education, it is strongly recommended that the
student limit his work in anthropology to a maximum of 51 term hours.
The department offers graduate work leading to the Master of Arts and Doc-
tor of Philosophy degrees. Graduate instruction includes work in the fields of
archaeology, enthnology, linguistics, and physical anthropology. Students must
demonstrate competence, equivalent to a full year's work, in the fields of linguistics
and physical anthropology to qualify for the master's degree.
The carefully selected anthropological collections of the Museum of Natural
History provide excellent material for class instruction, particularly in the culture
of the American Indian.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Anth 101, 102, 103. General Anthropology. 3 hours each term.
Fall: man as a living organism; biological evolution; the human life cycle.
Winter: evolution of man; human races, nature and problems. Spring: the
development of culture; organization of culture; man, participant in and
observer of culture. Cressman.
Anth 207, 208, 209. Introduction to Cultural Anthropology. 3 hours each term.
The meaning of culture; its significance for human beings; its diverse forms
and degrees of elaboration among different groups of men; its processes of
growth and expansion. Barnett.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Anth 301, 302, 303. Primitive Society. 3 hours each term.
Social relationships and organizations among primitive peoples, including
kinship, fraternal, political, and religious forms and behaviors. Prerequisite:
upper-division standing. Barnett.
Anth 314, 315, 316. Peoples of the World. 3 hours each term.
Historical treatment of world culture areas, exclusive of Europe. Regional
variations in culture, their backgrounds, and their significance in contem-
porary world affairs. Materials drawn from Africa, Asia, Oceania, and the
Americas. Prerequisite to area courses. Prerequisite: upper-division standing.
102 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS ANTHROPOLOGY 103
Anth 320, 321, 322. Physical Anthropology. 3 hours each term. .
Human physical development, racial differentiation, and racial distinctions.
Fall: man's place among.the Primates,.fossil. man~ pr!nciples in human evolu-
tion; winter: morphological and gen~t1c .raclal criteria, bl~od ~TOUPS, f~cto~s
in population change; spring: const1tu~lOn~1 types, prehlsto.rI~.and hlst<;>r.lc
racial movements. Prerequisite: course m bIOlogy or upper-divIsion standing.
Anth 401. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Anth 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Anth 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Anth 408. Field Work in Anthropology. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Anth 411, 412, 413. World Prehistory. (g) 2 hours each term.
Survey of the main developments in world prehistory. Fal!: .methods of
archaeology; geological and biological background of palaeolithic man; the
Old World palaeolithic. Winter: Old W <;>rld villa.ge and urJ;lan dev.elopment.
Spring: New World hunting and gathering; agricultural-village hfe, urban
society. Prerequisite: upper-division standing. Cressman.
Anth 414. Race and Culture. (G) 2 hours.
Racial classifications and comparisons; the biological base ,?f culture; atti-
tudes toward race in human relations. Prerequisite: 9 hours In anthropology
or consent of instructor. Stern.
Anth 415. Socialization in Primitive Society. (G) 2 hours.
Methods of child rearing, education, and social control am0!1g primitive peo-
ples. Prerequisite: 9 hours in anthropology or consent of Instructor. Stern.
Anth 416. History of Anthropology. (G) 2 hours.
A nontheoretical exposition of the beginnings and specialized developme'.lts
within the fields of archaeology, physical anthropology, ethnology, and lin-
guistics. Prerequisite: 9 hours in anthropology or consent of instructor. Stern.
Anth. 417, 418,419. The American Indian. (G) 3 hours each term.
Indian life in Central South, and North America before white contact; con-
temporary Indian life'where groups still survive. Prerequisite: Anth 314, 315,
316. Stern.
Anth 420, 421, 422. Beginnings and Development of Civilizations. (G) 2 hours
each term.
Fall: the palaeolithic world; its ~nvironment, technology, pre~gricultural
economy, society, and art forms. Winter: the deve1~pment of agriculture and
sedentary life in the Near East; economy and society b~sed on metalluTlP:;
urban civilization; development of cultural complexes baSIC to W estern clv~h­
zation. Spring: diffusion of Near Eastern complexes t<;> .Europe and .Asla ;
selected Asiatic and New World developments. PrerequIsite: 9 hours m an-
thropology or consent of instructor. Cressman.
Anth 423, 424, 425. Peoples of the Pacific. (G) 3 hours each term.
Life and customs among the native groups of the South I:'acific, incl!!~ing
Polynesia, Micronesia, Melanesia, Australia, and IndoneSia. PrereqUisite:
Anth 314, 315, 316. Barnett.
Anth 435. Peoples of Africa. (G) 3 hours fall.
Life and customs of the African native peoples; problems of culture change
arising from European and Asiatic contact. Prerequisite: Anth 314, 315, 316.
Anth 436. Peoples of the Near East. ( G) 3 hours winter.
Ethnic groups of the Near East-Arabs,. Jews, pruses, etc:; Islamic ~o~ial
structure; relations of the Near East With Africa and ASia. PrereqUisite:
Anth 314, 315, 316.
Anth 437. Peoples of Interior Asia. (G) 3 hours spring.
Cultures of Interior Asia; palaeo-Siberians, Mongols, Manchus, Kirkhiz,
Kazaks, and other peoples of Asiatic Russia. Prerequisite: Anth 314, 315, 316.
Anth 438, 439, 440. Peoples of Southern and Eastern Asia. (<;;) 3 hours each
term.
Introduction to the cultures of India, Farther India, China, Japan, and related
areas. Development of distinctive cultural configurations. Interrelationships
of culture; impact of westernization. Racial, ethnic, and linguistic factors.
Fall: the Hindu culture sphere; winter: the Chinese culture sphere; spring:
southeastern Asia. Prerequisite: Anth 314, 315, 316. Stern.
Anth 441, 442, 443. Linguistics. (G) 3 hours each term.
The relation of language to culture; nature and forms of language; influence
of linguistic patterns on thought; sounds of language-phonetics and pho-
nemics; linguistic structures; morphophonemics and morphology; semantics;
techniques of linguistic recording, analysis; field work. Prerequisite: senior
standing; Anth 207, 208, 209 or two years of a foreign language; consent of
instructor. Stern.
Anth 444. Religion and Magic of primitives. (G) 3 hours fall.
The religions and systems of magic of primiti.ve peoples as reflections of their
thought processes; supernatural systems- in the life of primitive people. Pre-
requisite: 9 hours in anthropology or consent of instructor. Stern.
Anth 445. Folklore and Mythology of Primitives. (G) 3 hours winter.
Unwritten literature as an expression of the imaginative and creative thought
of primitive people. Prerequisite: 9 hours in anthropology or consent of in-
structor. Stern.
Anth 446. Art Among Primitives. (G) 3 hours spring.
The artist and aesthetic expression among primitive peoples. Prerequisite:
9 hours iII anthropology or consent of instructor. Stern.
Anth 450, 451, 452. Cultural Dynamics. (G) 3 hours each term.
Evaluation of approaches to the problem of cultural changes; analysis of in-
vention and intergroup cultural borrowing; agents and conditions promoting
change; mechanics of cultural growth; application of techniques for inducing
change. Prerequisite: 9 hours in anthropology or consent of instructor. Bar-
nett.
Anth 453. Primitive Value Systems. (G) 3 hours.
A comparative presentation and analysis of the differing world views of va-
rious primitive peoples. The basic premises and tenets revealed by an ethnic
group in its interpretations of its experiences. Prerequisite: 9 hours of anthro-
pology or senior standing in social science. Barnett.
Anth 454. Applied Anthropology. (G) 3 hours.
Study of case material in which anthropological assumptions, theories, and
techniques have been applied to effect desired changes in intergroup relations.
Problems of cross-cultural communication, conflict, and adjustment. Prerequi-
site: 9 hours in anthropology or senior standing in social science. Barnett.
Anth 455. Anthropology and Native Administration. (G) 3 hours.
Survey of present policies and techniques of native administration; applica-
tion of anthropological facts and theory to the solution of practical problems;
the impact of external demands on native cultures; satisfaction of social,
economic, and psychological needs. Principal areas studied are Oceania and
Africa, with some attention to parts of North America and Asia. Prerequisite:
9 hours of anthropology or senior standing in social science. Barnett.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
Anth 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Anth 502. Research Methods in Anthropology. Hours to be arranged.
Orientation with reference to graduate study, research methods, and biblio-
graphical sources; preparation and presentation of graduate-level research
papers. Required of all first-year graduate majors during the fall term, as a
prerequisite to all Anth 501-507 courses.
104 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS BIOLOGY lOS
Anth 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Anth 50S. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Anth 506. Special Problems. Hours to be arranged.
Anth 507. Seminar. 3 hours any term.
Theory and Method in Archaeology. Cressman.
Culture and Personality. Stern, Littman.
Anthropological Theory. Barnett.
Field Methods in Ethnology. Barnett.
Innovation. Barnett.
Anth 511. Culture, Society, and the Individual 3 hours.
A review and evaluation of the concepts of culture and society, as the terms
are employed by anthropologists. The relationships between culture and so-
ciety, between culture and the individual, and between society and the indi-
vidual. Prerequisite: graduate standing in social science. Barnett.
Anth 520, 521, 522. Advanced Physical Anthropology. 4 hours each term.
Observations and measurements of skeletons; morphological observations
and anthropometry of the living. Genetic and morphological analysis of race.
Dentition, biometric statistics, blood-group genetics and techniques. 3 lectures;
I three-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: Anth 320, 321, 322 or consent of
instructor.
Bi 522. Advanced Genetics. 2 hours.
For description see page 108.
Department of Biology
Professors: R. R. HUESTIS (department head), A. R. MOORE (emeritus), P. L.
RISLEY, B. T. SCHEER, H. B. YOCOM (emeritus).
Associate Professors: C. W. CLANCY, L. E. DETLING, F. P. SIPE (emeritus),
A. L. SODERWALL.
Assistant Professors: D. L. JAMESON, L. J. KEZER, B. H. MCCoNNAUGHEY, S. A.
SHOTWELL, S. S. TEPFER.
Instructors: R. W. MORRIS, JACOB STRAUS.
Fellows: A. E. ANDERSON, H. A. KENT, D.C. KOBLICK, J. P. MACKEY, ROSE M. E.
MYERS, K. A. N EILAND.
Assistants: R. V. CRISERA, MARGARET HySLOP, B. E. LIPPERT, GEORGIA E. MANOS,
JOHN MASTERSON, CAMPBELL SNOWBERGER, C. L. TURBYFILL, BRYAN VALETT.
THE Department of Biology offers a program of study designed to meet theneed~ of students who seek accurate information concerning the living worldas a part of their liberal education, students preparing for professional train-
ing in such applied fields as medicine, dentistry, or medical technology, and major
students preparing for teaching or research in the life sciences. Requirements in
the applied fields are listed above under SPECIAL CURRICULA.
High-School Preparation. Students who plan to major in biology are ad-
vised to include in their high-school program courses in mathematics, foreign
languages, and chemistry.
Major Requirements for Bachelor's Degree. Major requirements for a
bachelor's degree with a major in biology are: (I) one year of general biology;
(2) 28 term hours in upper-division courses in biology, including Bi 442, Bi 446,
or Bi 447, Bi 464, and 12 hours selected from courses in plant or animal structure
and classification; (3) one year of college French or German; (4) 'one year of
mathematics at the 100 level or above; (5) one year of general chemistry, one
term of quantitative analysis, and two terms of organic chemistry.
The requirement in plant or animal structure and classification may be met
with selections from the following courses: Plant Biology: Bi 332, Bi 333, Bi 334,
Bi 454, Bi 455; Animal Biology: Bi 440, Bi 444, Bi 445, Bi 461, 462, Bi 463; Mi-
crobiology: Bi 311, Bi 412, 413.
The requirement in ecology (Bi 464) and the language requirement may be
waived for students who enter a medical or dental school at the end of their junior
year. A maximum of 20 term hours of work in anatomy and physiology, taken at a
medical or dental school, may be counted toward the satisfaction of the major
requirement.
Graduate Work. The department offers graduate work leading to the Master
of Arts, Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Candidates for a
master's degree are expected to have met undergraduate major requirements or
their equivalent (determined by examination) before beginning graduate study.
Facilities are available for graduate work in: plant taxonomy, plant morphology,
vertebrate and invertebrate zoology, mammalogy, ,genetics, cytology, embryology,
endocrinology, general physiology, and ecology.
Institute of Marine Biology. The University operates for the Oregon State
System of Higher Education an Institute of Marine Biology at Coos Bay on the
Oregon coast. Under an interinstitutional advisory committee it provides a service
to all institutions of the System. The institute is located on a 100-acre tract of
coastland, given to the University by the Federal government in 1932 and 1941,
and occupies a group of buildings erected by the Civilian Conservation Corps.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Bi 101, 102, 103. General Biology. 4 hours each term.
Study of a series of organisms, selected to illustrate the principles of life sci-
ence. 3 lectures; I three-hour laboratory period. Detling, Huestis, Risley.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Bi 311. Introduction to Bacteriology. 3 hours fall.
Basic principles and techniques of bacteriology. 2 lectures; 2 two-hour labora-
tory periods. Prerequisite: one year of biology and one year of chemistry.
McConnaughey.
Bi 312, 313. Human Physiology. 3 hours each term, winter an,d spring.
Required for majors in physical education, elective for others qualified. 2 lec-
tures; I three-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: one year of chemistry
and one year of biology or censent of instructor. Soderwall.
Bi 332, 333. Plant Morphology. 4 hours each term, winter and spring.
A detailed study of the life history of representative ferns, fern allies, liver-
worts, and mosses. Evolution among pteridophytes. Comparative study of the
gymnosperms. Prerequisite: Bi 334.
Bi 334. Systematic Botany. 4 hours.
Principles of plant classification; common plant families; collection and iden-
tification of Oregon plants. 2 lectures; I three-hour laboratory period. Sipe.
Bi 371,372. Human Anatomy. 3 hours each term.
Gross anatomy; the skeletal and muscular structure; the circulatory, respira-
tory, digestive, and neural systems and their functioning in physical activities.
2 lectures; I three-hour dissection period. Prerequisite: junior standing, one
year of biology. Sigerseth.
Bi 401. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Bi 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Bi 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
106 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS BIOLOGY 107
Bi 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Bi 408. Laboratory Projects. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Special laboratory training in research methods.
Bi 412, 413. Microbiology. (g) 3 hours each term, winter and spring.
Study of important groups of bacteria, lower fungi, and protozoa. Their roles
in the transformations of organic matter, and in physical and chemical trans-
formations in soil and water; their importance to man. 2 lectures; 2 two-hour
laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Bi 311. McConnaughey.
Bi 441. Introduction to Mammalian Physiology. (g) 4 hours fall.
Introduction to the physiology of mammalian organs and organ systems. 3
lectures; 3 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Bi 103, one year of chemistry.
Soderwall.
Bi 440. Comparative Anatomy. (g) 4 hours.
Systematic study, description, and identification of gross vertebrate structures.
2 lectures; 2 three-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Bi 103. Jameson.
Bi 442. Introduction to Genetics. (g) 3 hours fall.
3 lectures. Clancy.
Bi 443. Genetics Laboratory. (g) 2 hours fall.
6 hours laboratory. Clancy.
Bi 444. Histology. (g) 4 hours winter.
Systematic study, description, and identification of histological structures.
2 lectures; 2 three-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Bi 103. Kezer.
Bi 445. Vertebrate Embryology. (g) 4 hours spring.
Early developmental stages of vertebrates. 2 lectures; 2 three-hour laboratory
periods. Prerequisite: Bi 103. Clancy.
Bi 446. Introduction to General Physiology. (g) 4 hours spring.
Physiochemical structure of cells, cellular metabolism, osmosis, permeability,
ion transport, and bioelectric phenomena in plants and animals. 3 lectures;
I three-hour laboratory period. Prerequisites: elementary college biology,
physics, and chemistry. Scheer.
Bi 447. Plant Physiology. (G) 4 hours.
The growth, respiration, and functions of various green plant organs. 2 lec-
tures; 2 three-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: one year of college
biology, one year of college chemistry. Straus.
Bi 451. Microtechnique. (g) 4 hours any term.
Open to a limited number of students. Laboratory experience in the prepara-
tion of tissues and small organisms for microscopic study. 2 lectures; 2 three-
hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: one year of college biology. McCon-
naughey.
Bi 453. Genetics. (g) 4 hours winter.
2 lectures; 6 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Bi 442, Bi 443. Clancy.
Bi 454. Algae. (G) 4 hours.
Structure and life histories of representative fresh-water and marine algae.
2 lectures; 2 three-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: general biology.
Bi 455. Fungi. (G) 4 hours.
Structure, physiology, and classification of fungi. 2 lectures; 2 three-hour
laboratory periods. Prerequisite: general biology. Sipe.
Bi 461, 462. Invertebrate Zoology. (G) 4 hours each term, fall and winter.
Survey of invertebrate phyla, with emphasis on free living forms. Winter term
devoted to the Arthropoda. 2 lectures; 2 three-hour laboratory periods. Pre-
requisite: one year of college biology, senior standing. McConnaughey.
Bi 463. Parasitology. (G) 4 hours.
Biological relationships of parasite and host, and the effect of such relation-
ships on each. 2 lectures; 2 three-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite; one
year of biology, senior standing. McConnaughey.
Bi 464, 465, 466. Principles of Ecology. (G) 4 hours each term.
Fall: general principles of ecology, methods of field study, environment and
living systems; winter: the community concept, population ecology; spring;
ecology and evolution. 3 lectures; 4 hours laboratory. Jameson.
Bi 467, 468, 469. Historical Biogeography. (G) 3 hours each term.
Fall; classification of mammals and mammalian morphology, with emphasis
on comparative osteology. Winter: history of mammals; principles involved
in their chronological distribution. Spring: biogeography and palaeoecology.
2 lectures; 1 three-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite; senior standing in
biology, geology, or anthropology. Shotwell.
Bi 471, 472, 473. Advanced Systematic Botany. (G) 4 hours each term.
Classification of the seed plants of the Pacific Northwest, with emphasis on
distribution and speciation. 2 lectures; 2 three-hour laboratory periods. Pre-
requisite: one year of botany, including some work in plant classification.
Detling.
Bi 475. Plant Anatomy. (G) 4 hours fall.
Comparative study of the structure and development of cells, tissues, and
organs of seed plants. 2 lectures; 2 three-hour laboratory periods. Pre-
requisite: Bi 103. Tepfer.
Bi 476, 477. Advanced Plant Morphology. (G) 4 hours each term, winter and
spring.
Structure and life histories of the plant phyla above the thallophytes. 2 lec-
tures; 2 three-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite; one year of botany.
Bi 481. Mammalian Embryology. (G) 3 hours.
Early developmental stages of the mammal. I demonstration period; 2 three-
hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: vertebrate embryology. Huestis.
Bi 485. Endocrinology. (G) 4 hours spring.
Morphology and physiology of the glands of internal secretion, and their role
in normal body functions of organisms. 3 lectures; I three-hour laboratory
period. Prerequisite: two years of biology; organic chemistry. Soderwall.
Bi 492, 493. General and Comparative Physiology. (G) 4 h0urs each term, fall
and winter.
Physiology of excitation, conduction, muscular contraction, growth, and de-
velopment in animals. Nutrition, feeding, digestion, circulation, metabolism,
excretion, and the neuromuscular system in the major animal phyla, studied
in relation to ecology and the evolution of physiological function. 3 lectures;
I three-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: Bi 446. Scheer.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
Bi 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Bi 502. Research Methods in Biology. Hours to be arranged.
Lectures and discussions of scientific method in biology; use of the library
in research; formulation of research problems; conduct of investigations; in-
terpretation of observations; oral and written presentation of results. Scheer.
Bi 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Bi 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Bi 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
108 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS CHEMISTRY 109
Bi 520, 521, 522. Advanced Genetics. 2 hours each term.
Study of topics of major interest in "classical" and "modern" genetics. Fall
and winter: the nature, behavior, and physiological action of the genes at
the level of the individual organism; prerequisite: Bi 443 and biochemistry.
Spring: concepts associated with genetics as a factor in the origin and evolu-
tion of species; introduction to techniques utilized in the genetic study of
populations of organisms, including man; prerequisite: Bi 442, college algebra,
elementary statistics. Clancy.
Bi 525. Experimental Morphogenesis. 2 hours.
Problems and techniques of experimental morphogenesis and development.
Lectures. With the consent of the instructor, experimental work may be car-
ried on in connection with this course in Bi 501. Prerequisite: vertebrate
embryology. Risley.
Bi 527. Cytology. 3 hours winter.
The problems of cytology; methods of study of the cell as the fundamental unit
of structure and function in living organisms; experimental procedures. 2 lec-
tures; 1 three-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: Bi 444, Bi 445, Bi 446,
Bi 451, or consent of instructor. Risley, Kezer.
Bi 531, 532, 533. Advanced Physiology. 2 hours each term.
Study of topics of current interest in general, cellular, and comparative phy-
siology. Experimental work may be carried on in Bi 501. Prerequisite: one
year of physiology. Scheer.
Department of Chemistry
Professors: A. H. KUNZ (department head),* PIERRE VAN RYSSELBERGHE.
Associate Professors: F. J. REITHEL (acting department head), D. F. SWINE-
HART, E. V. WHITE.
Assistant Professors: W. M. GRAVEN, L. H. KLEMM.
Instructors: G. B. ADAMS, G. W. KITTINGER, T. E. TEETER.
Associate: R. VENKATARAMAN.
Fellows: G. M. BOWER, W. D. CLARK, C. D. LIND, G. C. WILLIS, JR.
Assistants: ANNETTE S. BAlCH, MINA G. COOK, J. E. COTTON, KENNETH EMER-
SON, N. R. FETTER, HERSCHEL FRYE, G. R. JULIAN, T. S. LEE, JUDITH H.
LIND, R. H. MANN, D. D. REED, T. A. WHATLEY, R. R. WILKINSON.
THE undergraduate courses in chemistry are planned to provide a broadknowledge of the field as a part of the University's program of liberal edu-cation, and to provide a substantial foundation in chemistry for students
planning (1) to become professional chemists, (2) to take advanced work in
other sciences, (3) to enter a medical or dental school, or (4) to teach science in
the secondary schools.
High-school preparation for major work in chemistry should include at least
one unit each in algebra and geometry. The student's high-school program should
also include substantial courses in English, social science, literature, and foreign
languages. Students entering with insufficient preparation in mathematics must
make up their deficiencies through elementary courses offered by the University.
The standard curriculum for majors includes the following courses in chem-
istry and related fields:
Freshman Year. General Chemistry (Ch 201, 202, 203) ; a year sequence in
mathematics (students will be registered in a mathematics course for which they
have adequate preparation; as a basis for placement, high-school records are sup-
plemented by a placement examination).
• On leave from department headship, spring term, 1955·56.
Sophomore Year. Quantitative Analysis (Ch 321, 322, 323) ; General Physics
(Ph 201, 202, 203) ; Differential and Integral Calculus (Mth 201, 202, Mth 313).
Junior Year. Organic Chemistry (Ch 334, 335, 336); Physical Chemistry
(Ch 441, 442, 443) ; Physical-Chemical Measurements (Ch 444, 445, 446) ; Ger-
man.
Senior Year. Inorganic Semi-Micro Qualitative Analysis (Ch 324); Organic
Qualitative Analysis (Ch 435) ; Instrumental Analysis (Ch 426) ; German.
Majors should elect at least one additional advanced sequence in chemistry,
such as Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (Ch 411, 412, 413) or Biochemistry (Ch
461, 462, 463, Ch 464, 465, 466). Additional courses in physics and mathematics
are strongly recommended. Majors in chemistry who intend to enter a medical
school must take required work in biology (see pages 95-96).
To be recommended by the department for the teaching of chemistry in the
secondary schools, a student must have completed satisfactorily at least two year
sequences in chemistry, together with supporting work in mathematics and physics.
The department offers graduate work le~ding to the Master of Arts, Master
of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The graduate program consists of
thesis work, seminars, and broad fundamental courses. The graduate student is
advised to elect some advanced courses in other fields of science. In most cases,
professional positions are open only to persons having an advanced degree.
The University of Oregon is 011 the approved list of schools whose chemistry
faculties, facilities, and curricula have been investigated by the Committee on the
Professional Training of Chemists of the American Chemical Society.
LOWER-DIVISION ,COURSES
*Ch 101, 102, 103. Elementary Chemistry. 4 hours each term.
Similar to Ch 201, 202, 203 but less rigorous. Does not serve as a foundation
for advanced courses in chemistry. Concurrent work in mathematics recom-
mended. 2 lectures; 1 two-hour laboratory period; 1 quiz period. Kunz.
·Ch 201, 202, 203. General Chemistry. 4 hours each term.
Standard first-year college chemistry. Students are divided into two sections
on the basis of placement tests and records. 3 lectures; 1 four-hour labora-
tory period, including group discussion. Prerequisite: Mth 10 or equivalent.
Swinehart, White.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Ch 320. Elementary Quantitative Analysis. 4 or 5 hours.
Lectures on the fundamentals of quantitative analysis. Laboratory work de-
voted mainly to volumetric analysis. 3 lectures; 1 or 2 three-hour laboratory
periods. Prerequisite: Ch 203. Kittinger.
Ch 321, 322, 323. Quantitative Analysis. 4 hours each term.
A second-year sequence for students expecting to do further work in chem-
istry. Laboratory work in quantitative analysis. 2 lectures; 2 three-hour
laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Ch 203. Kunz.
Ch 324. Inorganic Semi-Micro Qualitative Analysis. 3 hours.
The separation and identification of cations and anions, by semi-micro
methods. 1 lecture; 2 three-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Ch 203.
Graven.
Ch 331, 332. Introductory Organic Chemistry. 4 hours each term.
Chemistry of the carbon compounds; the aliphatics, aromatics, and deriva-
tives. 3 lectures; 1 three-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: one year of
college chemistry.
Ch 334, 335,336. Organic Chemistry. 4 hours each term.
Comprehensive study of the chemistry of the compounds of carbon. 3 lectures
1 three-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: Ch 203. Klemm.
• Normally, credit i. not given for both Ch 101, 102, 103 and Ch 201, 202, 203.
110 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS CHEMISTRY 111
Ch 401. Research. Hours to be arranged.
For advanced undergraduates. An introduction to the methods of chemical in-
vestigation.
Ch 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Open only to students eligible to work for the bachelor's degree with honors
in chemistry.
Ch 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Ch 411, 412, 413. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. (G) 2 or 3 hours each term.
A comprehensive study of the chemical elements and their compounds, includ-
ing nuclear, atomic, and molecular structures. Lectures and laboratory. Pre-
requisite: three years of college chemistry. Graven.
Ch 426. Instrumental Analysis. (G) 3 hours.
Instrumentation in the chemical laboratory, including electrical and optical
methods that require special apparatus. 1 lecture; 2 three-hour laboratory
periods. Prerequisite: Ch 322. Graven.
Ch 435. Organic Qualitative Analysis. (G) 3 hours.
Principles and experimental techniques in the identification of organic com-
pounds, including systematic separation of mixtures. 1 lecture; 2 three-hour
laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Ch 332 or Ch 336. White.
Ch 440. Survey of Physical Chemistry. (g) 4 hours.
Fundamental principles of physical chemistry; calculus not required. 3 lec-
tures; 1 three-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: Ch 320 or Ch 321.
Ch 441, 442, 443. Physical Chemistry. (g) 3 hours each term.
Comprehensive study of the theoretical aspects of physical-chemical phe-
nomena. 3 lectures. Prerequisite: two years of college chemistry; one year of
calculus. Adams.
Ch 444, 445, 446. Physical-Chemical Measurements. (g) 1 hour each term.
A laboratory sequence; fundamental experiments illustrating physical-chemi-
cal principles. Normally taken with Ch 441, 442, 443.
Ch 461, 462, 463. Biochemistry. (G) 3 hours each term.
The chemical interpretation of biological phenomena; study of compounds
having biological significance. 3 lectures. Prerequisite: organic and analytical
chemistry, and biology. Reithel.
Ch 464, 465, 466. Biochemistry Laboratory. (G) lor 2 hours each term.
Designed to accompany Ch 461, 462, 463. Chemical analysis of biological ma-
terials and laboratory investigation of biochemical phenomena. 1 or 2 three-
hour laboratory periods. Reithel.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
Ch 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Ch 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Ch 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Ch 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Ch 521,522,523. Advanced Analytical Chemistry. 2 or 3 hours each term.
Special topics in analytical chemistry, with emphasis on the analysis of the less
familiar elements. 1 lecture; 1 or 2 three-hour laboratory periods. Graven.
Ch 531, 532, 533. Advanced Organic Chemistry. 2 or 3 hours each term.
Advanced general survey of organic chemistry; structural theory, syntheses,
scope and mechanism of reactions. Klemm, White.
Ch 534, 535, 536. Special Topics in Organic Chemistry. 2 or 3 hours each term.
Discussion of advanced topics selected from: carbocyclic and heterocyclic
compounds, carbohydrate and lignin chemistry, organic chemistry of the
less familiar elements, physical-organic concepts. White, Klemm.
Ch 537, 538, 539. Advanced Organic Laboratory. 2 hours each term.
Individual instruction in organic synthesis and techniques. Klemm, White.
Ch 541, 542, 543. Chemical Kinetics. 2 or 3 hours each term.
The work of each term is selected from such topics as: classical kinetic theory
of gases, statistical mechanics, statistical thermodynamics, chemical kinetics
in the gas phase in solution, catalysis. Offered alternate years. Swinehart.
Ch 544, 545, 546. Quantum Chemistry. 2 or 3 hours each term.
Topics of chemical interest discussed in terms of the quantum theory. Intro-
duction to wave mechanics, discussion of chemical bonding and the origin of
the theory of resonance, and topics from atomic and molecular spectra. Of-
fered alternate years. Not offered 1956-57. S~inehart.
Ch 551, 552. Chemical Thermodynamics. 3 ltours each term, fall and winter.
The laws of thermodynamics and their applications to physicochemical prob-
lems; equilibrium, phase rule, properties of solutions (nonelectrolytes and
electrolytes), thermodynamics of reversible cells and electrodes, etc. Offered
alternate years. Not offered 1956-57. Van Rysselberghe.
Ch 553. Statistical Thermodynamics. 3 hours spring.
The elements of statistical mechanics (classical and quantum) ; calculation
of thermodynamic quantities from partition functions. Normally follows Ch
551, 552. Offered alternate years. Not offered 1956-57. Van Rysselberghe.
Ch 554, 555, 556. Electrochemistry. 2 hours each term.
Systematic study of electrode potentials, galvanic cells, electrolysis, polariza-
tion phenomena, reversible and irreversible electrode reactions, with applica-
tions in electrometric analytical procedures, polarography, electrolytic organic
preparations, etc. Offered alternate years.
Ch 557, 558, 559. Thermodynamics of Irreversible Processes. 2 hours each
term.
The elements of the thermodynamics of irreversible processes and their appli-
cations in chemistry, electrochemistry, biochemical and biological mechanisms,
etc. Topics treated vary from year to year. Offered alternate years. Van
Rysselberghe.
Ch 561, 562, 563. Enzymes and Intermediary Metabolism. 2 or 3 hours each
term.
Enzyme kinetics and detailed consideration of glycolysis, biological oxidation,
lipid metabolism, and selected biological syntheses. Offered alternate years.
Reithel.
Ch 564, 565, 566. Proteins. 2 or 3 hours each term.
Study of the organic and physical properties of proteins and of the concepts
of their structure; nucleoproteins; immunological aspects of proteins. Offered
alternate years. Not offered 1956-57. Reithel.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS
Ch 419 Advanced General Chemistry. (g) 4 or 5 hours.
Ch 429. Survey of Analytical Chemistry. (g) 4 or 5 hours.
Ch 439. Survey of Organic Chemistry. (g) 4 or 5 hours.
112 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS ECONOMICS 113
Department of Economics
Professors: C. W. MACY (department head), CALVIN CRUMBAKER (emeritus),
]. H. GILBERT (emeritus), P. L. KLEINSORGE,* V. P. MORRIS, P. B. SIMPSON.
Associate Professors: R. M. DAVIS, M. D. WATTLES.
Assistant Professors: ROBERT CAMPBELL, H. T. KOPLIN.
Instructor: GEORGE BABILOT.t
Fellows:]. C. BLUMEL,]. G. RANLETT,]. S. SAHOTA.
Assistants: L. A. DAVIS, M. E. FIESER, ROLF HASLER, R. C. LINDSTROMBERG, G. A.
MARKER.
THE curriculum of the Department of Economics is planned not only to meetthe needs of majors but also to provide nonm~jo: students wi~h an insight i~toeconomic facts and problems as a part of their h~era! educ~tlOn and as t:am-
ing for intelligent citizenship. The study of economics IS basIc for professIOnal
training in law, business, and public service.
Undergraduate Major. The undergraduate major in economics, leading to
the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree, normally includes the follow-
ing:
Sophomore Year. Principles of Economics (Ec 201, 202, 20~), requi.red of all
majors. Majors are strongly urged to complete at least one year s work m college
mathematics and one year of accounting by the end of the sophomore year.
Junior and Senior Years. Economic Theory (Ec 375, 376, 377), require~ ~f.all
majors; in addition, majors must complete 27 term hours ~f work m upper-dlvlSlon
courses in economics, of which at least 18 hours must be m related sequences.
Option in Statistical Economi~s. This. op~ion, leadit.tg t? ~he Bacltelor of
Arts or Bachelor of Science degree with a major m economiCS, IS mtended to pre-
pare students for the investigation of economic and busi~~s~ problem~ through the
application of modern statistical methods. The lower-divIsion w~rk IS plann~d to
provide a general foundation in the fields of ma~hematics,. economl~s, and busmess.
In the junior and senior years, advanced work m economic theory ~s supplement~d
by intensive training in pure and applied statistics. The followmg program IS
recommended.
Freshman Year. Essentials of Mathematics (MthIOI, 102, 103); Construc-
tive Accounting (BA Ill, 112, 113).
Sophomore Year. Principles of Economics (Ec 201, 202, 203) ; Differential
and Integral Calculus (Mth 201, 202, 203).
Junior Year. Economic Thecry (Ec 375, 376, 377) ; Elements of Statistical
Methods (Mth 425).
Senior Year. Monetary and Banking Theory (Ec 411, 412, 413); Mathe-
matical Economics (Ec 480, 481); Mathematical Statistics (Mth 447,448,449);
year sequence in statistical economics (Ec 483, Ec 484, Ec 485).
Graduate Work in Economics. The Department of Economics offers gradu-
ate work leading to the degrees of Master of Arts, Master of Science, and Doctor
of Philosophy. For the general requirements for these degrees, see GRADUATE
SCHOOL. . I'
A candidate for the Ph.D. degree with a major in economics must se ect SIX
fields of study, one or two of which may be in other departm~nts .or sch~ols of the
University. A working knowledge of statistics and accountmg IS reqUired.
• On sabbatical leave 1955-56.
t On leave of absence, fall term, 1955-56.
All Ph.D. candidates must take comprehensive written preliminary examina-
tions and an oral preliminary examination in the selected fields of economics; all
candidates are examined in the fields of economic theory and history of economic
thought; the additional fields may be elected by the candidate.
A candidate for the Ph.D. degree in another area of study may present eco-
nomics as a cognate field, provided he has had proper preparation. Work in eco-
nomic theory is required; other fields may be elected by the candidate. Written
comprehensive examinations are required in the fields of economics selected by the
candidate.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Ec 201,202,203. Principles of Economics. 3 hours each term.
Principles that underlie production, exchange, distribution, etc. Prerequisite:
!lophomore standing. Babilot, Blumel, Campbell, Davis, Koplin, Macy, Morris,
Wattles.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Ec 318. Money and Banking. 3 hours fall.
Operations of commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System, and the Treas-
ury that affect the United States monetary system. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202,
203 or consent of instructor. Wattles.
Ec 319. Public Finance. 3 hours winter.
Principles and problems of government financing. Expenditures, revenues,
debt, and financial administration. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202, 203 or consent
of instructor. Macy.
Ec 320. International Finance. 3 hours spring.
The nature of foreign-exchange markets; techniques of international pay-
ments; exchange rates and their determination; problems of an international
monetary standard; international banking facilities; economic aspects of
major international organizations. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202, 203 or consent
of instructor. Wattles.
Ec 325. Labor Economics. 3 hours fall.
Conditions of labor since the industrial revolution. The labor market; wages,
hours, conditions of work; unemployment; etc. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202, 203.
Davis.
Ec 326. Organized Labor. 3 hours winter.
History of the labor movement; aims, methods, and policies of trade unions,
conservative and radical. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202, 203. Babilot.
Ec 327. Labor Legislation. 3 hours spring.
Labor legislation in the United States; problems facing employee, employer,
and public that call for regulation through public authority. Prerequisite:
Ec 201, 202, 203. Babilot.
Ec 332. Economics of Business Organization and Finance. 3 hours winter.
A study of the principal characteristics of the several types of business or-
ganization; the rights, duties, and obligations of investors and managing
officials; the problems of promoting, organizing, and financing business; the
political and economic problems of the modern giant corporation. Prerequis-
ite: Ec 201, 202, 203. Babilot.
Ec 334. Economic Control of Private Business. 3 hours fall.
Survey of government regulation of business in the United States; historical
development, present scope, economic and philosophic bases. Prerequisite:
Ec 201, 202, 203. Koplin.
Ec 335. Economics of Public Utilities and Transportation. 3 hours winter.
Economic characteristics of natural monopolies; their history and structure.
Economic and regulatory problems of rate determination, control of entry,
service and financing. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202, 203. Koplin.
114 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS ECONOMICS 115
& 336. Economics of Competitive Industries. 3 hours spring.
Economics of large-scale industry; organization of industrial markets; com-
petitive conditions and price detc:rmi!Jation. Development. and appl~cati<?n
of antitrust and unfair-trade legislation; government price regulatIOn In
competitive industries. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202, 203. Koplin.
Ec 345. Economic Problems of the Pacific. 3 hours fall.
Analysis of some of the major economic problems faci~g countrie~ of .the Far
East. population pressures and natural resources; capital formation In back-
ward'areas; industrialization and its impact on world trade; economic develop-
ment; technical assistance and international organizations. Primarily for
nonmaj ors. Wattles.
& 375, 376, 377. Economic Theory. 3 hours each term.
Systematic study of the concepts and methods of current economic analysis,
with special attention to the neoclassical school. Includes work in the fields of
value and distribution, fluctuations, employment, etc. Required of all majors.
Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202, 203. Campbell.
& 401. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Ec 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Ec 407. Seminar. (g) Hours to be arranged.
Ec411, 412, 413. Monetary and Banking Theory. (G) 3 hours each term.
Analysis of the nature of money, effects of changes in the money supply, mone-
tary controls used by the Federal Reserve System and the Treasury, interna-
tional repercussions of domestic monetary policies, international banking
agencies; critique of various monetary policies. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202,
203. Simpson.
&414. National Income Analysis. (G) 3 hours faU.
Analysis of statistical estimates of gross national production, national income,
and related series. Emphasis on theory and limitations. Use of forecasting and
economic analysis. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202, 203. Simpson.
Ec415. Economy ofthe Pacific Northwest. (G) 3 hours winter.
Changes in and sources of personal income in the Pacific Northwest; in-
dustrial basis of the regional product; balance of payments; development of
wood products. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202, 203. Simpson.
Ec 416. Economics of Conservation. (G) 3 hours spring.
Economic criteria for the proper rate and type of utilization of natural re-
sources' the relevance of the rate of interest and time preference to conserva-
tion policy; conflicts between private and social goals of resource consump-
tion. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202, 203. Simpson.
Ec417. Contemporary Economic Problems. (g) 3 hours spring.
Contemporary economic conditions and problems; analysis of policies and
practices affecting such problems. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202, 203. Campbell.
Ec 418, 419, 420. Taxation and Fiscal Policy. (G) 3 hours each term.
Critical analysis of taxes as sources of public revenue, with ~~phasis on
theories and incidence. Effects of expenditure, tax, and debt poliCies of gov-
ernment upon the total economy. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202, 203. Macy.
Ec 437, 438, 439. Economic Problems of Government Regulation. (G) 2 hours
each term.
Advanced study of the philosophy and application of government control of
industry' economic characteristics of specific monopolistic and competitiveindustrie~; their relation to the economic theory of business behavior; prob-
lems of public policy in individual industries. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202, 203.
Koplin.
Ec 440, 441, 442. International Economics. (G) 3 hours each term.
Theory of international trade; problems in balance-of-payments adjustments
during critical periods; commercial policies of the more important nations;
international economic organizations in theory and practice. Prerequisite:
Ec 201, 202, 203. Wattles.
Ec 447, 448, 449. Collective Bargaining. (G) 2 hours each term.
Major techniques of negotiation; union and management policies' strikes andlock<?~ts.. Methods of. settling labor disputes, including grievance' procedures,
~onclliatlOn, fact findmg, and arbitration. Prerequisite: Ec 325 or consent of
Instructor.
Ec 450, 451, 452. Comparative Economic Systems. (g) 2 hours each term.
An ~~alytical comparison of cal?italism and other economic systems. Pre-
requIsite: Ec 201, 202, 203. DaVIS, Wattles.
Ec 453. Land Economics. (G) 3 hours fall.
~conomic principles underlying. the utilization of agricultural, forest, recrea-
tional, a?~ urban lands. Attention to rural and urban planning and zoning.
PrereqUisite: Ec 201, 202, 203. .
Ec 460. Theories of Economic Instability. ! G)3 hours spring.
An exa!?ination of the works of leading European and American economists
co?~ermng thE; nature and causes of ~hanges in price and employment levels;
Crlti~a.l analYSIS of proposals for public control of economic fluctuations. Pre-
reqUisite: Ec 201, 202, 203. Davis.
Ec 466, 467, 468. Economic History of Modern Europe. (G) 3 hours each term.
~uropean economic development and its effect upon society from the begin-
mng of t.he modern era. Fall: the commercialization of economic life 1500-
1750; wm~er: th.e ~eginnings of industrialization, 1750-1850; spring: the
spread of industrialism, 1850 to the present.
Ec 470, 471, 472. History of Economic Thought. (G) 3 hours each term.
• The evolution of man's ideas about c:conomic matters; the classical school and
the development of modern economic thought. Prerequisite: Ec 201 202 203
Campbell. ' , .
Ec 475, 476, 477. Recent Economic Theories. (G) 2 hours Each term.
A d~t~iled analysis and critique of theories of recent major economists. Pre-
reqUisite: Ec 375, 376, 377 or consent of instructor. Koplin.
Ec 480, ~81. Mathematical Economics. (G) 3 hours each term winter and~~ ,
Construction and fitting of mathematic,,:l models of economic life. Prerequisite:
Mth 101, 102, 103; Ec 201, 202, 203. Simpson. .
Ec 483. Compilation of Economic Data. (G) 3 hours faU.
Ec~no.mi~ source ~a~erial; ~djusting time s.erie~ for continuity and seasonal
variation, cost-~f-livmg, price, and production Index numbers. Prerequisite:
Mth 425, 426. Simpson.
Ec 484. Correlation Analysis of Economic Data. (G) 3 hours winter.
Simple and multil?le correlati~n. and regression analysis of time series, supply-
and-demand studies. PrereqUisite: Mth 425, 426. Simpson.
Ec 485. Research and Survey Methods in Economics. (G) 3 hours spring.
Sampling methods used in market research and in surveys of economic data
Prerequisite: Mth 425, 426. Simpson. .
Ec 487, 488, 489. American Economic History. (G) 3 hours each term.
All phases of the economic development of the United States.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
Ec 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Ec 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Ec 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Ec 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Economic Theory. Davis.
Government Regulation. Koplin.
Industrial Relations.
International Economics. Wattles.
Money and Credit.. Simp~on.
Statistical Economics. Simpson.
Ec 514,515,516. National-Income Analysis and Forecasting. 2 hou~s eac~ term.
~1:S~i~~:tV~~~~dt~~;J~;i~.iMe~h~d:.;~~t~~~~~~J:~b~~Sth:~::I~fa~:ti~~~~
income analysis in economic forecastmg. Simpson.
Ec 518, 519, 520. Fiscal Theory and Policy. 3 hours e~ch term. . . .
An intensive study of fiscal theory and its appropnate role m determmmg fi-
nancial policies of government. Macy.
Department of English
Professors: P. W. SOUERS (department8eGd )i. F. Gl'CCA'E~~~E~Ng ll:;:.~r;itus) , H. H. HOELTJE, R(. D. ~OR)N,W' F AGRD'T~A~H~R (em~rit~s), HO~T
MARY H. PERKINS ementus, . . .
TROWBRIDGE,t R. B. WEST. CARLISLE
Associate Professors: ALICE H. ERNST (emeritus), J. C. MCCLOSKEY,
MOORE J. C. SHERWOOD, O. M. WILLARD. B H t
' C B R BARTEL R C GoRDON J. . ALL,Assistant Professors: R. . AKLL, OLATNDF MUr:DL~ N H. O~WALD, HELENS. N. KARCHMER, E. D. ITTOE, ., "
SOEHREN, C. A. WEGELIN.t D J C
Instructors: ELSIE A. BAILEY, LOrNA BIXB.W~ ~u~~:Bil-d.D~~D ~~~~~KIN~;~~~sS.RR.1;r~~;::,n\JE~VA~CV~~~', J~N WOODS, P. M. ZALL, G. A. ZORN.
Fellow: D. H. RAUBER. H H C L
Assistants: D. V. BEERY, D. G. CANZLER, J. R. DENNING, T. . OLMES, ARO
C. PANNY, R. G. Ross, L. C. STOTHERS.
THE Department of English offers instruction in English ~nd American liter~­d . iting Its lower-division courses are deSigned to supply. t .eture an m w~. . , introduction to humamsttctraining essenttal for good wntmg, to serve as a~ . ., E r h
studies and to impart the fundamental knowledge req:"s'te.for a m~J?r 111 ng I: ~
~r-division courses are designed to develop ,an .mtellt~ent an Just app~ecla~:~nu~fliterature to give some insight into the contmUity of It.ter~ture an~lthe m~rd
~~~~~:d~~1~~e;~:Yh~~:re;~tE'n~7~~oa~~o~~~:~~~ft~~~~~I::a~~ ~tt~;~~~li~h
lan~a:eedepartmentoffers undergraduate and graduate major pro8ira~s in ~.ng­
lish literature and in American literature, and an undergraduate major m wn mg.
. . ements The Department of English expects its majors to ac-
. M.aJ~d:ti~~l~o a kno'wledge of English literature, a general ~nowledge of
~~I~;i~~{ar:ar~~t~~~u~~~~~::1~~~:;~:~:~;~fo~:~hl:l~~t~n~:~;~~g~h~a~~~~~~
ment of English are as follows:
• On sabbatical leave, 1955-56.
t On leave of absence 1955·56.
(1) Satisfaction of the University language requirement for the B.A. degree.
(2) English History (Hst 207, 208, 209), or History of Western Civiliza-
tion (Hst 101, 102, 103), or History (Sophomore Honors) (SSc 107, 108, 109) ;
and a year sequence in biological or physical science.
(3) Survey of English Literature (Eng 101, 102, 103), or Appreciation of
Literature (Eng 104, 105, 106), or World Literature (Eng 107, 108, 109), or
Literature (Sophomore Honors) (AL 101, 102, 103); and Shakespeare (Eng
201,202,203).
(4) Additional courses, as follows:
Major in English Literature. Twenty-seven term hours in upper-division
courses in English, with at least 15 hours in the 400 group. To assure variety and
distribution of knowledge, these upper-division courses must include: (a) courses
in periods of literature, not less than 9 hours; (b) courses in single authors, not
less than 6 hours; (c) courses in types of literature, major literary expressions,
and language, not less than 6 hours. Withip this minimum requirement of 27
hours, the student must avoid choosing courses in single authors and periods of
literature that involve a repetition of work or concentration on a particular
century. Three term hours in American literature may be counted in meeting the
requirement. It is expected that at least 3 term hours be devoted to a course deal-
ing with mediaeval literature.
Major in American Literature. (a) Fifteen term hours in upper-division
courses in English literature, including not less than 9 hours in the 400 group; for
the satisfaction of this minimum requirement, the student may not count more
than 3 hours in nineteenth-century literature; the English major requirement of
6 hours in single-author courses must be satisfied. (b) Twenty-one term hours in
American literature, 12 of which must be in upper-division courses and at least 6 in
the 400 group.
Major in Writing. (a) Literature requirement-24 term hours in upper-divi-
sion courses in English or American literature, including: (i) not more than 9
hours in the 300 group, (ii) not more than 3 hours in nineteenth-century English
literature, and (iii) not more than 9 hours in American literature. (b) Writing
requirement-9 hours in upper-division courses in writing, of which at least
6 hours must be in the 400 group.
Honors in English. For superior upper-division students, the Department
of English offers a program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts with Honors
(for regulations governing eligibility, see page 60). In addition to satisfying the
regular requirements for a major in English, candidates for the degree with
honors must submit a thesis that shows an aptitude for independent study and the
ability to write good English, and must pass a comprehensive examination. All
work in English and related subjects should be of honor grade.
To support the work in honors, the Department of English offers courses in
Reading and Conference (Eng 405) and Thesis (Eng 403). The candidate chooses
a member of the faculty authorized to give such courses, who acts as his adviser,
directs his reading, and oversees his thesis during his junior and senior years. Or-
dinarily, not more than a total of 3 hours per term, or a total of 18 hours for the
two years, may be earned in Reading and Conference and Thesis. In special cases,
credit for Reading and Conference may be substituted for major course require-
ments.
State Teacher's Certificate. English majors intending to teach in the sec-
ondary schools must satisfy the education and subject requirements for a state
teacher's certificate (see SCHOOL OF EDUCATION) .
116 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
ENGLISH 117
118 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS ENGLISH 119
ENGLISH LITERATURE
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Eng 12. Corrective Reading. 1 hour any term.
No-grade course. Designed for students who have difficulties in reading at
the college level. Methods for increasing speed and comprehension. Jackson.
*Eng 101, 102, 103. Survey of English Literature. 3 hours each term.
Study of the principal works of English literature based on readings selected
to represent great writers, literary forms, and significant currents of th~ught.
Provides both an introduction to literature and a background that will be
useful in the study of other literatures and other fields of cultural history.
Fall: Anglo-Saxon beginnings to the Renaissance; winter: Milton to Words-
worth; spring: Byron to the present. Ball, Bartel, Black, Horn, Howard,
Laird, McCloskey, MundIe, Willard, ZaII.
*Eng 104, 105, 106. Appreciation of Literature. 3 hours each term.
Study of literature and the nature of literary experience through the reading
of great works of prose and poetry, drawn from English and other literatures.
Works representing the principal literary types are read in their entirety
when possible, with emphasis on such elements as structure, style, character-
ization imagery, and symbolism. Bartel, Black, Clubb, Gordon, Lucht, Ma-
veety, Moore, MundIe, Oswald, Van Voris, ZaII.
*Eng 107, 108, 109. World Literature. 3 hours each term.
Study of the literary and cultural foundations of the Western world through
the analysis of a selection of masterpieces of literature. ancient and modern,
read in chronological order. The readings include continental, English, and
American works. Dickey.
Eng 201,202,203. Shakespeare. 3 hours each term.
Study of the important plays--eomedies, histories, and tragedies. Required
for majors. Black, Hoeltje, Horn, Lesch, McCloskey, Oswald.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Eng 301. Tragedy. 3 hours.
A study of the nature of tragedy and of its expression in various literary
forms. Trowbridge.
Eng 302. The Prose Tradition in English Literature. 3 hours.
Thought and attitude of mind in their relation to prose style. Moore.
Eng 303. Epic. 3 hours.
The heroic spirit in Western European literature, with emphasis on English
literature. Lesch.
Eng 304. Comedy. 3 hours.
The comic view in both dramatic and nondramatic forms. Main emphasis on
English masters, but with attention also to classical and continental writers.
Principal theories of the comic and of comic literary forms .and types. Horn.
Eng 305. Satire. 3 hours.
Satire or criticism through ridicule, as a major type of literary expression.
Examples from various lit.erary forms-dramatic, na,rrative, ,!nd poetic--;-and
from ancient and foreign Itteratures, as weII as Enghsh. Special emphasIs on
contemporary satire. Moore, Trowbridge.
Eng 320, 321, 322. English Novel. 3 hours each term.
From Richardson and Fielding to the present. Black.
Eng 394, 395, 396. Twentieth-Century Literature. 3 hours each term.
British and American literature since 1900. This sequence may not be offered
toward the satisfaction of the minimum requirement for a major in English.
Sherwood.
• A student may register for only one of the three sequences; Eng WI, 102. 103; Eng 104,
105,106; Eng 107,108,109.
Eng 398, 399. Contemporary Drama. 3 hours each term.
First term: English a!1d continental r~mantic drama, the new stage realism,
melodrama, and .the tnumph of naturaltsm with Ibsen and the Russians' sec-
ond term: Enghsh and American dramatists from Wilde Shaw and Gals
worthy to O'Neill, Sherwood, Wilder, and Fry. Horn. " -
Eng 403. Thesis for Honors Candidates. Hours to be arranged.
Eng 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Eng 407. Seminar in Special Authors. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Eng 411, 412, 413. English Drama. (G) 3 hours each term.
The development of English dramatic forms from the beginnings to SheridanLesch. .
Eng 414, 415,416. History of Literary Criticism. (G) 3 hours each term.
Studies in the theory and practice of literary criticism from Plato and Aris-
totle to the present. West.
Eng 420, 421, 422. Anglo-Saxon. (G) 3 houri each term.
Grammar; translation. of sele~ted passages and the entire Beowulf. Required
for graduate students In Enghsh. Souers.
Eng 425. Late Mediaeval Literature. (g) 3 hours.
The liter,!ture of the Middle Ages, in relation to the social and literary ideas
of the penod. Souers.
Eng 428. Chaucer. (G) 3 hours.
As m~ch of C~aucer's work read as time permits. Required for graduate stu-dents In Enghsh. Souers.
Eng 430, 431,432. Literature of the Renaissance. (g) 3 hours each term
Fal.l: Renais~ance ~hought; winter: Renaissance epic and prose n~rrative'
spring: Enghsh Iync from Wyatt to Herrick. Trowbridge, Willard. '
Eng 434. Spenser. (G) 3 hours.
Lesch.
Eng 436. Advanced Shakespeare. (G) 3 hours.
Intensive study of se~eral plays, with primary emphasis on textual problems
and sources. PrerequIsite: year sequence in Shakespeare. Lesch.
Eng 440, 441, 442. Seventeenth-Century Literature. (g) 3 hours each term.
The poetry and prose from Jonson to Dryden studied in relation to the trends
of thought and feeling which characterize the century. Black.
Eng 444. Milton. (G) 3 hours.
Lesch.
Eng 450,451,452. Eighteenth-Century Literature. (g) 3 hours each term.
The prose ,!nq poetry 9f the century studied in relation to the social political
and aesthetic Ideas which gave the period its peculiar character. H~rn. •
Eng 455. Pope. (G) 3 hours.
Trowbridge.
Eng 460,461,462. The Romantic Poets. (g) 3 hours each term.
Fall: Wordworth and Coleridge; winter: Scott, Byron and others' spring'
Keats, Shelley, and others. Not offered 1956-57. Laird: ,.
Eng 463,464,465. The Later Nineteenth-Century Poets. (g) 3 hours each terlll.
Fall: Tennyson and l?rowning;. winter: Arnold, the pre-Raphaelites, Swin-
burne, and others; spnng: Morns, Thomson, Thompson Hopkins and othersMoll. ' , .
Eng 47~, 471, 472. Nineteenth-Century Prose. (g) 3 hours each term.
Main currents of thought as reflected in Carlyle, Mill, Newman Ruskin,
Huxley, Arnold, Pater. MundIe. '
120 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS ENGLISH 121
Eng 488. Literature for Teachers. (g) 3 hours. . ..,
For students interested in teaching high-school English. T~alnlng m comp~e­
hension and analysis of representative literary works. Readm!l's from English
and American literature, selected in part from stat~-,!!dopted hlg?-school texts.
Does not apply toward the satisfaction of the minimum reqUirements for a
major in English. Oswald.
Eng 490. Introduction to Modem English. (g) 3 hours. . .
A general view of modern English vocabula~y, graI!'mar, pronunciatIOn, and
spelling. Recommended for teachers of English. Willard.
Eng 491, 492. The Modem English Language. (G) 3 hours each term. .
English etymology phonology, morphology, and syntax st~died more mten-
sively and with m~re detailed historical.background t?,!!n In ~ng 490; Eng
490 is recommended as preparation, but IS not prerequIsite. Wdlard.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
Eng 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Eng 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Eng 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Eng 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Old and Middle English.
Sixteenth Century.
Seventeenth Century.
Eighteenth Century.
Nineteenth Century.
Drama.
Criticism.
Eng 540. Problems and Methods of Literary Study. 2 hours fall. .
Bibliography and the methods of literary r~search.as an 1ntroductlon to grad-
uate work. Required for graduate students In English. Willard.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS
Eng 422, 423. Types of Prose Fiction. (G) 3 hours each term.
AMERICAN LITERATURE
The general purpose of the major in American literature is to provide the
student with a background in English. literature t?rough. a study of the ack~owl­
edged masters and the main currents In our English heritage: and to help him to
gain an understanding and appreciation of the literature of hiS own country. For
major requirements, see pages 117-118.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Eng 261,262,263. Survey of American Literature. 3 hours each term. .
American literature from its beginning to the p~esent d3;Y. Two. consecutive
terms will satisfy the high-school teaching reqUirement In English. Ball.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Eng 323. American Satire. 3 hours. . .
Satire in American literatu.re; its natu~e, deyelopment, and Significant con-
tributions to the interpretation of American life. McCloskey.
Eng 328. American Drama. 3 hours.
A study of major American dramatists. McCloskey.
Eng 329. Literature of the West. 3 hours.
The literature of the West, in relation to the frontier, to regionalism, and to
movements in our national literature. From Irving and Parkman to Willa
Cather and Steinbeck. Hoeltj e.
Eng 391,392,393. American Novel. 3 hours each term.
Development of the American novel from its beginnings to the present. Mc-
Closkey.
Eng 403. Thesis for Honors Candidates. Hours to be arranged.
Eng 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Eng 407. Seminar in Special Authors. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Eng 475, 476, 477. Literary Foundations of American Life. (g) 3 hours each
term.
Study of those authors whose writings have helped to give shape to American
thought-from Bradford and the Puritans, through Woolman and Franklin,
to Emerson. Required of all majors in American literature who have not taken
Eng 261, 262, 263. Two consecutive terms will satisfy the high-school teach-
ing requirement in English. Hoeltje.
Eng 478, 479, 480. The Modem Spirit in American Literature. (g) 3 hours each
term.
From Whitman to the present. West.
Eng 481, 482,483. Major American Writers: The Romantic Idealists. (G) 3
hours each term.
Fall: Emerson and Thoreau; winter: Hawthorne and Melville; spring: Poe
and Lowell. Hoeltj e.
Eng 484, 485, 486. Major American Writers: The Realists. (G) 3 hours each
term.
Fall: Whitman and Twain; winter: Howells and James; spring: Robinson
and Eliot. Not offered 1956-57. Hoeltje.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
Eng 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Eng 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Eng 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Eng 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
WRITING
The major in writing offered by the Department of English is planned to pro-
vide students of demonstrated talent an opportunity to develop their abilities
through practice in a variety of literary forms. Seniors are expected to undertake a
sustained project of some length, such as a novel, a biography, a long poem or play,
etc.
The department also offers required and elective courses in writing for all
University students, to help them develop an ability to express themselves clearly
in good English. English Composition (Wr Ill, 112, 113) is a freshman sequence
required of all students in the University; each term's work must be taken in its
sequential order. A student who demonstrates, through examination, that his
writing ability meets the standard aimed at in English Composition may be excused
from all or part of this required sequence. Students who do superior work in the
first two terms of English Composition may substitute the first term of Advanced
Writing (Wr 211) for Wr 113. Students planning to major in writing are advised
to complete at least 6 term hours in Wr 211, 212, 213.
122 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS FOREIGN LANGUAGES 123
Students who receive a low rating in a placement examination given to all
entering freshmen are required to take Corrective English (Wr 10) before they
are permitted to register for English Composition.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Wr 10. Corrective English. 1 hour any term.
No-grade course. One-term course in the mechanics of English, required of
freshmen who receive low ratings in the entrance placement examination. For
such students Wr 10 is a prerequisite for any other course in written English.
Wr 111, 112, 113. English Composition. 3 hours any term.
The fundamentals of English composition; frequent written themes. Special
attention to correctness in fundamentals and to the organization of papers.
Sherwood, staff.
Wr 211, 212,213. Advanced Writing. 3 hours each term.
Writing practice in a variety of literary forms, including fiction. Prerequisite:
Wr 111, 112 with grade of A or B; Wr 113 with grade of B; or consent of
instructor.
Wr 214. Business English. 3 hours any term.
Study of modern practices in business correspondence, primarily for students
of business administration. Analysis and writing of the principal types of
correspondence. Prerequisite: Wr 111, 112, 113. Kittoe.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Wr 316, 317. Advanced Expository Writing. 3 hours each term, winter and
spring.
Practice in various forms of expository writing. Willard.
Wr 321, 322, 323. Play Writing. 3 hours each term.
Creative experiment in the writing of plays, with incidental study of models.
Analysis and discussion of student work. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Karchmer.
Wr 324, 325, 326. Short-Story Writing. 3 hours each term.
For students interested in creative writing or in professional writing for
magazines. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Karchmer, West.
Wr 341, 342, 343. Versification. 2 hours each term.
Verse writing; study of various verse forms as mediums of exp~e~sion. Anal-
ysis of class work. Open to freshmen and sophomores. PrereqUisIte: consent
of instructor. Hall.
Wr 408. Individual Instruction. Hours to be arranged.
W r 411. English Composition for Teachers. (g) 3 or 4 hours any term.
For students expecting to teach English in high school. Practice in writing
and a review of the rules of composition. Required for satisfaction of the high-
school teaching requirement in English. Prerequisite: Wr 111, 112, 113.
Oswald.
Wr 420, 421, 422. Novel Writing. 3 hours each term.
Designed to offer apprentice training in the writing of novels, and to develop
a critical grasp of fiction problems. Sustained work on a writing project con-
tinued through the year. Individual assigned readings. Prerequisite: consent
of instructor. West.
Wr 451, 452, 453. Projects in Writing. 3 hours each term.
For students who desire advanced instruction and practice in writing in the
short-story, novel, or nonfiction form. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Karchmer.
Department of Foreign Languages
Professors: D. M. DOUGHERTY· (department head), C. B. BEALL, F. M. COMBEL-
LACK, E. P. KREMER, L. O. WRIGHT.
Associate Professor: C. L. JOHNSON. .
Assistant Professors: H. F. BOWMAN, EDMUNDO GARdA-GIRON, M. A. LECUYER,
EDNA LANDROS (emeritus), W. A. LEPPMANN, E. N. O'NEIL, P. J. POWERS,t
ASTRID M. WILLIAMS, D. S. WILLISt.
Instructors: N. J. DAVISON, PATRICIA M. GATHERCOLE, ANGELA C. Y. JUNG, T. E.
MARSHALL, LORETTA A. WAWRZYNIAK.
Fellow: C. H. EVANS.
Assistants: ELEANOR M. BERNARD, FERNANDO CARRERA, GEORGE KLIN, L. D.
OSBORN, C. L. SHELLEY, LILY W. STEVENSON, R. B. TASTO, M. T. UMEMURA.
THE Departme?t of Foreign Languages .offers instruction in the followinglang.uages: C:hlnese, ~rench, Germ~n, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Latin, Nor-
wegIan, RussIan, Spamsh, and SwedIsh. Major curricula are offered in Classi-
cal languages, Germanic languages, and Romance languages.
. The .undergraduate course offerings have been planned to provide: (l) an
introduction to the nature and structure of language as a basic aspect of human
culture; (~) an in~roduction to the principal literatures of the world; (3) maj or
programs In ClassIcal langua;ges, French, German, and Spanish; (4) a reading
knowledge of languages reqUired of candidates for advanced degrees' and (5) a
writing proficiency in and speaking command of French, German, a~d Spanish.
Major Requirements. Departmental requirements for the Bachelor of Arts
degree with a major in the Department of Foreign Languages are as follows:
. Classical Languages. Greek: 30 term hours beyond the first-year sequence;
~Is!ory of Greece (Hst 411), HIstory of Rome (Hst 412, 413) (students major-
mg In Greek are normally expected to take courses in Latin). Latin: 24 term hours
beyond the second-year sequence in Latin; two year sequences in either Greek or a
modern European language; Hst 411, 412, 413.
French, German, or Spanish. Thirty term hours beyond the second-year se-
quence--normally survey of literature, composition and conversation and two
additional upper-division year sequences (at least one a literature seq;ence).
. Romance Languages, Modern Languages, Classical and Modern Languages.
ThIrty term hours beyond the second-year sequence in one language and 15 term
hours beyond the second-year sequence in a second language.
Honors in Foreign Languages. For superior upper-division students the
Department of Foreign Languages offers a program leading to the degr~e of
Bachelor of Arts with Honors (for regulations governing eligibility, see page 60).
Honors candidates, in addition to satisfying major requirements, present a thesis
and pass a comprehensive examination.
Graduate Work. The Department of Foreign Languages offers programs of
~raduate study l~ading to the degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy
In French, Spamsh, and Romance languages. For the master's degree courses are
offered in the languages and literatures of France, Spain and Spani~h America'
preferably, the student's program should include work in' two of these fields. Fo;
the doctorate, opportunities for advanced study are available in the French and
Spanish fields, supplemented by limited offerings in Italian and Latin.
The resources of the University Library for research in French and Spanish
* On sabbatical leave, spring term, 1955-56.
tOn sabbatical leave 1955-56.
124 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS FOREIGN LANGUAGES 125
are adequate for the department's graduate program; in some fields they are out-
standing. The Library's holdings of learned journals are extensive; one journal,
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE, is edited in the department.
State Teacher's Certificate. Foreign-language majors who plan to teach in
the secondary schools must satisfy the education and subject requirements for a
state teacher's certificate (SEE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION).
CLASSICAL LANGUAGES
GREEK
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
CL 1,2, 3. First-Year Greek. 4 hours each term.
Thorough study of the forms and syntax of Attic Greek. Reading of selected
passages from Xenophon's Anabasis. O'Neil.
CL 101, 102,203. Second-Year Greek: Works of Homer and Plato. 4 hours
each term.
Fall and winter: Homer's Iliad, I-VI; practice in reading Greek verse; lec-
tures and discussion on Homer and his times. Spring: Plato's Euthyphro,
Crito, and Apology. Combellack.
CL 231,232,233. New Testament Greek. 4 hours each term.
Prerequisite: one year of college Greek. Combellack.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
AL 304, 305, 306. Literature of the Ancient W orId. 3 hours each term.
For description, see page 99. Combellack, O'Neil.
CL 314, 315, 316. Second-Year Greek: Works of Homer and Plato. 4 hours
each term.
For description, see CL 101, 102, 103. Not open to students who have com-
pleted that sequence. Combellack.
CL 317,318, 319. Greek Tragedy. 3 hours each term.
Selected plays of Euripides and Sophocles; survey of the history of Greek
drama and of Greek stage antiquities. Prerequisite: two years of college
Greek. Combellack.
CL 321, 322, 323. Greek Historians. 2 hours each term.
Herodotus, Thucydides, and Xenophon. Lectures on the minor historians.
Fall: Persian Wars. Winter: Sicilian Expedition. Spring: selected portions
of Xenophon's H ellenica. Prerequisite: two years of college Greek. Combel-
lack, O'Neil.
CL 351, 352, 353. Greek Prose Composition. 1 hour each term.
Practice in the writing of Attic prose. Special attention to syntax, word order,
use of particles. Prerequisite: two years of college Greek. Combellack.
CL 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
CL 407. Seminar. (g) Hours to be arranged,
CL 411,412, 413. Plato and Aristotle. (G) 3 hours each term.
Plato's Republic; Aristotle's Ethics and Politics. Emphasis on Plato's literary
art and on his attitude toward literature; Aristotle's relationship to Plato.
Prerequisite: two years of college Greek. Combellack.
CL 414,415,416. Attic Orators. (G) 2 hours each term.
The beginnings and development of Attic oratory. Readings from Lysias,
Aeschines, Demosthenes, and Isocrates. Lectures and discussion on ancient
rhetoric. Prerequisite: two years of college Greek. Combellack.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
CL 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Not offered 1956-57.
CL 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Not offered 1956-57.
CL 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Not offered 1956-57.
CL 517, 518, 519. Greek Literature. Hours to be arranged.
Introduction to methods and materials for research in the classics. Special at-
tention to literary problems. Intensive study of one of the following: Homer's
Odyssey, Sophocles, Thucydides, Plato's Republic, Alexandrian poetry. Not
offered 1956-57. Combellack.
LATIN
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
CL 4, 5, 6. First-Year Latin. 4 hours each term.
The f!-lI1damentals of Latin; reading of three books of Caesar's Gallic Wars.
O'Ned.
CL 104, 105, 106. Second-Year Latin. 4 hours each term.
Brief review of Latin grammar. Reading of selected passages from Cicero and
from Virgil's Aeneid. Prerequisite: one year of college Latin or two years of
high-school Latin. O'Neil.
CL 204, 205, 206. Latin Literature: Augustan Age. 3 hours each term.
Virgil, Eclogues; Livy, Books I and II; Horace, Odes; selections from other
Augustan writers. Close study of poetic technique of Virgil and Horace. Pre-
requisite: two years of college Latin or equivalent. Combellack, O'Neil.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
CL 331,332,333. Latin Literature: Augustan Age. 3 hours ~ach term.
For description, see CL 204, 205, 206. Not open to students who have com-
pleted that sequence. Combellack, O'Neil.
CL 341,342,343. Latin Literature: Silver Age. 3 hours each term.
Tacitus, Agricola and Germania; Pliny, selected Letters;' Martial, selected
Epigrams; Suetonius, selected Lives. Prerequisite: two years of college Latin
or equivalent. O'Neil.
CL 344,345,346. Latin Literature: Ovid. 2 hours each term.
Reading of the major myths in the fifteen books of the Metamorphoses. Study
of prosody and practice in reading of Latin verse. O'Neil.
CL 347, 348, 349. Latin Composition. 2 hours each term.
Survey of classical Latin syntax; extensive practice in prose composition'
close study of poetic techniques; practice in verse composition. Designed fo;
majors and prospective teachers. Prerequisite: two years of college Latin or
equivalent. O'Neil.
CL 351, 352, 353. Latin Literature: Republican Period. 3 hours each term.
Catullus, selected poems; Lucretius, De Rerum Natura, Book I and selections'
Cicero, Tusculan Disputations, Book I; Sallust, The Conspiracy of Catiline:
Study of the social, political, and literary movements which culminated in
the death of the Republic and the birth of the Empire. Prerequisite: two years
of college Latin or equivalent. O'Neil.
CL 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
CL 407. Seminar. (g) Hours to be arranged.
126 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS FOREIGN LANGUAGES 127
CL 461 462 463. Latin Literature: Historians. (G) 3 hours each term.
A ~en:ral survey of Latin his.torio.gra~hy from. its beginnings. to about A.D.
400 Reading concentrated mamly In Llvy, TaCitus, and AmmIanus Marcel-lin~s. Lectures and reports. Intensive study of Livy's style. Combellack.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
CL 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Not offered 1956-57.
CL 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Not offered 1956-57.
CL 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Not offered 1956-57.
CL 511, 512, 513. Readings in Mediaeval Latin. Hours to be arranged.
Not offered 1956-57.
GERMANIC LANGUAGES
GERMAN
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
GL 1 2 3. First-Year German. 4 hours each term.De~igned to provide a thorough grammatical foundation in, :'ind an elementary
reading Irnowledge of, German, as well as an understandmg of the spoken
language. Kremer, Leppmann, Marshall.
GL 7, 8. First-Year German. 6 hours each term, winter and spring. .
A two-term sequence covering the work of GL 1, 2, 3. For students who Wish
to begin German in the winter term. Kremer.
GL 101, 102, 103. Second-Year German. 4 hours each term.
Review of gral1}mar and composition; rea1i~g of selections from representa-
tive authors; conversation. Leppmann, Williams.
GL 201,202,203. Survey of German Literature. 3 hours each te~.
German literature from the Middle Ages to the present; readmgs f~o~ repre-
sentative authors. Prerequisite: two years of college German. Williams.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
AL 314, 315, 316. Introduction to Germanic Literature. 3 hours each term.
For description, see page 99.
GL 320 321 322. Scientific German. 3 hours each term.In;ensi~e practice in the reading of scientific texts of ,increasing difficulty.
Prerequisite: two years of college German; or completion of GL 1, 2, 3 or
GL 7, 8 with a grade of A or B. Kremer.
GL 331,332,333. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century. 3 hours each
term. . .
The "novelle," principal dramatic works of ~he postclass.lcal penod, repre-
sentative lyrics. Prerequisite: survey course In German literature.
GL 334, 335, 336. Intermediate German Conversation and Composition. 2
hours each term.
Extensive practice in speaking and writing. Required of German major.s. Con-
ducted in German. Prerequisite: two years of college German or eqUivalent.
Kremer.
GL 340,341,342. German Culture and Civilization. ~ hours each term. .
Historical and political backgrounds of German literature and art. PrerequI-
site: reading Irnowledge of German. Kremer.
GL 343, 344, 345. Survey of German Literature. 3 hours each term.
For description, see GL 201, 202, 203. Not open to students who have com-
pleted that sequence. Williams.
GL 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
GL 405. Reading and Conference. 1 to 3 hours any term.
GL 407. Seminar. (g) Hours to be arranged.
GL411, 412, 413. Classical German Drama and Goethe's "Faust." (G) 3 hours
each term.
The dramatic masterpieces of the classical period of German literature.
Goethe's Faust, Parts I and II. Prerequisite: survey of German literature.Leppmann.
GL 421, 422, 423. Modern German Literature. (g) 3 hours each term.
Study of representative prose, poetry, and drama from the rise of naturalism
to the present, with particular attention to the works of Hauptmann, Thomas
Mann, Rilke, and Kafka. Prerequisite: survey of German literature. Lepp-
mann.
GL 424, 425, 426. Advanced German Composition and Conversation. 2 hours
each term.
Systematic review of grammar; historical survey of the German language;
translation of modern literary texts into German; writing of original themes.
Conducted in German. Normally required of German majors. Kremer.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
GL 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Not offered 1956-57.
GL 505. Reading and Conference. 1 to 3 hours any term.
Not offered 1956-57.
GL 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Not offered 1956-57.
GL 508. Seminar: German Philology. 3 hours any term.
Not offered 1956-57.
SCANDINAVIAN
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
GL 11, 12, 13. First-Year Norwegian. 3 hours each term.
Designed to give a thorough grammatical foundation in idiomatic Norwegian
with emphasis on both the reading and speaking of the language. Alternate~
with GL 107, 108, 109. Williams.
GL 21, 22, 23. First-Year Swedish. 3 hours each term.
Designed to give a thorough grammatical foundation in idiomatic Swedish
with emphasis on both the reading and speaking of the language. Alternate~
with GL 104, 105, 106. Williams.
GL 104,105,106. Second-Year Norwegian. 3 hours each term.
Review of grammar, composition, conversation; study of selections from
representative authors. Alternates with GL 21, 22, 23. Williams.
GL 107, 108, 109. Second-Year Swedish. 3 hours each term.
Review of grammar, composition, conversation; study of selections from
representative authors. Alternates with GL 11, 12, 13. Williams.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
AL 351, 352, 353. Scandinavian Literature in Translation. 3 hours each term.
For description, see page 100. Williams.
128 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS FOREIGN LANGUAGES 129
ORIENTAL LANGUAGES
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
OL 1 2 3. First-Year Japanese. 4 hours each term.Co~versational Japanese, including t~e reading. and ~riting of 303 Chines~
characters (kanji) and the two phonetic syllabanes (hlragana and katakana) ,
systematic presentation of the structure and patterns of the Japanese sen-
tence. Willis.
OL 4, 5, 6. Second-Year Japanese. 4 hours each term.
Colloquial and literary Japanese {bungo); 487 new C)1inese ch~racters
(kanji) ; reading of essays and stones to develop fluency m translation and
conversation. Willis, Umemura.
OL 21 22, 23. First-Year Chinese. 4 hours each term.C~lloquial Pekingese Mandarin; readin~ and writing 573 Chinese charac-
ters' reading of essays and stories deSIgned to present systematically the
stru~ture and patterns of the Chinese sentence. Willis.
OL 24 25 26. Second-Year Chinese. 4 hours each term.C~ntinuation of OL 21, 22, 23; 810 new Chin~s.e char~ct.ers; designed to in-
crease fluency of translation, reading, and wntmg. WIlhs, Jung.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
AL 317, 318, 319. Introduction to Chinese and Japanese Literature. 3 hours
each term.
For description, see page 99. Willis, Jung.
ROMANCE LANGUAGES
FRENCH
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
RL 1 2 3. First-Year French. 4 hours each term.i-..; introduction to French, stressing reading and speaking. Exercises in ele-
mentary composition and grammar. Johnson, Gathercole, Marshall, Wawr-
zyniak.
RL 7, 8. First-Year French. 6 hours each term, winter and spring.. .
Covers in two terms the work of RL 1, 2, 3. For students who WIsh to begm
French in the winter term. Gathercole.
RL 101, 102, 103. Second-Year French. 4 hours each term.
Study of selections from representative authors; review of grammar; con-
siderable attention to oral use of the language. Johnson, Dougherty, Lecuyer,
Marshall, Wawrzyniak.
RL 201, 202, 203. Survey of French Literature. 3 hours each term.
French literature from the Middle Ages to the present; readings from. repre-
sentative authors. Prerequisite: two years of college French or eqUIvalent.
Johnson, Lecuyer.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
RL 311, 312, 313. Survey of French Literature. 3 hours each term.
For description, see RL 201, 202, 203. Not open to students who have com-
pleted that sequence. Johnson, Lecuyer.
RL 314, 315, 316. Intermediate French Composition and Conversation. 2 hours
each term.
Exercises in pronunciation, compr~hension, and comI!0.sition. Ample oppor-
tunity for conversation. Conducted III French. PrereqUIsIte: two years of col-
lege French or equivalent. Gathercole, Wawrzyniak.
RL 320, 321, 322. French Pronunciation and Phonetics. 2 hours each term.
A thorough study of the fundamentals of French pronunciation with personal
attention to each student's difficulties. Prerequisite: two years of college
French or equivalent. Dougherty, Johnson.
RL 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
For students reading for honors in Romance languages.
RL 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
RL411,412,413. Seventeenth-Century French Literature. (G) 3 hours each
term.
Systematic study of the principal movements, types, and writers, with special
emphasis on Pascal, Corneille, Moliere, and Racine. Prerequisite: survey of
French literature. Dougherty.
RL417,418,419. Nineteenth-Century French Literature. (G) 3 hours each
term.
The masterworks of prose fiction and s~lected works of the great poets and
playwrights of the century. One term devoted to each type. Prerequisite:
survey of French literature. Johnson.
RL 423, 424, 425. Twentieth-Century French Literature. (G) 3 hours each
term.
Study of the writers and dominant literary currents in France since 1900.
Readings, lectures, and recitations. Conducted in French. Prerequisite: sur-
vey of French literature. Lecuyer.
RL 429, 430, 431. French Culture and Civilization. (G) 3 hours each term.
The political and social backgrounds of French literature; introduction to
French music and art. Prerequisite: reading knowledge of French. Johnson.
RL 467, 468, 469. Advanced French Composition. (G) 2 or 3 hours each term.
Translation of modern literary texts into French, and writing of original
themes. Conducted in French. Normally required of French majors. Pre-
requisite: RL 314, 315, 316 or equivalent. Dougherty, Lecuyer.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400·499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
RL 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
RL 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
RL 507. French Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
RL 514, 515, 516. Eighteenth-Century French Literature. 3 hours each term.
Study of the principal authors of the Enlightenment, particularly in their re-
lationships to European currents of thought; emphasis on Montesquieu, Vol-
taire, Rousseau, and the Encyclopaedists. Beall.
RL 517, 518, 519. Sixteenth-Century French Literature. 3 hours each term.
A general survey of literature in the Renaissance, with emphasis on Margue-
rite de Navarre, Rabelais, Marot, Ronsard, Du Bellay, d'Aubigne, and
Montaigne. Beall.
RL 538, 539, 540. Old French Readings. 2 hours each term.
Study of the principal mediaeval genres: romances, chronicles, lyric poetry,
and drama. Special attention to works of fourteenth and fifteenth centuries.
ITALIAN
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
RL 31, 32, 33. First-Year Italian. 3 hours each term.
Grammar, pronunciation, composition, and translation of modern authors.
Gathercole.
130 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS FOREIGN LANGUAGES 131
RL 104,105,106. Second-Year Italian. 3 hours each term.
Study of selections from representative authors. Composition, pronunciation,
grammar. Beall, Gathercole.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
RL 371, 372,373. Third-Year Italian. 3 hours each term.
Reading of selections from representative works of great authors. Reports.
Outline of Italian literature. Beall.
RL 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
RL 474, 475, 476. Fourth-Year Italian. (g) 2 hours each term.
Emphasis upon the classical writers. Beall.
AL 477,478,479. Dante and His Times. (g) 3 hours each term.
For description, see page 100. Beall.
SPANISH
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
RL 11, 12, 13. First-Year Spanish. 4 hours each term.
An introduction to Spanish, stressing speaking and reading. Exercises in ele-
mentary composition. Wright, Wawrzyniak.
RL 17,18. First-Year Spanish. 6 hours each term, winter and spring.
Covers in two terms the work of RL 11, 12, 13. For students who wish to be-
gin Spanish in the winter term. Davison.
RL 107,108,109. Second-Year Spanish. 4 hours each term.
Intensive oral and written exercises designed to help the student acquire an
accurate and fluent use of Spanish. Study of selections from representative
authors. Powers. Davison, Garcia-Giron.
RL 207, 208, 209. Survey of Spanish Literature. 3 hours each term.
Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present; readings from repre-
sentative texts. Prerequisite: two years of college Spanish or equivalent.
Davison, Powers, Wright.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
RL 341, 342, 343. Survey of Spanish Literature. 3 hours each term.
For description, see RL 207, 208, 209. Not open to students who have com-
pleted that sequence. Davison, Powers, Wright.
RL 347, 348, 349. Intermediate Spanish Composition and Conversation. 2
hours each term.
Fundamentals of pronunciation. Extensive oral and written practice. Con-
ducted in Spanish. Prerequisite: two years of college Spanish. Davison.
RL 350, 351. Spanish Pronunciation and Phonetics. 2 hours each term.
Scientific study of Spanish sounds, rhythm, and intonation. Supervised prac-
tice, with individual use of recording equipment. Prerequisite: consent of in-
structor. Wright.
RL 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
For students reading for honors in Romance languages.
RL 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
RL 438, 439, 440. Nineteenth-Century Spanish Literature. (G) 3 hours each
term.
Reading and study of representative works in drama, poetry, and prose from
the romanticists to the generation of 1898. Conducted in Spanish. Prerequi-
site: survey of Spanish literature. Powers.
RL 441, 442, 443. Modern Spanish Literature. (G) 3 hours each term.
Spanish literature since 1898. Principal types and authors. Extensive reading
of texts. Conducted in Spanish. Prerequisite: survey of Spanish literature.
RL 444, 445, 446. Spanish-American Literature. (G) 3 hours each term.
Study of the principal authors of Spanish America since the beginning of the
sixteenth century. Selections from the works of Ercilla, Sor Juana, Bello,
Heredia, Sarmiento, Dario, Silva, Nervo, Gonzalez Prada, Mistral, and
others. Conducted in Spanish. Prerequisite: survey of Spanish literature.
Garcia-Giron, Wright.
RL 451, 452, 453. Spanish Literature of the Golden Age. (G) 3 hours each term.
Study of the outstanding authors of Spain's classical period: Garcilaso, Cer-
vantes, Lope de Vega, Calderon, Quevedo, Gongora, and others. Prerequisite:
survey of Spanish literature. Garcia-Giron, Powers.
RL 461, 462, 463. Advanced Spanish Composition and Conversation. (G) 2 or
3 hours each term.
Normally required of Spanish majors.~ Prerequisite: RL 347, 348, 349 or
equivalent. Conducted in Spanish. Wright.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
RL 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
RL 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
RL 508. Spanish Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
RL 541,542,543. Old Spanish Readings. 2 hours each term.
Study of representative texts of the three centuries preceding the Golden Age.
Development of the principal genres: the chronicle, the ballad, the romance.
Detailed study of El Libra de Buen Amar, El Conde Lucanar, and Amadis de
Gaula. Wright.
RL 554, 555, 556. Drama of the Golden Age. 3 hours each term.
Interpretation and criticism of selected comedies of Lope de Vega. Calderon,
Tirso de Molina, Ruiz de Alarcon, Augustin Moreto, and Rojas Zorilla. Con-
ducted in Spanish. Powers.
RL 557, 558, 559. The "Modernista" Movement. 3 hours each term.
Leading "modernista" poets, essayists, and short-story writers: Dario, Rodo,
Quiroga, A. Machado, Valle Inclan, and others. Effect of their reform on
literary language and style. Conducted in Spanish. Garcia-Giron.
RL 561, 562, 563. Spanish-American Novel. 3 hours each term.
Intensive study of literary and social movements as reflected in the novels of
Fernan'dez de Lizardi, Isaacs, Rivera, GaIlegos, Azuela, Guzman, and others.
Conducted in Spanish. Garcia-Giron.
ROMANCE PHILOLOGY
GRADUATE COURSES
RL 520, 521, 522. Old French. 3 hours each term.
Phonology and morphology. Reading of principal literary monuments. His-
tory of French literature through the thirteenth century. Dougherty.
RL 523, 524, 525. Vulgar Latin and Old Proven!<a1. 2 hours each term.
RL 535, 536, 537. Old Spanish. 3 hours each term.
Phonology, morphology, and syntax of early texts; ecclesiastical glosses,
legal documents, Auto de los Reyes Magas, the Rancesvalles fragment, the
Cantar de Mia Cid, ancient baIlads. Wright.
132 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY 133
SLAVIC LANGUAGES
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
SL 11,12,13. First-Year Russian. 4 hours each term.
The elements of the Russian language. Elementary reading, composition, and
conversation. Bowman.
SL 101, 102, 103. Second-Year Russian. 4 hours each term.
Continued study of grammar and composition; reading of representative
works by great authors. Bowman.
SL 201, 202, 203. Readings in Russian Literature. 3 hours each term.
Study in Russian of selected literary masterpieces of the modern period. Fall :
Pushkin, Eugene Onegin; winter: Gogol, St. Petersburg Stories; spring,
Dostoevsky, Crime and Punishment. Bowman.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
SL 311, 312, 313. Readings in Russian Literature. 3 hours each term.
For description, see SL 201, 202, 203. Not open to students who have completed
that sequence. Bowman.
AL 331, 332, 333. Russian Literature in Translation. 3 hours each term.
For description, see page 100. Bowman.
AL 340, 341, 342. Russian Culture and Civilization. 3 hours each term.
For description, see page 100. Bowman.
SL 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Department of Geography and Geology
Professors: S. N. DICKEN (department head), L. W. STAPLES.
Associate Professor: E. M. BALDWIN.
Assistant Professors: C. T. BRESSLER, J. C. STOVALL.
Instructors: D. E. BRUYERE, F. R. PITTS.
Assistants: R. G. BOWEN, BRUCE MOBLEY, S. D. SELTZER, C. B. STENGSTAKE,·
G. M. THOMAS.
THE Department of Geography and Geology serves three classes of students:(l) professional major students; (2) nonprofessional major students, whowish to build a broad cultural education around a central interest in geog-
raphy or geology; and (3) students majoring in other fields who wish some ac-
quaintance with the contribution of these studies to the understanding of the world
and its problems.
For major students, the department provides work in four general fields of
specialization: (1) petrology, minerology, and economic geology; (2) historical
geology and palaeontology; (3) physical geography; (4) economic geography.
The first of these fields has a natural alliance with physics and chemistry, the sec-
ond a natural alliance with botany and zoology, and the third and fourth a natural
alliance with social sciences. The student should keep these alliances in mind when
he chooses elective courses. Students may specialize in any of these four fields, or
may elect a broad program combining work in both geography and geology.
High-school students planning to major in geology or geography at the Uni-
versity are advised to include in their high-school course: algebra, plane geometry,
trigonometry, geography, science (physics, chemistry, or general science).
• Resigned Dec. 31, 1955.
Major Curriculum in Geography. The following courses are required for an
undergraduate major in geography:
Lower Division-Re~ionalEconomic Geography (Geog 201, 202, 203) ; Cli-
matology (Geog 215) ; FIeld Geography (Geog 221) ; Cartography (Geog 219,
220 ; General Geology (Geol 101, 102).
Upper Division-Geomorphology (Geog 391); Geography in the Pacific
Northwest (Geog 301,302,303) ! Political Geography (Geog 320) ; Urban Geog-
raphy .(Geog 435); Advanced FIeld Geography (Geog 406) ; Geography of Con-
servation (Geog 425) ; at least two regional continental courses' 3 term hours in
Seminar (Geog 407). '
Major Curriculum in Geology. The following courses are required for an
undergraduate major in geology.
Lower Division-General Geology (Geol 101, 102, 103) ; Mathematics (Mth
101, 105, 106) ; General Chemistry (Ch 201, 202, ?03) ; General Physics (Ph 201,
202,203) ; Principles of Economics (Ec 201-, 202, 203).
Upper Division-Mineralogy (Geol 312, 313, 314) ; Introduction to Palae-
ontology (Geol 381,382,383) ; Geomorphology (Geog 391) ; Stratigraphy (Geol
392) ; Intn?duction to Field Geology (Geol 393) ; Advanced Field Geology (Geol
406) ; Semmar (GeoI407), three terms; Economic Geology (Geol 411, 412, 413) ;
Petrology and Petrography (GeoI414) ; Structural Geology (GeoI491).
Major Curriculum in Geography and Geology. The requirements for a
combined major in geography and geology are:
Lower Division-Introductory Geography (Geog 105 106 107) or Regional
Economic Geography (Geog 201, 202. 203); General G~olog'y (Geol 101 102
103). ' ,
Upper Division-A minimum of 18 term hours in upper-division courses in
geography and 18 hours in upper-division courses in geology' 3 term hours in a
seminar (Geog 407 or Geol 407). '
. Graduate Stu~y. Candidates for a master's or a doctor's degree with a major
In geology are reqUIred to take advanced courses in the fields of economic geology,
petrology, or palaeontology. Suggested minor fields are: chemistry, physics, bi-
ology, or mathematics.
Graduate work leading to a master's degree in geography is offered in three
fields of specialization: physical geography, economic geography, and regional
geography.
. Facilities. The department has laboratory facilities for work in cartography,
mme~alogy,.palaeontol~gy,and p~trography, including equipment for the making
of thm sectIOns. Workmg collections of maps, ores, minerals rocks and fossils
are available for student use. The Condon Museum of Geolo~ contains excellent
collections of rocks, minerals, and vertebrate fossils from the John Day Valley.
Oregon is especially rich in field material for both geology and geography.
GEOGRAPHY
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Geog lOS, 106, 107. Introductory Geography. 3 hours each term.
A general. introduction to the field of geography, in sequence as follows: Geog
lOS, phySIcal elements; Geog 106, earth resources; Geog 107 cultural ele-
ments. 2 lectures; 1 quiz period. '
Geog 201, 202, 203. Regional Economic Geography. 3 hours each term.
A study of the major types of production and their ~eographic background.
13-4 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY 135
Geog 215. Climatology. 3 hours.
The elements of weather and climate; intensive study and comparison of
climates of the earth, based on Koppen, Thornthwaite, and human-use classi-
fications.
Geog 219, 220. Cattography. 3 hours each term, fall and winter.
Map making and map projection. Use of aerial photographs. Comparative
study of types of maps used in the United States and in other countries.
Geog 221. Field Geography. 2 or 3 hours spring.
Intensive study of a limited area near Eugene; elementary map making and
studies of economic and human geography. Prerequisite: Geog 219, 220.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Geog 301,302,303. Geography of the Pacific Northwest. 3 hours each term.
A study of the land forms, climates, population, resources, products, and lines
of communication of the Pacific Northwest. Fall: Oregon; winter: northern
California, northern Nevada, Idaho, and western Montana; spring: Wash-
ington, British Columbia, and Alaska.
Geog 320. Political Geography. 3 hours spring.
Geopolitical principles; boundaries and aspirations of nations as they grow
out of natural regional settings. The strategy of men, lands and raw materials,
colonies, migration, foreign-trade relations. Pitts.
Geog 391. Geomorphology. 4 hours.
Systematic study of land forms. Field trips. 1 two-hour laboratory period.
Prerequisite: Geol 101, 102. Stovall.
Geog 392. Regional Geomorphology. 3 hours.
Study of selected geomorphic regions of the earth with the aid of maps and
aerial photographs. Prerequisite: Geog 391.
Geog 401. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Geog 405. Reading and Conferen~e. Hours to be arranged.
Geog 406. Advanced Field Geography. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Field techniques in geography, applied to special areas and problems. Pitts.
Geog 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Geog 425. Geography of Conservation. (g) 3 hours.
The geographic distribution of American resources; methods for maintaining
the optimum resource use. Dicken.
Geog 426. Geography of Europe. (G) 3 hours.
Some of the special problems of Europe today studied in light of the geog-
raphy of the continent. Prerequisite: Geog 105, 106, 107 or Geog 201, 202,
203. Dicken.
Geog 427. Geography of the Soviet Union. (G) 3 hours.
Geography of the Soviet Union; its resources, peoples, and world position.
Prerequisite: Geog 105, 106, 107 or Geog 201, 202, 203. Pitts.
Geog 428. Geography of the Pacific. (G) 3 hours.
Physical geography and natural resources of the Pacific region; social, eco-
nomic, and political problems related to the geography of the region. Pre-
requisite: Geog 105, 106, 107 or Geog 201, 202, 203.
Geog 429. Geography of North America. (g) 3 hours.
Geography of the continent north of the Rio Grande. Prerequisite: Geog 105,
106, 107 or Geog 201,202,203. Stovall.
Geog 430. Geography of South America. (G) 3 hours.
Physical, economic, and human geography of the continent. Prerequisite:
Geog 105, 106, 107 or Geog 201,202,203. Stovall.
Geog 431. Geography of Asia. (G) 3 hours.
Physical geography of the continent; the main economic).., social, and political
problems viewed in relation to geography. Prerequisite: l>eog 105 106 107 or
Geog 201, 202, 203. Pitts. ' ,
Geog 432. Geography of Africa. (G) 3 hours.
Physical geography of the continent; the main economic, social and political
problems viewed in relation to geography. Prerequisite: Geog IDS, 106, 107 or
Geog 201, 202, 203.
Geog 433. Geography of Middle America. (i) 3 hours.
Geography of Mexico, Central America, and the islands of the Caribbean
Prerequisite: Geog 105, 106, 107 or Geog 201, 202, 203. Stovall. .
Geog 435. Urban Geography. (G) 3 hours.
Worlddi.tribution of g~eat c,ities; urban patt~rns, forms, and functions; sys-
tems of urb:;m land c!asslfication;. f?rces affectmg urban land use; geographic
aspects of city planmng. PrerequISIte: Geog 291, 202, 203; Geog 219. Pitts.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
Geog 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Geog 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Geog 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Geog 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Principles of Geography.
Periodical Literature.
Historical Geography.
History of Geography.
Geog 511,512,513. Advanced Physical Geography. 3 hours each term.
Theories and techniques in the geographic study of land forms, soils waterc1~mates, vegetation, and animal life. Prerequisite; Geog 391, Ge~g 406:
Dicken.
Geog 515,516,517. Advanced Cultural Geography. 3 hours each term.
Proce~ures in the .g~ographic study of nations, peoples, industries, and trans-
portation. PrereqUisite; Geog 320, Geog 435.
GEOLOGY
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Geol101, 102, 103. General Geology. 4 hours each term.
Processes of nature affecting the surface of the earth; formation of economic
geologic deposits; the main events in the history of the earth. Lectures, lab-
oratory, and field trips.
Geol 290. Introduction to the Geology of Oregon. 3 hours.
Lectures, assigned reading, and field trips, to acquaint the student with some
of the salient features of the geology of the state. Prerequisite: Geol 101, 102,
103. Baldwin.
Geo1291. Rocks and Minerals. 3 hours.
A s~udy of t~e c0!11mon minerals and rocks; origin, lore, and properties of
preCIOUS, semiprecIOUS, and ornamental stones; economically important rocks
and minerals. 2 lectures; 1 three-hour laboratory period.
Geol 292. Elementary Areal Geology. 3 hours.
A study of regional geology primarily for nonmajors' areal distribution of
sedimentary, igneous, and metamorphic rocks in Or~gon. Field studies of
selected areas, with emphasis on the relationships between rock type struc-
ture, and topography. Prerequisite: Geo1101, 102, 103. 1 lecture; 6 ho~rs field
work.
136 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS HISTORY 137
UPJiER-DIVISION COURSES
Geol 301, 302, 303. Geologic History of Life. 3 hours each term.
Fall: origins and early history of life, as revealed by the fossil remains of
animals and plants; winter: geologic history of vertebrates; spring: geologic
history of the Primates.
Geol 312, 313, 314. Mineralogy. 4 hours each term.
Methods used in determinative mineralogy; crystallographic studies; occur-
rence and properties of some of the important minerals; optical mineralogy.
2 lectures; 2 laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Ch 201, 202, 203; Geol 101,
102, 103. Staples.
Geol 381, 382, 383. Introduction to Palaeontology. 3 hours each term.
Elementary study of representative forms of extinct animals, principally from
several phyla of the invertebrates and vertebrates. Prerequi~~: Geol 103.
Baldwin. "
Geog 391. Geomorphology. 4 hours.
For description, see page 134.
Geol 392. Stratigraphy. 3 hours.
Genesis and subsequent history of stratified rocks; sedimentation, induration,
weathering; the methods of correlating such formations. Prerequisite: Geol
101, 102, 103. Baldwin.
Geol 393. Introduction to Field Geology. 3 hours any term.
Elementary topographic mapping; use of field instruments; field mapping
of selected areas. Bressler.
Geol 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Geol 406. Advanced Field Geology. Hours to be arranged.
Geol 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Current Literature.
Classical Literature.
Geological Report Writing.
Problems in Geology.
Geol411, 412, 413. Economic Geology. (G) 3 hours each term.
The general principles of the formation of metalIic and nonmetalIic economic
geologic deposits; principal economic deposits, domestic and foreign. 2 lec-
tures; 1 laboratory period. Prerequisite: Geol 312, 313, 314. Staples.
Geol 414, 415, 416. Petrology and Petrography. (G) 4 hours each term.
Study of rocks and their alteration products; use of the petrographic micro-
scope. 2 lectures; 2 laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Geol 312, 313, 314; Ph
201, 202, 203. Bressler.
Geo1421. Structural Geology. (g) 3 hours.
Origin, interpretation, and mapping of minor rock structures and of major
structures such as faults and folds. 3 lectures. Prerequisite: Geol 101, 102,
103; Ph 101, 102, 103 or Ph 201, 202, 203.
Geol 451, 452. Pacific Coast Geology. (G) 3 hours each term.
Advanced study of the general geology of the west coast of the United States
and Canada from Alaska to southern California; special problems of the
region. Prerequisite: Geol 101, 102, 103; senior or graduate standing. Bald-
win.
Geol 491. Structural Geology. (G) 3 hours.
Origin, interpretation, and mapping of major and minor geologic structures.
3 lectures. Prerequisite: Ph 201, 202, 203; Geol 392.
GeoI492. Advanced Stratigraphy. (G) 3 hours.
Review of stratigraphic terminology; applied stratigraphy and facies analysis;
stratigraphy of the United States and other countries. Prerequisite: Gool 392.
Baldwin.
Geo1493. Petroleum Geology. (G).3 hours.
The origin and accumulation of petroleum and related products' the strati-
graphy and struc~ure of oil fi~l~s; methods of locating oil and gas: 2 lectures;
1 laboratory penod. PrereqUisite: Geol 392, Geol 491. Baldwin.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400·499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
Geo1501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Geol 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Geol 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Geol 506. Advanced Field Geology. Hours to be arranged.
Geol 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Founders of Geology.
Regional Geologic Studies.
Classical Geologic Treatises.
Classical Problems in Geology.
Advanced Structural Geology.
Geol 511, 512,513. Advanced Microscopy. 4 hours each term.
D~si&TIed to familiarize the s.tudent wi.th microscopic techniques in connection
With !mmer~lOn methods, .poli.shed sectIOns, heavy mineral residues, and micro-
chemical mmeral determmatlon. Prerequisite: Geol 314. Staples.
Geo1514, 515, 516. Advanced Petrology and Petrography. 3 hours each term.
SysteI!1s of rock cIassific~tion. Studies of suites illustrating special petro-
graphiC problems. PrerequISIte: Gool 414, 415, 416. Bressler.
Geol 520. Advanced Economic Geology. 3 hours.
Theories ~f ~he origin of mineral deposits; study of examples illustrating
general I?rmclples. Studen! ~eports on selected types of deposits. Review of
current literature. PrereqUisite: Geol 411. 412, 413. Staples.
Geol 525. Advanced Physical Geology. 3 hours.
Coml?r~hensive app~aisal o~ earth materials and processes, based on the study
of ongmal sources m claSSical and current geological literature.
Geol 531, 532, 533. Advanced Palaeontology. 3 hours each term.
Methods of collecting, preparing, and identifying faunas' emphasis on taxo-
nomy and palaeoecology. Prerequisite: Gool 381, 382, 383. Baldwin.
Department of History
Professors.: GoRDON WRIGHT (department head), QUIRINUS BREEN, D. E. CLARK
(ementus), P. S. DULL, E. S. POMEROY, W. H. STEPHENSON, O. M. WILSON.
Associate Professor: L. R. SORENSON.
Assistant Professors: E. R. BINGHAM, R. W. SMITH, W. A. WILLIAMS.•
Instructors: G. E. ETUE, R. E. RUIZ, ]. E. SELBY, V. F. SNOW.
Associate: MABEL E. MCCLAIN (emeritus).
Fellows: A. H. PIKE.
Assistants: G. P. BARTH, HAROLD BAUMAN, ]ESSIE O. BECKER, SIDNEY GOTT-
FRIED, C. W. GROVER,]. S. HOCKLEY, H. M. HOYT, C. W. NICHOLS, ]R. E. S.
PHINNEY, ]. D. ZIEGLER. '
THE curriculum of the Department of History includes comprehensive pro-~rams of element~ry a~d advanced courses in United States, European, Eng-lis?, and East ;'\slan. hls~ory. T~e d~partm~nt's course offerings are planned
to prOVide not only mtenslve mstructlon m speCial fields for majors in history but
• On leave of absence 1955-56.
138 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS HISTORY 139
also a background of foundational studies for students majoring in other depart-
ments.
Requirements for the Bachelor's Degree. For a bachelor's degree with a
major in history a student must complete a minimum of 42 term hours in history
(of which 24 must be upper division). The following courses are required of
all majors: (l) History of Western Civilization (Hst 101, 102, 103) or History
(Sophomore Honors) (SSc 107, 108, 109) ; and (2) a year sequence in United
States history. Seminar (Hst 407) is recommended for seniors who plan to do
graduate work. Students planning to teach history in the secondary schools should
consult the School of Education concerning the requirements for a high-school
teacher's certificate and the subject-preparation requirement in social science.
History majors are encouraged to take work in closely allied fields. With the
approval of the student's adviser, a maximum of 9 term hours in courses chosen
from the following list may be counted toward the satisfaction of the major re-
quirement in history: History of Economic Thought (Ec 470, 471, 472) ; History
of Philosophy (Phi 301, 302, 303); European Political Theory (PS 430, 431,
432) ; American Political Theory (PS 433) ; History of Social Thought (Soc
450,451,452) ; Introduction to the History of Art (AA 363, 364, 365) ; History of
Education (Ed 440) ; History of American Education (Ed 543).
Graduate Degrees. The department offers graduate work toward the mas-
ter's degrees in several fields. Work toward the degree of Doctor of Philosophy is
offered in a limited number of fields. Students who wish to enroll for graduate
work with emphasis on a specific field of history should consult the department in
advance.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Hst 101, 102, 103. History of Western Civilization. 3 hours each term.
Origins and development of Western civilization from ancient times to the
present. Breen, Etue, Smith, Snow, Sorenson.
SSc 107,108,109. History (Sophomore Honors). 3 hours each term.
For description, see page 100.
Hst 201,202,203. History of the United States. 3 hours each term.
From colonial times to the present day. Bingham, Pomeroy, Ruiz, Selby,
Stephenson, Williams.
Hst 207, 208, 209. English History. 3 hours each term.
A general survey, covering political, economic, social, intellectual, and re-
ligious developments. Smith.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Hst 341,342,343. Europe since 1789. 3 hours each term.
Political, social, economic, and cultural trends from the French Revolution to
the present. Fall: 1789 to 1870; winter: 1870 to 1929; 1929 to the present.
Wright.
Hst 350,351,352. Hispanic America. 3 hours each term.
A survey of Hispanic America from the early Indian civilizations through the
periods of Spanish conquest and coloni'Zation; the wars of independence; the
rise of national states; their internal development and foreign relations. Wil-
liams, Ruiz.
Hst 377. Oregon History. 2 hours.
Brief survey of the building of civilization in the Oregon Country. Bingham.
Hst 391,392,393. Far East in Modern Times. 3 hours each term.
Political, economic, and diplomatic history of China, Japan, and Korea, with
some attention to Asiatic Russia and the Philippines, from the middle of the
nineteenth century to the present. Dull.
Hst 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
For honors students.
Hst 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Directed reading for honors students.
Hst 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Study of significant writings in American history from colonial times to the
pr~sent, with emphasis on methods and interpretations. Prerequisite: consent
of mstructor. Stephenson.
Hst411. History of Greece. (G) 3 hours fall.
Political and cultural history of ancient Greece. Breen.
Hst 412,413. History of Rome. (G) 3 hours each term, winter and spring.
Winter: history of Rome from its earliest beginnings to the end of the Re-
public; spring: the period of the Empire. Breen.
Hst 421, 422, 423. Middle Ages. (G) 3 hours each term.
History of Europe from the decline of the Western Roman Empire to the Age
of the Councils. Fall: to 1000 A.D. ; winter: to 1200 A.D.; spring: to the Council
of Constance. Breen.
Hst 430, 431. Renaissance. (G) 3 hours each term, fall and winter.
Fall: the Renaissance in Italy; winter: the northern Renaissance. Breen.
Hst 432. Reformation. (G) 3 hours spring.
The Protestant and the Catholic reform of the sixteenth century. Breen.
Hst433. Europe 1600-1789. (G) 3 hours.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development of the European states
from the close of the Reformation to the French Revolution. Not offered
1956-57. Snow.
Hst 434, 435, 436. Western Institutions and Ideas. (G) 3 hours each term.
Intensive study of selected ideas and institutions that have influenced the his-
tory of Western civilization. Prerequisite: a college-level introductory course
in European history. Sorenson.
Hst 437, 438, 439. Economic History of Modern Europe. (G) 3 hours each
term.
European economic development and its effect upon society from the beginning
of the modern era. Fall: the commercialization of economic life 1500-1750'
winter: the beginnings of industrialization, 1750-1850; spring: the spread of
industrialism, 1850 to the present. Sorenson.
Hst441, 442, 443. History of France. (G) 3 hours each term.
Fall: gro.wth of ~he monarchy; winter: Old Regime, Revolutionary and
Napoleo?~c er!1, mneteenth-century monarchy; spring: 1848 to the present.
PrereqUisite: mtroductory course in European history or reading knowledge
of French. Wright.
Hst 445. Europe since 1939. (g) 3 hours.
Origins and course of World War II; postwar developments in the European
states. Wright.
Hst 446. Modern Germany. (g) 3 hours.
The German Empire, the republican experiment of 1918-33 the National So-
cialist regime, World War II and after. Etue. '
Hst 447. Tsarist Russia. (G) 3 hours.
Origins of the Russian state; growth of Russian institutions; rise of the
revolutionary movement. Wright.
Hst 448. Soviet Union. (G) 3 hours.
The revolution of 1917; Russian domestic and foreign policies from 1917 to
the present. Wright.
140 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
HOME ECONOMICS 141
H t 449 Eastern Europe. (g) 3 hours. 1"' 1 . I d
s Th~ Ba!tic, Dan
l
ubi~n, anid Bfaltkhan:::;ei~n i~~~~~~t\~~~i ;iffai~~.a N~~cI~ffe~~d
economic prob ems, ro e 0 e
1956-57. Wright.
Hst 460,461,462. History of American Thought and Culture. (g) 3 hours
each term. ., I d Itural life from colonial times
Main currents 9f Ame!lcan mtellectua ~blicc~inion and political and social
to the present, ~n. relatIOn to ~reUnd~to~ ~tates h1story or consent of instructor.
action. PrereqUisite: 9 hours In m e
Bingham.
Hst 463. History of Canada. (g) 3 h~urs. .
History of Canada from colonial times to the present. Smith.
464 465 B ·tish Empire. (g) 3 hours each term. . .Hst , . n . . ., 1815' evolution of colonial natlOnahsm,
History of the Bntlsh Empire th~d I First term: Australia, New Zealand,develoPAmfe~t of the cOdmtemr:~t~d~a ~ned the crown colonies. Smith.South nca; secon ,
Hst 466. Tudor Engla~d. (G) 3 ~ours. . tellectual development of England
The political,.SOCial, economdlc, and I~ 1485-1603. Smith.
through the reigns of the Tu or sovereignS,
Hst~08~iai.i~~~~~~I~:C~~:~ic,(~~/i~~~~:~tual history of England from 1815 to
1870. Smith.
Hst 469. Twentieth-Century Eng1a~d. (g) 3 hours. in Great Britain in the
Social, political, econ~mic, and mtellectual changes
twentieth century. Smith. 3 h h
Hst 470, 471, 472. American Political Parties and Leaders. (G) ours eac
~~~~volution of American political parties since the Revolution; outstanding
political leaders. Stephenson.
• . R lat' ns (g) 3 hours each term.H t 473 474 475. Amencan Foreign e 10. . . 1"' f
s Th~ ori~ins, character, and consequencWes.U! American foreign po ICles romthe Revolutionary War to the present. I lams.
77 H' t of the West (G) 3 hours each term.Hst 476, 4 . . IS °fry t' F' t t~rm . the early American frontier; second term:The Amencan ron ler. Irs .
the trans-Mississippi West. Pomeroy.
Hst 478. History of the Pacific North~e.s~. (.G) ~ hO:;\>acific Northwest. Not
Detailed study of the hbuildin~ 0\t~I~77t1p~e~~q~isite: Hst 201, 202 or con-
open to students who. ave ta en s .
sent of instructor. Bmgham.
d I fI es in American History. (G) 3 hours.
Hst 479. Forces an n ue~c the frontier' inheritance and tradition;
Geographic influences.; ml~uen.ce ~ionalism' m~nifest destiny; democracy.
economiC forces; natlOna Ism, se ,
Hst 480, 481, 482. The United States in the Twentieth Century. (G) 3 hours
each term. . . 1937 P oyFall: to 1918; winter: 1918-37; spnng: smce . orner .
Hst 483 Amerl'can Constitutional History. (g) 3 hours. .f th U t d States Constitu-Int;oduction to the history and development 0 e m e
tion. Pomeroy.
486 C 1 'al North America. (G) 3 hours. .Hst . 0 om bl" h t d development of European colomes~dN~~~hdA~~~c~f; ~~p~~~is I~nn;h~ E~glish colonies. Selby.
Hst 487, 488, 489. American Economic History. (G) 3 hours each term.
All phases of the economic development of the United States. Selby.
Hst 494, 495, 496. History of China. (G) 3 hours each term.
Fall: from legendary times through the T'ang Dynasty (618-907) ; winter:
from the Sung Dynasty (960-1276) to the "Second Treaty Settlement" of the
Manchus in 1860; spring: 1860 to the present. Dull.
Hst 497, 498, 499. History of Japan. (G) 3 hours each term.
History of Japan, from its beginning to the present. Not offered 1956-57. Dull.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400·499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
Hst 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Hst 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Hst 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Hst 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
European History. Breen, Wright.
English History. Smith.
American History. Pomeroy, Stephenson, Williams.
History of the Pacific Northwest. Bingham.
History of the Far East. Dull.
Hst 520. Historical Method. 3 hours.
Introduction to the method of research and writing in history. Stephenson.
Hst 530, 531, 532. European History: Problems and Interpretations. 3 hours
each term.
Readings, reports, and group discussions of major trends, problems, and inter-
pretations in modern European history. Emphasis on standard works and on
controversial viewpoints. Fall: Renaissance and Reformation; winter: the
seventeenth and eighteenth centuries; spring: 1789 to the present. Breen,
Smith, Snow, Wright.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS
Hst 418, 419. Studies in Western Civilization. (g) 4 hours each term.
Hst 490. Problems of the Pacific. (g) 4 hours.
Department of Home Economics
Professor: MABEL A. W ODD (department head).
Assistant Professors: FAITH JOHNSTON, C. MARGARET MUELLER, FRANCES VAN
VOORHIS, MARGARET J. WIESE.
LOWER-DIVISION and service courses in home economics are offered atthe University. By action of the State Board of Higher Education in 1932,all major work in the Oregon State System of Higher Education leading to
baccalaureate and advanced degrees in home economics was confined to the School
i of Home Economics at the State College, and lower-division work (instruction in
I the freshman and sophomore years) was assigned to both the State College and
Ithe University.
I The lower-division work in home economics is essentially the same at both
linstitutions. While it is recommended that students intending to major in home
leconomics enter the institution at which major work is offered at the beginning
I,of their freshman year, they may, if they wish, spend their freshman and sopho-
Imore years at the University, and transfer to the State College for their major
142 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS MATHEMATICS 143
work at the beginning of the junior year, without loss of credit and with funda-
mental requirements for upper-division standing fully met. University students
wishing to complete the first two years of Curriculum B (professional curriculum)
should have their programs carefully planned by the head of the Department of
Home Economics.
At both institutions, the lower-division program is intended, not only to lay
the foundation for specialization in home economics, but also to serve the needs
of students majoring in other fields. In addition to lower-division work, the Uni-
versity offers upper-division service courses in home economics.
The Department of Home Economics occupies the third floor of Chapman
Hall. The foods and clothing laboratories of the department are designed and
equipped in accordance with the best modern standards for instruction in these
fields.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
HEc 111, 112, 113. Clothing Construction. 2 hours each term.
Adaptation of patterns, fitting of garments, and the basic processes of the con-
struction of clothing. Students must have taken HEc 114, 115, 116, or must
take this sequence at the same time. 2 two-hour laboratory periods.
HEc 114, 115, 116. Clothing Selection. 1 hour each term.
Selection of clothing from the standpoints of design, textile, material, hygiene,
and cost for homemade and ready-made clothing.
HEc 125. Textiles. 2 hours any term.
Textile fibers and their relation to dress and household textiles. Suggested
parallel for HEc 111.
HEc 211, 212, 213. Foods. 3 hours each term.
Introduction to foods; selection, preparation, and serving of meals. 2 recita-
tions; 2 two-hour laboratory periods.
HEc 222. Family Relationships. 2 hours any term.
Designed to give the student with no particular background in sociology or
psychology an understanding of the problems and adj ustments of family life.
Does not satisfy any requirement in sociology.
HEc 225. Principles of Dietetics. 2 hours any term.
The nutritive value of food; the selection of a proper diet for health, based
on dietic principles. Open to men and women.
HEc 250. Camp Cookery. 1 hour any term.
Fundamental principles of cookery applied to simple meals in home and camp.
1 three-hour laboratory period. Open to men only.
UPPER-DIVISION SERVICE COURSES
HEc 325. Child Care and Training. 3 hours any term.
The growth, development, care, and training of the young child. No pre-
requisite.
HEc 331. Home Planning and Furnishing. 3 hours any term.
Principles involved in the planning and furnishing of a home.
HEc 339. Household Management. 3 hours any term.
Application of the principles of scientific management to the home; household
operations and finances; family and community relationships.
HEc 340. Purchasing Problems of the Home. 3 hours.
Designed to provide the student with information needed as a basis for wise
selection of household consumer goods; study and evaluation of sources of
consumer information; the legal protection and responsibilty of the con-
sumer.
Department of Mathematics
Professors: A. F. MOURSUND (department head), 1. M. NIVEN,. P. B. SIMPSON.
Associate Professors; PAUL CIVIN, K. S. GHENT, F. J. MASSEY,t HERMAN RUBIN,
BERTRAM YOOD. .
Assistant Professors: R. L. SAN SOUCIE, H. T. TUCKER.
Instructors: H. G. H. BARTRAM, H. S. BEAR; MILDRED MASSEY,t MARIE R. MASON,
LULU MOURSUND, JEAN RUBIN.:!:
Fellows: L. C. HUNTER, D. P. PETERSON.
Assistants: A. R. ANSARI, J. R. BORSTING, P. G. CARR, C. H. CHICKS, R. T.
DILLON, R. R. FOSSUM, J. B. GOEBEL, H. S. HAHN, E. Y. HILL,II D. P. MAR-
SHALL, MAYNARD B. STEVENSON, PEARL A. VAN NATTA, W. M. WOODS.
MATHEMATICS courses at the University are designed to provide thetraining in rigorous thinking and analytical processes which is fundamentalto a liberal education; to provide basic mathematical and statistical train-
ing for students in the social, biological, and physical sciences and in the profes-
sional schools; to prepare prospective teachers of mathematics; and to provide ad-
vanced and graduate work for students specializing in the field.
Preparation for Major Work. Students planning to major in mathematics at
the University should take high-school courses in algebra (at least one and one-
half years) and plane geometry, and, if possible, courses in trigonometry and solid
geometry.
Majors usually begin their University work in mathematics with College
Algebra (Mth 105), Plane Trigonometry (Mth 106), and Analytic Geometry
(Mth 107). If they are not prepared for this sequence, they must make up their
deficiencies with one or more of the following courses: Elements of Algebra (Mth
10), Elements of Plane and Solid Geometry (Mth 20, 21, 22), Essentials of Mathe-
matics (Mth 101, first term only). Students electing the sequence, Mth 101, 102,
103, must take Mth 106 and Mth 107 before entering the standard second-year se-
quence, Differential and Integral Calculus (Mth 201, 202, 203).
Science Group Requirement. The following sequences are correlated to
make up an integrated year's work to satisfy the science group requirement: Mth
101, lOS, 106; Mth 101, 105, 108; Mth 101, 102, 103; Mth 101, 102, 108; Mth 105,
106, 107; Mth 105, 106, 108; Mth 201, 202, 203. Majors in business administra-
tion should choose a sequence which includes Mth 108.
Mth 105, 106, 107 is the standard sequence for students who enter with one and
one-half years of high-school algebra, and who intend to major in mathematics, the
physical sciences, or architecture, or to take more than one year's work in college
mathematics. Students who enter with at least one year of high-school algebra
and who do not plan to take more than one year of college mathematics, apart from
statistics, should find Mth 101, 102, 103 suitable for their needs. The department
will recommend suitable sequences in the light of the individual student's interests
and mathematics placement-test score.
Requirements for Bachelor's Degree. To qualify for a bachelor's degree
with a major in mathematics, a student must complete 48 term hours of work in
the field, including Differential and Integral Calculus (Mth 201, 202, 203) and at
least 24 hours in upper-division mathematics courses. General Physics (Ph 201,
202,203) is strongly recommended as an elective.
• On leave of absence 1955-56.
t Resigned Mar. 17, 1956.
*Resigned Dec. 31, 1955.
UResigned Dec. 8, 1955.
The following courses are also recommended as electives: upper-division
physics courses; General Chemistry (Ch 201, 202, 203) ; Principles of Economics
(Ec 201, 202, 203); Compilation of Economic Data (Ec 483); Correlation
Analysis of Economic Data (Ec 484) ; Research and Survey Methods in Econ-
omics (Ec 485); Symbolic Logic (Phi 461, 462) ; Philosophy of Science (Phi
471) ; Psychometrics (Psy 443, 444, 445).
Students preparing for graduate work in mathematics should include in their
programs: Mth 412,413,414; Mth 421, 422, 423; Mth 431, 432, 433; and Mth 447,
448,449.
Recommendations for Prospective Teachers. Students intending to teach
high-school mathematics must plan their programs to include the courses required
for certification (see SCHOOL OF EDUCATION). To receive the unqualified recom-
mendation of the department, prospective mathematics teachers should also com-
plete two terms of Differential and Integral Calculus (Mth 201, 202), Advanced
Elucidean Geometry (Mth 415), and either Advanced College Algebra (Mth 314)
or Higher Algebra (Mth 412). It is also recommended that, to supplement the
courses listed above, the student's program include 12 additional term hours in
courses s~lected from: Mth 108, Mth 203, and upper-division mathematics courses.
Special upper-division courses in algebra, geometry, and the foundations of mathe-
matics, offered during summer sessions (see page 147), are acceptable substitutes
for the upper-division mathematics courses listed above.
Students preparing for elementary-school teaching should take Mathematics
for Elementary Teachers (Mth 7, 8).
Graduate Degrees. The Department of Mathmatics offers gradaute work
leading to the Master of Arts, Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy de-
grees. Candidates for a master's degree with a major in mathematics should plan
to take a year sequence in the 511-599 group, in addition to the research and semi-
nar work required by the Graduate School.
Candidates for the Ph.D. degree are accepted in the fields of algebra and num-
ber theory, analysis, and mathematical statistics. Students interested in work
toward the doctor's degree should consult the head of the department concerning
departmental requirements.
Statistics. A major option in statistical theory has been arranged for students
wishing to specialize in this field. Students interested in this work should consult
Dr. Herman Rubin, associate professor of mathematics.
At the University of Oregon all basic courses in statistical theory are offered
by the Department of Mathematics. The following courses in applied statistics are
offered in other schools and departments. Mathematical Economics (Ec 480,481) ;
Compiliation of Economic Data (Ec 483), Correlation Analysis of Economic Data
(Ec 484), Research and Survey Methods in Economics (Ec 485) ; Psychometrics
(Psy 443, 444, 445) ; Advanced Business Statistics (BA 433) ; Educational Sta-
tistics (Ed 515, 516, 517) ; Statistical Methods in Physical Education (PE 540,
541). Mth 425, 426 or equivalent is a prerequisite for all of these courses except
Ed 515, 516, 517. A major option in applied statistics, with special emphasis on
application to economic and business problems, is offered by the Department of
Economics (see page 112).
Through the cooperation of the several schools and departments offering work
in statistics, a Statistical Laboratory, equipped with electric and hand-operated
calculating machines, is maintained in Deady Hall. The facilities of the laboratory
and the advice of laboratory assistants are available to all students whose work
involves statistics.
Computational Service. The Department of Mathematics provides a compu-
tational service for University schools, departments, faculty members, and grad-
uate students who need assistance or advice in connection with statistical or other
math~matical.problems.No charge is madefor this service, except for long com-
putations, which are performed at standard rates set by the department.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Mth 301, 302, 303. Statistics. 3 hours each term.
An in~roduc~ion to .sta~istic~, emphasizing scientific method and statistical
r~asonmg, With applicatIOns m many fields to illustrate the theory. Prerequi-
site: Mth 101 or equivalent. Massey.
Mth 313. Calculus. 4 hours.
App!ica.tions of 1ifferential and integral calculus. Prerequisite: Mth 201 202
and Jumor standmg. '
Mth 314. Advanced College Algebra. 3 hours.
An ~x;tension of the work in algebra given in freshman mathematics. Pre-
requIsite: one year of college mathematics. Ghent. Niven.
Mth 316. Solid Analytic Geometry. 3 hours.
An ~:,-Iytic treatment of curves and surfaces in three-dimensional space. Pre-
requIsite: calculus or Mth 314. Ghent.
Mth 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Mth 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Mth 7, 8. Mathematics for Elementary Teachers. 3 hours each term.
Ba~ic concepts. o~ arithmetic, elementary algebra, and plane geometry; appli-
catIOns to statistics and mathematics of finance. For prospective elementary
teachers; not open to other students. 4 recitations. ,
Mth 10. Elements of Algebra. 3 hours.
For students entering with I.ess than one year of elementary algebra. Open to
others only o~ recommendation of ~he department. May not be taken for credit
after completion of other courses m college mathematics. 4 recitations.
Mth 20, 21, 22. Elements of Plane and Solid Geometry. 2 hours each term.
For stude!1ts ente~ing with less than one yeaI' of high-school geometry. Stu-
de?ts havmg credit for plane geometry but not for solid geometry enter the
third term.
Mth 101, 102, 103. Essentials of Mathematics. 4 hours each term.
Fu?damental concepts of algebra, .m~thematics of finance, trigonometry, ana-
lytic geo~etry~ calculus, and statistics. The second and third terms are in-
te?ded pnmanly ~or s~udents majoring in the humanities, the biological
SCiences, or the SOCial sCiences. Prerequisite: one year of high-school algebra.
Mth 105. College Algebra. 4 hours.
Prerequisite: one and one-half years of high-school algebra or Mth 101.
Mth 106. Plane Trigonometry. 4 hours.
Prerequisite: Mth 105.
Mth 107. Analytic Geometry. 4 hours.
Prerequisite: Mth 106.
Mth 108. Mathematics of Finance. 4 hours.
Simple and c<!mpound interest .and discount, annuities, periodic-payment plans,
bonds, deprec!a~lOn, mathematics of msurance, and other topics related to busi-
ness. PrereqUisite: Mth 101, 102 or Mth 105.
Mth 201, 202, 203. Differential and Integral Calculus. 4 hours each term.
Standar1.sequence for students of physical, biological, and social sciences.
PrereqUisite: Mth 107.
145MATHEMATICS
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS144
146 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
NURSING EDUCATION 147
Mth 411. Number Theory. (G) 3 hours.
Congruences, Diophantine equations, quadratic residues, the Fermet-Euler
theorem. Prerequisite: calculus or Mth 314. Ghent, Niven.
Mth 412, 413, 414. Higher Algebra. (G) 3 hours each term.
Basic concepts of algebra, theory of equations. matrices, linear transforma-
tions, quadratic forms. Prerequisite: calculus or consent of instructor. Ghent,
San Soucie, Niven.
Mth 415. Advanced Euclidean Geometry. (g) 3 hours.
Modern developments in geometry based on the plane geometry of Euclid,
dealing with the geometry of triangles and circles. Prerequisite: calculus or
consent of instructor. Moursund, Ghent.
Mth 416, 417. Projective Geometry. (G) 3 hours each term.
Elements of synthetic and analytical projective geometry. Prerequisite: cal-
culus. Ghent.
Mth 421, 422, 423. Introduction to Applied Mathematics. (g) 3 hours each
term.
Fundamental concepts of differential equations, Fourier series, vector analysis,
complex variables, probability, and numerical analysis, with applications.
Prerequisite: calculus. Niven, Massey.
Mth 425, 426, 427. Elements of Statistical Methods. (g) 3 hours each term.
A basic course in statistical analysis. Presentation of data; sampling theory;
tests of significance; analysis of variance and covariance; regression and
correlation; sequential analysis; design of experiments; distribution-free tech-
niques. Prerequisite: one year of high-school algebra; junior standing. Stu-
dents who have received credit for Mth 301, 302, 303 may not receive credit
for Mth 425. Massey, Rubin, Tucker.
Mth 431, 432, 433. Advanced Calculus. (G) 3 hours each term.
A rigorous treatment of topics introduced in elementary calculus and of more
advanced topics basic to the study of real and complex variables. Prerequisite:
calculus. Civin, Moursund.
Mth447, 448, 449. Mathematical Statistics. (G) 3 hours each term.
Combinatorial probability; development of distribution theory from the theory
of probability; derivation of sampling distributions; introduction to theory of
statistical estimation and inference. Prerequisite: calculus. Massey, Tucker.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400.499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
Mth 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Mth 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Mth 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Mth 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Algebra and Number Theory. Niven, San Soucie.
Banach Algebras. Yood.
Harmonic Analysis. Civin.
Applied Mathematics. Niven, Massey.
Statistics and Stochastic Processes. Rubin, Massey, Tucker.
Probability and Measure Theory. Rubin, Civin, Tucker.
Geometry. Ghent.
Mth 533, 534, 535. Fourier Series. 3 hours each term.
Elements of the theory of convergence and summability of Fourier series.
Moursund.
Mth 541,542,543. Abstract Algebra. 3 hours each term.
Group theory, fields, Galois theory, algebraic numbers, matrices, rings, ideals.
Ghent, Niven, San Soucie.
Mth 5~4, 545,.546.. S.tructure o~ Rings and Algebras. 3 hours each term.
Rings 'Ylth mlm.mum condition; the Wedderburn theory for semisim I . .
dense nngs of linear transformations' the Jacobson radical' .. p e r!ngs ,
structsri of PJimi~ive .algebras; s~m~;im~le algebraic algebr~;~ln~~:~d~d~~:
f;:t~uct~:~~ant~~~i~~Y~~d~SOC,at1ve nng theory. Prerequisite: consent of
Mth 551,.552,553.. Theory of Functions. 3 hours each term.
~~~£~~~;~i;::~~~~~~nc~:dir~b:~;!IeSii~t~~rt~tio~~a~n~l~ti~°fu~~~io~ytI~~:~:
Mth 561, 562, 563. Modern Theories in Analysis. 3 hours each term
Measure theory Banach spaces and I b I' . . .:~1;~is ;~d~~~:~p~i:;ii~~~ 7c!t~a~~i~~i::~l:~~~ ~?;~~C~~~io~li~f/ ~~~~fc~i
Mth 571, 572,.573. Topology. 3 hours each tenn.. .
Jr~~~o~lc~lics~i~~~nmetri'Zability, continbous tranformations, mapping the-
tions. Ci~in, Rubin. t theory, Jordan curve theorem. semicontinuous collcc-
Mth 581
h
, 582, 583. Theory of Estimation and Testing Hypotheses 3 h
eae term. . ours
;1;~~:~ti;lt~~~~si:.tM~~s~:.n~~~~~~tion, BAN estimates, moment estimates,
Mth 591, 592, 593. Advanced Mathematical Statisti'cs 3 ho hT . . urs eac term
OJ?ICS selected from: analysis of variance and desi f . . .
vanate analysis; sampling from finite populaf ~n 0 expenm~nts; multt-
Laboratory work included. Massey, Rubin, T~~k:;. nonparametnc methods.
Mth 594. Theory of Games. 3 hours.
The theory of games with special em h .Prerequisite: Mth 553. Rubin. p aSls on zero-sum two-person games.
Mth 595, 596. Statistical Decision Theory. 3 hours each t r
Statistical decision theory based on the theor of e ~. . ..
theory; comparison of experiments. Prerequi~te: ftfue594~e~~bi~~al decIsIOn
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS
Mth 479. Algebra. (g) 3 hours.
Mth 489. Geometry. (g) 3 hours.
Mth 499. Foundations of Mathematics. (g) 3 hours.
Mth 579. Algebra. 3 hours.
Mth 589. Geometry. 3 hours.
Mth 599. Foundations of Mathematics. 3 hours.
Department of Nursing Education
Pro~essor: HENRIETTA DOLTZ (director of department).
ASSistant Professor: GUHLI J. OLSON.
THE University offers on the campus in Eugene' (1) ape' .. . . . . r nursln curncu-~m 111 prepa~atlOn for pr?fesslOnal work in basic nursing at the Unfversit ofreg?n Medical School In Portland; and (2) work in rb 1 d y .~:~~~s~eqU1red as a part of the Medical School's degree cur:i:~~ :~:s :r:d~~:~
Department of Philosophy
For the prenursing curriculum, see page 98. For. a detailed description
of the basic nursing program and of programs for graduate nurses, see the special
Catalog of the Department of Nursing Education.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Nur 311, 312, 313. Modern Nursing Problems. 1 or 2 hours each term.
Aims and problems of nursing at home and abroad. Olson.
Professors: ALBUREY CASTELL (department head), B. E. JESSUP.·
Assistant Professors; R. J. RICHMAN, V. H. DYKSTRA.
Assistant; M. ]. GRIFFITHS.
149PHILOSOPHY
PhI 322. Philosophy of Mind. 3 hours.
Analysis of some basic concepts of psy h I h" '" "discussion of the mind-bod bl c dO ogyf,suc as ~md. and behavior";
ogy. Castell. y pro em an 0 methodological Issues in psychol-
Phi 323. Introduction to Semantics. 3 hours.
Current theories of lingui f . I r .
philosophy, science and r~:~~~ac~ftic~P Icatl!-lns .of sem
f
antic principles for
of "general semantics." Richma~. exammatlon 0 the popular claims
Phi 324. Intermediate Logic. 3 hours.
The study of dedu f . f . . .
modern analyses. Ri~h~~~.erence, With conSideration of both traditional and
Phi 325. Scientific Method. 3 hours.
Study of scientific method with em h . I . .
and confirmation. Attenti~n ive p aSls on a~a YSlS ~n ter'Tls of hypothesis
causality, measurement, and ~assifi~~ti~~~h~khl~sa~s mductlOn, probability,
Phi 328, 32? Modern American Philosophy: 3 hours each term
IntenSive study of selected work f . A' .'
late nineteenth century to the pre~e~t. J:l~~p. mencan phrlosophers from the
PhI 331, 332, 333. Contemporary Philosophy. 2 hours each term.
Some common phases of recent ph'I h' I h
open to lower-division students. Je~~:g.p Ica t eory. No prerequisite, but not
Phi 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
For students who have had previous work in philosophy.
Ph1407. ?,nd~rgra~uate Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Readmgs m major authors. Dykstra.
Phi 431, 432, 433. Philosophy and Literature (G) 2 h h
Selective stud of . . " . ours eac term.
literature of E~rope~idA~:~icsaOPJhlcal Ideas and attitudes expressed in the
. essup.
Phi 441, 442, ~3. Aesthetics. (G) 3 hours each term.
Systematic study of the meaning and 1 f . .
life and in the arts-painting music vII~teue to aestthetJlc expenence in everyday
, ,ra ure, e c. essup.
Phi 451, 452, 453. Development of Scientific Thought ( ) 2 h h
Analysis of selected writin f . '. g ours eac term.
Newton, with emphasis on ~ie~tifi~':ett~eat SCientists: such as .Galileo and
to-the ideas of relativity theory Prereq i ~. ~n the sprmg term. mtroduction
mathematics. . u Sl e. one year of college science or
PhI 461, 462. Symbolic Logic. (G) 3 hours each term.
Elt;n:ents of modern symbolic 10 icFl' .
vahdlty and consistency. Richma;' orma methods of determinIng logical
PhI 471. P~ilosoph.y of Science. (G) 3 hours aech term.
~na!rSls of baSIC concepts of science, such as "ex lanation " " " "
tlon, etc. Nature of mathematics and its relaf p t ! . chan~e, causa-
man. Ion 0 empirical sCience. Rich-
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) () b
or g may e taken for graduate credit
Phi 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged. .
Phi 50S. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Phi 507: Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Phrlosophy of Education. Castell.
N~t1;1re of Thought. Castell.
Bntlsh Empiricism. Richman.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS148
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Phi 301, 302, 303. History of Philosophy. 3 hours each term.
Survey of European philosophy from the Greeks to the twentieth century.
Dykstra.
Phi 304, 305, 306. Social Philosophy. 3 hours each term.
A review of social philosophy from the close of the eighteenth century to the
present-from Rousseau, Burke, and Paine to Lenin and recent writers. Castell.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Nur 111. Backgrounds of Nursing. 3 hours.
The historical background of modern social and health movements; the re-
lation of these to the evolution of nursing as a profession. Olson.
Nur 230. Home Nursing. 2 hours.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Phi 201. Elementary Logic. 3 hours.
An introduction to the study of reasoning. How to recognize, analyze, criti-
cize, and construct the main types of argument and proof.
Phi 202. Problems of Philosophy. 3 hours.
An introduction to the study of some of the persistent problems of philosophy.
Phi 203. Elementary Ethics. 3 hours.
An introduction to the philosophical study of morality, e.g., right and wrong,
free will and determinism, morals and society, etc.
Phi 204. Elementary Aesthetics. 3 hours.
An elementary study of aesthetic fact and value, and of the relation of aes-
thetic interest to other human interests, such as the moral, the intellectual,
and the religious.
THE LOWER-DIVISION courses in philosophy provide an introductorysurvey. The upper-division courses provide a more intensive study of selectedphilosophical problems and authors. The department offers a major program
leading to the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees. Elementary
Logic (Phi 201) and History of Philosophy (Phi 301, 302, 303) are required of
all majors.
The department also offers a graduate program leading to the Master of Arts
and Master of Science degrees.
Students may satisfy the social-science group requirement with any three of
the four courses, Phi 201, Phi 202, Phi 203, Phi 204; these courses may be taken
in any order.
* On leave of absence, spring term, 1955-56.
Department of Physics
P 1 sors' R T ELLICKSON (department head), S. Y. CH'EN.rOles .., * J L POWELL
Associate Professors: F. E. DART, E. G. EBBIGHAUSEN, . . P A'
C MANN H T EASTERDAY, . . GOLDBERG,Assistant Professors: BERND RASE ,.,
J. W. MCCLURE, JR.
Associate: MAKOTO TAKEO. B OLEG JEFIMENKO, IVAR LINDSTROM,
Fellows: PETER ALINE, R. B. ENNETT,
HERBERT MATTHEWS. P 0 DAVEY W. R. DOHERTY,
Assistants: A. H. BARLICCHH, KAY GA'J~~~~~' J"'::ME~ PENGaA, N. L. STAUFFER,V H HERBERTS D. . UNT, ., ,D~LE ULRICH, i. c. W ARD,t T. H. WARNOCK.
h . 1 nned to provide basic
COURSES offered by the Department of P YSlcs are pad ., g a broad. I h' . (2) persons eSlrlntraining for (1) professlOna p YSlcs majors: . h sics (3) major stu-
liberal-arts education centered ar~~n1 an:ra~~~:~t~ ~ude~ts and (5) stu-
dents in other science fields, (4). priem: Ica ~n t:e secondary scho~ls. The major
dents planning to teach the physlca s~lences ~ .
. f bachelor's degree III phYSICS are.
reqUirements or a I Ph . (Ph 201 202 203) ; College Algebra (Mth
Freshman Year. Genera YSlcs '. G' tr (Mth 107)
105), Plane Trigonometry (Mth 106), A~alytlc ~~m;l;313) . Diffe~ential and
Sophomore Year. Analytical Mechamcs (PtJh '. t' (Ch' 201 202 203)
Integral Calculus (Mth 201, 202, 203) ; Genera e~ls ry '2 433)' 'nd
Junior and Senior Years. Eleciricit~:n~ ~~:~~~1~ct:~~:r:3~h~~i~S (Ph :11,
three additional sequence~ chO(~~ 4~~m442e~3) . Th~rmodynamics and Chemical
412, 413) ; Advanced Optics , . 't Theoretical Physics (Ph 471, 472,
Physics (Ph 451,452, 453) ; .Indtr;u~tlOn / (Mth 421 422, 423); Physical
473); Introduction to Apphe at ema ICS ,
Chemistry (Ch 441,.442, 443)'h' the secondary schools must take General Psy-
Students pla~mldng to teacin ~ducation (see SCHOOL OF EDUCATION).chology and reqUire courses
D rt ent of Physics offers graduate work lead-
Advanced Degrees. The epa -: t of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.
ing to the degree~ of Master of Art\er':sd~r ree with; major in physics ~ormally
Course reqUirements fo~ a m~s1 . ~ent of the undergraduate requirements
include, in addition to the su stant~a e~UI,:a at least one of which must be a 500
listed above: two year seque~ces In p YSICS'in mathematics--Advanced Calculus
sequence; one of the /ollo;lnt~ se~u~~~~ied Mathematics (Mth 421, 422, 423) ;
(Mth 431, 432, ~33); ntro ~c 10(nMth 507) . or Theory of Functions (Mth 551,seminar in applied mathematics ,
552,553). . d to accept candidates for the doctor's degree inThe department IS prepare d
the fields of nuclear physics, physics of solids, an spectroscoPY·
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Ph 101 102 103 Essentials of Physics. 3 hours each term. ..,, , . f h' . tended for students not maJorlllg III
Fundamental. principles °h p ~~,ci' p~~paration than Ph 201, 202, 203. 2 lec-
science; reqUires lesls bmattemapl~iod Prerequisite: Mth 10. Crasemann.
tures' 1 three-hour a ora ory .
, ., A tronomy' Solar System. 4 hours fall.
Ph 104. D~s~rlPtlve s t 'the ~olar system including the sun, eclipses, planets,
DeSCriptive treatmen 01 .'
comets, and meteors. 4 lectures. Ebblghausen.
• On leave of absence 1955-56.
t Resigned Dec. 9. 1955.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Unless an exception is noted in the course description. general physics and calcul us
are prerequisite to all advanced and graduate courses.
Ph 105. Elementary Meteorology. 4 hours winter.
Elementary tr~atment of weather phenomena, including discussion of instru-
ments, cloud types, fog and rain production, frontal phenomena, and map
analysis. 4 lectures. Ebbighausen.
Ph 106. Descriptive Astronomy: Stellar System. 4 hours spring.
Descriptive treatment of the stellar system, including variable and double
stars, clusters, galaxies, and extragalactic nebulae. 4 lectures. Ebbighausen.
Ph 161. Essentials of Photography. 2 hours.
For those interested in photography as an avocation and for the occasional
user of photography. Introduction to principles; cameras, enlargers, films,
papers, chemicals, lighting; composition. 1 lecture; 1 three-hour laboratory
period. No prerequisite. Goldberg.
Ph 201, 202, 203. General Physics. 5 hours each term.
Standard first-year college physics. 3 lectures; 1 recitation; 1 three-hour
laboratory period. Prerequisite: mathematics. equivalent of Mth 105, 106 or
consent of instructor. Ellickson.
Ph 311,312,313. Analytical Mechanics. 3 hours each term.
Statics, dynamics of a particle, dynamics of rigid bodies. 3 lectures. McClure.
Ph 314, 315, 316. Physical Measurements. lor 2 hours each term.
A laboratory course open only to physics majors. Students carry out experi-
ments of their own choice from the fields of mechanics, heat, electricity, and
optics. 1 or 2 three-hour laboratory periods.
Ph 411, 412, 413. Modern Physics. (G) 3 hours each term.
Introduction to the fundamental concepts of atomic, nuclear, and solid-state
physics, in terms of experimental developments during the last fifty years.
Kinetic theory, Bohr atom, atomic and molecular spectra, nuclear structure,
radioactivity. 3 lectures. Prerequisite: Ph 201, 202, 203; must be preceded
by or accompanied by calculus. Easterday.
Ph 431, 432, 433. Electricity and Electronics. (g) 4 hours each term.
Electrostatics; electrolytics; d-c and a-c currents; electromagnetism; elec-
tronics; circuit theory; ultra-high frequencies, high-voltage generators; ele-
mentary electric particles. 3 lectures; 1 three-hour laboratory period. Gold-
berg.
Ph 441, 442, 443. Advanced Optics. (G) 4 hours each term.
Theory of optical images, aberration, effects of apertures, optical instruments,
interference, diffraction, polarization, double refraction, optical activity, dis-
persion, absorption, scattering, theory of reflection, radiation by solids, mole-
cules, atoms, and atomic nuclei, magneto- and electro-optics. Ch'en.
Ph 444. Spectrochemical Analysis. (G) 3 hours.
Methods of excitation. qualitative analysis, photographic photometry; meth-
ods of quantitative analysis, analysis by absorption spectra; practical applica-
tions to various fields of industry and research. 2 lectures; 1 three-hour lab-
oratory period. Ch'en.
Ph 451, 452, 453. Thermodynamics and Chemical Physics. (G) 3 hours each
term.
Thermodynamics, statistical mechanics, kinetic theory; applications to gases,
liquids, solids, atoms, molecules, and the structure of matter. Crasemann.
Ph 471, 472, 473. Introduction to Theoretical Physics. (G) 3 hours each term.
Intended to serve as a foundation for more advanced theoretical courses.
Major emphasis on basic problems in mechanics, electromagnetic theory, and
quantum mechanics. McClure.
151PHYSICS
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS150
152 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS POLITICAL SCIENCE 153
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
Ph 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Ph 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Ph 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Ph 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Current Periodical Literature.
Theory of Relativity.
Quantum Theory of Radiation.
Physics of Solids.
Microwave Spectroscopy.
X-Rays and Crystal Structure.
Ph 511, 512,513. Theoretical Mechanics.. 3 ~ours each ter~. . .
Lagrange's equations; Hamilton's prmclple and equations; P?t~ntlal theory,
applications to gravitation, hydrodynamics, and theory of elasticIty. 3 lectures.
Ph 516,517,518. Advanced Physical Measurements. lor 2 hours each te:m.
Laboratory work open only to physics majors. Development of e~penmental
techniques in su~h fields as high vac~a, int~rferometry, el~ctromcs, ruc1ear
physics and radioact!vity, and X-ray dIffraction and absorption. 1 or three-
hour laboratory penods.
Ph 521, 522, 523. Theory of Electricity and Magnetism. 3 hour~ each term.
Electrostatics magnetostatics, dia-, para-, and ferroma~netlsm; e1ectr?mag-
netic fields' eiectromagnetic induction; Maxwell's equat~ons; propagation of
waves; diff'raction; dispersion; e1ectro- and magneto-optics. 3 lectures. Gold-
berg.
Ph 524, 525, 526. Experimental Nuclear Physics. 3 hours eac~ term. .
Fundamentals of nuclear physics, with emphasis on expenmental techmques.
Radioactivity particle-detection methods, accelerators, molecular beam~,
nuclear indu~tion, neutron physics, high and low energy scattermg expen-
ments. 3 lectures. Easterday.
Ph 531, 532, 533. Quantum Mechanics. 3 hours each term. . .
The h sical basis of wave mechanics; the Schroed.mger equat1(~n; !hehydro~e~ atom and other proble~s with exact solutlon~; apprOXImatIOn
methods; time-independent and hme-dependent perturbation theory; col-
lision theory. 3 lectures. Crasemann.
Ph 541 542 543. Theoretical Nuclear Physics. 3 hours each term.
P:ope:ties of nuclei; interaction of radiation wi!h matter; alpha, ~eta, jnd
gamma emission; theory of the deuteron, scattenng, nuclear forces, nuc ear
reactions. 3 lectures. Crasemann.
Ph 551 552 553. Atomic and Molecular Spectra. 3 hours each term.
R~lati~n of observed spectra to the theory of ato~ic and molecular structure;
quantum mechanical model, electron co~fig!1ratlon, spectr,,:1 te~ms, Zeeman
effect and the hyperfine structure of atomIc hnes, rota~lOn, .vI~ratlon and elec-
tronic bands, infrared and Raman spectra, energy of dISSOCiatIOn of molecules.
3 lectures. Ch'en.
Ph 554, 555,556.. Experimental Spectro~copy. 1 ho~r each term.
S ectroscopic instruments (prismatic and gratmg~; flame, arc, and spark
: t a of elements' analysis of series lines in atomIc spe~tra, Zeeman effect,~n~l rsis of band spectra of diatomic molecules, absorptIOn spect~a. Ra~an
specrra and photography photometry. 1 three-hour laboratory penod. Ch en.
Department of Political Science
Professors: E. S. WENGERT (department head),]. D. BARNETT (emeritus), P. S.
DULL, C. P. SCHLEICHER, WALDO SCHUMACHER.
Associate Professors: HERMAN KEHRLI, V. A. OSTROM.•
Assistant Professors: H. E. DEAN,t I. G. NAGY,. L. G. SELIGMAN.
Instructors: ]. C. BROWN, P. O. Foss, L. C. MARQUIS.
Lecturer: D. M. DUSHANE.
Fellows: W. M. ALEXANDER, G. M. BOYET.
Assistants: .H. H. FERRERO, G. ]. GUTJAHR, P. E. KANE.
FOR citizens, for prospective public servants, and for future teachers and re-search workers, the Department of Political Science offers opportunities forthe study of politics and government in the local community, the state, the
nation, and among nations.
At the lower-division level, the department offers two terms of study of Amer-
ican national government (PS 201,202), followed by a third term devoted to
either state and local government (PS 203) or to international relations (PS
205). Majors in political science are ordinarily required to complete PS 201, 202
and one of the third-term options.
The upper-division courses offered by the department fall within the follow-
ing fields: (1) American government and public law (PS 314, 315, 316, PS 482,
PS 483, PS 484, 485); (2) political parties and public opinion (PS 414, PS 415,
PS 416); (3) public administration (PS 411, 412, 413); (4) foreign and com-
parative governments (PS 325, PS 326, 327, PS 328, PS 329, PS 330, 331, 332) ;
(5) international relations (PS 320, 321, PS 322, PS 391, 392, 393, PS 419, 420,
PS 421); and (6) political theory (PS 430, 431,432, PS 433). Majors in political
science are required to take courses in at least three of these fields and, in addition,
Principles of Political Science (PS 311) and a senior seminar (PS 407). Majors
are also advised to elect related courses in other social science fields.
Graduate Work. The department offers graduate work leading to the Master
of Arts, Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in
political science.
For the master's degree, the student is expected to build his program of study
so that he will become familiar with (I) the content and 'uses of political theory,
(2) characteristics of political institutions and behavior, and (3) a major field
of public policy or public law. With the usual undergraduate preparation in po-
litical science, a student may ordinarily achieve the required competence through
an advanced year's sequence or seminar work in each of the three areas. A year of
course or seminar work in another social science is recommended. A thesis is
required for the demonstration of the student's ability in independent analysis
and presentation of complex materials.
Doctoral candidates are expected to show a comprehensive knowledge of
political science and substantial understanding of two related fields in other social
sciences. Comprehensive written and oral examinations test the student's grasp of
political theory, institutions and behavior, and policy and public law. The dis-
sertation is a measure of the student's depth of study, and is expected to be a
significant original contribution to knowledge.
Properly qualified graduate students have access to the library and other
facilities of the Bureau of Municipal Research and Service for study and research.
• On leave of absence 1955-56.
t On sabbatical leave 1955-56.
154 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS POLITICAL SCIENCE 155
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
PS 201, 202, 203. American Governments. 3 hours each term.
Fall and winter: national government; spring: state and local governments.
PS 205. International Relations. 3 hours fall or spring.
Analysis of the nature of relations among states, wi~h p.articular ref~rence. to
contemporary international issues; a study of motlvatmg ~actors, mcludmg
nationalism, imperialism, economic rivalr}es, que~t for s.ecunty,. etc.; study of
the problem of national sovereignty and Its relation to mternatlonal coopera-
tion. Schleicher, Brown.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
PS 311. Principles of Political Science. 3 hours fall.
Analysis of major concepts underlyi!1g .the study of politics and admi~i~tra­
tion designed to provide a systematic mtroduction to the field for politlcal-
scie~ce majors.
PS 314, 315, 316. Problems of State and Local Government. 3 hours each term.
A study of the major problems in the org~nizatio~ and fUI~ction of state.
county, city, and other local governments, With speCial attention to Oregon.
Ostrom.
PS 320,321. World Politics. 3 hours each term, fall and winter. .
Basic principles of t)1e modern ~tate s¥stem; analysis of factors ,?ak11lg.~or
conflict and cooperatIOn. E~phasls, dunn,g second term, o~ the foreign poliCies
of the leading states, exclUSive of the U mted States. Schleicher.
PS 322. American Diplomacy. 3 hours spring.
Contemporary foreign. relations .of the l!nited ~tates; objectives, .wo~ld .and
domestic factors affectmg Amencan fo~elgn polic!, gove.rnment~1 ";tstltutlons
concerned with development and execution of foreign pohcy, major Issues and
problems. Schleicher.
PS 325 British Government. 3 hours fall.Or~anization and operation of the national governme~t, with special atten-
tion to the relations between Parliament and the executIVe; local government
in England. Marquis.
PS 326, 327. Governments of Continental Europe. 3 hours each term, winter
and spring.
A study of the governments of Europe, with special attention to France, Italy,
Germany, and Russia. Marquis.
PS 328. Governments in the British Commonwealth. 3 hours. .
Special attention to the governments of Canada and Australia.
PS 329. Governments of Latin America. 3 hours.
Study of governmental systems and practices of the major states of Central
and South America. Marquis.
PS 330 331 332. Far Eastern Governments and Politics. 3 hours each term.
A ~tud~ of the forms of government, internal politi~s, and intern!1tional rela-
tions of the Far East; the foreign policy of the United States With reference
to China, Korea, and Japan. Dull.
PS 391, 392, 393. Far East in Modern Times. 3 hour~ each term. .
Political, economic, and diplo~atic history 0; .Ch!na, Japan, and ~orea, With
some attention to Asiatic RUSSia and the Phllippmes, from the middle of the
nineteenth century to the present. Dull.
PS 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
PS 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
PS 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Open only to seniors.
PS 411, 412, 413. Public Administration. (G) 3 hours each term.
Study of the organization and activities of government in carrying out public
policy. Foss, Wengert.
PS 414. Political Parties and Election Problems. (G) 4 hours fall.
The nature, organization, and operation of political parties; election and recall
?f officers; proportional representation; initiative and referendum; civil-serv-
Ice reform. Schumacher.
PS 415. Public Opinion. (G) 4 hours winter.
Study of the methods of the formation and control of public opinion. Schu-
macher..
PS 416. Urban Politics. (G) 3 hours spring.
The consequences !?r politics and administratio~ of urbanism, with particu-
lar references to cIties of the West and the PaCific Northwest. Urban social
tre:n~s and l!rban livin~ treated as factors basic. ~o an. understanding of public
opl!1lon: policy formation, the struc~ure of .political Illfluence, and important
policy Issues III the urban commumty. Seligman.
PS 419, 420. International Organization. (G) 3 hours each term, fall and winter.
A. surv~y and analysis of the d~velopmentof P?blic if!ternational organization,
With chief emphaSIS on the United States and ItS affiliated organizations' con-
sideration of the leading problems of the United Nations' internation~l ad-
ministration. Schleicher. '
PS 421. International Law. (G) 3 hours spring.
Introduction to international public law. Forces influencing its development·
the nature and sources of international law; codification' the Internationai
Court of Justice. Rules of international law respecting m~re important sub-
jects. Schleicher.
PS 430, 431, 432. European Political Theory. (G) 3 hours each term.
Study of the leading ideas of major political theorists. Fall: from Plato to the
Renaissance; winter: from the Renaissance to the French Revolution; spring:
from the French Revolution to the present. Dean.
PS 433. American Political Theory. (G) 3 hours fall or spring.
The development of American political theories from early colonial days to
the present. Dean.
PS 482. The Legislature in American Government. (G) 3 hours fall.
;:;tudy 0# the work of ~epresentative law~aking bodies in a 'modern technolog-
Ical society; how legislatures are orgamzed and operate in the Federal and
state governments. Schumacher.
PS 483. The Executive in American Government. (G) 3 hours spring.
Study of the executive branch in American government, with particular em-
phas.ls on the: pa!t. played by the executive, and agencies attached to it, in leg-
Islative and JudiCial matters. Wengert, Marquis.
PS 484, 485.. The Supre~e Court in American Government. (G) 3 hours each
term, wmter and spring.
The part played by the Supreme Court in shaping American public policy'
study of leading cases and other materials. Wengert. '
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
PS 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
PS 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
PS 50S. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
PS 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
156 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS PSYCHOLOGY 157
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN EXTENSION AND SUMMER SESSIONS
PS 340, 341, 342. Issues and Evaluation of American Foreign Policy. 3 hours
each term (extension).
PS 424. The Struggle for Asia: Democracy vs. Communism. (g) 4 hours
(summer sessions).
PS 440. Competing Ideologies in the World Today. (G) 3 hours (extension).
PS 441. Area Tensions in the World Today. (G) 3 hours (extension).
Department of Psychology
Professors: R. W. LEEPER* (department head), J. V. BERREMAN, A. R. MOORE
emeritus), LEONA E. TYLER (acting department head).
Associate Professors: R. D. BOYD, H. R. CR~SLAND, R. A. LITTMAN, A. S. Lu-
CHINS.
Assistant Professors: J. S. CARLSON, J. A. PIERCE-JONES, RICHARD MYRICK,
N. D. SUNDBERG, H. W. VON HOLT, JR., J. M. WARREN.
Instructor: R. V. KATTER.
Fellow: ALAN BARON.
Assistants: JANE A. ABELSON, JOSE ARMILLA, E. M. BARRON, HELEN J. BILLETT,
KENNETH BROOKSHIRE, J. N. CRONHOLM, CAROL W. EpPERSON, JOSEPH FINK,
E. W. FORGY, VICTOR MILSTEIN, THOMAS NUGENT, MADAN SINHA, C. G.
SPICE, JR., C. N. STEWART, J. R. WHITMAN.t
THE undergraduate courses in psychology offered by the Univers~ty are de-signed to serve several diffe~et;!t o~jectives: to provide 'I; sound baSIS for laterprofessional or graduate training In 'psycholog:r; to satisfy the t;!eed~ of stu-
dents, majors and nonmajors, who are Interested In psychology. pnmanly a.s a
part of a broad liberal education; and to provide a b~ckground II.I psy~hologlcal
principles and techniques as intellectual tools for work m other social sCiences and
in such professional fields as education, business, journalism, etc. .
The courses are planned with the thought that all students, regar.dless of their
majors, will have to deal responsibly with many significant psychological p,:oble~s
in their relations with other people, in their later experience as parents, m their
own individual decisions, and in their efforts to understand the processes and prob-
lems of modern society.
A minimum of 9 term hours of lower-division work in psychology is a pre-
requisite for all upper-division courses-the only exception is that General Soci-
ology (Soc 204, 205) may serve as the prerequisite for Social Psychology (Psy
334, 335). Additional prerequisites are required for most courses at the 40.0 .level.
To graduate with a major in ps!chology, a student mu.st. c.omplete a m~ll1mum
of 36 term hours in the field, inc1udmg at least 24 upper-divIsIOn hours. SIX te.rm
hours in statistics may be included in the major requirement. Unless exceptIOn
is granted by the department, majors are required to take General Psychology
Laboratory (Psy 208, 209, 210) or Research Methods in Psych~l~gy (Psy ~15,
316, 317). The courses presented in satisfaction of the 36-hour mlll1mUm reqUIre-
ment must be completed with a grade average of C or better.
Preparation for Graduate Study. ~ajors it;! ps~chology shoul~ recognize
that a bachelor's degree is seldom a suffiCient quahficahon for profeSSIOnal work,
and that even the simpler professional openings require at least a year of graduate
study. . . dStudents should not undertake graduate work unless their grades In un er-
graduate psychology courses have averaged somewhat better than.B.
• On sabbatical leave 1955·56.
t Resigned Dec. 31, 1955.
Students intending to do graduate work in psychology are urged to take not
more than 48 term hours of work in the field as undergraduates. The undergradu-
ate program should include courses at the 300 and 400 (g) levels which cannot be
taken for graduate credit in psychology, rather than courses at the 400 (G) level.
Prospective graduate students should take Research Methods in Psychology (Psy
315, 316, 317) and statistics, the latter preferably in the senior year. Undergradu-
ate work should be planned to provide a rich background in related fields. If a stu-
dent's graduate program is to emphasize experimental psychology, his undergradu-
ate work should include courses in biology, mathematics, physics, and chemistry.
If his graduate work is to emphasize the clinical or social aspects of psychology,
his undergraduate program should include courses in anthropology and other social
sciences, and should include some physiology. Students who may wish to do pro-
fessional psychological work in the public schools, e.g., special education or guid-
ance, should take the required background courses in the School of Education.
Any student who intends to work for the Doctor of Philosophy degree should
acquire a reading knowledge of French and Gentian.
Graduate Work. The department offers graduate work leading to the degrees
of Master of Arts, Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy. In the graduate
program, the areas of study emphasized are general-experimental (including ani-
mal psychology), counseling, clinical psychology, personality, and social psychol-
ogy (especially for students qualified for related work in anthropology). A thesis is
required for all advanced degrees. Further information concerning the graduate
program in psychology may be obtained on request to the department. For general
regulations governing graduate work at the University, see GRADUATE SCHOOL.
AIl students applying for admission for graduate work in psychology must
take either the MiIler Analogies Test or the Graduate Record Examination. Data
from one of these tests (preferably the Miller Test) must be submitted to the de-
partment before admission will be approved.
Students beginning graduate work in psychology are required to take a year
proseminar providing a survey of all the fields of psychology at an advanced level.
Combined programs with speech correction, special education, or anthro-
pology may be arranged.
School Psychologist Program. A special undergraduate and graduate pro-
gram is offered, through the cooperation of the Department of Psychology and
the School of Education, to prepare students for positions as school psychologists.
The undergraduate work leads to a bachelor's degree with a major in psychology
and to a provisional teaching certificate, which qualifies the student for the
teaching experience required for certification as a school psychologist. The grad-
uate work leads to a master's degree with a major in psychology and satisfies
all requirements for the school-psychologist certificate; a minimum of five terms
of graduate study is needed for the completion of the program; it is not possible
to take all the required work in summer sessions.
The student's program is planned in consultation with his adviser; the
courses included depend, to some extent, on the individual student's background
of education and experience. The number of trainees who can be accommodated
in the essential clinical-experience courses is strictly limited. Students wishing
admission to these courses should consult one of the program advisers not later
than the beginning of the first year of graduate work. The advisers are: Dr. Leona
E. Tyler of the Department of Psychology and Dr. Pat A. Killgallon of the School
of Education.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Psy 201, 202. General Psychology. 3 hours each term.
Introductory study of behavior and conscious processes. Survey of experi-
mental studies with reference to motivation, learning, thinking, perceiving, and
individual differences. Crosland, Leeper, Luchins, Myrick, Warren.
158 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
PSYCHOLOGY 159
Psy 204. Psychology of Adjustment. 3 hours.
The nature and origins of differences in personality; means of making desired
changes. Leeper, Luchins, Myrick, Warren.
Psy 205. Applied Psychology. 3 hours.
A survey of the ways in which psycholo~ i.s applied in .advertising, salesman-
ship, market research, m~asurement of C!p!mon. occupatIOnal placement, devel-
opment of personal efficiency. PrerequIsite: Psy 201, 202. Crosland.
Psy 208, 209,210. General Psychology Laboratory. 1 hour each term.
Introduction to experimental methods. Laboratory work coordinated with
Psy 201, 202, Psy 204, Psy 205. 1 laboratory period. Myrick.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Psy 315, 316, 317. Research Methods in Psychology. 3 hours each term. . .
Introduction to experimental and other research prC!cedures, ~hrough :nve.stl-
gations of basic psychological processes. of perc~ptlon, lea;n!mg: motivation,
and social behavior, with human and ammal subjects. Tra.ml~g m the use C!f
standard apparatus and in methods of measurement. Pnnclples of expen-
mental design. Individual projects in the third term. 2 lectures; 1 three-hour
laboratory period. Littman.
Psy 334, 335. Social Psychology. 3 hours each term.
Analysis of the psychological and sociological proc~sses involve~.in personali-
ty formation and in various forms of group behaVior. PrereqUIsite: Psy 201,
202 or Soc 204, 205. Berreman, Littman.
Psy 401. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Open only to students eligible to work for honors.
Psy 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Open only to students eligible to work for honors.
Psy 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Open only to students eligible to work for honors.
Psy 421, 422. Principles and Methods of Psychological Assessment. (G) 3
hours each term.
Application of psychological methods.to the study of the ~ndividual; surve~ of
intelligence, achievement, special-aptltud~, and personallty test~;. th~oret.lcal
and statistical background for interpretation of test scores; tranung m dIag-
nosis of actual cases. Sundberg, von Holt.
Psy 424, 425. Individual Mental Testing. (G) 3 hours each term.
Supervised practice in the administrati?n, scoring, and interpretati?n of
intelligence tests, chiefly the Stanford-Bmet.test,. the Wechster mtelll~e.nce
scale for children, and the Wechster adult mtelllgence scale. PrereqUIsite:
Psy 421. Sundberg, von Holt.
Psy 435. Counseling Procedures. (G) 3 hours.
Counseling problems of va~ious types; m~thods .of int~rvie~in~ ~or different
purposes; sources of vocational mformatlo~;. diagnOSIs of Individual. cases;
evaluation of counseling programs. PrerequIsite: Psy 421, 422 or eqUIvalent.
Pierce-Jones, Tyler.
Psy 436. Character and Personality. (g) 3 hours fall.
Development, functioning, and measure!TIent of pers,:mality. in normal indi-
viduals; emphasis on the mode of operation of the SOCial environment on per-
sonality. Prerequisite: Psy 204 or equivalent. Leeper, von Holt.
Psy 443, 444, 445. Psychometrics. (G) 3 hours each term.
Selection and construction of test items; methods of item analysis; use of
multiple regression in the construction of ~est batteries; problems of. w~ight­
ing; the use of norms and systems of denved scores; factor analySIS m the
construction of tests; attitude scales. Instruction primarily through projects.
2 l~ctures; 1 two-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: Mth 425 426 or
eqUIvalent. Tyler. '
Psy 447, 448. Industrial Psychology. (G) 3 hours each term.
Problems of in~ustrial m?tiyation and "!ora!e; prevention of fatigue, mo-
notony, and accI?ents; pr~nclples und~rlymg Job analysis and classification;
u~e of psych?logl~al tests.m the selectIOn and ,Placement of employees; inter-
ylews, questIOnnaires, aptlt';1de scales, and ratmgs as psychological measures
:n pers.on.nel work; ~valuatlOn of service. Prerequisite: introductory courses
m statistics and testmg.
Psy 449. Counseling Uses of Occupational Materials. (G) 3 hours.
Source~ o~ occupati01!al information; standards for selection and evaluation
of pubhcatlOns ; techmques for utilizing such materials in individual cases.
Psy 450. Abnormal Psychology. (G) 3 hours fall or spring.
'Various forms of unusual behavior, includ,ing apxiety .states, hysteria, hypnotic
phenomena, and psychoses. Normal motives and adjustment mechanisms as
they are exaggerated in the so-called neurotic person. Luchins, von Holt.
Psy 451, 452. Physiological Psychology. (G) 3 hours each term.
First te!m: physiological processe~ !e.lated to behavioral adj ';1stments; basic
mechamsms of .neuroanatomy, senSItivity, response, and coordmation. Second
!err~: n~urologlc~l and endocrine f~ctors in emotion, bodily needs, and drives;
I!!stlnctlve behaylOr and homeostatic regulation of activities; electrical analo-
gies for the bram. 2 lectures ; 1 two-hour laboratory period. Warren.
Psy 460. Developmental Psychology I: Infancy and Childhood. (g) 3 hours.
Psy 461. Developmental Psychology II: Adolescence and Maturity. (g) 3
hours.
!?eve!opment of.behavior and psychological activity through the prenatal pe-
riod, mfancy, chl1dhC!od, adole~cence, maturity, and old age. Changes of intelli-
gence, ~otor capac!ty, emotlo!!al response, language, and social behavior.
EmphaSIS on SOCial mfluence. Pierce-Jones.
Psy 465. Motivation. (G) 2 hours spring.
R~v:iew of ~hanging .conceptions of motivation, particularly as a result of
cllmcal stt;dles, expenmental work on animal behavior, and the contributions
of topological psychology. Leeper.
Psy 467, 468, 469. Learning. (G) 2 hours each term.
A criti~al study of t~e psychology. ~f l~arning; experimentai work and related
theor~tlcal formulations on condltlomng, concept formation, trial-and-error
learmng, problem solving, and development of skills. Leeper.
Psy 470, 471. Comparative Psychology. (G) 3 hours each term.
The co.ntribution of research on animal behavior to basic experimental and
t~eoretlca~ problems of psychology, such as maturation, inheritance of abili-
ties, learmng, and nervous mechanisms of behavior. Warren.
Psy 473, 474, 475. History of Psychology. (G) 2 hours each term.
Contemporary ps¥chologi~l conc~pts traced back to their origins; the influ-
enc~ of chronological and bIOgraphical factors stressed in connection with each
tOPIC. Crosland.
Psy 481. Psychology of Pain. (G) 3 hours.
Th~ sense organs and .neural connections involved in pain sensitivity; physio-
10g:lc~1 an~ psychological components of the conscious experience of pain'
r.elatlOnshlps to the psychology of perception, emotion, illusions, hallucina:
tlons, and other abnormal phenomena. Crosland.
Psy 491. Psychology of Testimony. (G) 3 hours fall.
Psy<:h?log!cal. analysis. of the reliability of testimony and proof of guilt. Pre-
reqUIsite: jumor standmg. Crosland.
160 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS RELIGION 161
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
Psy 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Psy 502. Research Symposium. Hours to be arranged.
Psy 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Psy 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Psy 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
The seminars vary from year to year depending on faculty interests and student
needs. Those most frequently given are:
Proseminar. Staff.
Teaching of Psychology. Myrick.
Child Therapy. Sundberg.
Group Therapy. Luchins.
Individual Therapy. Tyler, Luchins, Sundberg.
Advanced Clinical Psychology. Sundberg, staff.
Advanced Counseling Psychology. Tyler, staff.
Physiological Psychology. Warren.
Primate Learning. Warren.
Psychopathology. Luchins.
Group Dynamics. Luchins.
Culture and Personality. Littman.
Research Methods. Littman.
Psychotherapy an.:\. Social Structure. Littman, Bisno.
Experimental Design. Tyler.
Personality Theory. Leeper.
Psy 508. Clinical Work with Children. 3 hours any term.
Work in the University Child Guidance Clinic. Enrollment limited. Pre-
requisite: Psy 530, 531, Psy 424, 425; consent of instructor.
Psy 509. Practical Clinical Experience. 3 hours any term.
Work in selected agencies providing diagnostic and couns~ling services. En-
rollment limited. Prerequisite: Psy 424, 425; consent of mstructor.
Psy 511. Psychology of Attention and Perception. 2 hours fall.
Phenomena of attention, perception, ~nd appercept!on c~nsidered fro!? vari-
ous points of view, with demonstratIOns and conslde.ratlOn of ex~enm~ntal
literature. Training in special techniques of psychological research If desired.
Crosland.
Psy 512. Psychology of Memory and the Image. 2 hours winter.
Various phases of representative processes in mental or~an~zation. Eidetic
imagery, dissociation, assimilation, or.ganiz.ation, generahzahon of memory
contents, etc. Practice in methodology If deSired. Crosland.
Psy 518. Association. 2 hours spring.
Association psychology presented from the point of view of practical psy-
chology, of the generai psychological significance of t.he co.nceptl or of itshistory---determined by student interest. Research expenence If desired. Cros-
land.
Psy 521, 522, 523. Systematic Psychology. 2 hours each term.
Contemporary systems: Gestalt psychology, purposive behaviorism, topologi-
cal psychology, psychoanalysis, etc.. Aims of psychol.ogy, nature of explana-
tion, and functions of abstractions m psychology. Littman.
Psy 525, 526. Group and Individual Differences. 3 hours each term.
Basic principles for q~anti.tativ~ assessmet,tt of human. charac.teristics; re-
search findings concermng mtelhgence, achievement, ~Phtudes, mterest~, and
personality; group differences related to sex, age, social class, race, natIOnal-
ity. Tyler.
Psy 530, 531. Foundations of Clinical Practice. 3 hours each term.
Basic concepts and principles of psychological work with individuals; the
job of the clinician; psychodiagnosis; clinical research; case-study methods.
Required of all candidates for the Ph.D. degree in clinical and counseling
psychology. Sundberg.
Psy 532. Projective Approaches to Personality. 3 hours.
History and theory of projective methods in the analysis of personality struc-
ture. Emphasis on the administration and interpretation of Rorschach and
thematic apperception tests. von Holt.
Psy 533. Projective-Techniques Laboratory. 3 hours.
Clinical practice in administering and interpreting selected projective tests,
especially Rorschach and thematic apperception tests. 2 two-hour laboratory
periods. von Holt.
Psy 551, 552, 523. Advanced Experimental Psychology. 3 hours each term.
Thorough study of periodical literature,of general psychology. The point of
view is consistently experimental. Opportunity offered for an experimental
project to coordinate with class discussions. Crosland.
Department of Religion
Professor: P. B. MEANS (department head).*
Assistant Professor: J. C. PERKINS (acting department head).
THE Department of Religion is nonsectarian in spirit, the aim being to ac-quaint students with the far-reaching influence of religion in the cultural his-tory of the world. Its courses are planned in accordance with the same stand-
ards of authoritative scholarship recognized in other departments of the University.
Through these courses, the University seeks to develop an understanding of the
nature and processes of religious thought and experience, and to relate these to
the problems of our time. The courses are also intended to meet the needs of
students whose major work in other fields fits them for positions of leadership,
and who can become effective and influential in the religious and spiritual life of
their communities through a better understanding of the power of religion over
men's lives and over the destiny of civilization.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
RIll, 112, 113. Introduction to Religious Thought. 3 hours each term.
Introduction to religious problems and to methods of studying these problems.
Religion in different cultures. Consideration of some of the common questions
men have asked about God, the soul, immortality, good and evil, the nature and
destiny of man. Criteria for evaluating religion.
R 201, 202, 203. Great Religions of the World. 3 hours each term
Study of Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Islam, Judaism, and Christian-
ity. Special attention to origins, organization, and philosophy.
R 211, 212, 213. The Bible and Civilization. 3 hours each term.
A survey of the literature of the Old Testament and the New Testament to
discover its significance for civilization. How the Bible came into being;
how its influence was preserved and extended.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
R 301,302,303. Religions of Mankind. 3 hours each term.
Fall: theories of the origin of religion; animistic religion; Egyptian, Babylo-
nian, Greek, Roman religions; religions of the Graeco-Roman world. Winter:
• On leave of absence 1955-56.
162 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS SOCIOLOGY 163
Social Institutions
Social Interadion and Human Relationl
RELATED COURSES
General Psychology (Psy 201, 202)
Psychology of Adjustment (Psy 204)
Household Management (HEc 339)
Sem.: Psychotherapy & Social Structure (Soc
507)
Sem.: Primary Human Interaction (Soc 507)
Sem.: Problems of Social Psychology (Soc
507)
Social Movements (Soc 537)
Religion in Contemporary Society (R 421)
History pf Journalism (] 428)
Western Institutions & Ideas (Hst 434, 435,
436)
History of Education (Ed 440)
Religion & Magic of Primitives (Anth 444)
Cultural Dynamics (Anth 450, 451, 452)
Compo Econ. Systems (Ec 450, 451, 452)
Hist. of Amer. Thought & Culture (Hst 460,
461, 462)
Primitive Value Systems (Anth 453)
History of the Theater (Sp 464, 465, 466)
Forces & Influences in Amer. Hist. (Hst 479)
Amer. Constitutional History (Hst 483)
Theory and Methodology
Economic Theory (Ec 375, 376, 377)
Elements of Statistical Methods (Mth 425,
426,427)
European Pol. Theory (PS 430, 431, 432)
American Political Theory (PS 433)
Develop. of Sc. Thought (PhI 451, 452, 453)
Philosophy of Science (PhI 471)
Research & Survey Methods in Econ. (Ec
485)
Sem.: Anthropological Theory (Anth 507)
Sem. : Field Methods in Ethnology (Anth
507)
316, Historical Method (Hst 520)
Systematic Psychology (Psy 521,522, 523)
Social Psychology (Soc 334, 335)
Marriage & the Family (Soc 338)
Sem.: Collective Behavior (Soc 407)
Sem.: ]uvenile Delinquency (Soc 407)
Sem.: Social Aspects of Mental Health (Soc
407)
Criminology & Delinquency (Soc 416, 417)
Social Control (Soc 436)
Sociology of Race Relations (Soc 437)
Group Dynamics (Soc 440, 441)
Scm.: Marriage & Family Counseling (Soc
507)
RELATED COURSES
Intro. Geography (Geog lOS, 106, 107)
American Governments (PS 20 I, 202, 203)
Elements of Organ. & Production (BA 221)
Prob. of State & Local Govt. (PS 314, 315,
316)
Social Organi.ation
World Population & Soc. Structure (Soc 308) Labor Economics (Ec 325)
Sem.: Sociology of Work (Soc 407) Organized Labor (Ec 326)
Sem.: Industrial Sociology (Soc 407) Labor Legislation (Ec 327)
Sem.: Population Estimation (Soc 407) City Planning I (AA 353, 354, 355)
Theory of Social Groups (Soc 425, 426, 427) Public Administration (PS 411, 412, 413)
Community Structure & Organization (Soc Personnel Management (BA 412)
431,432,433) Urban Politics (PS 416)
Theory & Meth. of Population Aanalysis (Soc International Organization (PS 419, 420)
435) Urban Geography (Geog 435)
Community Welfare Organization (Soc 442) Econ. Hist. of Modern Europe (Hst 437, 438,
Sem.: Urbanization (Soc 507) 439)
Sem.: Social Stratification (Soc 507) Land Economics (Ec 453)
Sem.: U.S. Population Movements (Soc 507) Financial Institutions (BA 460)
Sem.: The Professions (Soc 507) Business Cycles (BA 466)
Sem.: Family as a Small Group (Soc 507) Social & Ec. Aspects of Insuranee (BA 482)
Legislature in Amer. Govt. (PS 482)
Executive in Amer. Govt. (PS 483)
American Econ. Hist. (Hst 487, 488, 489)
Sem.: Society & Mass Communications (]
507)
Culture, Society & the Individual (Anth 511)
American Society (Soc 309)
Sem.: School & Family Life (Soc 407)
Sem.: Penological Systems (Soc 407)
Social Institutions (Soc 411)
Social Change (Soc 421)
Soc. of Social Work (Soc 444, 445, 446)
Family in American Culture (Soc 465, 466)
RELATED COURSES
I:'rinc. of Economics (Ec 201, 202, 203)
Intro. to Cultural Anth. (Anth 207, 208, 209)
Primitive Society (Anth 301, 302, 303)
Intro. to Hist. of Art (AA 363, 364, 365)
History of Music (Mus 360, 361, 362)
Principles of Sociology (Soc 307)
Intro. to Social Research (Soc 327)
Sem.: Interviewing (Soc 407)
Hist. of Social Thought (Soc 450, 451, 452)
Sem.: Contemp. Social Thought (Soc 507)
Sem.: Community Research (Soc 507)
Sem.: Theory Building (Soc 507)
Experimental Sociology (Soc 556)
RELATED COURSES
Statistics (Mth 301, 302, 303)
Principles of Political Science (PS 311)
Research Methods in Psych. (Psy 315,
317)
Judaism, Christianity, and Islam; how these religions arose, the social condi-
tions bearing on their development, their internal struggles, their beliefs.
Spring: living religions of the Orient; Zoroastrianism, Islam, Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, etc., with special reference to
origins, organization, philosophy, and sacred literature.
R 421. Religion in Contemporary Society. (g) 3 hours.
The relation of religion to social institutions. Religion and the state, totali-
tarian and democratic. The social teachings of the various churches and re-
ligious groups. The religious situation today. Criteria for evaluating religion
as a social force.
R 422. Psychology of Religion. (g) 3 hours winter.
A study of the psychology of various forms of religious behavior.
R 423. Philosophy of Religion. (g) 3 hours spring.
An inquiry into the nature of religion and its basic underlying convictions. An
analysis of the religious factor in culture and civilization.
Professors: ROBERT DUBIN (department head), J. V. BERREMAN,* J. M. FOSKETT.
Associate Professors: W. T. MARTIN, WILL DRUM.
Assistant Professors: HERBERT BISNO, T. B. JOHANNIS, JR., J. C. SCOTT.
Instructor: ELY CHERTOK.
Fellows: M. L. CADWALLADER, D. L. WOLFE.
Assistants: O. R. CHAMBERS, JR., J. P. GIBBS, P. A. JOHNSON, L. P. METZGER,
P. S. ULLMAN.
Deportment of Sociology
SOCIOLOGY is an analytical study of the development, structure, and func-tions of human groups. It is concerned with the scientific understanding ofhuman behavior as it relates to, and is a consequence of, human interaction
within groups.
The undergraduate program in sociology at the University is designed: (1)
to prepare students for graduate work leading to professional careers in the field;
and (2) to provide, for majors and other University students, a scientific basis,
in knowledge and understanding, for constructive adult citizenship. The graduate
program, leading to the Master of Arts, Master of Science, and Doctor of Phi-
losophy degrees, provides intensive study designed to train professional sociol-
ogists fully qualified for teaching, research, and administrative positions in sociol-
ogy and related fields. Sociology is also a basic study for those preparing for
careers in personnel work, journalism, organizational management, social work
and public welfare, city and regional planning, teaching of social studies, and
research in human relations.
Alpha Kappa Delta, national sociology honorary society, has a chapter on the
University campus; majors who have completed their junior year with a grade-
point average of 3.00 or higher are eligible for membership. Membership in the
Sociology Club is open to all sociology majors and to other students of the social
sciences.
Fields of Study. The upper-division and graduate courses are. divided into
four broad fields: (1) theory and methodology, (2) social institutions, (3) social
organization, and (4) social interaction and human relations. The student's pro-
gram may be enriched through related courses offered by other schools and de-
partments of the University. The courses in each of these four broad fields of so-
ciology, together with closely related courses in other divisions, are listed below:
• On sabbatical leave 1955-56.
164 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
SOCIOLOGY 165
Requirements for Bachelor's Degree. Candidates for the bachelor's degree
with a major in sociology must satisfy all general requirements of the University
and the College of Liberal Arts and complete the following required courses in
sociology :
Term Hours
General Sociology (Soc 204, 205, 206)........................................................................ 9
World Population & Social Structure (Soc 308)........................................................ 3
American Society (Soc 309)........................................................................................ 3
Introduction to Social Research (Soc 327)................................................................ 3
to;~:~.~i~~fo~o~~ci~~:/~t;c~i~~/::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::12-2:
Courses presented in satisfaction of the minimum 36-hour major requirement
must be completed with a grade average of C or better. All majors are strongl!
urged to include in their programs work in each of the four broad fields of SOCI-
ology listed above and to elect courses from the lists of related offerings in other
University schools and departments. All majors are expected to attain a broad
background in the behavioral sciences.
Students seeking preprofessional orientation in the field of social work are ad-
vised to take Sociology of Social Work (Soc 444, 445, 446) ; Community Welfare
Organization (Soc 442) is also suggested.
Graduate Work. Students are not advised to undertake graduate work in
sociology unless they have achieved a grade-point average of 3.00 o~ better in the!r
undergraduate work in the field; students whose undergraduate major has been In
another field should have a grade-point average of 3.00 in all social-science courses
taken.
Students planning to undertake graduate work should elect Social Institutio~s
(Soc 411) and History of Social Thought (Soc 450, 451, 452) as a part of their
undergraduate program; graduate students who have not had these courses or
their equivalent are required to take them during their first' year of graduate work.
Adequate preparation in statistics (equivalent of Mth 425, 426) is required ?f all
graduate students in sociology; this requirement should, preferably, be satisfied
as a part of the student's undergraduate work.
The attention of students preparing for graduate work in sociology is called to
the courses in closely related fields listed above; the undergraduate courses in-
cluded in these lists are desirable electives, both for the strengthening of the under-
graduate major and as prerequisites for recommended graduate courses in these
fields.
On the recommendation of the student's adviser and the approval of the de-
partmental faculty, courses in related fields may be accepted for major sociology
credit toward an advanced degree.
The student's program of study leading to a master's degree must include work
in each of the four basic fields of sociology, supported by courses in related fields.
Candidates for the doctor's degree must demonstrate clearly their basic and
serious commitment to a professional career in the social sciences, with particular
emphasis on sociology. The department encourages interdisciplinary studies, and
provides opportunity for the development of original programs of study designed
to broaden the student's professional preparation.
RELATIlD COURSES (continued)
Public Opinion (PS 415)
Principles & Methods of Psych. Assessment
(Psy 421, 422)
Counseling Procedures (Psy 435)
Character & Personality (Psy 436)
Industrial Psychology (Psy 447, 448)
Radio, Television & the Public (Sp 448)
Couns. Uses of Occupational Mat. (Psy 449)
Abnormal Psychology (Psy 450)
Developmental Psych. I, II (Psy 460, 461)
Learning (Psy 467,468, 469)
Public and the Press (J 488)
Sem.: Culture & Personality (Anth 507)
Sem.: Public Behavior (PS 507)
Sem.: Personality Theory (Psy 507)
Worksbop: Educ. for Marriage & Fam. Liv·
ing (Ed 508)
Workshop: Fam. Financial Sec. Educ. (Ed
508)
Propaganda & Communications Media (J 522)
Both the qualifying and preliminary examinations for the doctor's degree
cover the four basic fields of sociology. The work required for the master's degree
will usually prepare the candidate for the qualifying examination. The preliminary
examination, which covers also a cognate or minor field outside the department, is
an intensive test of the candidate's mature grasp of the field and his capacity for
constructive and imaginative scholarly growth; it is a written examination, given
over a period of several days, and requires not less than twelve hours for com-
pletion.
The candidate's dissertation must embody the results of research and show
evidence of originality and ability in independent investigation. It is recommended
that work on the dissertation be begun early in the doctoral program, so that the
candidate's research experience will be an integral part of his total program of
study.
Candidates for advanced degrees who choose sociology as a minor must
demonstrate competence in the four basic fields of sociology and a depth of knowl-
edge in one of the fields.
For detailed requirements for graduate degrees, see GRADUATE SCHOOL.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Soc 204, 205, 206. General Sociology. 3 hours each term.
The basic findings of sociology concerning the individual, culture, group life,
social institutions, and factors of social change. Required of all majors. Pre-
requisite: sophomore standing or consent of instructor.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Soc 307. Principles of Sociology. 3 hours.
Fundamental concepts and empirical findings in the field of sociology. Not
open to students who have completed Soc 204, 205. Berreman.
Soc 308. World Population and Social Structure. 3 hours.
Introduction to the general field of population studies, providing within a
sociological framework an analysis of historical, contemporary, and antici-
pated population conditions and trends, as these are related to social situations
and the organization of society. Required of all majors. Prerequisite: Soc
204, 205, 206 or Soc 307. Martin.
Soc 309. American Society. 3 hours.
The impacts of social organization and social institutions on value orienta-
tions in American society. Required of all majors. Prerequisite: Soc 204, 205,
206 or Soc 307. Johannis.
Soc 327. Introduction to Social Research. 3 hours.
The development of social research; the nature of scientific inquiry and basic
methods and techniques; examination of representative sociological studies
from the standpoint of methodology. Required of all majors. Prerequisite:
Soc 204, 205, 206 or consent of instructor. Foskett.
Soc 334, 335. Social Psychology. 3 hours each term.
Analysis of the psychological and sociological processes involved in person-
ality formation and in various forms of group behavior. Required of all majors.
Prerequisite: Soc 204, 205 or Psy 201, 202. Berreman, Littman.
Soc 338. Marriage and the Family. 3 hours.
The growth and development of the family throughout its life cycle. The
family and personality development, dating, courtship, selection of marital
partner, engagement, wedding and honeymoon, adjustment processes in mar-
riage and family living, family crises. Prerequisite: junior standing. Johannis.
Soc 403. Thesis for Honors Candidates. Hours to be arranged.
Soc 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
166 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS SOCIOLOGY 167
Soc 407. Seminar. (G) Hours to be arranged.
School and Family Life. Johannis.
Penological Systems. Martin.
Population Estimation. Martin.
Collective Behavior. Berreman.
Juvenile Delinquency. Eisno.
Sociology of Work. Dubin.
Industrial Sociology. Dubin.
Interviewing. Bisno.
Social Aspects of Mental Health. Bisno.
Soc 411. Social Institutions. (G) 3 hours.
Analysis of social organization in terms of a. system of interrelate? a~d i!lter-
dependent institutions; structural and functional comp~ments of !nst!tut!onal
complexes; institutions as syste~s 0'£ p~tterned relations; t?e l!lstltutl<?nal
basis of personality; processes of mstltutlonal change and social disorganiza-
tion. Foskett.
Soc 416, 417. Criminology and Delinquency. (G) 3 hours each term.
The nature and extent of delinquency and crime as forms of deviant social
behavior; contributing factors; current prevention and treatment programs.
Prerequisite: Soc 204, 205; or Psy 201, 202; or Soc 307. Berreman.
Soc 421. Social Change. (G) 3 hours.
Sociological analysis of purposive soci~1 change .as manife~t in .variou~ pro-
grams of social reform and reconstruction. Doctrmes exammed m relation to
the contexts historical and contemporary, out of which they have evolved.
Prerequisite': 9 hours in sociology or consent of instructor. Bisno.
Soc 425, 426, 427. Theory of Social Groups. (G) 3 hours each term.
Analytical study of the forms and types of human association. Fall: society
and the great associations; winter: formal organizations; spring: primary
social groups. Dubin.
Soc 431, 432, 433. Community Structure and Organization. (G) 3 hours each
term.
Analysis of the human community. Fall: origin and d~vel?pment of com-
munities rural and urban settlement patterns, the urbanrzatlon process, pat-
terns of'urban growth and structure, the spacial distribution of people and
institutions within the community; winter: community change, rural-urban
and social class differences in the functioning of community institutions;
spring: differe!ltial particip~tion in informal and forma.lly organized associa-
tions, leadership roles and mfluence patterns, community clea~age and con-
flict, crises, reintegration. Prerequisite: Soc 204, 205, 206. Martm.
Soc 435. Theory and Methods of Population Analysis. (G) 3 hours.
Modern demographic trends, underlying factors, social and economic impli-
cations; analysis of trends in fertility, mortality, population size and composi-
tion, and population redistribution. Martin.
Soc 436. Social Control (G) 3 hours.
Techniques and agencies by which the behavior of crowds, classes, associa-
tions, and publics is controlled. Prerequisite: Soc or Psy 334, 335 or consent of
instructor. Berreman.
Soc 437. Sociology of Race Relations. (G) 3 hours.
The development of "race consciousness" and emergent problems of race-
culture contacts. Prerequisite: introductory course in sociology, anthropol-
ogy, or psychology. Berreman.
Soc 440, 441. Group Dynamics. (G) 3 hours each term.
Analysis of the dynamics of group interaction; significance and appl~c~tions
of the principles of group behaVior for the gr0!1p worker. ~rerequlSlte: 9
hours in sociology or psychology; or consent of mstructor. Blsno.
Soc 442. Community Welfare Organization. (g) 3 hours.
!,n~l!sis of the process of bringing about a progressive adjustment betweenI~dlvldual and group "Yelfar~ needs and community resources; the organiza-
tional ~ramework wlthm.which .the process operates; the social structure anddynaml~s of the com!1lUnity settmg. Prerequisite: 9 hours in sociology or con-
sent of mstructor. Blsno.
Soc 444,445,446. Sociology of Social Work. (g) 3 hours each term.
Soc!al work,. as a for!1l of ins!itution~1 behavior within the structure of or-g~mzed public and private social serVices, ~';1lyzed i~ terms of theory, prin-clple~,.and methods, past and present. Variations of Ideology, organizational
prOVIS!OnS, ~nd practices related. to the broader social milieu. Prerequisite: 9
h?urs m sociology or con~ent of mstructor; the work of each term is prerequi-
site to that of the followmg term. Bisno.
Soc 448, 449. Social Analysis. (G) 3 hours each term.
Bas.ic processes. in the designing and carrying out of sociological research
~roJects ;.analysIS of data. Elementary statistics prerequisite to Soc 449. Mar-
tm. •
Soc 450, 451, 452. History of Social Thought. (G) 3 hours each term.
An historical analysis of Western social thought in terms of its recurrent
problems, .its basic concepts, and. its r~lation to contemporary sociological
the?ry; .thlrd. term devoted to an mtenslve study of the work of outstanding
SOCIOlogists smce Comte and Spencer. Foskett.
Soc 465, 466. The Family in American Culture. (G) 3 hours each term.
First term; the family as a social institution; the nature character and devel-op~ent of the family a.nd its relationship to other s~cial institutions; the
family and the c<;>mmumty;. ~rames o~ r.efere,nce for family analysis. Secondterl~: class, ethniC, and religiOUS variations m patterns of family living' in-
tensive stu~y of selec~ed subcul~ur3:l patte~ns of family living, including the~~gro family; .d!namlcs of f~mlly .mteractlOn; changes and trends in family
livmg. PrereqUisite: 9 hours m SOCIOlogy or psychology. ]ohannis.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400·499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
Soc 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Soc 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Soc 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Soc 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Contemporary Social Thought. Foskett.
Community Research. Foskett, Johannis, Martin.
Theory Building. Dubin.
Urbanization. Martin.
Social Stratification. Martin.
United States Population Movements. Martin.
The Professions. Bisno.
Marriage and Family Counseling. ] ohannis.
Ps!chotherapy and Social Structure. Bisno, Sundberg.
Primary Human Interaction. Dubin.
Family as a Small Group. ]ohannis.
Problems of Social Psychology. Berreman.
Soc 537. Social Movements. 3 hours.
St~dy: <?f the ~~d~avors ?f groups of pe0l!le to alter the course of events by
their Jomt activIties; SOCial and psychological factors which give rise to social
mo,;,ement? ~nd determine their cO!Jrse; the relation of such purposive col-
lectIVe activity to the process of SOCial and cultural change. Prerequisite: Soc
or Psy 334, 335 and graduate standing; or consent of instructor. Berreman.
168 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS SPEECH 169
Soc 556. Experimental Sociology. 3 hours.
Critical analysis of selected experiments in sociology; each student formu-
lates a research problem and designs an experiment suitable for the testing of
the hypothesis. Prerequisite: elementary course in statistics. Dubin.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN EXTENSION
SOC 346. Social Case Methods in Nursing. 3 hours.
SW 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
SW 511, 512, 513. Social Case Work. 3 hours each term.
SW 516, 517. Personality Development. 2 hours each term.
SW 521. Social Group Work. 2 hours.
SW 556, 557. Medical Information for Social Work. 2 hours each term.
SW 572. Community Organization for Social Welfare. 3 hours.
SW 580. Introduction to Public Welfare. 3 hours.
SW 581. The Child and the State. 3 hours.
SW 582. Administration of Social Insurances. 3 hours.
SW 584. Public Assistance: Policy and Method. 3 hours.
Department of Speech
Professors: R. D. CLARK, K. S. WOOD.·
Associate Professors: W. A. DAHLBERG, K. E. MONTGOMERY, H. W. ROBINSON,
OTTILIE T. SEYBOLT (emeritus), D. G. STARLIN (acting department head).
Assistant Professors: HERMAN COHEN, F. J. HUNTER, E. A. KRETSINGER, W. S.
NOBLES.
Instructors: A. S. HOUGH, D. S. KREMPEL, H. L. RAMEY, G. A. SANBORN, N. B.
YOUNG.
Assistants: G. S. HOWARD, D. R. MICKELWAIT, M. L. SMITH, K. S. STUART,
R. F. WEIDMAN,]. A. WOOD.
THE Department of Speech offers major curricula leading to the Bachelor ofArts, Bachelor of Science, Master of Arts, and Master of Science degrees,with opportunities for study in the fields of public speaking, radio and tele-
vision broadcasting, speech and hearing therapy, and theater.
Work in speech is also offered for students majoring in other fields. For these
students, the department directs its efforts toward two principa~ objectives: (l)
the development of the ability to communicate thought and feeling; and (2) the
improvement of powers of appreciation and evaluation in listening. .
Practical experience in the various phases of the departmental program IS
provided through the University T~eater, t?e University Symposium an.d fore.n~ic
activities, the University Broadcastmg StudiOS, and the Speech and Heanng Climc.
In the planning of its major undergraduate programs, the Department of
Speech recognizes three principal objectives:
(1) The achievement, by all of its major students, of a broad liberal educa-
tion. The following requirements relate to this objective:
(a) To complement work in the department, the s~ude.nt must elect. a mini-
mum of 40 term hours of work in other departments which IS of substantial value
in relation to his major program; at least 18 term hours must be in upper-division
courses. At the beginning of his senior year, each student must submit, for the ap-
• On sabbatical leave 1955-56.
proval of the faculty of the department, a list of the courses which he proposes to
offer for the satisfaction of this requirement.
(b) A maximum of 60 term hours of work in speech may be included in the
student's program for a bachelor's degree.
(2) Sufficient work in the several fields of speech instruction to provide an
appreciation of the different areas of communication. The following requirements
relate to this objective :
(a) Fundamentals of Speech (Sp 111, 112, 113) is required of all majors.
(b) Each student must complete one or more courses in each of two areas of
speech instruction outside his field of concentration.
(c) A minimum of 40 term hours in speech courses is required, at least 25 of
which must be upper-division courses.
(d) A minimum of 9 term hours of work in general psychology is required of
all majors. .
(3) The mastery of at least one of the four following fields: public speaking,
radio and television broadcasting, speech and hearing therapy, theater. The
minimum requirements in the four fields are as follows:
(a) Public Speaking: Public Discussion (Sp 221) or Advanced Public Dis-
cussion (Sp 331) ; Argumentation, Persuasion, and Discussion (Sp 321, 322, 323) ;
Theory and Literature of Public Speaking (Sp 301, 302, 303) or History and Liter-
ature of Oratory (Sp 421, 422, 423) ; Radio and Television Workshop (Sp 341) ;
Phonetics (Sp 370) or Speech Defects and Disorders (Sp 481, 482).
(b) Radio and Television Broadcasting: Fundamentals of Broadcasting (Sp
241) ; Theater Principles (Sp 261, 262, 263) ; one term of Production Workshop
(Sp 264, 265, 266) ; Radio and Television Workshop (Sp 341) ; Radio Workshop
(Sp 342,343) or Television Workshop (Sp 344,345) ; Radio and Television Script
Writing (Sp 347, 348, 349) ; Phonetics (Sp 370) ; Radio and Television and the
Public (Sp 448).
(c) Speech and Hearing Therapy: Phonetics (Sp 370) ; Speech Science (Sp
371) ; Speech Defects and Disorders (Sp 481, 482) ; Clinical Methods in Speech
Correction (Sp 483) ; Clinical Practice in Speech Correction (Sp 484, 485, 486) ;
Rehabilitation of the Hard-of-Hearing (Sp 487). .
(d) Theater: Theater Principles (Sp 261, 262, 263) ; Production Workshop
(Sp 264, 265, 266) ; 5 term hours selected from Elements of Acting (Sp 251) and
Technique of Acting (Sp 351, 352) ; Appreciation of Drama (Sp 267, 268,269) or
History of the Theater (Sp 464,465).
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Sp 111, 112, 113. Fundamentals of Speech. 3 hours each term.
Projects in extempore speaking. Primary emphasis on content and organiza-
tion, with attention also to the student's adjustment to the speaking situation,
effective delivery, audience motivation, and language of the speech.
Sp 114. Voice and Diction. 3 hours any term.
Study and practice of the principles of tone production. Phonetic analysis of
English sounds as a basis for correct and effortless diction. Intended for stu-
dents who have slight deviations in voice and diction. Montgomery, Hough,
Seybolt.
Sp 211. Interpretation. 2 hours.
The application of the principles of oral reading to literature. Hough, Hunter.
Sp 221. Public Discussion. 2 hours winter or spring.
Preparation of speeches for delivery before public audiences. Cohen, Nobles.
170 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
SPEECH 171
Sp 241. Fundamentals of Broadcasting. 2 hours any term. .
General survey of broadcasting, including .his~ory, growth, !i0clal aspects,
laws and policies, station and network organlzatl0!l~ I!rogrammlng, ~he adver-
tiser, the listener, public interest, standar~s of cntlclsm, comparative broad-
cast systems, and international broadcasting and propaganda. Cohen.
Sp 251. Elements of Acting. 2 hours.
Elementary principles of acting technique. Hunter.
Sp252. Make·Up. 1 hour. . . . . .
The history, purposes, and techniques of. apphcat~on o.f theatnca~ make-up,
the use of make-up in the various theatncal media, with emphasIs on stage
and television performance. Krempel.
Sp 261, 262, 263. Theater Principles. 1 hour each ter~.. .
Development of the physical theater; the mechanics of ItS sta.ge a!ld.shops,
planning and construction of stage settings and propertu,s; baSIC principles of
stage lighting. Ramey.
Sp 264, 265, 266. Production Workshop. ~ or 3 ~ou.rs each term..
Practical experience in the constructIOn, painting, and handling of scene~y,
and the lighting of plays. Prerequisite: Sp 261, 262, 263 or concurrent regis-
tration. Ramey.
Sp 267, 268, 269. Appreciation of Dr~~a. 2 ~~u~s each term.. .
Study of design, acting! playwntln.g: cntlclsm. AppreCiation o~ the drama,
motion picture, and radIO and televIsion playas art forms. Robinson.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Sp 301, 302, 303. Theory and Literature of Public Sp~aking. 3 hours each term.
Selected readings on the principles of publ~c sI!eaklng, fr~m J?lato to mod~rn
times with examples from oratory. Practice m the applicatIOn o~ the prin-
ciples'. Fall: invention; winter: arrangement and delivery; spnng: style.
Cohen.
Sp 311, 312. Advanced Interpretation. 2 hours ea~h term.. ..
Instruction in the discovery and oral expressl?,?- of meanmg and feelmg. In
prose, poetry, and dramatic literature. PrerequIsite: Sp 211 or consent of m-
structor. Hunter.
Sp 321, 322, 323. Argumentation, Persuasion, and Discussion. 3 hours each
term. d'
Fall: argumentation; winter: audie~ce.motiv~tion ~nd n~ture of au lence re-
sponse; spring: principles and practice m vanous diSCUSSion forms. Dahlberg,
Cohen, Nobles.
Sp 331, 332. Advanced Public Discussion. 2 hours ea~h ten~, winter and s~r~ng:
Preparation of speeches to be delivered before public audiences. PrereqUisite.
consent of instructor. Cohen, Nobles.
Sp 341. Radio and Television Workshop. 2 hours. . .
Broadcast performance techniql!e; physical, aco.ustlc, a~d '!1echanlcal t~e?r~
and its application; interpr.etahve theory and ItS apphcatlon. PrereqUisite.
consent of instructor. Kretsmger.
Sp 342,343. Radio Workshop. 2 hours each term. . . .
Theory and practice of radio broadcasting. PrereqUisite: Sp 341. Kretsmgcr.
Sp 344, 345. Television Workshop. 2 hours eac~ term. . .
Theory and practice of television broadcastmg. PrerequIsite: Sp 341. Kret-
singer.
Sp 347, 348, 349. Radio and Television Script Writing. 2 hour~ ea~h term. ..
Radio and television.writing technique~;.the~ry .and prac~lce m th~ wntlng
of all major continUity types. PrereqUisite: JUnior standing. Starlin.
Sp 351, 352, 353. Technique of Acting. 3 hours each term.
Principles of acting technique i problems in the analysis and presentation of
character. Robinson.
Sp 364, 365, 366. Play Direction. 3 hours each term.
Sources of dramatic material, choice of play, casting and rehearsal of play-
ers, production organization. Practical experience in directing. 6 or more
laboratory periods. Krempel.
Sp 370. Phonetics. 3 hours any term.
Study of sounds used in speech. Determination of sounds; their symbolic na-
ture; their production; physical and psychological problems involved in their
perception i sectional differences. Montgomery.
Sp 371. Speech Science. 3 hours any term.
A study of the anatomy, psychology, and physics of speech. Wood.
Sp 411. Speech for the Classroom Teacher. 3 hoprs spring.
Instruction in speech and speech forms designed for classroom use.
Sp 421, 422, 423. History and Literature of Oratory. (G) 3 hours each term.
Masterpieces of oratorical literature. Fall: Greek and Roman oratory; win-
ter: British oratory from Pitt to modern times; spring: American oratory.
Dahlberg, Montgomery, Clark.
Sp 444, 445, 446. Radio and Television Program Production. (G) 3 hours each
term.
Production techniques as they apply to major program types. Critical evalua-
tion of programs, programming patterns, audience-analysis techniques. Pre-
requisite: consent of instructor. Kretsinger, Starlin.
Sp 448. Radio and Television and the Public. (G) 3 hours spring.
The influence and importance of broadcasting as a social, political, and cul-
tural force; the development of broadcasting; commercial versus public-
service broadcasting; the rights and duties of listeners; public opinion and
propaganda influence. Starlin.
Sp 451, 452, 453. Theory of Dramatic Production. (G) 3 hours each term.
Fall: theory of acting i winter: theory of dramatic direction; spring: theory
of dramatic structure. Hunter, Robinson.
Sp 461, 462, 463. Scene Design. (G) 3 hours each term.
Fall: elements of theatrical design in the educational theater; winter: forms
and styles in theater and production design; spring: special problems in scenedesign. Krempel.
Sp 464, 465, 466. History of the Theater. (G) 3 hours each term.
A historical study of the theater from ancient to modern times. Hunter.
Sp 467, 468, 469. Lighting for Stage and Television. (G) 2 hours each term.
The functions of lighting on the stage and in the television studio. Fall: the
qualities of light, lighting instruments, control systems. Winter: functions of
light in the theater, theories and methods of lighting stage productions. Spring:
functions of light in the television studio; theories, methods, and special
equipment for lighting television productions. Prerequisite: Sp 263, Sp 266;
Sp 467 prerequisite to Sp 468 or Sp 469. Ramey.
Sp 472. Experimental Phonetics. (G) 3 hours.
Experimental methods in voice and phonetics; analysis and measurement of
variables in the production of speech. 1 hour of laboratory work required.
Prerequisite: Sp 370, Sp 371. Wood.
Sp 481, 482. Speech Defects and Disorders. (G) 3 hours each term.
First term: symptoms and causes of speech abnormalities; emphasis on diag-
nosis and basic pathology of articulatory defects and delayed speech, with dis-
172 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS MUNICIPAL RESEARCH AND SERVICE 173
cussion of methods of treatment limited to general principles. Second term:
emphasis on cleft-palate and spastic speech, aphasia, stuttering, and neuro-
logical speech disorders. Wood, Montgomery.
Sp 483. Clinical Methods in Speech Correction. (G) 3 hours.
. Study of specific approaches and techniques in the treatment of the major
speech defects, including functional articulatory difficulties, cleft-palate speech,
stuttering, and neurological speech disorders. Wood.
Sp 484, 485, 486. Clinical Practice in Speech Correction. (G) 2 hours each term.
Actual case experience for student clinicians in the diagnosis and treatment,
under supervision, of speech-defective children and adults. Wood.
Sp 487, 488. Rehabilitation of the Hard-of-Hearing. (G) 3 hours each term.
First term: the nature of hearing; hearing loss and speech involvments. Sec-
ond term: auditory tests and their interpretation; hearing aids; lip reading
and auditory training. Wood.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
Sp 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Sp 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Sp 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Sp 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Introduction to Graduate Study.
Rhetorical Criticism.
Eighteenth-Century Rhetorical Critics.
Argumentation and Debate.
Speech Forms and Techniques in Group Control.
Technical Problems of the Theater.
Experimental Methods.
Problems of Education by Television.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS AND EXTENSION
Sp 225, 226. Public Speaking for Business and Professional Men and Women.
2 hours each term (extension and summer sessions) .
Sp 392. Principles and Techniques of Speech Correction. 3 hours (extension
and summer sessions).
Sp 490. Lip Reading for the Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing. 3 hours (extension).
Sp 491. Advanced Language Development for the Deaf. (G) 3 hours (ex-
tension).
Sp 492. Voice and Speech for the Deaf. (G) 3 hours (extension).
Bureau of Municipal Research and Service
HERMAN KtHRLI, M.A _ _ ._ _ __ .__ Director
*KENNETH C. TOLLENAAR, M.A Assistant Director, Portland Office
WILLIAM A. BECKETT, A.B., LL.B Research Attorney
ARNOLD M. WESTLING, B.S Planning Consultant
THOMAS H. M. RIGBY, M.A Research Assistant
MARY E. CARSON, A.B Research Assistant
KATHERINE L. LUECK, B.S Librarian
THE Bureau of Municipal Research and Service carries on a comprehensiveprogram of research and service in the field of local government. A referencelibrary is maintained and an information service provided for public officials
and civic groups on various aspects of municipal administration and public finance.
* On leave of absence 1955-56.
Special studies are conducted, at the request of legislative interim committees and
public officials, in the broader field of state government and welfare. The bureau
cooperates with the League of Oregon Cities in providing a consultation service on
problems related to local legislation, charter revision, ordinance codification, mu-
nicipal budgeting, revenue and taxation, law, and general administration.
Assistance is also provided in conducting in-service training programs for
local officials in cooperation with the Oregon Finance Officers Association and the
Oregon Association of City Police Officers.
The bureau publishes several series of bulletins, intended primarily as a service
to city officials in the state of Oregon, and occasional special research studies.
School of Architecture and
Allied Arts
SIDNEY W. LITTLE, M.Arch., Dean of the School of Architecture and Allied Arts.
FRANCES S. NEWSOM, M.A., Architecture and Allied Arts Librarian.
Professors: H. W. BUFORD, F. A. CUTHBERT, F. T. HANNAFORD, W. S. HAYDEN,
S. W. LITTLE, D. J. MCCOSH, A. M. VINCENT.
Associate Professors: G. F. ANDREWS, W. C. BALDINGER, EYLER BROWN, R. R.
FERENS, BROWNELL FRASIER, G. S. JETTE, MAUDE I. KERNS (emeritus),
M. D. Ross,· VICTORIA A. Ross, M. R. SPONENBURGH, JACK WILKINSON.
Assistant Professors: T. O. BALLINGER, S. W. BRYAN, J. W. BURGNER, L. T.
CHADWICK, A. C. ERICKSON, D. P. HATCH, E. M. MACCOLLIN,t w. M. RUFF,
C. B. RYAN.
Instructors: J. L. BRISCOE, R. G. GONZALEZ, R. C. JAMES, J. D. MORTON, E. E.
MOURSUND, DOUGLAS SHADBOLT.
Assistants: L. A. KOLLMEYER, MARTHA T. MILLER, R. A. MULLER, S. L. OSTER-
MEIER, RUSSELL SVAREN, ALDO TAMBELLINI, H. F. WIDMAN.
THE School of Architecture and Allied Arts offers instruction leading tobaccalaureate and advanced degrees in the fields of architecture, interiorarchitecture, landscape architecture, urban planning, drawing and painting,
sculpture, ceramics, weaving, art history, and art education. AU lower-division
courses in the school, and aU courses in art history, may be elected by nonmajors.
The school is organized as an integrated unit, without formal departmentaliza-
tion. This form of organization reflects and facilitates the school's policy of co-
operative teaching to bring the resources and insights of the several arts to bear
on common problems of design.
Admission. The major curricula in the fields listed above are organized on an
upper-division and graduate basis. Freshman students intending to major in any
of these fields are enroUed in the CoUege of Liberal Arts and pursue, for two
years, a program combining liberal arts courses with introductory preprofessional
courses in the School of Architecture and Allied Arts.
The lower-division preprofessional courses are planned to provide continuity
of training and experience in the several major fields throughout the student's
undergraduate years. Educational continuity is further insured through the assign-
ment of members of the faculty of the School of Architecture and Allied Arts as
advisers to preprofessional students.
Before admission as professional majors, students must satisfy aU lower-
division requirements of the University and the CoUege of Liberal Arts.
Students transferring to the University from other coUegiate institutions for
work in the School of Architecture and Allied Arts must satisfy the regular lower-
division requirements, including both liberal arts and preprofessional requirements,
before admission as professional majors. Credit may be transferred for courses
that are the equivalent of University offerings; but a transfer student wishing
credit, toward major requirements, for upper-division professional work com-
* On leave of absence, spring tenn, 1955-56.
t Resigned Jan. 3, 1956.
[ 174]
SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 175
pleted at another institution must first submit evidence of ability for performance
at an advanced level.
Facilities. The school is housed in a group of buildings at the northeast cor-
ner of the campus. The buildings contain drafting rooms, exhibition rooms, studios,
classrooms, a library, and staff offices.
The school provides desks, easels, and certain materials that are not readily
available for individual purchase. Students supply their own instruments and draw-
ing materials; these materials are obtainable from a branch of the University Co-
operative Store, maintained in the Art and Architecture Building.
The Architecture and AUied Arts Library is a reference coUection of about
4,500 books, administered as a branch of the University Library.
AU work done by students is the property of the school unless other arrange-
ments are approved by the instructor.
Graduate Work. The School of Architecture and Allied Arts offers grad-
uate work leading to master's degrees in atchitecture, landscape architecture,
urban planning, drawing and painting, sculpture, ceramics, weaving, art education,
and art history. Graduate programs may emphasize either creative work or tech-
nical, theoretical, and historical studies. The following degrees are granted:
Master of Architecture-for creative work in architectural design.
Master of Landscape Architecture-for creative work in landscape design.
Master of Fine Arts-for creative work in drawing and painting, sculpture,
ceramics, or weaving.
Master of Arts, Master of Science-for historical and theoretical studies in
the visual arts, art education, and urban planning. '
Master of Science in General Studies-for programs of advanced study
planned especiaUy for public school teachers; adapted to the needs of many
students in art education.
Graduate work in the school is governed by the regulations of the University
Graduate School and by special requirements of the School of Architecture and
Allied Arts. These special requirements, which apply particularly to graduate work
of a creative nature leading to the M.Arch., M.L.Arch., or M.F.A. degree, are as
foUows:
(I) A student applying for admission for creative work at the graduate level must submit
to the dean of tbe Scbool of Architecture and Allied Arts photographs of recent work or other
materials indicating creative ability.
(2) The student's qualifying examination, required by the Graduate School before the
completion of 15 term hours of graduate work, must include a display of creative work done
both before and after admission to graduate standing.
(3) The requirements for tbe M.Arch., M.L.Arcb., and M.F.A. degrees include the com-
pletion of a creative terminal project. Tbe student's plan for his terminal project must be
approved by his graduate committee before it is undertaken.
(4) On tbe completion of his terminal project, the student must submit as a supplement
tbree copies of a typewritten report describing the development of the project, the materials
and equipment employed, tbe technical procedures followed, and giving otber essential informa-
tion bearing on the project; the report should be documented by pbotograpbs.
(5) After the completion of the terminal project, but before his final examination, the stu-
dent must install a public exhibition presenting the several parts of the project. The School of
Architecture and Allied Arts reserves the right to retain any part of the material exhibited as an
indefinite loan.
(6) After the installation of the exhibition, hut before public showing, the project is given
a final review by the graduate committee, in the presence of the candidate. The review is ac-
companied by an oral examination of the candidate, which may be supplemented by a written
examination.
176 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 177
Architecture
THE curriculum in architecture, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Archi-tecture, is a three-year program foIlowing two years of preprofessional work.The preprofessional program includes lower-division courses which provide
acquaintance with the more elementary aspects of architecture; ~hese co~rses are
organized to insure continuity with the profe:si?nal work begun I? ~~e third. yea.r.
The foIlowing courses are required for admissIOn to an upper-divIsion major m
architecture:
Term Hours
Design Studio I (AA 187) 6
Graphics I (AA Ill, 112)............................................................................................ 6
Graphics II (AA 211, 212) 6
Drawing (AA 291)........................................................................................................ 6
Design Studio II: Architecture (AA 287) 3
Design Studio II: Interior Arch. (AA 288) 3
Design Studio II: Landscape Arch. (AA 289) 3
Construction Materials (AA 121) 3
Construction Theory (AA 221) 3
'Mathematics (Mth lOS, 106, 107)............................................................................ 12
'Essentials of Physics (Ph 101, 102, 103)................................................................ 9
Because the upper-division program is planned as continuous with the basic
courses offered during the first two years, students intending to maj or in architec-
ture at the University of Oregon are strongly advised to enter the University as
freshmen in order to profit by this continuous training. In special cases, however,
students 'transferring from other institutions, with preprofessional preparation
differing in some respects from the pattern indicated above, may be admitted to
the professional curriculum. ..
The major option in design includes the foIlowmg reqUIred courses:
Third Y••r Term Hours
Architectural Design (AA 387)................................................................................ 12
Mechanical Equipment of Buildings (AA 320, 321, 322)........................................ 9
Surveying for Architects (AA 317) ,.......................... 2
Theory of Structures I (AA 369, 370, 371) ,.......................................................... 9
History of Architecture I (AA 337. 338, 339).......................................................... 9
City Planning I (AA 353, 354, 355).......................................................................... 6
Art electives (painting, sculpture, ceramics, etc.).................................................. 4
Fourth Y••r
Architectural Design (AA 487) 18
Working Drawings, Specifications & Estimating (AA 417, 418, 419).................. 6
Theory of Structures II (AA 469, 470, 471).............................................................. 12
History of Architecture II (AA 340, 341, 342)........................................................ 9
Fifth Yeer
Architectural Design (AA 587).................................................................................. 12
Terminal Creative Project (AA 509) 12
Ethics & Practice (Architecture) (AA 529) 2
Electives .............•.....•.........................................................................•............................ 20
The requirements for the structural option include the courses listed above
and, in addition:
Differential and Integral Calculus (Mth 201, 202, 203).......................................... 12
Theory of Structures III (AA 472, 473, 474).......................................................... 12
The foIlowing regulations govern the curriculum in architecture and the
granting of the degree of Bachelor of Architecture:
• Satisfies also group requirement in liberal arts.
(I) A student may obtain each year credits in excess of those called for in the eurricu.
lum, by demonstrating through examination that he has professional training, through experi-
ence or otherwise, which will justify the granting of additional credit and more rapid progress
toward the degree.
(2) The student must earn 220 term hours of credit, of which 147 hours must be in the
School of Architecture and Allied Arts. He must have completed all of the professional work
of the five-year program, and must have satisfied all University requirements for graduation.
A minimum of one year of residence is required.
(3) A student may take elective subjects in addition to the electives scheduled in the
curriculum, provided his record for the preceding years show no grade below C.
(4) Before the professional degree is granted, the student must complete satisfactorily
each division of design. By special permission of the dean, a student may be allowed to do the
work required in the courses in design as rapidly as he is able. By arrangement with the
Registrar, credit for work done in these courses before formal registration will be entered in
the student's record when certified by the dean.
(5) The five·year program is planned for students of average preparation and ability.
Students with superior preparation and ability may, through examination as provided under
Rule 1, or by presenting work in design as provided under Rule 4, complete the required num-
ber of hours of professional work and graduate in less than five years.
Graduate work is offered in architecture,.leading to the Master of Architec-
ture degree. For requirements, see page 175.
The curriculum in architecture is accredited by the National Architectural
Accrediting Board.
Business and Construction. Under the joint superVlSlon of the School of
Architecture and Allied Arts and the School of Business Administration, the Uni-
versity offers a five-year program of study for students who plan to enter the
construction industry. The program, which leads to a bachelor's degree with a
maj or in business administration, combines sound training in business methods
dnd in the structural phases of architecture.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
AA 111, 112. Graphics I. 3 hours each term.
A general exploration of the principles of light, color, and space representa-
tions in typical architectural forms. Use of various media and methods, and
manipulation of instruments. Perspective, shades and shadow, projection and
sectioning. 6 hours required for majors in architecture, interior architecture,
and landscape architecture.
AA 121. Construction Materials. 3 hours any term.
Materials and techniques of construction used in buildings· and their furnish-
ings. Materials utilized in framing, fabrication, enveloping, surfacing, and
finishing. Aspects of color, scale, texture; techniques for use. Manufacture,
distribution, availability, maintenance, and depreciation. Field trips, demon-
strations, illustrated lectures, and laboratory investigation.
AA 187. Design Studio 1. 1-3 hours any term.
No-grade course. Human environment and design processes. Integration of
natural materials with manmade materials in studio exercises. Color phe-
nomena and their use in architectural design. Three-dimensional design ap-
plied to structural space. Model construction. 6 hours required for majors in
architecture, interior architecture, and landscape architecture.
AA 211, 212. Graphics II. 3 hours each term.
Continuation of AA 111, 112, with emphasis on the precise study of systems
of drawing. Orthographic projection, descriptive geometry. Integration of the
media and methods controlling delineation and other expression of architectural
subjects. 6 hours required for majors in architecture.
AA 221. Construction Theory. 3 hours any term.
Structural materials used today; structural systems, both historical and
modern; simple ideas of force and counterforce; survey of trends in struc-
tural design, with regard both to new materials and new methods.
178 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 179
Interior Architecture
AA 487. Architectural Design. 1 to 10 hours any term.
No-grade course. Second year of design sequence. Students work in the
drafting room under individual observation of staff members. Field trips
seminars. Prerequisite: 12 term hours in AA 387. '
Third Year Term Hours
Interior Design (AA 388)......................................... 12
History of Architecture I (AA 337, 338, 339)....................................................... 9
History of Interior Architecture (AA 443, 444, 445) : 6
g:~:~~:s ~: ~~i:i~~~~~~::~~~~~~~~::~~~:::::::~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.:::::::::~::::::~~~::::::::::::::::::::: ~
Tv:'0- and three-year prof~ssional curric';1la, f?llowing two years of preprofes-SIOnal work, are offered m the field of mtenor architecture. The three-yearprogram leads to the degree of Bachelor of Interior Architecture, the two-
year program to the degree of Bachelor of Science. Instruction in interior archi-
tecture is closely correlated with work in architectural design and the related arts.
The following courses are required for admission to an upper-division major in
interior architecture:
18
6
9
6
9
Fourth Yea.
Interior Design (AA 488) __ __ __ ..
Interior-Design Laboratory (AA 484, 485, 486) : ::'
History of Architecture II (AA 340, 341, 342) ::. __ .
Work!ng Dr~wi.ngs, Specificat.ions & Estimating (AA 417, 418, 419) :__ :
Drawmg, paIntIng, or ceramlCS .
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
AA 501. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
AA 50S. Assigned Reading. Hours to be arranged.
AA 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
AA 509. Terminal Creative Project. Hours to be arranged.
AA 529. Ethics and Practice (Architecture). 2 hours fall or spring.
No-grade course. Problems of professional ethics, business relations, office
management, etc. Open only to fifth-year students. Little.
AA 587. Architectural Design. 1 to 12 hours~any term.
~o~g!ade. Third. y.e~r ?f design s~quence. The student assumes greater
mdlvldual responslblhty m the executIOn of design and planning studies. Sec-
ond. half ot the ~ear dev?ted to development of final qualifying professional
proJect. Field tnps, semmars, Prerequisite: 18 term hours in AA 487.
Term Hours
~~;~0c{:~li~f~~:l1i~fr~~L::L~::~~~~:.::·:"::··::::'::':.::.':,..:::.':':;;::.:'.:::::;::::::..:::: ~
Design Studio II: Interior Arch. (AA 288)................................................ .. 3
Design Studio II: Landscape Arch. (AA 289) __ .. 3
§~~::~~~::~~ ~~~e;;ai~iA~1 ~z.~.).:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ~
In the upper-division program, the student is assigned individual problems in
interior planning; emphasis is placed on creative development. Individual criticism
is supplemented by lectures by members of the school faculty. The student works
in the same drafting room and is closely associated with the students and instruc-
tors in architecture and landscape design. The two-year professional program
includes the following required courses:
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
AA 311. The House. 3 hours spring.
The home and its environs, with emphasis on its imp?rt~nce to the individ~al,
the family, and the community; the ~oncepts and pnnclples of house design.
Illustrated lectures. Open to nonmajors.
AA 317. Surveying for Architects. 2 hours fall or spring.
Elements of plane surveying adapted to the needs. of ~rchitect~; ~eld practice
in the use of steel tape, level, and transit; deterlI?mation of bUlldmg-plot c<;>n-
tours and their interpretation on plot-plan drawmgs; methods of calculatmg
excavations and fills for building purposes. Briscoe.
AA 320 321 322. Mechanical Equipment of Buildings. 3 hours each term.
Principies of plumbing, heating, ventilation, lighting, acoustics. Prerequisite:
Ph 101, 102, 103; Mth 105. Briscoe.
AA 369, 370, 371. Theory of Structures I. 3 hours each term.
Application of mathematics to the design ~:lf building structures. ~ood. and
steel construction; beams, columns, and Simple .f~ames; the relatlO1!shlp of
structural design to architectural design. PrereqUisite: algebra and tngonom-
etry. Briscoe.
AA 387. Architectural Design. 1 to 8 hours any term.
No-grade course. Planning and design, ~eginning ~ three-year sequenct; of
intensive study in programming, theoretical an~lysls,. and problem solutIOn.
Instruction includes field trips, seminars, and discussIOns. Prerequisite: AA
287.
AA 401. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
AA 405. Senior Assigned Reading. Hours to be arranged.
AA 407. Senior Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
AA 417, 418,419. Working Drawings, Specifications, and Estimating. 2 hours
each term.
The preparation ,!f w~rking drawings, !n.cluding ~ca!e and full-si~ed details;
architectural specificatIOns; field superVISion of bUlldmg constructIOn. Brown.
AA 420, 421, 422. Building Materials and Construction. 3 hours each term.
Study of the materials and. methods of buil1ing .construction. Contract docu-
ments and their use. Matenals and labor estlmatmg methods used by contrac-
tors and material dealers. Hannaford.
AA 453. Building Materials. 2 hours.
Critical study of materials used in construction, with special reference to their
design significance. Andrews.
AA 469, 470, 471. Theory of Structures II. (G) 4 hours each term. .
Wood and steel building trusses, reinforced-concrete building construction;
retaining walls, footings, and foundations for buildings. Prerequisite: AA
369, 370, 371. Hannaford.
AA 472, 473,474. Theory of Structures III. (G) 4 hours each term.
Continuous frames, rigid frames, and their effects on architectural design. A
series of problems, presented in conju?ction with fifth-year ~rchitectural de-
sign. Elective for design majors, reqUired for structural majors. Hannaford.
AA 287. Design Studio II: Architecture. 3 hours.
No-grade course. Design and planning processes by whic~ architectl!ral,struc-
tures are conceived and executed. Site location, functIOn, organizatIOn of
space and form, scale, proportion, etc. Review <;>f executed m?dels. and d~aw­
ings. Coordinated with AA 288, AA 289. Req!-nred of all majo!~ In architec-
ture, interior architecture, and landscape architecture. PrereqUisite: AA 187.
180 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 181
24
9
3-9
9
24
3
6
6
Term HoursThird V••r
Landscape Architecture and Urban Planning
Landscape Design (AA 389) 9
Plant Materials (AA 326, 327, 328).......................................................................... 9
History & Literature of Landscape Architecture (AA 356, 357)............................ 6
History of Architecture II (AA 342)........................................................................ 3
Landscape Structures (AA 366)................................................................................. 3
Landscape Maintenance (AA 359, 360)...................................................................... 4
Landscape Construction I (AA 361, 362).................................................................. 2
City Planning I (AA 353, 354, 355)........................................................................ 6
Surveying for Architects (AA 317) 2
Painting or sculpture __ __ __ .. __ 6
Fourth V••r
Landscape Design (AA 489)............................................................................ 12
Plant Composition (AA 430, 431, 432) 9
Landscape Field Practice (AA 459).... 3
Landscape Construction II (AA 460, 461)............................................... 6
Fifth Y••r
Landscape Design (AA 589) ..
Ethics & Practice (Landscape) (AA 433, 434, 435) .
City Planning II (AA 499) ..
Electives .
THE curriculum in landscape architecture, leading to the degree of Bachelorof Landscape Architecture, is a three-year program following two years of
preprofessional work. The following courses are required for admission to an
upper-division major in landscape architecture:
Term Hours
Design Studio I (AA 187)................. 6
Graphics I (AA Ill, 112)......................................... 6
Drawing (AA 291).............................................................................................. 6
Design Studio II: Architecture (AA 287) 3
Design Studio II: Interior Architecture (AA 288) 3
Design Studio II: Landscape Architecture (AA 289)................ 3
Construction Materials (AA 121) 3
The program provides the student with e- broad educational background, to-
gether with technical studies essential for the professional practice of landscape
architecture. Courses in the field are supplemented by courses in art, architectural
design, construction, and city planning. Majors in landscape architecture work
side by side with students of architecture and interior architecture, and have the
benefit of design criticism from the entire faculty of the School of Architecture and
Allied Arts. Opportunities are provided for collaboration on design problems by
landscape and architecture students. The instructional program includes field trips
to acquaint students with outstanding examples of the design and construction of
parks, cemeteries, airports, private properties and subdivisions, golf courses, and
planned civic developments-and for study of the use of various plant materials
under different conditions of climate, soil, and exposure.
Students planning to major in landscape architecture are advised to complete
courses in high-school mathematics through trigonometry.
The following upper-division courses are required for a major in landscape
architecture:
The curriculum in landscape architecture and the granting of the degree of
Bachelor of Landscape Architecture are governed by the same regulations set forth
above for the curriculum and professional degree in architecture (see page 177).
Graduate work is offered in landscape architecture, leading to the degree of
Master of Landscape Architecture, and in urban planning, leading to the degree of
Master of Arts or Master of Science. For requirements, see page 175.
The three-year program includes the courses listed above and, in addition, the
following: Term Hours
Fifth V••r
Interior Design (AA 588) ,. .
Interior.Design Professional Practlce (AA 465, 466, 467)
History of American Architecture (AA 440) or
Background of Modern Art (AA 476, 477, 478).:::: .Electives __ __ ._ _ .
The curriculum in interior architecture and the granting of t.he degr~e ~f
Bachelor of Interior Architecture are governed b,Y the s.ame regulatIOns set or 1
above for the curriculum and professional degree m architecture (see page 177).
AA 388. Interior Design. 1 to 8 hours any ter:n.. . ... .
- rade course. A series of problems in mtenor des.lg.n, begm~l~n~ mtenslv:~~d~ in the analysis of professional problems. Individual cntlclsms. Pre
requisite: AA 287.
AA 401. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
AA 405. Senior Assigned Reading, Hours to be arranged.
AA 407. Senior Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
AA 465, 466, 467. Interior-Design Professional Practice. (G) 3 hours each
~;~~s and office procedure for the interior ~esigner in pri'fate pra~tice; trade
contracts, discounts, interprofessional relatIOns; sources 0 matena s.
AA 484, 485, 486. Interior-Design Laboratory. 2 hours ea.ch term. .
Workroom practice; estimating and cost studies. Fabncs and decoratmg ma-
terials; furniture design.
AA 488. Interior Design. 1 to 10 hours any term. . ..
r de course A series of problems in intenor design, mten1ed to develop~~:!~i~:;~a~e";!lido;~~ig~.ii~d~f~::tsc~hi~i~~;.a~~~r:~~7sh~c:hl~Ctt::; ~~:::~
in AA 388.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSE
AA 288 Design Studio II: Interior Architecture. 3 hours. .
No~gr~~t~~i::l~e. f;b~i~~orfi~t~Cr~ss,a~~lo[u~~i~hin;~m~~/b~ ~k~~~db~ndh~~~~~~~~d to satisf~ fud,:,ctio'ndal ':'th~Ang8jo A.tiez89.s~~~~ir~~e~ralf ~~l:~i~
environment. Coor mate WI , h' t
architecture, interior architecture, and landscape arc Itec ure.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400·499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
AA 501. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
AA 505. Assigned Reading. Hours to be arranged.
AA 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
AA 509. Terminal Creative Project. Hours to be arranged.
AA 588. Interior Design. 1 to 12 hours any tert~.
N rade course Professional interior-deSign problems of increasing com-p1~~fty. Individu~l criticisms, public presentations. One term devoted to a
terminal project.
182 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 183
Term Hours
Basic Design (AA 195) -.. .. 6Survey of the Visual Arts (AA 201 202' 2(3) .~::!~L:~;:~~1~~;::::::.::::::::::::::·::::::::·::::::::::~~·~::::~.:~.·~.·~~~:~::: ~.:~~~~~::.~~~::.:·· :~~~.12~~!
.~he upper-division maj or program leading to a bachelor's degree must include
a mlmmum of 75 hours, normally distributed as follows:
Drawing and Painting
W ORK in drawing an.d painting at the lower-division level is offered bothfor. stu~ents prepar111g fo~ advanced professional study and for other
. Umversl~y students. who Wish some experience in creative work as a arto~ a hbe~a~ educatIOn..Sufficlent studio work is provided to insure adequate t~ch­
mcal tra111111g as a ~a~l~ for an upper-division major in drawin'g and painting.
. At the upper-d~vlslon level, the special interests of students (landscape por-
traiture, mural deSign, c?m~ercial applications, etc.) are given attentio~ and
enco.uragement. All .teachl11g IS thr?ugh i?dividual criticism. The student works
h
at Ihlsf easel or ?raw111g board on hiS particular problem, and receives individual
e p rom the 111structor.
. T~e follo~ing lowe~-d~vision courses in art are required as preparation for a
maJ or 111 draW111g and pal11t111g :
AA 460,461. Landscape Construction II. (G) 3 hours each term.
:\~van~ed problems in landscape construction; retaining walls drainage,
Irrigation; specification writing. '
AA 489. Landscape Design. 1 to 10 hours any term.
N?-grade co.urse. A series of. advanced problems in landscape architecture,
F!trde~phasls on b!oad planmng problems and integration with architecture
Ie tnps and sem111ars. Prerequisite: 12 term hours in AA 389. .
AA 499. City Planning II. (G) 1 to 6 hours any term.
I
Nbo-grade course. U!~an and regional planning. Seminars field study design
a oratory. PrereqUIsite; AA 353, 354, 355. Cuthbert.' ,
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) may be takeu for graduate credit.
AA 501. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
AA 50S. Assigned Reading. Hours to be arranged.
AA 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged. '
AA 50~. Se~inar in P1~nningand Housing. 2 or 3 hours any term.
DISCUSSIOns of hOUSing and of urban and regional planning problems led b~54ultY55members and consultants. Assigned reading. Prerequisite: AA 351
C
'hb3 , fifth-year or graduate standing; consent of seminar coordinator'
ut ert. .
AA 509. Terminal Creative Project. Hours to be arranged.
AA 589. Landscape Design. 1 to 12 hours any term.rb-gra.de courbsle. Landscape-.design ~roblems of increasing complexity. Col-
a <!ratlvpe pro ~~s, field tnps: sem111ars. Third term devoted to terminal
proJect. rereqUlslte: 12 hours 111 AA 489.
The curriculum in landscape architecture is accredited by the American So-
ciety of Landscape Architects.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
AA 250, 251, 252. Introduction to Landscape Design. 2 hours each term.
Study of the background and principles of landscape design; lectures, field
trips, design of small properties. Not required of majors. Ruff.
AA 289. Design Studio II: Landscape Architecture. 3 hours.
No-grade course. Design of exterior spaces and landscape developments.
Planning problems involving site utilization, circulation, orientation, exposure,
contours, grading, etc. Plant materials, growth, and composition; relation of
site exterior to structures. Coordinated with AA 287, AA 288. Required of
all majors in architecture, interior architecture, and landscape architecture.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
AA 326, 327, 328. Plant Materials. 3 hours each term.
The characteristics, identification, and design uses of trees, shrubs, vines, and
flowers. Open to nonmajors with consent of instructor. Jette.
AA 353, 354, 355. City Planning I. 2 hours each term.
Fall and winter: history and significance of city planning; modern achieve-
ments in zoning, housing, and city and regional planning. Spring: economic,
practical, and aesthetic factors. Cuthbert.
AA 359, 360. Landscape Maintenance. 2 hours each term.
Cultivation of landscape plant materials; maintenance problems in relation to
landscape architecture. Ruff.
AA 361, 362. Landscape Construction I. 1-3 hours each term.
Elementary problems in the construction of landscape features. Ruff.
AA 366. Landscape Structures. 3 hours.
The design and construction of simple wood and masonry landscape struc-
tures. Briscoe.
AA 389. Landscape Design. 1 to 8 hours any term.
No-grade course. A series of problems in landscape architecture, beginning
a three-year seqU6nce of intensive study in analysis, solution, and presenta-
tion. Seminars and field trips. Prerequisite: AA 287.
AA 401. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
AA 405. Senior Assigned Reading. Hours to be arranged.
AA 407. Senior Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
AA 411. Housing I. (G) 3 hours fall.
Historical background; principles of housing; social and economic issues;
housing legislation and government housing agencies. Conducted as a seminar.
Open to nonmaj ors.
AA 412. Housing II. (G) 3 hours winter.
Methods of housing production; principles of housing design; the architect
and the home-building industry. Conducted as a seminar. Open to nonmajors.
AA 430, 431, 432. Plant Composition. (G) 3-6 hours each term.
No-grade course. Design of plantings of trees, shrubs, and flowers. Lectures,
field trips, and drafting. Prerequisite: ~A 326, 327, 328. Cuthbert.
AA 433, 434, 435. Ethics and Practice (Landscape). (G) 1 hour each term.
Professional ethics, office management, and principles of superintendence.
Cuthbert.
AA 459. Landscape Field Practice. (G) 3 hours.
Problems in making surveys, calculating grading, road layout, and siting.
Third Yeor
~~~':~~ i~~ ~m:··:::"·":..:·:·:··. :.:': ..::...... .
Composition & Visual Theory (AA 392) ::....:.::... :::: .:....... ., ..
~;~ ~;~~~~~e~··::.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.: : ::: ..
Term Hours
9
9
6
9
6
184 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 185
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
AA 481. Water Color. 2 to 4 hours spring.
Adyanced work in water color, with particular attention to landscape ma-
terial. Open to nonmajors with consent of the instructor. McCosh.
AA 482. Anatomy for Artists. 2 to 4 hours winter.
Study of the principles and formation of the skeletal and muscular structure
o! the human figure, as an aid to observation for graphic statements. Prerequi-
sIte: AA 291 or AA 293. McCosh.
AA 490. Advanced Painting. (g) 2 to 4 hours any term.
Advanc~d. problems in portrait, figure, landscape, and still life, in all media.
PrereqUIsIte: 12 hours m AA 290 or AA 390.
AA 491. Advanced Drawing. (g) 1 to 4 hours any term.
Advan~ed work in drawing. Study of form from the figure. Prerequisite: 6
hours m AA 291 or AA 391.
All.. 492. Composition and Visual Theory. (g) 2, to 4 hours any tenn.
A .stl!dy of l!g~t, color, and visual processh as they relate to easel and mural
pamtmg. Wtlkmson.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400·499 and designated (g) or (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
AA 501. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
AA 505. Assigned Reading. Hours to be arranged.
AA 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
AA 509. Terminal Creative Project. Hours to be arranged.
AA 580. Graduate Studies in Print Making. Hours to be arranged.
Advanced work in lithography and engraving. Black-and-white and multiple-
color processes.
AA 590. Graduate Studies in Painting, Drawing, and Design. Hours to be
arranged.
Work at an adyanced lev:el with problems of color and form, techniques
processes, and Visual theones. '
9
6
9
12
Term HoursFourth Ve.r
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
AA 195. Basic Design. 2 hours each term.
No-grade course. Studio participation exercises involving the ba?ic principles
of design; a three-term introductory sequence. Open to nonmaJors.
AA 290. Painting. 2 to 3 hours any term.
Instruction in the use of oil color, water color, and other media.. Registration
permitted any term, but it is desit:a~l~ that the. work be started m the fall. 12
term hours required for upper-diVISIOn standmg.
AA 291. Drawing. 1 to 3 hours any term. . .
Training in observation and selection of significant elements. ;Registration
permitted any term, but it is des!r~~le that t~e work be started m the fall. 6
term hours required for upper-diVISIOn standmg.
AA 292. Water Color. 2-3 hours.
The t~chnique and use of water color,. with special attention. to its character-
istics as a painting medium. EmphasIs on landsca;p~ !Uatem~l. May .be sub-
stituted for third term of AA 291 to meet lower-diVISIOn m~Jor reqUireme?t.
Open to nonmajors with 4 hours of work in AA 291 or with consent of m-
structor.
AA 298 Sketching. 1 hour any term.No~grade course. Sketching from costumed mode!s, to develop a~ility to ob-
serve clearly and record accurately. Offered espeCially for nonmaJ or students
who have had no previous training in sketching or drawing.
Advanced Painting (AA 490) .
Advanced Drawing (AA 491) ····························· .
Composition & Visual Theory (AA 492) ·································· .
Art electives .
Graduate work leading to the degree of Master of Fine Arts is offered in the
field of drawing and painting. For requirements, see page 175.
Sculpture and Applied Design
THE prograt? in ~cuI~ture and.applied design inclu~es. instruct!on in sculp·ture~ ceramiCS, weavmg, and Jewelry and metalsmithmg. Major curriculaleadmg to the bachelor's and the master's degree are offered in sculpture
ceramics, and weaving. '
Sc~lpture. The degree program in sculpture is planned to provide a sound
foundatIOn for mature investigation of the practical theoretical and historicalasp~~ts of the discipline. T.he st?dent is encouraged to take advanta~e of the oppor-
tumtles offered by the Umverslty for liberal education, while at the same time de-
veloping appreciation and technique within the broad field of art.
In the low~r:~ivision c~asses, the emphasis is on elements in the language of
form. Uppe~-dlvlslOn offt;nngs. enl~rge upon theoretical perspectives, directing
the student mto personal mvesttgatlOns of the physical and expressive provinces
of sculpture.
. Th~ following lower-division courses in art are required as preparation for a
major 111 sculpture:
AA 381. Water Color. 2 to 3 hours. . .
Continuation of AA 292. The technique and use of water color, with particular
attention to landsCape material.
AA 390. Painting. 2-4 hours any term.
Second sequence in painting. Still life, figure,. portrai~, and lal!'dscape; pattern
and space organization; color and deSign studies; vanous media and processes.
Prerequisite: 9 hours in AA 290.
AA 391. Drawing. 1-4 hours any term. . '
Second sequence in drawing. Space and form representatIOn; analysIs and
statement of form; linear and total statement; str~cture af;ld moveme?t. a~
factors in drawing; still life and figure; use of vanoUS media. PrereqUisIte.
6 hours in AA 291 or AA 292.
AA 392. Composition and Visual Theory. 2-4 hours any term. .'
Light, color, and design as they relate to painting problems; relatlOnshll? of
painting to architecture; mural design and other problems. Open to nonmaJors
with consent of instructor.
AA 401. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
AA 405. Senior Assigned Reading. Hours to be arranged.
AA 407. Senior Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
AA 480. Graphic Arts. (g) 2-4 hours any term.
Principles and methods of lit~o&,raphy ; p.r~ctice in al.l stages fr~m the prepar~­
tion of stones to the hand prmtmg of editIOns. SpeCial emphasIs on the medI-
um's contribution to drawing. McCosh.
Basic Design (AA 195) ..
Survey of the Visual Arts (AA 201. 202. 203) .
Elementary Sculpture (AA 293) ..
Drawing or Painting (AA 290 or AA 291) .
Term Hours
6
9
9
6
186 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 187
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Term Hours
The upper-division major program in sculpture, leading to a bachelor's degree,
includes the following required courses:
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
AA 393. Techniques of Sculpture. 2 to 6 hours any term.
1;{odeling proble,?s in P?rtrai~ure, figure study, and group composition. Tech-
mcal and aesthetic consideratIOns of the several sculpture media.
AA 401. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
AA 405. Senior Assigned Reading. Hours tQ be arranged.
AA 407. Senior Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
AA 455. Advanced Ceramics. (G) 2 to 6 hours any term.
Advance1 studio work; individual proj ects. Emphasis on creative form. Study
of matenal, texture, and functional relationships. Body and glaze making'
earthenware, stoneware, and porcelain. Kiln atmospheres and effects on body
and glaze..Students as.sume respons.i~ility for firing their own work. 30 term
hours reqUIred for majors. PrerequIsite: 6 term hours in AA 255.
AA 456. Advanced Weaving. (G) 2 to 6 hours any term.
E:mpha~is 01} creativ~ work. f'roductic;m of .a ~ide variety of handwoven fab-
nc.s. Hlstonca! studies, fabnc analYSIS, splnmng, dyeing. 30 term hours re-qUired for majors.
AA 457. Ad~anced Jewelry and Metalsmithing. (G) 2 to 6 hours any term.
Emphasl~ on creativ~ work. --:'-dvanced problems in forging, sand and centri-
fuge castmg, .enamellng, etching, lapidary work, brazing welding repousse
and tool making. ' , ,
AA 458. Textile Printing. (G) 2 to 4 hours.
~dvan~ed problems !n design and color, applied to standard textiles. Tech-
mque In pattern design and yardage printing. Silk screen block print and
other processes. "
AA 494. Advanced Sculpture. (G) 2 to 8 hours any term.
No-grade c:ours~. Coord.ination.of scu~Pture with related fields of architectural
landscape, Intenor, and Industnal deSign. '
AA 496. Ceramic Sculpture. (G) 2 hours any term.
~echniques in building, modeling, ~olding, and surfacing terra cotta. Empha-
SIS c:m the character of the '!Iatenals and their effectiveness as sculptural
medta. Study of forms appropnate to residential and civic design. Prerequisite:
three terms of AA 293, three terms of AA 255.
AA 257. Jewelry and Metalsmithing. 2 to 4 hours any term.
I!1troduction to the handworking.of nonferrous metals----{;opper, brass, pewter,sllve~, gold. D~velopm~nt of destgn for metal objects. Enameling on metal'
centnfuge casting; lapidary work. '
AA 293. Elementary Sculpture. 2 to 4 hours any term.
Introdu.c!ion to ma~eria!s. Elementary considerations of form; technical and
composttlonal exerCtses In c:lay, plaster, wood, and stone. Sections for predental
students and other nonmaJors.
6
9
6
9
15
6
9
Third Year Term Hours
Techniques of Sculpture (AA 393) 15
History of Sculpture (AA 376, 377, 378).................................................................. 9
Advanced Drawing (AA 491)...................................................... 6
Fourth Year
Advanced Sculpture (AA 494) .
Senior Seminar (AA 407) .
Background of Modern Art (AA 476, 477, 478) .
Basic Design (AA 195) .
Survey of the Visual Arts (AA 201, 202, 203) .
g;:;;~~s o;r ~i~t~~g(tlA 2~f5o~/:A2~~h::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
The curriculum in ceramics is designed to acquaint the student with the gen-
eral character, techniques, and materials of ceramic art. Emphasis is placed on
individual development through individual projects. .
The curriculum in weaving is designed to provide a thorough understanding of
contemporary weaving on the hand 100m. In studio work at the upper-division level,
emphasis is placed on individual creative effort in the various techniques.
The upper-division major program in ceramics or weaving, leading to a
bachelor's degree, includes the following required courses:
For the requirements for the Master of Fine Arts degree with a major in
sculpture, see page 175.
Applied Design. The University offers instruction in the following fields of
applied design: ceramics, weaving, and jewelry and metalsmithing..Major pro-
grams of study are offered in ceramics and weaving. Both programs Include sup-
porting work in related arts. The following lower-division courses in art are
required as preparation for a maj or in ceramics or weaving:
Third Year Term Hours
Advanced Ceramics or Weaving (AA 455 or AA 456)....... 12
Advanced studio course (drawing, painting, or sculpture) __ 6
Introduction to History of Art (AA 363, 364, 365) 9
Art electives '. 9
Fourth Yea,
Advanced Ceramics or Weaving (AA 455 or AA 456).............. 18
Advanced studio course.................................................................................................. 9
Background of Modern Art (AA 476, 477, 478)...................................................... 9
For the requirements for the Master of Fine Arts degree with a major in
ceramics or weaving, see page 175.
AA 255. Ceramics. 2 to 4 hours any term.
Introduction to ceramic techniques and materials. Throwing, molding, and
hand building. Surface decoration of two- and three-dimensional surfaces.
Students participate in stacking, firing, and drawing the kilns. Open to non-
majors.
AA 256. Weaving. 2 to 4 hours any term.
Introduction to basic weaving techniques. The dressing, care, and manipula-
tion of several types of looms. Experimentation with a wide variety of fibers.
Production of textiles of original design on 4- and 12-harness looms.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400·499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
AA 501. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
AA 505. Assigned Reading. Hours to be arranged.
.AA 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Regional Studies in Sculpture.
Sculpture Exhibition Techniques.
Professional Problems in Sculpture.
AA 509. Terminal Creative Project. Hours to be arranged.
188 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 189
The upper-division major program in art history, leading to a bachelor's de-
gree, includes the following required courses:
Third Vaar Term Hours
THE PROGRAM in art history provides: (I) instruction in this basic aspectof human culture for all Univers.ity s~udents (all co~rses in art hist?ry areopen to nonmajors); (2) the histone background m a:t and archltect~re
needed in the several major curricula of the School of Architecture and Allied
Arts; and (3) a core of studies for a ~ajor. curriculum.in the h~story o~ art. .
The art-history major combines hlstoncal study with creative studIO practice.
I t is designed to provide a broad perspective for the understanding of the art of the
past and present, and a basis for critical judgment. of individual ~orks of art ..
The following lower-division courses are required as preparatIOn for a maJor:
Term Hours
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
AA 201, 202, 203. Survey of the Visual Arts. 3 hours each term. .
Cultivation of understanding and intelligent enjoyment of. the ~Isual arts
through a study of historical and contemporary works; consideration of mo-
tives, mediums, and forms.
UPPER~DIVISION COURSES
AA 337 338 339. History of Architecture I. 3 hours each term.De~crip~ive and critical analysis of architecture ~rom pre~istoric times. to tht
Renaissance in Italy. Includes the study of ancient, m~dlaeval, Islamic, and
pre-Columbian American architecture. Open to nonmaJors. M. D. Ross.
AA 340 341 342. History of Architecture II. 3 hours each term.De~crip~ive and critical analysis of architecture from the Renaissance in ~taly
to the present day. Development of modern architecture. Open to nonmaJors.
M. D. Ross.
AA 346 347 348. History of Painting. 3 hours each term.
Ch;onoiogical and interpretive study of the language. of painting. Fall: pr~­
historic through Italian Renais.sance; :-vinter; .R~nalssance and baroque m
northern Europe and Spain; sprmg:. Onental paIntIng, modern European and
American painting. Open to nonmaJors. Baldmger.
AA 356, 357. History and Literature of Landscape Architecture. 3 hours each
term, fall and winter. .
History of gardens as an outgrowth of living conditions from e;arly Egyptian
times to modern American; in~ende? to develop know.ledge and Judgment con-
cerning landscape design. Majors m landscape architecture complete a year
sequence with AA 342. M. D. Ross.
Art History
Elementary studio courses (basic design, drawing, painting,
sculpture, or applied design) .
Survey of the Visual Arts (AA 201, 202, 203) .
Two years of French or German __ . _ .
History of art (selected) _ _ .
Art studio course __ _. __ __ __ . .
Language or literature , __ _._ _ _ : .
Liheral arts elective (recommended: history, anthropology, or phIlosophy) .
FO'!rth Vaar
History of art (selected) .
Aesthetics (Phi 441, 442, 443) .
Art studio course _ _ _ _ _ _ .
Elective (recommended: language or literature, history,
anthropology, speech, or music) _._ __ _ .
12
9
24
18
9
9
9
18
9
9
9
AA 363, 364, 365. Introduction to the History of Art. 3 hours each term.
An historical survey of the visual arts from prehistoric to modern times. Se-
lected works of painting, sculpture, architecture, and other arts are studied in
relation to the cultures producing them. Designed for nonmaj or students as
well as for majors ill art history. Baldinger. '
AA 376. History of Sculpture. 3 hours each term.
A chronological and interpretive study of sculpture in relation to the funda-me~tal insti!utions and ideas of the Western tradition. Fall: prehistoric,
anCient Mediterranean ,!!nd NeaT East. W!nter: Early Christian through the
European baroque. Sprmg: Onental, Afncan, postbaroque through contem-
porary. Open to nonmajors. Sponenburgh.
AA 401. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
AA 405. Senior Assigned Reading. Hours to be arranged.
AA 407. Senior Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
AA 440. American Architecture. (G) 3 hour~.
H~st<!ry ?f archite~ture in the United. States. Special emphasis on regional
buildmg In the PaCific Northwest. Semmar discussions and assigned research.
Students wishing to devote additional time to special research projects may
enroll also under AA 401. M. D. Ross.
AA 443, 444, 445. History of Interior Architecture. 2 hours each term.
His~ory of interior architecture, including the study of contemporary furniture,
textiles, rugs, etc., as an art expression. Open to nonmajors. Frasier.
AA 446, 447, 448. History of Oriental Art. (G) 3 hours each term.
Comparative study of architecture, sculpture, landscape design and painting
as expressions of individual and social experience in the cultu;es of the Far
East. Fall.: Indian a!1d Indonesian; winter: Chinese; spring: Japanese. Open
to nonmaJors. Baldmger.
AA 450, 451, 452. Art in Latin America. (G) 3 hours each term.
Preconquest art of the Andean, Mexican, Mayan, and related cultures. De-
velopment of architecture, painting, and sculpture in the Spanish and Portu-
guese colonies from the sixteenth to the nineteenth centuries with emphasis
on t.he fusion o~ European a.nd indigenous elements. Develop:nent of modern
art m the twentieth century m Mexico and Brazil. Open to nonmajors. M. D.Ross.
AA 476, 477, 478. Background of Modern Art. (G) 3 hours each term.
Intensive study of conte1?porary architecture, sculpture, painting, and other
arts. Conducted as a semmar. Open to nonmajors. Prerequisite: AA 201 202
203 or AA 363, 364, 365, or equivalent. Baldinger. ' ,
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400·499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
AA 501. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
AA 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
AA 505. Assigned Reading. Hours to be arranged.
AA 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Art Education
THE CURRICULUM in art education leads to the bachelor's degree and to aprovisional Oregon state teacher's certificate. The aim of the program is to
prepare students for the teaching or supervision of art in the elementary~hools and in the junior and senior high schools.
190 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 191
6
6
3
9
4
4
. . d as preparation for a majorThe following lower-division courses are require
in art education: Term Hours
6~:::r~~~s~~A~~~:~ ~~!~.:(~~:·~~·i.:::~.~.~.:".~.o.~~:::::::::::::::.::::::::':::::::~:.::'::~'.::::.~~~::~~~~::~ i
J I & Metalsmithing (AA 257) ······························· 3¥];g:!:~d~;"~;;;;::::::-::-:::::: .J
. . . t also include 9 term hours III psy-
The student's lower-dlvlslo? program. mus d thing field. The following
chology and 9 to 12 term hours III c?~r?es III ~ se~on e~c t" .
courses are required for an upper-divIsion major III art e uca Ion.
Third Velr Term Hours
d . . th Junior High School (ArE 314, 315, 316) ·..················ ~
~~~;~~~~~~:r~-;i;;:=-:-:~::;;;;::t:;-:: I
Ed:ca~io~al'~sYchologY: Learning (Ed 312) ·····································.......... 2
Oregon HistorY (Hst 377) ···································· .
Fourth Vear
A t Education in the Senior High School (ArE 414, 415, 416) ::::::::::::::::::~~~~~~:~ ~:~':f;: (<t£::!~~:t~~~~~~W~~~~~~Ei~;:::i~~~~:~~d············
Advanced Ceramlcs (A T)' h . of Sculpture (AA 393) ···················
Jewelry (AA 457), or ec mques .
Supervised Teaching (Ed 416) ::: .
Special SecondarY Methods (Ed 408) .
.' . d f nent secondary-school teacher
A fifth year of preparation IS requ~~e tor pe~~~e completion of the fifth-year
certification in Oreg~md~t~~e~s ~orc~~~er~~~ the selection of courses. Students
requirement are advise III IVdl ~~ ~ rogram may qualify for a master's de-
completing a properly planne t -year p
gree.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
f f th Elementary Teacher. 3ArE 311, 312, 313. Creative Art and Cra ts or e
hours e~c~ .term. h Basic tools and materials. P~anning
Art activIties for the classroom Jeacf :h' hild Art in the school curnculum.the art pr~gram ~o melet .the tnee h'l~ gr~~th a"nd development. Lectures and
Art expenences III re atlOn 0 c I
laboratory work. ch
A E 314 315 316 Art Education in the Junior High School ~ ~?urs efa h term.
r , " ., h' h hool' the needs and ablhtles 0 t e pre-
Art activities. in th1~umor Iff - s~ression' critical evaluation of art mat~­adolescent child re atlve to se. -ex . laboratory work with basic problems III
rials in terms of student expenence, F' Id work with children.
the junior-high-school art program. Ie
ArE 401. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.,
ArE 403. Senior Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
ArE 405. Senior Assigned Reading. Hours to be arranged.
ArE 407. Senior Seminar. Hours to be arranged. .
S 'al S ndary Methods 3 hours winter or spnng.Ed 408. peci eco '. lum' the roblem of the integrated
Art activities in the t~tal scdhool curhl~u the 'field' Pnew materials; classroom
program' current studies an researc III 4'procedur~.Prerequisite: Ed 310, Ed 312, Ed 31 .
ArE 411. Methods and Research Materials: Art in Elementary Schools. (G)
3 hours.
Current trends in elementary public school art education. Methods and lab-
oratory practice in the effective use of motivation, materials, and ideas in
creative activities. Significant research and literature in the field. Prerequisite:
ArE 311, 312 or one year of teaching experience.
ArE 414, 415, 416. Art Education in the Senior High School. (G) 3 hours each
term.
Study of art education in the secondary school, through laboratory work and
individual research. Practice-teaching problems examined and studied as a
group experience. Evaluation of current thinking in the field and of its appli-
cation to the classroom situation. Prerequisite: ArE 314, 315, 316 or consent
of instructor.
Ed 416. Supervised Teaching: Junior and Senior High School. 3 to 15 hours
any term.
Teaching experience in the public schools. On~ hour a day, five days a week,
for two terms during the fourth year. Maximum credit, 15 hours for two terms.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400·499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
ArE 501. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
ArE 505. Assigned Reading. Hours to be arranged.
ArE 532, 533. Art in the Elementary School 3 hours each term.
Designed to enable elementary art teachers and administrators to gain a better
understanding of the significance of creative art activity. Lectures are closely
integrated with laboratory work. Levels of creative development in children;
direction and supervision of this development; building of a basic curriculum.
ArE 535. Art and Architecture for the School Administrator. 3 hours.
Problems of the school administrator in the general area of art and architec-
ture, including problems of school-plant design, problems concerning the place
of art in the school curriculum, and problems of community planning. Lectures
and studio demonstrations.
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 193
Term Hours
9
4
4
9
3
Constructive Accounting (BA Ill, 112, 113) .
Elements of Finance (BA 222) .
Elements of Marketing (BA 223) .
Principles of Economics (Ec 201, 202, 203) .
Business English (Wr 214) .
Major Curricula. Upper-division major programs, leading to the B.A., B.S.,
or B.B.A. degree, are offered by the School of Business Administration. Programs
may be arranged with emphasis on the following basic fields:
General Business Foreign Trade
Accounting Industrial Management
Advertising and Selling Industrial Traffic Management
Business and Construction and Transportation
Business Education Merchandising and Marketing
Finance and Investments Real Estate and Insurance
Students choosing one of these fields of ..Iipecial interest should also take sup-
plementary work in other fields to give breadth to their business training. Majors
are also urged to elect courses in geography, psychology, socioldgy, political sci-
ence, and economics.
The general major requirement is 72 term hours in business and economics, in-
cluding lower-division courses. Of the 72 hours, at least 48 must be in courses in
business administration, and of these at least 24 hours must be in upper-division
courses.
The following courses are required of candidates for the degree of Bachelor
of Business Administration: Business Law (BA 416, 417, 418) ; three courses
from the following optional management series: Finance Management (BA 458),
Sales Management (BA 435), Business Statistics (BA 432), and either Produc-
tion Management (BA 429) or Personnel Management (BA 412).
Business and Construction. Under the joint supervision of the School of
Architecture and Allied Arts and the School of Business Administration, the Uni-
versity offers a five-year program of study for students who plan to enter the con-
struction industry. The program, which leads to a bachelor's degree with a major
in business administration, combines sound training in business methods and in the
structural phases of architecture.
Secretarial Science. Graduates in business administration find skill in typing,
shorthand, and office techniques great assets in the business world. For students
who have not acquired these skills before coming to the University, the University
offers service courses in Typing (SS 121, 122, 123), Stenography (SS 111, 112,
113), Applied Stenography (SS 211, 212, 213), and Office Practice Techniques
(SS 323, 324, 325). See page 201.
Teacher Training. The School of Business Administration, in cooperation
with the School of Education, offers a major program for the training of teachers
of business in the high schools. The program includes courses for the development
of skills in typing and shorthand, courses providing a basic knowledge of account-
ing, and special courses for prospective teachers-Principles of Business Education
(BA 421) and Problems in Business Education (BA 422,423). The student also
takes courses in a second teaching field and work in education required for a
teacher's certificate. A member of the faculty of the School of Business Adminis-
tration serves as a special adviser to students preparing for teaching. For informa-
tion concerning requirements for the Oregon state teacher's certificate, see SCHOOL
OF EDUCATION.
Certification Programs. The School of Business Administration offers
courses and special studies to prepare students for examinations for professional
certification in various fields of business. The studeI\t may plan his program for a
School of Business
Administration
THE University of Oregon offers, through the School of Business Administra.-tion a program of major work, both undergraduate and graduate, to .pre-par~ young men and women for leadership in the various pha~es of busI?ess
and commerce.t The school recognizes a primary obligation to provide the tramed
personnel needed in the rapidly expanding business life of the state of Oregon.
Admission. The major curricula in business administration are organized
on an upper-division and graduate basis. Freshman students intending to major
in business administration are enrolled in the College of Liberal ;\rt~ for a two-
year prebusiness program, which combines li?eral arts ~o.urses.with mtroductory
preprofessional courses in the School of Busmess AdmlmstratlO~. ..
The lower-division prebusiness courses are planned to pro.vlde conb.nUl.ty ~f
training throughout the student's undergraduate years. EducatIOnal contmUity IS
further insured through the assignment of members of the staff of the School of
Business Administration as faculty advisers to prebusiness students.
Before admission as professional majors in business administration, students
must satisfy all lower-division requirements of the University and the College of
Liberal Arts. Through courses satisfying group requirements and t~rough el~c­
tives, prebusiness students are expected to obtain a broad background m the SOCial
sciences.
The following courses are required for admission to upper-division major
work in business administration:
• On leave of absence 1955·56.
t Resigned Mar. 24, 1956. . ' h' I
:I: An undergraduate program, combining courses in bUSIness. and courses In a tee Olea
field is offered at Oregon State College through the School of Busmess and Tech.nology. Tech·
nicai "minors" are available in agriculture, engineering, forestry, home econo~lcsJ Indust~lal
chemistry, mining or petroleum geology, all;d app~ied physics; 36 term hours In the technical
minor are req uired, in addition to courses 10 bUSlne~s. The Stat~ College progra~ lea~s to ~
bachelor's degree; by action of the State Board of HIgher Educatlon, graduate malors m bUSI'
nes are offered exclusively at the University.
Professors: W. C. BALLAINE, J. H. BOND (emeritus), O. K. BURRELL, N. H.
COMISH (emeritus), C. L. KELLY (emeritus), A. L. LOMAX, V. P. MORRIS,
A. B. STILLMAN.
Associate Professors: M. R. GREENE, C. E. JOHNSON, W. D. RICHENS, W. J.
ROBERT, JESSIE M. SMITH, J. W. SOHA, W. L. THOMPSON, C. F. ZIEBARTH.
Assistant Professors: R. E. BABCOCK, R. E. DODGE, S. T. FORD,· L. R. JOHNSON,
CATHERINE M. JONES, IRVING KOVARSKY, A. L. PEITERSON, W. W. PYLE,
L. A. WATKINS.
Instructors: GERTRUDE M. DEIERLEIN, A. G. ISKRA, MARGARET I. PHY.
Assistants: D. M. ALEXANDER,t J. H. CAMPBELL, R. H. CHURCH, D. M. DAVIES,
J. R. DAVIS, P. E. DRAPER, R. S. GRUNDHAUSER, MARY E. NICEWANDER, N. C.
PALMA, D. R. SCHOOLING, G. D. WYGANT.
VICTOR P. MORRIS, Ph.D., Dean of the School of Business Administration.
WESLEY C. BALLAINE, Ph.D., Director of Bureau of Business Research.
[ 192]
194 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 195
bachelor's degree to include work which will satisfy most of the educational re-
quirements for the C.P.A. (Certified Public Accountant), the C.L.U. (Chartered
Life Underwriter), the c.P.C.U. (Chartered Property Casualty Underwriter),
and other professional certificates.
Graduate Work in Business Administration. Students who hold a bache-
lor's degree from an accredited college or university, and who have completed a
total of 45 term hours of undergraduate work (or equivalent) in business adminis-
tration and economics, may register in the Graduate School for work in business
administration leading to the M.B.A., M.A., or M.S. degrees. A student is normally
able to earn in one year the 45 hours of graduate credit required for the master's
degrees. Of these 45 hours, 15 may be taken in some approved allied field selected
as a minor. A candidate for the master's degree must present a satisfactory thesis
in the field of business administration (for which he receives 9 hours of credit).
He must take an oral qualifying examination and a final oral examination. All re-
quirements must be completed within seven years. For the M.A. degree a reading
knowledge of one foreign language is required.
For further information on graduate work, see GRADUATE SCHOOL.
Bureau of Business Research. The school maintains a Bureau of Business
Research for the study of business problems related to the state of Oregon and
to the Pacific Northwest. The entire staff cooperates in carrying on the work of
the bureau. Studies are frequently undertaken at the request of businessmen and
officials of the state. Graduate students and seniors assist in the study and solution
of problems as a part of their training. The bureau publishes the OREGON BUSINESS
REVIEW, a monthly periodical devoted principally to the analysis of current busi-
ness and economic trends in Oregon and the Pacific Northwest.
The Foreign Trade Advisory Board assists the faculty in shaping the cur-
riculum in foreign trade, and in planning and carrying out the program of the
Bureau of Business Research. The members of the board are:
JOHN G. BARNETT, Portland.
MARK B>:ACH, Seaport Shipping Company, Portland.
CART>:R BRANDON, Portland Chamber of Commerce.
HAROLD K. CH>:RRY, United States Department of Commerce, Portland.
K>:NNETH C. COCHRAN, Bank of California, Portland.
ARTHUR J. FARM>:R, Manager, Portland Chamber of Commerce.
WENDELL GRAY, Attorney, Portland.
CHARLES E. HAN>:Y, Frank P. Dow and Company, Portland.
ERLING JACQBSEN, Firemen's Fund Insurance Company. Portland.
WALTER JOHANNSEN, United States National Bank, Portland.
A.C. NIELSEN, Interocean Steamship Corporation.
VELMA SCHOLL, Jantzen Knitting Mills, Portland.
WILLIAM L. WILLIAMS, American Mail Line, Portland.
Courses in Business Administration
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
BA 111, 112, 113. Constructive Accounting. 3 hours each term.
Technique of account construction; preparation of financial statements. Appli-
cation of accounting principles to practical business problems. Required of
majors; prerequisite to advanced work in business.
BA 221. Elements of Organization and Production. 4 hours any term.
Principles of management as applied to commercial and industrial concerns.
BA 222. Elements of Finance. 4 hours any term.
The financial problems of corporations. Organization of corporations; how
they obtain long-term funds; management of working capital; distribution of
securities. Required of all majors. Prerequisite: BA 111, 112, 113.
BA 223. Elements of Marketing. 4 hours any term.
Methods, policies, and problems. Private and cooperative channels, auctions,
exchanges, middlemen; demand creation, assembly, standardization, packag-
ing, financing, risk taking, distribution. Required of all majors.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
BA 311. Merchandise Accounting and Control. 3 hours.
Study of accounting principles and procedures peculiar to retail stores. Prac-
tical problems to familiarize the student with necessary forms and retail ac-
counting routine. Prerequisite: BA 111, 112, 113.
BA 312. Principles of Cost Accounting. 3 hours.
Basic principles of cost-accounting procedure, the cost-accounting cycle,
control of materials, labor and manufacturing expense; departmentalization;
emphasis on job-order cost system. Prerequisite: BA 111, 112, 113.
BA 313. Analysis of Financial Statements. 3 hqurs.
Managerial accounting for effective management and control of industrial and
trading concerns. Preparation, analysis, and interpretation of balance sheets
and operating reports. Prerequisite: BA 111, 112, 113.
BA 323. Office Organization and Management. 2 hours.
Elements of office organization, office management, office records and systems.
Special study of the office manager as an executive, and of his qualifications.
Prerequisite: junior standing.
BA 339. Principles of Advertising. 3 hours any term.
Advertising as a factor in the distributive process; the advertising agency;
the "campaign" ; the function of research and testing; the selection of media-
newspapers, magazines, broadcasting, outdoor advertising, direct mail.
BA 371, 372, 373. Business Techniques for Teachers. 3 hours each term.
For prospective teachers of business subjects. Integrates the knowledge of
various skills, such as typing, shorthand, office-machine operation, filing,
bookkeeping, etc.; classroom problems; methods of instruction and materials
in each teaching area. Demonstrations, lectures, laboratory work. Not open
to students who have had SS 111, 112, 113, SS 121, 122, 123. Prerequisite con-
sent of instructor.
BA 379. Federal Income Tax. 3 hours.
Nonprofessional and relatively nontechnical study of the principles involved
in determining taxable net income and computing Federal income taxes for
individuals, partnerships, and corporations. Emphasis on the reasons behind
the various provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, and on the effects of the
various provisions of the income-tax laws. Designed for nonmajors and busi-
ness-administration majors who are not specializing in accounting. Account-
ing majors should take BA 479, 480, 481. Credit will not be granted for both
BA 379 and BA 479, 480, 481. Prerequisite: BA 111, 112, 113.
BA 401. Research. Terms and hours to be arranged.
Supervised individual work in some field of special interest. Subj ects chosen
must be approved by the major professor. Prerequisite: senior standing.
BA 407. Seminar in Business Problems. (G) Hours to be arranged.
BA 411. Business Public Relations. 3 hours.
Public relations of business firms; tools and techniques for determining public
reactions; methods of securing good public relations. Open to nonmajors
with consent of the instructor.
BA 412. Personnel Management. (G) 3 hours.
The place and significance of personnel management in the modern business
organization; personnel policies and practices conducive to good relations
with employees. Personnel problems of small organizations. Prerequisite:
BA 222, 223.
196 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 197
BA 413. Wage and Salary Administration. (G) 3 hours.
Systematic wage and salary program as an essential part of an efficient persoll-
nel program. Basic methods for determining individual wage rates and wage
structures; job evaluation. Prerequisite: BA 412.
BA 414. Problems in Personnel Management. (G) 3 hours.
Specific personnel problems at various organization levels. Each student pro-
poses solutions, and group solutions are attempted through class discussion,
in the light of various viewpoints and sound personnel principles. Prerequi-
site: BA 411, 412, and consent of instructor.
BA 415. Regional Studies in Business. (G) 3 hours.
A study of the regional resources of the Pacific Northwest, as they are related
to industry and commerce.
BA 416, 417, 418. Business Law. (G) 4 hours each term.
Application of fundamental legal principles to typical business situations; il-
lustrated by selected cases. The following topics are considered: contracts,
bankruptcy, insurance, suretyship, sales, agency, personal property, real prop-
erty, business organizations. partnerships, corporations, associations, trusts,
joint stock companies, negotiable instruments.
BA 421. Principles of Business Education. (G) 3 hours.
Aims and objectives of business education; history, trends, issues; curriculum
construction at high-school and junior-college levels; instructional problems;
research in business education. Prerequisite: senior standing and consent of
instructor.
BA 422, 423. Problems in Business Education. (G) 3 hours each term.
Examination of current literature and text materials. Work-experience pro-
grams; standards of achievement; guidance programs; placement and follow-
up; in-service training for teachers; business entrance tests; evaluation of
current methods; auditory and visual aids. Special attention in BA 423 to
individual needs of students enrolled. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
BA 425. Real-Estate Fundamentals. (G) 3 hours.
Problems relating to the purchase, transfer, lease, and financing of land and
buildings; home building, site selection, principles of house-and-lot evalua-
tion. Open to nonmaj ors.
BA 426. Real-Estate Practice. (G) 3 hours.
Application of the principles of land and building management from the stand-
point of the broker and owner-operator; real-estate practices and institutions.
Prerequisite: BA 425.
BA 427. Real-Estate Appraising. (G) 3 hours.
Specific factors affecting the value of land and buildings; the effect of city
structure, zoning, and city planning; demonstrations of various techniques in
appraising; preparation of an appraisal report. Prerequisite: BA 425.
BA 428. Manufacturing. (G) 4 hours.
Manufacturing industries of the United States; their raw materials, processes,
and current technological and marketing developments. Prerequisite: BA
222,223.
BA 429. Production Management. (G) 3 hours.
Nature and scope of production processes; economic, technological, regional,
and managerial organization of production; plant location; design and layout;
planning of plant investment; working-capital investment and labor costs;
planning production operations. Prerequisite: BA 111, 112, 113; BA 222, 223.
BA 430. Problems in Production Management. (G) 3 hours.
Analysis of cases representing actual problems in assembling and processing
materials in a modern plant. Prerequisite: BA 429.
BA 432. Business Statistics. 3 hours.
Emphasis on appreciation and understanding of statistical methods. Charts
and tables; sampling; averages, time-series analysis' index numbers' a brief
introduction to the concept of linear correlation.' ,
BA 433. Advanced Business Statistics. (G) 3 hours.
Statistical techniques applied to business and economic data. Designed for
professional training of business statisticians. Prerequisite: Mth 425, 426 or
equivalent; BA 432.
BA 434. Problems in Distribution. (G) 4 hours.
A critical study of marketing problems. Development of historical and in-
stitutional background for the appraisal of current marketing policies. Open
ma~~ets and exchanges; principles of operation. Analysis of specific pricing
policies. Government regulation. Impact of marketing decisions on the
economic system. Prerequisite: BA 223.
BA 435. Sales Management. (G) 4 hours. .
Structure of sales organizations; sales policies; control of sales operations'
sales planning; market analysis; coordination of production and sales' selec~
tion, training, and management of salesmen. Prerequisite: BA 223. '
BA 436. Retail Store Management. (G) 4 hours.
Retail I?olicies and problems. Stock-control systems, buying, methods of sales
promotIOn, plant operation, personnel, credit, turnover, pricing expense classi-
fication and distribution. Prerequisite: BA 223. '
BA 437. Credits and Collections. (G) 3 hours.
The credit and collection policies of wholesale concerns retail firms and
banks.. Sources of credit information, use of agency report~, interpretati~n of
financial statements; collection tools and their uses. Prerequisite: BA 222
223. '
BA 438. Industrial Purchasing. 3 hours.
Forms,of indt;strial and gC!vernmental buying organizati<:>ns; source of goods,
?~yers functl?I?-s, purchasing procedur~s and methods, mspection, price pol-
ICies. PrereqUisite: BA 222, 223 or equivalent.
BA 439. Retail Buying. (G) 3 hours.
Buyi?g problems. Merchandising organization, merchandising resources, de-
termmatlon of what and when to buy, model stock and buying plans, buying
offices, group, central, and cooperative buying, techniques of selecting mer-
chandise, trading points, and trade relations. Prerequisite: BA 436.
BA 440. Advertising Production. (G) 3 hours.
Instruction in the technical aspects of advertising. Printing and engraving
lithography, rotogravure, silk-screen process, paper, ink and color. Produc~
tion planning of advertising materials. Lectures and labo~atory. Prerequisite:
BA 339, J 311; or consent of instructor.
BA 441. Radio-Television Advertising. (G) 3 hours.
(\. study of the principles of radio-television advertising and the techniques
mvolve~. The .place of br!:Jadcasting. in mod~~n advertising; methods of
measunI,1~ audience, plannmg campaigns, wntmg copy, checking results.
PrereqUisite: BA 339.
BA 442. Principles of Salesmanship. (G) 3 hours.
Principles and techniques of personal salesmanship; selling reactions. From
the standpoint of seller and buyer. Prerequisite: BA 223.
BA 443. Newspaper Advertising. (G) 3 hours.
The organization and methods of the advertising department of newspapers
and other publications. Prerequisite: BA 339, BA 446, 447.
198 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 199
BA 444. Advertising Problems. (G) 3 hours.
The student is given an opportunity to cultivate his judgment through con-
sideration of actual marketing and merchandising problems, in the solution of
which advertising may be a factor. Prerequisite: 9 hours in advertising or
consent of instructor.
BA 445. Retail Advertising. (G) 3 hours.
Study of management problems of the retail advertising department. Ad-
vanced practice in layout, copywriting, and production of retail advertising
for newspapers, radio, television, and direct mail. Prerequisite: BA 339. Not
open to students who have had BA 441 or BA 443.
BA 446, 447. Advertising Copywriting. (G) 3 hours each term.
Training and practice in the art of writing advertising copy for various media.
Study of diction, sentence structure, headlines and slogans, style. Lectures
and laboratory. Prerequisite: BA 339.
BA 448. Air Transportation. (G) 3 hours.
Air transportation systems; Federal regulation; airport development in the
United States; feeder air lines; nonscheduled air transportation. Prerequisite:
BA 111, 112, 113; BA 222, 223.
BA 449, 450, 451. Industrial Traffic Management. (G) 3 hours each term.
Organization of a traffic department; organization and services of rail, truck,
and air lines; theory and application of freight rates; shipping documents;
routing; materials handling; claims; classification and rate-committee pro-
cedure. Prerequisite: BA 222, 223; BA 450 prerequisite to BA 451.
BA 452. Advanced Industrial Traffic Management. (G) 3 hours.
Application of the Interstate Commerce Act; preparation of cases before the
Interstate Commerce Commission; practice and procedure before the Le.e.
Prerequisite: BA 449.
BA 453. Business Policy. (G) 3 hours.
Coordination of the specialized work given in the school; the interdependence
of different departments of a business concern. Open to senior majors who
have had or are taking Business Law. Prerequisite: BA 222, 223; Ec 201, 202,
203.
BA 454. Fundamentals of Risk and Insurance. (G) 4 hours.
Basic principles of insurance and risk bearing; major areas of private in-
surance--property, casualty, life, marine; emphasis on elements common
to all fields. Insurance in the economy, various ways of handling risk, types
of insurance carriers, reinsurance, major contract provisions, insurance regu-
lation.
BA 455. Casualty Insurance. (G). 3 hours.
Organization of companies, risks covered, and contracts, in accident insurance
of all types. Automobile, plate glass, elevator, public liability, steam boiler,
burglary, robbery, forgery, etc.
BA 456. Life Insurance. (G) 3 hours.
Types of life insurance, contracts, rate making, reserves, selection of risks,
life insurance and the state. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
BA 457. Property Insurance. (G) 3 hours.
Nature of coverage, types of underwriters, types of contracts, analysis of the
policy contract, special endorsements, and factors determining rates and ad-
justment of losses. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
BA 459. Finance Management. (G) 5 hours.
Financial problems involved in promotion, organization, obtaining permanent
and working capital, bank loans, commercial-paper borrowing, management
of earnings, administration policies. Prerequisite: BA 222, 223.
BA 460. Financial Institutions. (G) 3 hours.
Services, ?peration~, and.econo~ic eff~cts of financial.institutions and govern-
ment len~mg agencIes wIth whIch busmessmen come m contact. Emphasis on
commercIal banks.
BA 463, 464,465. Investments. (G) 3 hours each term.
Methods for evaluating various kinds of investment securities' formulation of
an investment policy. Detailed study of the special phases of investments in-
~Iuding taxati.on,. brokerage services, and security markets. Applicatio~ of
mvestment prmclples to the analysis of specific securities in the industrial
public-utility, and railroad fields. '
BA 466. Business Cycles. (G) 3 hours.
Stud~ of econon;tic ~~anges; clas~ifi~ati.on and a~alysis of business-cycle
theones. The avallablhty, use, and hmltatlons of busmess barometers in fore-
cas!ing; the.ir possible application to the business enterprise. Prerequisite:
senior standmg.
BA 467. Public-Utility Management. (G) 3 hours.
Production, distribution, and finance problems of public utilities' rates ac-
counting. 1?ethods, flotation of securities, public relations, and con'solidations.
PrereqUIsIte: BA 222, 223.
BA 471, 472, 473. Management of Ocean Shipping. (G) 3 hours each term.
A yea;r s~quence in. shipping economics and techniques. Fall: ocean-carrier
organization; functions of the port engineer; operating problems related to
fuels and power plants. Winter: functions of the terminal superintendent.
harbor belt .lines; foreign-trade zones; functions of the freight traffic man~
ag;er; handhng and ~towage o! cargo; papers and documents. Spring: ad-
mIralty la~; chartermg; manne insurance. Prerequisite: BA 222, 223 or
consent of mstructor.
BA 474. Foreign Exchange and International Finance. (G) 3 hours.
An analysis of foreign-exchange principles and practices involved in the
financing of export and import shipments.
BA 475, 476, 477. Foreign-Trade Marketing. (G) 3 hours each term.
Fall: expor~ and import departn;ten~ or~anizati~:m; foreign-trade advertising;
communlcat!ons; channels of dlstnbutlOn. Wmter: standard sales-contract
ter~s; foreIgn ~redits an~ collections; arbitration. Spring: United States
tanffs; commodl!y marketmg; market surveys. Prerequisite: BA 471, 472,
473 or consent of mstructor.
BA 479, 480,481. Income-Tax Procedure. (G) 2 hours each term.
Principles involved i~ determining taxable net income and in the computation
~f state a~d Fede~aI11l<:ome taxes for individuals, partnerships, and corpora-
tlo~s; bnef. consIderatIOn of Federal estate and gift taxes. Prerequisite:
senior standmg; BA 483, 484, 485 or equivalent.
BA 482. Social and Economic Aspects of Insurance. 3 hours.
?tudy of the impa~ts of insu,rance upon the lif~ of the people. Investments of
msurance compames; creation and preservation of estates' economic and
social effects of insurance. Prerequisite: BA 455, BA 456, or BA 457.
BA 483, 484, 485. Accounting Theory and Practice. (G) 3 hours each term.
!he deyelopment of basic accounting principles, concepts, and conventions,
m relatIOn to general problems of valuation and income measurement· cor-
porate accounts a~d procedure~, profit and loss analysis, statements fro'm in-
complet~ ~ata, pnor-years adjustments, statement of application of funds.
PrereqUISIte: BA 111, 112, 113.
BA 486. Municipal Accounts and Audits. (G) 3 hours.
~r!nciples of fund accounting and budgetary control. Oregon laws and de-
CISI0.n~ of. t.he attor!1ey general r~la~ive to accounts, finance, and auditing of
munlClpahtles. AudIt procedures mCldent to municipal accounts. Prerequisite:
BA lll, 112, 113. -
200 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 201
BA 487. Cost Accounting Problems. (G) 3 hours.
Cost accounting procedure, with special attention to process costs; emphasis
on cost theory, with only minor attention to techniques. Process costing by
both average and first in-first out methods; accounting for shrinkage and
spoilage; costing of byproducts and joint products; estimating costs. Ma-
terial presented largely through problems of the more difficult and complex
type, including problems taken from the various professional examinations.
Designed for professional accounting students. Prerequisite: BA 312.
BA 488. Cost Analysis and Control. (G) 3 hours.
Standard costs, simple and flexible budgets, analysis and control of distribu-
tion costs, gross-profit analysis, break-even analysis, profit-volume relation-
ships, and differential cost analysis. Designed for students in the field of man-
agement as well as accounting. Prerequisite: BA 312.
BA 489, 490. Advanced Accounting Problems. (G) 3 hours each term.
Specialized problems in accounting related to compound interest and annui-
ties, partnerships, accounting for firms in financial difficulty, consolidated
financial statements, estates and trusts. Prerequisite: senior standing; BA
483, 484, 485 or equivalent.
BA 491. Advanced Accounting Theory. (G) 3 hours.
Advanced topics in the theory of accounting; readings in accounting litera-
ture; discussion of current problems in accounting. Prerequisite: BA 489,
490 or equivalent.
BA 492, 493, 494. Auditing. (G) 3 hours each term.
Fall: auditing standards, procedures, and techniques currently followed in
the public accounting profession. Winter: application of auditing procedures
and techniques, with special emphasis on the preparation of audit working
papers and audit reports. Spring: advanced topics in public auditing, readings
in auditing literature, discussion of auditing problems and cases.
BA 496, 497, 498. Internal Accounting. (G) 3 hours each term.
Accounting systems, budgetary control, and the comptrollership functions in
modern business. Designed for students who are planning to enter the field of
private accounting. Prerequisite: BA 483, 484, 485.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) may be taken for gradaute credit.
BA 501. Advanced Business Research. Hours to be arranged.
Examination and criticism of typical studies in business research. Methods of
procedure adapted to various types of business problems.
BA 503. Graduate Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
BA 507. Graduate Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
BA 520, 521, 522. C.P.A. Problems. Hours to be arranged.
Study of problems appearing in the practice section of the American Institute
'of Accountants examinations; training in analysis and working-paper tech-
nique, and review of principles involved. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
BA 530. Managerial Economics. 3 hours.
The varied forms in which economic concepts appear in business operations;
uses to which the tools of economic analysis can be put in managerial de-
cision making. Emphasis on the individual firm, rather than on the economy
as a whole.
BA 531. Theory of Business Organization. 3 hours.
Development of the management role in business since 1900. Principles of
organization as they apply to the formulation of lines of authority and re-
sponsibility in the business firm. Planning and communicating personal
leadership and judgment. Development of standards in business organization.
BA 532. Problems in Business Policies. 3 hours.
Policy formulation and administration. A systematic approach to company-
wide problems developed through the solution of actual business problems. The
viewpoint is that of general rather than functional management.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS AND EXTENSION
BA 419, 420. C.P.A. Problems. 2 hours each term (extension).
BA 499. Advanced Accounting Problems. (G) 3 hours (summer).
Courses in Secretarial Science
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
SS III, 112, 113. Stenography. 3 hours each term.
Gregg ~horthand..S~udents must also take SS)21, 122, 123, unless they have
had eqUivalent trammg. Students who hav~ had one year of high-school short-
hand may not take SS III for credit. 4 recitations.
SS 121, 122, 123. Typing. 2 hours each term.
Touch typing; rhythm drills, dictation exercises; arrangement of business
letters. Students with one year of high-school typing may not take SS 121 for
credit. 5 hours laboratory; I hour home assignment.
SS 211, 212, 213. Applied Stenography. 3 hours each term.
Development of speed in taking dictation and in transcription. Advanced
phrasing and vocabulary. Intensive work with business letters forms and
reports. Verbatim conference reporting. ' ,
UPPER-DIVISION SERVICE COURSES
SS 232. Office Practice Techniques. 2 hours.
Study of all types of adding and calculating machines. Designed for secre-
tarial, business-education, accounting, and other business students.
SS 324, 325. Office Practice Techniques. 2 hours each term.
Advanced. see;retarial instruction; includes stu~~ of ~he various fi~ing systems,
and practice m the use of these systems; trammg m the operation of voice-
~riting and duplicating machines; training in secretarial duties, responsibili-
ties, and procedures.
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 203
School of Education
PAUL B. JACOBSON, Ph.D., Dean of the School of Education.
RAYMOND N. LOWE, Ed.D., Director of Teacher Placement Service.
Professors: C. E. AVERY, QUIRINUS BREEN, C. D. BYRNE, ALBUREY CASTELL, F. B.
HAAR, C. W. HINTZ, C. L. HUFFAKER (emeritus), P. B. JACOBSON, J. R.
JEWELL (emeritus), P. E KAMBLY, P. A. KILLGALLON, R. E. NYE, M. C.
ROMNEY, F. L. STETSON (emeritus), D. E. TOPE, H. B. WOOD.
Associate Professors: W. A. DAHLBERG, ELIZABETH FINDLY, A. C. HEARN, R. N.
LOWE, WALDEMAR OLSON, J. F. RUMMEL,· A. A. SANDIN,· V. S. SPRAGUE,
R. S. VAGNER, R. R. WIEGMAN, RUTH A. WILLARD.
Assistant Professors: ELEANOR E. AHLERS, EXINE M. ANDERSON, T. O. BALL-
INGER, MARY A. CHOATE, JACK CULBERTSON, D. W. FULLMER, GRACE
GRAHAM, B. Y. KERSH, L. F. MILLHOLLEN, EVELYN PIPER, JESSIE L. PUCK-
ETT, BERNICE RISE, MARION T. TAYLOR.
Instructors: ABBY ADAMS, W. E. BURKE, D. C. CHRISTENSEN, J. E. HALE, R. M.
HARRISON, SILVY A. KRAUS, R. W. MALLERY, E. A. READ, O. F. SCHAAF,
M. M. SCHOLTEN, MILDRED H. WILLIAMS.
Associates (see pages 35-45).
Intern: R. S. WHITE.
Assistants: W. D. BARNES. J. H. CHILCOTT, BERTRAM COLLINS, O. A. COLLVER,
V. R. CULLENS, J. W. Fox, NONA Y. GLASER, R. H. HOHLE, P. F. NEWTON,
J. D. O'DONAHUE, KAY H. PETERSEN, G. A. PURDOM, R. M. SAWDEY, R. H.
SHIELDS, W. O. SHOLD, B. E. SWANSON,t J. P. WASHBURN.
By ACTION of the Oregon Legislature and the State Board of Higher Edu-cation in 1953, an expanded program of teacher education has been estab-lished in the state of Oregon, providing programs at both the elementary
and secondary levels at the University of Oregon, Oregon S~ate College, Oregon
College of Education, Southern Oregon College of Education, Eastern Oregon
College of Education, and Portland State College.
In addition to undergraduate and graduate work in elementary and second~ry
teacher education, the School of Education of the University of Orego~ <;>ffers. m-
struction, principally at the graduate level, in the ~e1ds of school adm.m.lstratlO~l,
special education, and .higher education, and a serres of courses provldmg basIc
professional training for school librarians.
Undergraduate Professional Program. In planning its program, the School
of Education has recognized three qualifications for a good teacher: (1) a .broad
and liberal education; (2) mastery of subject .matter; (3) an underst~ndmg of
child and adolescent psychology, and of profesSIOnal problems and tec~mques.
To encourage prospective secondary-school teachers to .devote t?elr first !WO
years at the University exclusively to Iibe.ral a.rts and to.basIc. work I~ th; subject
fields the University of Oregon has orgamzed ItS professional mstructlon m educa-
tion ~n an upper-division and graduate basis, a~d requires ju.ni.o~ standing for ad-
mission to major work in the School of EducatIOn. Lower-divIsion students plan-
ning to major in education register in the College of !-iberal Arts.
Students preparing for secondary-school teachmg are also encouraged to
complete their work for a bachelor's degree with .a majo~ in a subject field----;-
taking as electives the professional courses in ~ducatlon. req~l1red for teacher .certl-
fication. An undergraduate major program m education IS, however, available,
* On leave of absence 1955-56.
t Resigned Dec. 31, 1955.
[202 ]
principally for students preparing for elementary-school teaching and for students
with a definite, mature interest in educational administration. The program leads
to the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, or Bachelor of Education degree.
Before the end of their senior year, undergraduate education majors should
take sufficient elective work in education, in addition to courses required for certi-
fication, to satisfy the 36-hour major requirement for a baccalaureate degree. Gen-
eral Psychology (Psy 201, 202) may be counted toward the satisfaction of the
major requirement, but may not be counted toward the 36-hour professional re-
quirement for secondary certification. Priniciples and Methods of Psychological
Assessment (Psy 421, 422) may be counted toward both the major requirement
and the certification requirement.
Graduate Program. Professional work in education beyond the undergradu-
ate courses required for certification is offered principally at the graduate level.
Programs of specialized graduate study are offered in: school administration and
supervision, remedial and diagnostic work in reading and other phases of the edu-
cation of handicapped children, curriculum ami. instruction, elementary education,
secondary education, higher education, educational psychology, history and philos-
ophy of education. Graduate work in education leads to the following degrees:
Master of Arts, Master of Science, Master of Education, Doctor of Philosophy,
Doctor of Education.
Special programs of graduate study are also offered toward the satisfaction of
the Oregon state requirement of a fifth year of college work for regular high-school
teacher certification. If his program is properly planned, the student may qualify,
on the completion of the fifth year, for the degree of Master of Science in General
Studies or for a departmental master's degree with a major in a subject field or in
education.
Bureau of Educational Research. Through the Bureau of Educational
Research the faculty of the School of Education investigates educational problems,
frequently at the request of school officials. The bureau is often called upon for ad-
vice concerning educational tests and their use. School systems are aided in the
study of their peculiar problems. Expert building and financial surveys are made
for various cities and counties of Oregon. Cooperative testing programs have been
established in several of the larger systems of the state.
Curriculum Laboratory. The Curriculum Laboratory.provides excellent
facilities for specialized study of the public-school curriculum and for practical
research on curriculum problems. The equipment of the laboratory includes: (I)
the most recent and important courses of study, units, and other curriculum mater-
ials available in the United States; (2) a comprehensive collection of elementary-
and secondary-school textbooks; (3) a complete file of standardized tests and other
instruments of pupil evaluation; (4) a large collection of free and inexpensive
pamphlets, maps, exhibits, and other material suitable for use in the classroom;
(5) selected professional books on the curriculum; (6) bibliographies on various
phases of the public-school curriculum.
Through the Curriculum Laboratory, the School of Education provides con-
sultant services on curriculum problems to the school systems of Oregon, by means
of extension courses, curriculum and evaluation surveys, and curriculum confer-
ences.
Teacher Placement Service. A Teacher Placement Service is maintained
by the School of Education for the placement of graduates of the University in
teaching and administrative positions in schools and colleges throughout the
United States. The Placement Service compiles and makes available to school
officials full information concerning the preparation and experience of graduates.
The Placement Service also furnishes to students information concerning the certi-
•204 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF EDUCAnON 205
fication requirements and school laws of other states. The following fees are
charged by the Placement Service:
Registration fee . $5.00
Reregistration fee 2.50
Payment of the $.5.00 registration fee entitles the registr?-nt to the services of
the Teacher Placement Service for one academic year only. Smce calls for teachers
begin very early in the spring, registration in November or December is advisable,
to insure maximum benefits.
Candidates for a degree in elementary education and for certification are re-
quired to meet certain standards of scholarship, personal and professional apti-
tudes, and speech and language usage.
Graduate Program. The University's program of graduate study in elemen-
tary education is planned to suit the needs of both teachers and administrators. In-
cluded are courses which acquaint the student with the latest research and develop-
ments in the various areas of instqlction in the elementary school, and courses pro-
viding preparation for all types of administrative and supervisory credentials.
Elementary Education Secondary Education
6
3
9
5
5
5
6
9
2
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
4
3
9
12
9
3
I
I
* This work may be taken in the graduate year, but may not be applied toward a graduate
degree; Ed 416 is required for the first provisional certificate.
t Of these courses, at least 15 term hours must be at the upper-division or graduate level.
Term Hours
3
4
4
3
2-3
Junior Year
School in American Life (Ed 310) .
Human Development (Ed 311) .
Educational Psych.: Learning (Ed 312) .
Prine. of Secondary Teaching (Ed 314) or Special Secondary Methods (Ed 408)
Oregon History (Hst 377) or Hist. of Pac. Northwest (Hst 478) .
UNDER Oregon school law, five years of collegiate preparation, includingspecified work in education and in subj ect fields, is required for a regularsecondary-school teachers certificate. Graduates of standard colleges and
universities who are progressing toward the completion of the fifth-year program
may, however, be granted a series of five one-year provisional certificates pending
the satisfaction of the full requirement for regular certification.
For each provisional certificate after the first, 9 term hours of work toward
the completion of the fifth-year program are required.
The following University program is recommended to satisfy the Oregon
state course requirements for secondary certification:
Graduat. V.ar
tSubjeets taught in high schooL 21
Courses in any two or more of the following fields of education: curriculum &
instruction, guidance & counseling, measurement & evaluation, social founda-
tions of education, improvement of reading in high schooL _ 9-10
Electives (upper-division or graduate courses) 15
Senior Year
"Supervised Teaching: Junior & Senior High School (Ed 416) 9-10
"Special Secondary Methods (Ed 408) 3
(A student who has earned the bachelor's degree and has completed the
courses listed above under Hjunior year" and "senior }"ear,lt and has ade·
quate preparation in subjects taught in high school, is eligible for the first
provisional certificate.)
The courses should be taken in the sequence indicated above; the sequence
should be varied only with the approval of the School of Education. Students who
have taken part of their preparatory work at other institutions, especially out-of-
state institutions, should consult the School of Education concerning allowed
equivalents for the satisfaction of Oregon requirements.
Graduate Work. The University's program of graduate study in the field of
secondary education, leading to master's and doctor's degrees, is planned to suit
the need of both teachers and administrators.
Firat Year Term Hours
English Composition (WrIll, 112, 113) - 9
Survey of Eng. Lit. (Eng 101, 102, 103) or Appreciation of Lit.
(Eng 104, 105, 106), or World Lit. (Eng 107, 108, 109) .
"Gen. Biology (Bi 101, 102, 103).................................... . .
Introductory Geography (Geog 105, 106, 107)...... . .
"Mathematics for Elementary Teachers (Mth 7) .
Use of Library (Lib 117) . .
Orientation to Teaching (Ed III) .
S.cond Vear
"History of United States (Hst 201, 202, 203) · · .
Fund. Body Movement, Posture & Tumblinl,l' (PE 220) .
Games for Elementary School (PE 221) .
Dance for Elementary School (PE 283)... . ..
Field Experience (Ed 330) .
Fundamentals of Speech (Sp III) .
General Psychology (PSy 201) , .
"Physical-Science Survey (GS 104) ..
Human Development (Ed 311) .
Educ. Psych.: Learning (Ed 312) .
School in American Life (Ed 310) ..
Third V.ar
Music for Elementary Teachers (MuE 370, 371) ···
Music Methods for El. Teachers (MuE 372)............................ . .
Creative Arts & Crafts (ArE 311, 312, 313) .
Child & Curriculum: Lang. Arts (Ed 358) .
Child & Curriculum: Arithmetic, Children's Lit. (Ed 359) .
Child & Curriculum: Social Studies, Science (Ed 360) .
Soc. Found. of Teaching (Ed 317, 318) ..
Fourth V.ar
Supervised Teaching: Grades 1·6 (Ed 415).......................... 15
Seminar (Ed 407) ,. 2
Oregon History (Hst 377) or Hist. of Pac. Northwest (Hst 478).... 2-3
Elementary-Sch. Health Ed. (HE 450)............................. 3
Phys. Ed. in Elementary School (PE 460)........................... 3
THE University of Ore~on offers, in the, field of elementary education, (1) afour-year program leadmg to a bachelor s degree and a regular five-year Ore-gon state elementary certificate and (2) a full program of graduate work
leading to advanced degrees.
Undergraduate Program. The undergraduate program in elementary educa-
tion offered by the University is planned to meet the requirements of the Oregon
State Board of Education for elementary certification. For Oregon-trained teach-
ers the Board of Education requires graduation from a four-year elementary
tea~her-trainingcurriculum offered by a standard Oregon normal school, teacher's
college, college, or university approv~d by the Board for. the preparation of ele-
mentary teachers. The program recommended by the Umverslty IS as follows:
* Alternatives may be arranged in consultation with adviser.
206 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 207
BUSINESS
Adviser JESSI>: M. SMITH
CHEMISTRY
Adviser: D. F. SWINEHAKT
Many students, while meeting the fifth-year requirement for regular secondary
teacher certification, find it possible to satisfy, at the same time, the requirements
for the degree of Master of Science in General Studies or for a departmental
master's degree in a subject field or in education.
SUBJECT PREPARATION
Under regulations adopted by the Oregon State Board of Education, new
teachers employed in approved high schools may be assigned to teach only in those
subject fields in which they have completed a stated minimum of college prepara-
tion. University courses which satisfy these minimum state requirements in the
several fields are listed on the following pages, together with additional courses to
meet University standards of adequate subject preparation.
The University finds it difficult to place a beginning high-school teacher who
has not prepared himself, through suitable University courses, for the teaching of
at least two subjects. To insure better opportunities for placement, it is desirable
that students intending to teach qualify for the supervision of an extracurricular
activity and, if possible, for teaching in a third subject field.
One of the student's subject fields must be a field in which the University offers
supervised teaching, namely: art, biological science, business, chemistry, drama,
English, French, general science, German, health education, journalism, Latin,
library, mathematics, music, physical education, physics, social science, Spanish,
speech. Exceptions to this requirement may be made in the case of students
transferring from other institutions, who have completed courses in special methods
and supervised teaching before entering the University.
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF STATE BOARD
OF EDUCATION
Business Education: shorthand, 12 term
hours; typing, 6 term. hours; bookkeeping, 9
term hours; commerct-al law, 6 term hours'
office practice, 6 term hours (regularly certified
teachers may substitute demonstrable compe.
tency, gained through business-college courses
or practical experience, for the minimum
training required). Requirement should be
satisfied with the following courses;
Stenography (SS Ill, 112, 113)_............. 9
Applied Stenography (5S 211) .__ .... 3
Offiee Practice & Techniques (SS 323,
324, 325) _ ._ .. _. __ _. __ 6
Typing (SS 121, 122, 123)_.. _ _ 6
Constructive Accounting (llA Ill, 112,
113) _ . ._. __ _ _... 9
Business Law (llA 416, 417) __ 8
Chemistry: chemistry, 12 term hours; physics,
6 term hours. Requirement should be satisfied
with the following COUrses:
General Chemistry (Ch 201, 202, 203) 12
General Physics (Ph 201, 202) 10
ADDITION AL COURSES TO MEET
UNIVERSITY STANDARDS
Applied Stenography (SS 2.12, 213)............ 6
Office Organ. & Management (BA 323)_... 2
Principles of Econ. (Ec 201, 202, 203) .'_'" 9
Elements of Finance (BA 222) 4
Elements of Marketing (BA 223) ._.. .___ 9
Bus. Techniques for Teachers (BA 371,
372, 373) _. __ .__ ._ .. _. __ 9
Principles of Business Education (BA
421) _ _ __ .._ _ _ .
Problems of Business Education (BA
422, 423) _. .__ __ .
Eighteen upper·division term hours in chem-
lstry J recommended by the student's adviser.
ART
Adviser: T. 0 BALLINGER
DRAMA
Adviser: H. W. ROBINSON
Adviser: A. L. SODltRWALL
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE
Adviser: N. H. OSWALD
ENGLISH
Additional courses required for a major in
. theater.
Upper-division courses in English and
American literature as follows:
Periods .- .. - -- __ .. _........... 9
Types __ _._ ..... _... 6
Authors .. _ _ _ 6
Lit. for Teachers (Eng 488).. 3
Dramatics.' 9 term hours. Requirement should
be satisfied with the following courses:
Theater Principles (Sp 261) __ .
Production Workshop (Sp 264) _ .
Play Direction (Sp 364) _ .
English: 42 term hours, including work in
each of the following fields: English composi-
tion (including work beyond the basic fresh-
man course),' English literature; American
literature; speech; English language develop-
ment. Requirement should be satisfied with
the following Courses:
English Composition (Wr Ill, 112,113)_. 9
Survey of Eng. Lit. (Eng 101, 102, 103),
or Appreciation of Lit. (Eng 104, 105,
106), or World Lit. (Eng 107, 108,
109), or Lit. (Soph. Honors) (AL 101,
102, 103) .--- _ .__ 9
Shakespeare (Eng 201, 202, 203)_............... 9
English Compo for Teachers (Wr 411)........ 3
Intro. to Mod. English (Eng 490) or
Mod. Eng. Language (Eng 491) ..._... .
Survey of American Lit. (Eng 261, 262,
263) (two terms) or Lit. Foundations
of Am. Life (Eng 475, 476, 477)
(two terms) __ .__ ._ __ .. 6
Fundamentals of Speech (Sp 111) __ 3
Corrective English (WrIO) is not accepted
toward the satisfaction of the requirement.
Total of 28 term hours in upper·division biol-
ogy courses, including:
Animal or plant morphology &
systematics __ 12
Ecology _ "" 4
Genetics _ _ "" 3
General physiology or plant physiology _ 4
ADDITION AL COURSES TO MEET
UNIVERSITY STANDARDS
Art Education (ArE 315, 316).................. 6
Art Education (ArE 414, 415, 416)............ 9
Survey of Visual Arts (AA 202, 203)........ 6
Art history (selected) _ 9
Drawing (AA 391) _ _ 2-3
Painting (AA 390)_.__ 2-3
Water Color (AA 292) _ _ _2-3
Sculpture, applied design (selected) 9
Biology: 18 term hours. Requirement should
be satisfied with the following courses:
Gen. Biology (Bi 101, 102, 103) or BioI.
Sc. (Soph. Honors) (GS 201, 202, 203)_. 12
Upper~division biology courses. __ 6
M,N,MUM R>:QUIREMltNTS OF STATE BOARD
OF EDUCATION
Art: 24 term hours distributed among all of
the following fields: art education; art history;
crafts" studio erperience in design or compo-
sition; drawing, painting, or sculpture (or
any combination of these). Requirement
should be satisfied with the following COurses:
Art Education (ArE 314) 3
Survey of Visual Arts (AA 201) __ . 3
Ceramics (AA 255), Weaving (AA 256),
or Jewelry (AA 257) __ .. 6
Design Studio I (AA 187) or Basic
Design (AA 195) _ _ _ 6
Painting (AA 290), Drawing (AA 291),
or Elem.ent~ry Sculpture (AA 293),
or combination _ 6
208 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 209
Adviser: D. M. DOUGHERTY
FRENCH
Adviser: D. M. DOUGHERTY
Adviser: A. F. MOURSUND
6
9
2
2
2
ADDITIONAL COURSES TO MEET
UNIVERSITY STANDARDS
One of the following:
Textiles (HEc 125).. .. .
Family Relationships (HEc 222) .
Supervised teaching in home economics is
not offered at the University.
Mechanics of Publishing (J 311)
History of Journalism (J 428) .......
Journalism & Public Opinion (J 429) or
Public & the Press (J 488) .
Graphic Journalism (J 451) .
Supervision of School Pub. (J 489) ..
Adv. Latin Grammar (CL 340) .
Latin Lit.: Ovid (CL 344, 345, 346)
(additional term) .
Latin Lit.: Augustan Age (CL 204, 205,
206 or CL 331, 332, 333) (two terms) .
Lit. of Anc. World (AL 304, 305, 306) .
HOME ECONOMICS
Adviser: MABEL A. WOOD
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF STATE BOARD
OF EDUCATION
Homemaking: Z1 term hours distributed as
follows: foods and nutrition (incl"ding a
course in nutrition), 9 term hours; clothing,
9 term hours; child development, family rela-
tions, home management, 9 terms hours.. in-
cluding work in each field. Requirement
should be satisfied with the following courses:
Clothing Constr. (HEc III, 112, 113) ...... 6
Clothing Select. (HEc 114, liS, 116)... 3
Foods (HEe 211, 212, 213)............ 9
Child Care & Train. (HEc 325) 3
Household Mgt. (HEc 339).... 3
Home Plan. & Furnish. (HEc 331)............ 3
Princ. of Dietetics (HEc 225).................... 2
JOURNALISM
Adviser: C. T. DUNCAN
Journalism: 9 term hours. Requirement
should be satisfied with the following Courses:
Reporting (J 331).. 3
Principles of Advertising (J 339) 3
Copyediting (J 434) 3
See State Board requirement under French.
Requirement in Latin should be satisfied with
the following courses:
First·Year Latin (CL 4, 5, 6) 12
Second·Year Latin (CL 104, lOS, 106) ...... 12
Latin Lit.: Ovid (CL 344, 345, 346)
(two terms) 4
LATIN
Adviser: D. M. DOUGHERTY
ADDITIONAL COURSES TO MEET
UNIVERSITY STANDARDS
Adv. French Compo (RL 467, 468, 469).... 6
French Cult. & Civil. (RL 429, 430, 431) .. 9
Year sequence in physics (if chemistry
taken for state requirement) or chem-
istry (if physies taken for state require·
ment) 12
Additional year sequence in science
(geology recommended) .. 12
MINIMUM REQUIREMENT OF STATE BOARD
OF EDUCATION
Foreign Languages: 30 term hoursJ or equiva-
lent, of college preparation in each language
to be taught. The requirement in French
should be satisfied with the following courSes:
Second·Year French (RL 101, 102, 103) .. 12
French Lit. (RL 201, 202, 203 or RL 311,
312, 313) 9
Inter. French Compo (RL 314, 315, 316).. 6
Fr. Pron. & Phonetics (RL 320, 321,
322) (two terms)...................................... 4
For students who have not studied French in
high school:
First·Year Freneh (RL I, 2, 3) 12
Second·Year French (RL 101, 102, 103) .. 12
Fr. Pron. & Phonetics (RL 320,321,322)
or Inter. Fr. Compo (RL 314, 315, 316).. 6
Elementary Science: 24 term hours in the
natural sciences, including at least 9 term
hours in physical science and 9 term hours in
biological science. The requirement should be
satisfied with the following courses:
Year sequenee in biology.... __ . 12
Year sequence in physics or chemistry.... 12
GENERAL SCIENCE
GERMAN
HEALTH EDUCATION
Adviser: F. B. HAAR
LIBRARY
Adviser: ELEANOR E. AHLERS
See State Board requirements under French.
Requirement in German should be satisfied
with the foUowing courses:
First-Year German (GL I, 2, 3) 12
Second·Year German (GL 101, 102, 103) .. 12
Ger. Conv. & Compo (GL 334, 335, 336).. 6
German Lit. (GL 201, 202, 203 or
GL 343, 344, 345) ..
Adv. Ger. Compo (GL 424, 425, 426) ..
Ger. Cult. & Civil. (GL 340, 341, 342) ......
9
6
6
Library: 9·12 term hours training in library
science.. including book selection, cataloging,
tlnd library administration. Requirement
should be satisfied with the following COUrses:
Elemen. Biblio. (Lib 381).......................... 3
Org. of Lib. Materials (Lib 386).... 3
Sch. Lib. Administration (Lib 484) 3
Books for Young People (Lib 488).............. 3
No additional Courses.
MATHEMATICS
Adviser: PAUL CIVIN
H eaJth E ducanon: 18 term hours selected
from at least four of the following fields:
personal h.ygiene.. community health problems..
nutrition.. school health services (including
guidance and counseling), school health ed,,·
cation. Requirement should be satisfied with
the following courses:
Prin. of Dietetics (HEc 225)...................... 2
Community Health Problems (HE 361).... 3
Personal Health Problems (HE 362)........ 3
Commun. & Noncommun. Diseases (HE
363) 3
Health Instruction (HE 464).................... 3
Sehool Health Service (HE 465)................ 3
First Aid (HE 252).... 3
General Biology (Bi 101, 102, 103) 12
Intro. to Bacteriology (Bi 311) __ 3
Social Hygiene (HE 463)............................ 3
Intro. to Public Health (HE 364)..... 3
Safety Education (HE 358)........................ 3
Mathematics: 18 term hours, including college
algebra and geometry (analytic, non.Euciid.
ean, or projective) and courses selected from:
trigonometry, calculus, mathematics of finance,
statistics, history of mathematics. basic con~
cepts of secondary mathematics. Requirement
should be satisfied with the following COurses:
College Algebra (Mth 105), Plane Trig.
(Mth 106), Analyt. Geometry (Mth
107); or Essentials of Math. (Mth 101,
102, 103) _ 12
Adv. College Algebra (Mth 314) or Alge.
bra (Mth 479) ..
Adv. Euclid. Geometry (Mth 415) or Ge.
ometry (Mth 489).................................... 3
Mth 10 and Mth 20, 21, 22 cannot be counted
toward the minimum requirement.
Math. of Finance (Mth 108) ..
Additional upper·division COUrses (special
teachers' eourses in algebra, geometry.
and foundations, offered in summer ses-
sions, are especially recommended) .__ ..... 6
210 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 211
MUSIC
Advisers: R. E. NYE, R. S. VAGNER
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Advisers: JESSlll L. PUCKETT, V. S. SPRAGUE
Physical Education: 18 term hours, dist,ibuted Organiz. & Administration of P.E. 3
as follows: 9 term hours in professional (PE 343) 3
courses, including wo,k in each of the follow· Tests & Measurements in P.E. (PE 444) ..
ing: p,inciples and prog,ams, m~t~ods find Men:
evaluation, o,ganization and ad~,~..t,ahon.- Wrestling (PE 128)......... 2
9 te,m hours in professional actw'ty courses Basketball & Baseball (PE 227).............. 2
selected f,om at least fou, of the following: Advanced Aquatics (PE 428) .... 2
team sports, individual and dual sPo~ts, gym· Women:
nastics and tumbling, rhythms, aquatfC~J fund- Activities-swimming, softball
amentals of body movement. Reqmrement 2
should be satisfied with the following courses: (PE 326) .
Activities-folk, square & ballroom
Prine. & Pract. of P.E. (PE 341} ,...... 3 dancing (PE 424)...................................... 2
Class Techniques in P.E. (PE 342)............ 3 Activities-archery, tennis (PE 426)........ 2
School Program (PE 445) 3
Men:
Fundamentals, Appar. & Tumh. (PE 127).. 2
Football, Track & Field (PE 129).............. 2
i~~7v~;"iu~~~r~sa(~i! 3<J;~..2=~).::::::::::::: ~
Team Sports (PE 329)............ 2
Women:
Activities-cont. dance, tumbling, field
hockey (PE 224}...................................... 2
Activities---folk & square dancing (PE
225) 2
Activities--swirnrning, track & field, cont. 2
dance (PE 226) .
Activities-soccer, speedball, fund. ac~
tivities or cont. dance (PE 324) 2
Activities-basketball, volleyball, tumbling
or dance compo (PE 425) 2
PHYSICS
Adviser: E. G. EBBIGHAUSEN
6
ADDITION AL COURSES TO MEET
UNIVERSITY STANDARDS
Mod. Physics (Ph 411, 412, 413) 0'
Electricity & Electronics (Ph 431,
432, 433) ..9-12
Eighteen additional term hours ill the social
sciences recommended by the student's ad-
vise.r (upper-division courses preferred).
Adv. Spanish Compo (RL 461, 462, 463) ..
Additional eourses required for a major in
public speaking.
MINIMUM REQUIR.f~MENTSOF STATE BOARD
OF' EDUCATION
Physics: physics, 12 te,m hours.- chemistry,
6 te,m hours. Requirement should be satisfied
with the following courSes:
Gen. Physics (Ph 201, 202, 203).... IS
Elementary Chem. (Ch 101, 102) or
Gen. Chem. (Ch 201, 202).......... 8
Social Studies: 42 te,m hours, includi"g 9
term hours in United State history and 9
term hours in history of western civilization
or world civilization, and work in each of the
following fields: geography, economics, soci.
ology, Political science. Requirement should
be satisfied with the following courses:
Hist. of U.S. (Hst 201, 202, 203).............. 9
Hist. of West. Civil. (Hst 101, 102, 103)
0' Europe since 1789 (Hst 341, 342,
343) 9
Intro Geog. (Geog lOS, 106) 0' Econ.
Geog. (Geog 201, 202)............................ 6
American Govts. (PS 201, 202).................. 6
Prine. of Econ. (Ec 201, 202) 6
Prine. of Sociology (Soc 307)...................... 3
World Pop. & Soc. Structure (Soc 308)
0.- American Society (Soc 309) .
Adviser: H. W. ROBINSON
SOCIAL SCIENCE
Advisers: T. B. JOHANNIS, R. W. SMITH, J. C. STOVALL, M. D. WATfLJ:S, E. S. WENGERT
See requirement under French. Requirement
in Spanish should be satisfied with the follow.
ing courses:
Second·Year Spanish (RL 107, 108, 109) .. 12
Spanish Lit. (RL 207, 208, 209 0.-
RL 341, 342, 343). 6
Inter. Span. Compo (RL 347, 348, 349).... 6
Adv. Span. Compo (RL 461, 462, 463)
(two terms) 4
For students who have not studied Spanish in
high school:
First·Year Spanish (RL II, 12, 13) 12
Second·Year Spanish (RL 107, 108, 109) .. 12
Inter. Span. Compo (RL 347, 348, 349).... 6
SPANISH
Adviser: D. M. DOUGHERTY
SPEECH
Speech: 9 te,m hours. Requirement should be
satisfied with the following Courses:
Argument., Persuasion & Discussion
(Sp 321) .
Argument., Persuasion & Discussion
(Sp 322 0' Sp 323) 0' Public Dis-
cussion (Sp 221) .
Speech for Classroom Teacher (Sp 411) .
ADDITION AL COURSES TO MEtT
UNIVERSITY STANDARDS
Applied Music-instrumental or voice....9-15
Music Theory II (Mus 211,212,213)........ 9
Keyboard Harmony (Mus 214, 215, 216) .. 3
Band, Orchestra, Choral Union 11-17
History of Music (Mus 360, 361, 362)........ 9
Vocal option:
Music Education (MuE 317, 318, 319).... 9
Cboral Conducting (MuE 324, 325).......... 4
Choral Arranging (Mus 357)...................... 2
Instrumental Techniques (MuE 363, 3
364, 365) .
Instrumental option:
Instrumental Conducting (MuE 321, 322) 4
Stringed Instruments (MuE 332, 333,
334) .
Wind & Percussion Instruments (Mus
335, 336, 337) .
Instrumentation & Arranging (Mus
329, 330, 331}............................................ 6
Voice Class (MuE 351).............................. 2
Super. of Gen. Music Program (MuE
426) :...................................... 3
For all students: demonstration of reasonable
proficiency on the piano.
MINIMUM RtQUIREMENTS OF STATE BOARD
OF EDUCATION
Music: 24 term houTs, includin.u c.ourses in
each of the following fields: mUS1C hlSto,y and
literature music theory, instrumental or vocal
ensemble' aPPlied music! conducting. Requir~
ment sh~uld be satisfied with the· following
COurseS:
Music Theory I (Mus Ill, 112, 113) 12
Music history & Iit.-selected...................... 6
Applied Music-instrumental or voice........ 3
Vocal option:
Choral Conducting (MuE 323).................... 2
Choral Union 1
Instrumental option:
Instrumental Conducting (MuE 320)........ 2
Band, Orchestra, or Choral Union __ 1
212 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
SCHOOL OF EDUCAnON 213
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3-7
Elementary.Sc~o.ol Supervision & Administration (Ed 554) ..
School SuperVISIOn (Ed 574)..................... .. ..
School Finance (Ed 575)......................... .. .
Curricult: Construction (Ed 566); or·c~~~·i~;:,·i~;;;..F~·.;;;d~;i~~·~ ..(E:X·56·5·)·:..·..
or . ementary·School Curriculum (Ed 553) and Secondary·S h i
Curnculum (Ed 522) ~ ..~~...... 3-7
I Supervisor's Certificate. (1) A regular Oregon teacher's certificate either
e e~entary or secondary. (2) Three years of teaching experience (3) A 'colle e
rna) or or 45 term hours of work in the area supervised. (4) A rna t' , d f g
a standard college or university. (5) The following graduate co~::e:: egree rom
S
Term Hours
econdary-School Administration & Supervision (EdSchool Supervision (Ed 574) 527) .
Scho?1 Finance (Ed 575) ::::::::::::::.::.:::::: ::::..··.. . ..
CUrriculum Construction (Ed 566); or Cur~·ieu'i~;;;..F~-,;:;;d~;i·~~·~ ..(·E·d..5·6·5· ..:..C' ~econdarY·School Curriculum (Ed 522) and Elementary·S h ) i
umculum (Ed 553) ~..~~...... 3-7
El~ment.ary Principal's Certificate. (1) A regular Oregon elementar
teacher s certificate. (2) Three years of teaching or administrative experience ~
;7te el(e4m)eTntharYf Ileivel: (3) A bachelor's degre~ from a standard college or univer-
y. e 0 oWing graduate courses;
Courses in Education
Students may be admitted to courses in education 1 . h h .
!'ducation. A grade.point average of 2.00 for the stud :;. y WIt t e consent of the ~chool of
IS reqUIred for admission to all 300 courses. Ed 310 eands i~st3~~0 years of Un~verslty work
and 500 courses in education unless an exee t" ". . are prereqUISite to all 400~ittins: students to these cou~ses, the facu1t: ~~nt~: ~~ca~edfl;;~he c?urse, descript,i~n. In ad-
slderatlOn to psychological rating and teachin r~o 0 d ,ucahon gIves additIOnal con-
improvement in scholarship during the junior y:a:ersona L y, an , In doubtful cases, to marked
.Secondary Principal'S Certificate. (1) A regular Oregon secondary teacher's
~~~~ficaie. ~2)(?)hree years, of teaching or administrative experience at the sec-
T [Y eve. A master s degree from a standard college or university (4)
we ve ter!U. hour,S of credi~, b~yond the master's degree, in courses relat~d to
school administratIOn, organizatIOn, and supervision. (5) Th f II' dcourses: e 0 oWing gra uate
Term Hours
GENERAL EDUCATION
LOWER-DIVISION COURSE
Ed 111. Orientation to Teaching. I hour.
:e~sii;~ti~~~~:~dude~!gned to help beginnin~.stu,dents understand the Uni-
lems of teaching at ~~:i~u;rk~~i~\)pP~~r:~fl:~~h:::e~dauncadtisoon'handthe prolb-
. p omores on y.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Ed 310. The School in American Life. 3 hours.
Education as a career; function of education in a de .frga~ifiation. of SChbol?ls; curr~nt educational trends~~d~~ie~~~I~:;;~r~b~
em~. nanClng pu IC educatIOn; the characteristi d d .
t
P,llptls by age groupin~s; general principles of growCtt ~~d 1~a;~inglntae~dests10f
Ion to current practices. Tope. . ,re a-
Term Hours
Special Education
THE University of Oregon offers a comprehensive program of graduate studyin the field of school administration, including all work required for each ofthe five types of administrative certificates issued by the Oregon State De-
partment of Education and graduate work leading to master's and doctor's degrees.
By act of the Oregon Legislature, all persons employed in the Oregon public
schools in administrative or supervisory capacities must hold an appropriate ad-
ministrative certificate. This act became effective on July 1, 1952; persons em-
ployed in administrative capacities in the Oregon schools before that date must
quaMy for administrative certification not later than July 1, 1956. The require-
ments for the several types of certificates are as follows:
Superintendent's Certificate. (1) A regular Oregon teacher's certificate,
either elementary or secondary. (2) Five years of school experience at the ele-
mentary and secondary levels, with at least two years in an administrative ca-
pacity. (3) A master's degree from a standard college or university. (4) Twelve
term hours of credit, beyond the master's degree, in courses related to school
administration, organization, and supervision. (5) The following graduate courses:
Term Hours
Public School Administration (Ed 572) ·.···························...... 3
School Finance (Ed 575) · · ··· 3
School Buildings (Ed 576) · ·..·...... 3
School Supervision (Ed 574) · · · · · · 3
Curriculum Construction (Ed 566); or Curriculum Foundations (Ed 565);
or Secondary·School Curriculum (Ed 522) and Elementary·School
Curriculum (Ed 553) ·..·· · ···............ 3-7
Administrative Principal's Certificate. (1) A regular Oregon teacher's cer-
tificate, either elementary or secondary. (2) Four years of teaching or adminis-
trative experience at the elementary and secondary levels. (3) A master's degree
from a standard college or university. (4) The graduate courses listed above as
required for the superintendent's certificate.
Educational Administration
THE School of Education offers instruction in special education, designed toassist classroom teachers in meeting the needs of exceptional children intheir regular classes and to prepare remedial reading teachers, teachers of
the mentally retarded and the gifted, and specialists in the education of other
handicapped children. Opportunity for supervised clinical practice is provided
through the DeBusk Memorial Clinic, named for its founder and first director,
the late Dr. Burchard W. DeBusk.
Oregon teachers and supervisors of exceptional children must hold appro-
priate certificates issued by the State Department of Education upon completion
of the following requirements:
(1) A baccalaureate degree from a standard college or university.
(2) A regular general Oregon elementary or secondary teacher's certificate.
(3) One year of teaching experience in the regular classroom.
(4) Specified preparation in special education in a standard college or uni-
versity. For the general, remedial reading, and speech-correction certificates, 36
term hours of work are specified; for the certificate to teach the mentally re-
tarded, 18 term hours; for the school psychologist certificate, 90 term hours.
214 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 215
Ed 311. Human Development. 4 hours.
Designed to provide psychological knowledge especially relevant to the pro-
fessional activities of teachers in the elementary and secondary schools. Vari-
ous aspects of the development and adjustment of the school child, with atten-
tion to the role of the teacher and the school program in the development of
the pupil. Laboratory training in observation of the school child and in the
interpretation of growth, health, psychological-test, and other data commonly
available to the teacher. Prerequisite: Psy 201. Taylor.
Ed 312. Educational Psychology: Learning. 4 hours.
Theoretical and practical study of learning and of factors affecting learning
by children and youth in school. Theories of learning, motivation, guidance;
learning activity, transfer, evaluation of achievement; principles of learning
applicable to learners of varying levels of maturity. Laboratory training in
observation and analysis of the teaching-learning situation from a psycho-
logical viewpoint. Prerequisite: Psy 201. Culbertson, Fullmer, Kersh.
Ed 317, 318. Social Foundations of Teaching. 3 hours each term.
First term: the nature and influence of such social determinants of child be-
havior as family, class structure, peer groups, mass media of communication,
etc.; the social status of childhood, emerging rights, agencies concerned with
children. Second term: the social role of the school, including a study of com-
munity-analysis techniques as an approach to the school environment; com-
munity resources for teaching, and ways of utilizing these resources; educa-
tional implications of children's out-of-school activities and problems; commu-
nity beliefs and practices, and their relation to the school curriculum. Graham.
Ed 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 424. Measurement in Education. (G) 3 hours.
Use and interpretation of informal and standardized tests as supervisory and
guidance instruments for the diagnosis, analysis, evaluation, and improvement
of instruction in the elementary and secondary schools. Test planning, item
writing, essay testing, administration and scoring, analysis of scores and grade
assignment. Simple statistics of test interpretation. Fullmer.
Ed 435. Audio-Visual Aids. (G) 4 hours.
The development and use of audio-visual aids in education. Emphasis on actual
learning situations in which radio, recordings, films, slides, pictures, maps,
charts, etc. are utilized. Sources of materials and equipment; administration
of audio-visual programs.
Ed 440. History of Education. (G) 3 hours.
A general review of the growth and development of education in relation to
the civilization of the times; emphasis on development of educational philoso-
phies. Breen,
Ed 446. Modern Philosophies of Education. (G) 3 hours.
An examination of educational philosophies proposed by recent leaders and
critics of American educational theory and practice; Dewey, Hutchins, the
progressives, etc, Castell.
Ed 476. School Law and Organization. 2 hours any term.
Oregon laws applying to schools and teachers; teacher personnel policies and
practices; professional organizations; means for continued professional
growth. .
Ed 490. Social Education. (G) 3 hours.
Structure and functioning of society, as a background for the study and evalu-
ation of education in its varied forms; the contribution of sociological princi-
ples and findings to the improvement of educational practices. Graham.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) may be tak f d .en or gra uate credIt.
Ed 501. Educational Research. Hours to be arranged.
Members of the faculty supervise resear h b rfiPrerequisite: graduate standing in ed /. y qua I ed. graduate students.
Coil T h
. uca lon, consent of 111structor.
ege eac 111g-Wood Ph'Curriculum, Instruction-Wood sk~llo-Educatlonal Problems-
Educational Psychology-Kersh' P ~ gallon. .
Elementary Education-Choate' uptl Evalu<l;tI?n-~ullmer.
Olson, Sandin, Taylor, Willa'rd Sc~ool Adm111lstrabon-Jacobson,
Culbertson. '.omney, Tope.
History of Education-Breen SCience Education-Kambly.
Measurements-Fullmer' SeHcondary Education - Jacobson
Ph'l . earn •I osophy of Education-Castell. Social F'ou d t' G hn a lons- ra am
Teac,her Education-Kambly..
Ed 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged
Ed 507. Education Seminar. Hours to be arranged. .
Ed 508. Workshop. Hours to be arranged
Opportunity for group work on special·problems.
Ed 512. Research Procedures in Education. 3 hours.
The. nature a\l.d procedures of research in ed' . .
theSIS, field study research paper and d' t t~catlOn; special tech11lques of
majoring in othe~ fields. Does n~t take I:h~r i IOn. f .p~F ~o graduate studentst~e student's thesis. An introductory c ~ ace 0, I~ 11:'ldual. supervision of
tlon. Fullmer. ourse 111 stabstlcs IS deSirable prepara-
Ed SIS, 51~, 517: Educational Statistics. 3 hours each term
Tech11lque 111 quantitative and experiment I h d .Admission after fall term only with ~ f~t 0 s. Calculus not required.
uate standing. Clark Fullmer Ma consen 0 mstructor. Prerequisite: grad-
, ,ssey.
Ed 529, 530, 531. Advanced Educational Psychology 2 h hRevie f d . ours eac term
w 0 some mo ern viewpoints in education I h .
p,rocess; character development of the' d"d t psyc ?logy. The learning
bon process; diagnosis and school treat~el~1 ua I~ r~latlOn to the socializa-
the p~ychological principles of leadership a~dof pUPllls conduct and behavior;t~aCh111g :and school administration. Prere ..~~ra edas related .to c,lassroombon and mtroductory course in educat' 1U1S1 eh· glra uate standmg 111 educa-tor. Kersh. IOna psyc 0 ogy; or consent of instruc-
Ed 5~~ J:Iistory of American Education. 3 hours.
e mtellectual development of the Un't d S .
educati0f!' Open to seniors on consent of ~ t tates, wplth spe~i:al reference to
of Amencan history. ms ructor. rereqUlslte: knowledge
Ed 546. S~hool and Society in the Recent Past. 3 hours
The hberal evolution in modern educati n' h .dom in teachin!l"; education and social e~d' .t el.st~te ~nd education; free-Castell. s, re IglOn III secular education.
Ed 565. Curriculum Foundations. 4 hours.
Implications of basic social philosophical and h .
u.lum planning and organi~ation; historical b pSkc ologlcal fact?rs in curric-
nculum planning. Wood. ac ground; tech11lques of cur-
. Ed 566. Curriculum Construction. 4 hours.
Survey <l;nd appraisal of curricular patterns' stat d'
of study III major subject areas' technique 'f e an fClty programs; courses
, s 0 course-o -study planning. Wood.
216 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
SCHOOL OF EDUCAnON 217
Ed 567. Curriculum Materials. 4 hours. .
Effective use and organization of curriculum mater~als; text and referende
books, supplementary pamphlet materials, ~Ims and sh~es, records and !ecor -
ings, pictures, radio, etc. ; techniques of Unit constructIOn and community sur-
vey. Wood.
Ed 587. Adult Education. 3 hours. ..,
History and philosophy of the adult-education movement; Its .alm~:ra~g~~~
from the specifically vocational to the cultural. Representattve
methods in adult education.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN EXTENSION AND SUMMER SESSIONS
Ed 450. Radio Education. (G) 3 hours (extension and summer sessions).
Ed 478. Improvement of Instruction in Reading. (G) 3 hours (extension).
Ed 481. Alcohol Studies in the School Curriculum. (G) 3 hours (extension and
summer sessions).
Ed 482. Intercultural Education. (G) 3 hours (extension and summer sessions).
Ed 493. Utilization of Regional Resources. (G) 3 hours (extension and summer
sessions) .
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Ed 330. Field Experience. 2 hours.
Work with school-age children after.sch?ol ~ours. Students plan and conduct
recreational activities in youth organlzattons In the Eugene area. Choate.
Ed 358. The Child and his Curriculum: Language Arts. 2-5 hours.
Language development from kindergarten t~r01wh the elementjrl sc~o~.
Emphasis on language as a means of communlcatton and a~ a too or t In -
ing. Reading, reading readiness, the psycholo&y of the !eadm& process, rea;d.
in skills in relation to other parts of the curn~ulum, dlagnost!c and remedl~1m~asures. Materials and teac~ing procedu.r~s In oral and wntten communi-
cation, spelling, and handwriting. PrerequISIte: Ed 311, Ed 312. Choate.
Ed 359. The Child and his Curriculum: Arithmetic, Children's Literature. 2-5
hours.
Arithmetic and children's literature in the elementary-scho,?l p~ogram. Types
of instruction, criteria for selection, plac~ment, and organizatIOn of content.
Prerequisite: Ed 311, Ed 312. Olson, WIllard.
Ed 360. The Child and his Curriculum: Social Studies, Sci~nce. 2-5 hours.
Social studies and science in the elemen~ary-~chool curnculu~. w,a'!s ofEde-
veloping basic concepts in hu~an re~attonshlp~ and community hVlng. m-
hasis on the effective use of l?str~ctlO?al medIa an~ on rel~ted pro~l~ms of~ethod, such as effective reading In sCI~1!'ce an~ s~clal stud~e~. provIsIOn for
individual differences, cultivation of cnttcal thlnkl1!'g, pro':1S10n for gr?~t~
and retention, and methods. of evaluating results of instructIOn. PrerequIsIte.
Ed 311, Ed 312. Olson, WIllard.
Ed 413. Preprimary Education. 3 hours. .
Review of the development of children, age five throu.gh eIght. P.rC!g;ram plan-
ning; group behavior; the place of the teacher; eqUIpment, acttvltles, books,
and music for these age levels.
Ed 414. Supervised Teaching: Kindergarten. 3-15 hours (15 hours maximum
credit).
Ed 415. Supervised Teaching: Grades 1-6. 3-15 hours (15 hours maximum
credit).
Ed 451. Preprimary Education. (G) 3 hours.
Relationship of the development of young children to the educational pro-
grams provided for them. Program planning; group behavior; individual
behavior; the place of the teacher; equipment; activities; books and music for
young children. Taylor.
Psy 460. Developmental Psychology I: Infancy and Childhood. (g) 3 hours.
For description, see page 159.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
Ed 534. Science in the Elementary School 3 hours.
The place of science in the elementary school, with particular reference to the
value of science in the lives of children. Selecting and organizing content; co-
ordinating science with elementary-school activities; methods and materials;
rooms and equipment. Kambly.
Ed 535. Social Studies in the Elementary Scnool 3 hours.
Social-education objectives; children's social problems; unit development;
work-study skills; organization of the program, materials; research findings
basic to the social education of children. For experienced elementary teachers.
Willard.
Ed 536. Language Arts in the Elementary School. 3 hours.
The role of language arts in the elementary-school program; objectives; re-
search findings on language development; the teaching of spelling, writing,
and speaking-listening skills; newer instructional materials; testing and evalu-
ation. Choate.
Ed 537. Reading in the Elementary School 3 hours.
Nature of the reading process, objectives, organization of a desirable reading
program; reading readiness, reading skills; procedures and materials for de-
veloping children's reading abilities; methods of diagnosing difficulties and
evaluating progress; research findings concerning the teaching of children to
read. Willard.
Ed 538. Mathematics in the Elementary School. 3 hours.
Number abilities needed by children; research findings in mathematics educa-
tion; designing number experiences; theories of teaching, desirable teaching
procedures; selection and use of materials. Willard.
Ed 552. Elementary-School Problems. 4 hours.
Selected current problems; issues and theories of elementary education; char-
acteristics of modern teaching; major current trends in elementary education.
Sandin.
Ed 553. Elementary-School Curriculum. 4 hours.
A systematic study of the elementary-school curriculum, including pupil needs
in everyday life situations, objectives, essentials of a good program, varying
curriculum designs, organization of learning experiences, evaluation of learn-
ing, and appraisal of newer curriculum practices. Sandin.
Ed 554. Elementary-School Supervision and Administration. 4 hours.
The role, duties, needs, and problems of modern supervision, including the
evaluation and improvement of the teaching-learning situation. Sandin.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN EXTENSION AND SUMMER SESSIONS
Ed 455. Primary-Education Workshop. (G) 5 hoUl:s (extension).
Ed 459. Intermediate and Upper-Grade Education (Workshop). (G) 5 hours
( extension) .
218 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 219
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
SECONDARY EDUCATION
Mathematics-Schaaf.
Science--Collins.
Speech-Dahlberg.
Social Studies-Williams.
Ed 314. Principles of Secondary Teaching. 3 hours any term.
Study of the actual classroo~ teachin~ proc~ss, includi~g class~oom o~ganiza­
tion and management, planmng teachmg umts, evaluatmg pupl! learmng, and
similar problems. Prerequisite: Ed 311, Ed 313. Kambly.
Ed 408. Special Secondary Methods. 1 to 3 hours any term.
Six hours maximum allowed toward education requirement for certification.
Not more than 3 hours credit may be earned in allY one field. Prerequisite:
Ed 311, Ed 313.
Art-Mallery.
Commerce--Palmer.
English-Kraus.
Foreign Language--Adams.
Health, Physical Education-
Puckett, Sprague, Burke.
Ed416. Supervised Teaching: Junior and Senior High School. 3-15 hours (15
hours maximum credit).
Ed 461. Developmental Psychology II: Adolescence and Maturity. (g) 3
hours.
For description, see page 159.
Ed 484. The Junior High School. (G) 3 hours.
Origin and functions of the junior high school; characteristics a~d needs of ~he
early adolescent; administration of the junior high school; curnculum and m-
struction; guidance; school activities; evaluation of the iunior high school.
Hearn.
Ed 486. Educational and Vocational Guidance. (G) 3 hours.
The place of school records, test results, interests, aptitudes, a,?i1ities, and pe~­
sonal characteristics in the appraisal of educational and vocational potentlah-
ties: sources of current materials relating to educational opportunities and
occupational trends.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
Ed 522. Secondary-School Curriculum. 3 hours.
Overview of the secondary-school curriculum, with emphasis on the various
subject fields; organization of the school for curriculum development; educa-
tional objectives; the course of study; evaluation of the secondary-school
curriculum. Hearn.
Ed 523. School Activities. 3 hours.
Principles and purposes of school ~ctiviti~s; pupil parti~ipation in scho~1 ~?V­
ernment. assemblies; clubs, social activIties; athletics, speech activIties,
drama, dJusic, publications; evaluation of the school activity program. Hearn.
Ed 525. Pupil Personnel Programs. 3 hours.
The need for guidance services in the schools; tests, inventories, question-
naires, and records; the role of the home and the community in guidance;
counseling the individual student. Hearn.
Ed 526. High-School Counseling. 3 hours.
The purposes, techniques, and processes of couns~ling. Dy,namics of a~just­
ment and personality change. Methods of promotmg emotIOnal, educational,
and occupational adjustment. Fullmer.
Ed 527. Secondary-School Administration and Supervision. 3 hours.
~he s~condar;:-schoo~ principalship; 1?rinciples of administration, staff rela-
tlon~h:ps, p~bhc rel3;tlOns, and profeSSIOnal growth; business administration;
a~mlmstratlOnof gUidance serVices, curriculum, and school activities; evalua-
tion of the secondary school. Hearn.
Ed 589. Organization and Administration of Guidance Services. 3 hours.
Pr!nciples and functions o~ guidance; organizing the guidance program;
gUidance personnel; evaluatIOn of the school's guidance services. Hearn.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN EXTENSION
Ed 453. Secondary-Education Workshop. (G) 5 hours.
SPECIAL EDUCATION
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Ed 409. Psycho-Educational Clinic. (G) Hours to be arranged (9 hours maxi-
mum credit).
Supervised clinical practice in diagnosis and remediation of exceptional chil-
dren. Prerequisite: Psy 424 or 425; Ed 465. Killgallon.
Ed 460. Administration of Special Education. (G) 3 hours.
qrganizin~, financing, housing, equipping, staffing, and supervising the spe-
Cial-educatIOn program. Desirable educational provisions for each type of
handicapped child. Killgallon.
Ed 461. Psychology of Reading Instruction. (G) 3 hours.
The fundament~1 natu~e of the ~eading.process; principles of growth, adjust-
ment, and learnmg baSIC to readmg achievement· psychological foundations of
methods of reading instruction. Killgallon. '
Ed 462. Psychology of Exceptional Children. (G) 3 hours.
S,;,rvey o~ character.istics and pr~blems of all types of exceptional children,
Wlt~ special emphaSIS on those With sensory handicaps' consideration of es-
sential educational adaptations. Killgallon. '
Ed 463. The Maladjusted Child. (G) 3 hours.
T~e di.covery and treatment of the emotionally and socially maladjusted
child; the home, school, and community in relation to the child's mental health.
Ed 464. The Mentally Deviate Child. (G) 3 hours. .
I?entifica~ion and guidance of the mental deficient, the slow learner, and the
gifted. KI!lgallon.
Ed 465. Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques. (G) 3 hours.
D!ag~ostic, reme~ial, and corrective techniques in basic school subjects; ap-
phcatlOn of techmques to actual cases. Killgallon.
Ed 469. Reading in High School and College. (G) 3 hours.
~ature and scope of the re~ding p~ogram,.development~1 and remedial; prin-
Ciples, methods, and matenals of mstructlon and admmistration. Killgallon.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) may be taken for graduate credit.
Ed 509. School Psychologist Practicum. 2-6 hours.
Super>:ised in-scho?l. practice for stud~n.ts prepar!ng. to become school psy-
chologls~s. Prereql;11S1te: 10. hours of chmcal practice III psychology, one year
of teachmg expenence. Killgallon, Kersh.
Ed 564. Mental Tests. 3 hours.
Selection, adminis~ratio~, and int~rpretation of individual tests; intensive
study of problems III testmg exceptional and extremely deviate children Pre-
requisite: Psy 424, 425. Killgallon. .
220 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 221
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN EXTENSION
Ed 331. The Crippled and Low-Vitality Child. 3 hours (extension).
Ed 410. The Visually Handicapped Child. 3 hours (extension).
Ed 429. Use of Social Agency Resources by Teachers. 3 hours (extension).
Ed 436. Education of the Handicapped Child. (G) 3 hours (extension).
Ed 438. Techniques in Teaching Crippled and Low-Vitality Children. 3 hours
(extension) .
HIGHER EDUCATION
GRADUATE COURSES
Ed 556. Higher-Education Survey. 3 hours. .
Problems of higher education. Organization, administration, fi'"!ance; philo~o­
phy, purposes, curricula; student and faculty personnel; extensIOn and special
services.
Ed 557. Teacher-Education Survey. 3 hours.
Purposes, needs, and obj ectives of t.eacher education; present .facilities and
types of organization; student-selectIOn proce?ures; staff; .curncl.!lum. Rela-
tionships of preservice undergraduate, preservice graduate, In-service campus,
and in-service field training. Kambly.
Ed 558. College and University Teaching. 3 hours. .
Methods and techniques of teaching; organizatio? of courses; ~electlOn, prep-
aration and use of materials; audio-visual techmques; e.valuatton procedures,
testing: and grading; experimentation in college teachmg; personnel work.
Fullmer.
EDUCATiONAL ADMINISTRATION
GRADUATE COURSES
Ed 572. Public School Administration. 3 hours.
Relations of the school administrator to the school board.; school .finance.
school records and accounts, school building programs, pupil accountmg, the
teaching staff. Romney.
Ed 573. Public School Organization. 3 hours.
Organization in both grade and high school; emphasis on the small system.
Romney.
Ed 574. School Supervision. 3 hours. . .
Purpose and plans for supervision; use of tests, diagnosis of pupil difficulty,
etc., as applied to both elementary and secondary schools. Culbertson.
Ed 575. School Finance. 3 hours.
The problems of school finance and bu~iness management; ~ources of school
income; relationship to the state financial structure; budgetmg al1:d. account-
ing. The work includes the CO?st~uctionof a school b?dget. PrereqUisite: work
in administration and orgamzatlOn; or consent of mstructor. Romney.
Ed 576. School Buildings. 3 hours. .
Study of the problems involved in planning,. fi?ancing, and construc.tlOn of
school buildings; care and maintenance of bUlldmgs; p.roble!TIs!Jf eqUipmen~.
The work includes analysis of the pr~ble~s of a specific dl.stnct. PrereqUi-
site: work in administration and orgamzatton ; or consent of 111structor. Rom-
ney. .
See also under Elementary Education, Ed 554; under Secondary Educatwn, Ed
527, Ed 589; under Special Education, Ed 460.
Library Courses
THE UNIVERSITY offers, through the School of Education, a series ofcourses designed for: (1) students preparing for positions as librarians andteacher-librarians in the public schools; (2) teachers and prospective teach-
ers who wish to become better acquainted with books and other library materials
suitable for use with children and young people; (3) school administrators who
wish to explore for an administrative viewpoint the place of the library in the in-
structional program of the school; (4) University students in general, to acquaint
them with the resources of the University Library, and to provide instructions in
the efficient use of these resources.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSE
Lib 117. Use of Library. I hour any term.
Training in the use of the card catalog"periodical indexes, and reference
books; experience in the preparation of bibliographies. As far as possible,
problems are coordinated with the individual student's study program.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Lib 381. Elementary Bibliography and Reference Materials. 3 hours.
Study of important reference materials and services; practical problems in
the use of reference books for schools and in correct bibliographic form. Ahlers.
Lib 382. Book Selection and Evaluation. 3 hours.
Designed to provide a general survey of the best books and authors, old and
new, in various fields of writing, and to interpret and apply principles and
standards for judging them. Consideration given to the best aids in book selec-
tion, the development of personal libraries, and book reviewing. Rise.
Lib 386. Organization of Library Materials. 3 hours.
Instruction and practice in simplified procedures for the acquisition, prepara-
tion, and classification and cataloging of books and related library materials.
Ahlers.
Lib 482. The Elementary-School Library. (g) 3 hours.
Organization and administration of the elementary-school library, with em-
phasis on its function in the instructional program. Simple methods of order-
ing and processing materials: care and repair of books; teaching the use of the
library; utilization of library resources in the community and the state.
Planned for both teachers and librarians. Ahlers.
Lib 483. Books and Related Materials for Children. (g) 3 hours.
Primarily a reading course based on materials suitable for elementary-school
children. Study of reading interests and curricular needs; criteria for evalu-
ating materials; selection aids; devices for encouraging reading. Ahlers.
Lib 484. School Library Administration. (g) 3 hours.
Planned for school administrators as well as librarians. Particular emphasis
on the place of the library in the instructional program. Problems of support
and control; housing and equipment; standards; evaluation; objectives.
Ahlers.
Lib 485. Advanced Bibliography and Reference. (g) 3 hours.
Continuation of Lib 381, with emphasis on reference books in the various
subject fields; practical experience in bibliography making. Prerequisite:
Lib 381 or consent of instructor. Findly.
Lib 487. Cataloging and Classification. (g) 3 hours.
Expansion of the principles and methods of classification and cataloging of
books and related materials. Attention to the more difficult problems in the
cataloging and recording of material. Prerequisite: Lib 386. Ahlers.
222 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Lib 488. Books and Related Materials for Young People. (g) 3 hours.
The selection and evaluation of books and other materi~ls f?r the junior and
senior high-school library; a study of adolescent readmg mterests and the
library's role in reading guidance. Ahlers.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
Lib 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged..
School of Health and
Physical Education
ARTHUR A. ESSLINGER, Ph.D., Dean of the School of Health and Physical Educa-
tion.
Professors: FLORENCE D. ALDEN (emeritus), H. H. CLARKE, A. A. ESSLINGER,
F. B. HAAR, L. A. HARRIS, E. R. KNOLLIN (emeritus), R. W. LEIGHTON
(emeritus), F. N. MILLER, MARIAN H. MrLLER, HARRIET W. THOMSON
(emeritus), P. R. WASHKE, JANET G. WOODRUFF.
Associate Professors: R. M. BLEMKER, L. J. CASANOVA, JENNELLE MOORHEAD,
MARGARET S. POLEY, W. P. RHODA, L. S. RODNEY, ROSAMOND WENTWORTH,
P. O. SIGERSETH, V. S. SPRAGUE.
Assistant Professors:]. W. BORCHARDT, W. J. BORCHER, W. J. BOWERMAN, SHIR-
LEY P. Cox, E. D. FURRER, JUNE HACKETT, JESSIE L. PUCKETT.
Instructors: RENA A. BARSANTI, CATHERINE CONNER, JEAN M. COOK, EUGENE
EVONUK, G. L. FREI, W. M. HAMMER, D. H. KIRSCH,]' H. McKAY, MARIAN
L. PERRY, J. J. ROCHE.
FeIlow: L. R. GESER.
Assistants: RUTH ANDRUS, G. H. CARTER, J. G. CRAKES, D. E. GLINES, GLENN
KIRCHNER, E. W. McNALLY, JACK SMOLENSKY, W. S. SORSBY, CYNTHIA A.
VILLA.
THE School of Health and Physical Education offers professional study, bothundergraduate and graduate, and service courses in health education, physicaleducation, and recreation. Graduates of the school hold positions as: athletic
coaches; high-school teachers of physical education and health education; directors
of high-school athletics; supervisors of health and physical education; community
recreation and playground direcwrs; leaders in Y.M.CA., Y.W.CA., and other
youth-organization work; directors of restricted and corrective physical education;
workers in the field of physical therapy; college and university teachers and re-
search workers in child growth, health education, and physical education.
Students who plan to meet the certification requirements for public school
teaching should consult the School of Education for advice and direction before
enrolling for their junior year.
Major in Physical Education. The basic undergraduate curriculum in phys-
ical education, leading to the Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Physical Educa-
tion degree, provides a strong program of professional work. During his freshman
and sophomore years, the student obtains a sound foundation in the liberal arts and
in the sciences basicIto professional studies, supplemented by introductory instruc-
tion in physical-education theory and activities. The upper-division program is
devoted principaIly to professional studies.
The basic program is planned to satisfy the usual needs of the student planning
to teach physical education in the public schools; it includes sufficient work in
health education to enable the student to qualify for positions which require the
teaching of both physical education and health education. Modifications of this pro-
gram may be arranged for students with special interests in such fields as the dance
and physical therapy. The requirements of the basic program are as foIlows :
[223 ]
224 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 225
Dance Option. Physical-education programs in the larger public schools place
emphasis on American country and international folk dancing and on the modera
dance. The dance option is planned for women students who wish to prepare for
positions involving considerable teaching in the dance field. The requirements are
as follows:
Lower Divilion Term Houn
~~~~~~fJ.~~~!~;:;;-iOi)::::~--::::~::j:::~ :1
Psych. of Adjustment (Psy 204) or Applied Psych. (Psy 205).............................. 3
Introduction to Health, Phys. Ed. & Recreation (PE 121)...................................... 2
Physical·education activities.......................................................................................... 12
Upper Divi.ion
Human Anatomy (Bi 371, 372) .
Human Physiology (Bi 312, 313) .
Princ. & Practices of Physical Education (PE 341) .
Class Techniques in Physical Education (PE 342) .
Organ. & Admin. of Physical Education (PE 343) · ·····
Tests & Measurements in Physical Educ. (PE 444) .
Care & Prevention of Injuries (PE 359) .
School Program (PE 445) .
Corrective Physical Education (PE 446) .
Mechanics of Body Movement (PE 470),* Kinesiology (PE 472),
Physiology of Exercise (PE 473) .
Community Health Problems (HE 361), Personal Health Problems (HE 362),
Communicable & Noncommunicable Diseases (HE 363) .
Heal~h Instruct.ion (H.E.4.64), School Health Service (HE 465) .
Physlcal·educatIon actIvIties ···· .
6
6
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
9
9
6
12
Pre-Physical Therapy Option. Standard schools of physical therapy, which
are usually operated in conjunction with medical schools, have admission require-
ments with strong emphasis on foundation work in the basic sciences. The sciences
included in the basic curriculum in physical education, together with the under-
standing of body movement and exercise activities gained in professional physical-
education courses, provide excellent preparation for physical-therapy training. Stu-
dents interested in this work may arrange a special program, within the general
framework of the physical-education major, but excluding courses especially de-
signed to meet the requirements for a teacher's certificate.
Major in Recreation. The School of Health and Physical Education offers
an undergraduate major program, leading to the Bachelor of Science degree, for
students interested in careers in recreation. Men and women with training in this
field become directors of recreation on playgrounds, in community centers, and with
the Y.M.C.A. and similar agencies, directors and leaders in municipal, state, and
Federal programs of recreation, administrator~of industrial recreation, camp
directors and counselors, supervisors of recreation for the handicapped in hospitals,
recreation directors and leaders in the armed services, and youth leaders in the
churches. The requirements of the program are as follows:
Lower Divilion Term Hours
General Sociology (Soc 204, 205, 206)........................................................................ 9
General Psychology (Psy 201, 202), Psych. of Adj ustment (Psy 204) 9
Introduction to Health, Phys. Ed. & Recreation (PE 121)...................................... 2
First Aid (HE 252) 3
Personal Health (HE 250) 3
Creative Arts & Crafts for Elementary Teachers (ArE 311, 312)........................ 6
Music for Elementary Teachers (MuE 370).............................................................. 3
Play Direction (Sp 364) 3
Fundamentals of Speech (Sp 111).............................................................................. 3
Camp Leadership (Rec 396).......................................................................................... 3
Physical·education activities................................................................... 12
• Required for women majors only.
By arrangement with the dance division, the student may undertake a more
comprehensive major in the dance, combining selected courses in the School of
Health and Physical Education with supporting work in the liberal arts, music,
and art.
General Biology (Bi 101, 102, 103) .
Elementary Chemistry (Ch 101, 102, 103) .
Elements of Algebra (Mth 10) .
General Psychology (Psy 201, 202) .
Psych. of Adjustment (Psy 204) or Applied Psych. (Psy 205) .
Introduction to Health, Phys. Ed. & Recreation (P,E 121) .
Introduction to the Dance (PE 281) .
Fundamentals of Rhythm (PE 282) .
Dance for the Elemenatry School (PE 283) .............•...................................· .
Physical.education & dance activities .
Upper Divi.ion
Human Anatomy (Bi 371, 372)........................................ 6
Human Physiology (Bi 312, 313)................................................................................ 6
Professional physical·education courses (PE 341, 342, 343, 444, 445, 446).......... 18
Mechanics of Body Movement (PE 470), Kinesiology (PE 472),
Physiology of Exercise (PE 473) ·.·..·······..................... 9
Elementary Dance Composition (PE 381).................................................................. 3
School Dance Program (PE 481) ·............................. 3
Physical·education & dance activities _...................... 14
Courses in one or two of the following fields: art, history, music, speech............ 18
History & Theory of Recreation (Rec 391)............ 3
Organization & Administration of Recreation (Rec 392).......................................... 3
Organization & Administration of Camping (Rec 393).......................................... 3
Community Health Problems (HE 361).................................................................... 3
Principles & Practices of Physical Education (PE 341).......................................... 3
Class Techniques in Physical Education (PE 342)......... 3
Safety Education (HE. 358).......................................................................................... 3
Sports in American Life (Rec 350)............................................................................ 3
Office Organization & Management (BA 323).......................................................... 2
Methods & Materials in Social Recreation (Rec 395).............................................. 2
School & Community Club Work (Rec 394).............................................................. 2
Recreational Facilities (Rec 497)................................................................................ 3
Public Relations in Recreation (Rec 498) 3
Recreation Programs (Rec 499).................................................................................. 3
Recreation Field Work (Rec 415).............................................................................. 9
Community Structure & Organization (Soc 431, 432, 433).................................... 9
Argu.mentation,. Persua~i?~ & Discussion (Sp 321, 322).......................................... 6
Physlcal·educatlon activities........................................................................................ 10
Upper Divilion
Major in Health Education. A special program of undergraduate study is
offered for students who wish to specialize in health education. A few Oregon pub-
lic school systems and many schools in other states organize their health instruc-
tion as the responsibility of one specially trained teacher. Excellent vocational
opportunities are available in such schools and with public and voluntary health
agencies for persons with professional training in health education. The curriculum
meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree and provides a strong
basis for graduate work in health education, public health, and physical therapy.
The requirements are as follows:
Term HouR
12
12
3
6
3
2
2
2
2
12
Lower Divilion
226 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 227
Upper Division
Intro. to Bacteriology (Bi 311), Human Physiology (Bi 312,313)....................... 9
Human Anatomy (Bi 371, 372)................. ~
Safety Education (HE 358) _ 3
Community Health Problems (HE 361) .
Personal Health Problems (HE 362) 3
Communicable & Noncommunicable Diseases (HE 363) 3
Introduction to Public Health (HE 364, 365, 366) · ~
Social Hygiene (HE 463) 3
Health Instruetion (HE 464) · · · ·..· 3
School Health Serviee (HE 465) :........................... 3
Organ. & Evaluation of School Health EducatlOn (HE 466) ..
Prine. & Practices of Physical Educ. (PE 341) · ·..·..·.... 3
Corrective Physical Edueation (PE 446) 3
Kinesiology (PE 472), Physiology of Exercise (PE 473) · ···.... 6
Dental-Hygime Option. Students who complete the two-year c~rriculum in
dental hygiene, offered by the University of Ore~on Den~al ~chool In Portl~nd,
may satisfy the requirement for a B.S. degree, with a major In health educatIOn,
on the satisfactory completion of two additional years of wor~ on the Eugene cam-
pus of the University. Under an alternative plan, dental-hygiene students may be-
gin their University work with one year of study on the Eugene campus, transfer
to the Dental School for two years, and return to the Eugene campus to complete,
in their senior year, general University requirements for a bachelor's degree and
requirements for a major in health education.
Graduate Study. The School of Health and Physical Education offers gr~du­
ate work leading to the Master of Arts, Master of Science, and Doctor of Philos-
ophy degrees. .
Candidates for the master's degrees may major. i? one. of the following seyen
areas or in a combination of related areas: (1) admlmstratlon o~ progr~~s! bUild-
ings, and grounds; (2) school health education; ~ 3) .corrective actlvI~les ~d
physical therapy; (4) recreation; (5) anatomy, ~lneslOlo~, a~d physIOlogical
training and conditioning factors; (6) morphological! p~yslOlo~lcal, and ,?otor
aspects of child growth; (7) measurement and eV3;luation 111 physical ~ducatlOn.
Ph.D. candidates are expected to concentrate In O1~e of the fol~owlng fields of
specialization: (1) administration; (2) health educatIOn; (3). child ~rowth and
development; or (4) corrective physical education. The Ph.D. dissertation must be
an original contribution to knowledge. . .
By arrangement with the School,of Educatl.on, candldat~s for th.e degree. of
Doctor of Education may select physical education a: a ~aJor ~eld, the major
program is directed by the School of Health and Physical EducatIOn.
Candidates for the degree of Master of Science in General Studies may select
either physical education or health education as one of their areas of study.
Service Courses. The School of Health and Physical Educati?n offer.s credit
courses for all students in the University. ~hese co~r.ses.are orgamzed as instruc-
tion in skills and in the principles of physical conditlOn111g and. health.
The University graduation requirements for all students Include five .terms
of physical education and a course in health education, unless the student IS ex-
cused by the dean of the school.*
~terans are granted 6 term hours of credit for hea~th a~d physi;al.educa~ioninstructio~
received in the armed services, and are exempt from l.!nlyerslty requ~r~ments 1~ these field~,
they may, however, earn 6 term hours additional credIt In upper·dlvlsl0n elechve courses In
physical activities.
Term HoursLower Divilion
General Biology (Bi 101, 102, 103), ·· ·····
Elementary Chemistry (Ch 101, 102, 103) ·························· .
General Psych. (Psy 201, 202), Psych. of Adjustment (Psy 204)
General Sociology (Soc 201, 202, 203) .
Principles of Dietetics (HE 225)........................... .. ..
First Aid (HE 252) .
12
12
9
9
2
3
Courses which satisfy the physical-education requirement are: PE 180 for
women, PE 190 for men; not more than one hour of credit may be earned in these
courses in anyone term. The student's program in physical education is adjusted
to his needs and abilities; whenever possible, the work is adapted to remedy phys-
ical disabilities. Majors and other students preparing for the teaching of physical
education satisfy the requirement with professional activity courses.
Men students satisfy the health-education requirement with HE 150 or HE 250.
Women students satisfy the requirement with HE 250.
Elective service courses (regularly scheduled classes) in physical activities
are offered for juniors and seniors. A total of not more than 12 term hours may be
earned toward graduation in lower-division and upper-division service courses in
physical education. Not more than one hour of credit may be earned in anyone
term.
Fees. Payment of regular University registration fees entitles every student
to the use of gymnasium, pools, and showers, to the use of gymnasium and swim-
ming suits and towels, and to laundry service, whether or not they are registered
for physical-education courses. Students are urged to make full use of the gym-
nasium facilities for exercise and recreation.
Intramural Sports. The School of Health and Physical Education sponsors a
comprehensive program of intramural sports. A primary purpose of the program
is to encourage sportsmanship and friendly relations among the students of the
University through athletic competition. Individual and group competitive sports
for men are organized under the guidance of the department for men. The depart-
ment for women provides a wide variety of sports for women students. Student
leadership for women's athletics is furnished by the Women's Recreational Associ-
ation.
Facilities. The University's buildings and playfields devoted to physical-
education instruction and recreation occupy a 42-acre tract at the southeast corner
of the campus. The Physical Education Building provides offices, classrooms, study
halls, and research laboratories for the school and gymnasium facilities for men.
The building is planned especially for the professional training in physical educa-
tion, as well as for the recreational needs of students. The men's swimming pool is
in a separate building in the northeast section of the campus.
The women's gymnasium and the women's swimming pool are in Gerlinger
Hall, west of the Physical Education Building across University Street. There are
playing fields for women south and west of Gerlinger.
Adjoining the Physical Education Building to the south is McArthur Court,
the basketball pavilion and athletic center of the Associated Students. McArthur
Court seats over 10,000 spectators.
Playing fields located east and south of the Physical Education Building pro-
vide excellent facilities for outdoor class instruction and for intramural and inter-
collegiate sports. Hayward Stadium, the Associated Students' athletic field, has
seats for 23,000 spectators. North of Hayward Stadium are fourteen standard con-
crete tennis courts.
Courses In Health Education
SERVICE COURSES
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
HE 150. Health Education. 1 hour any term.
Study of personal health problems which confront the college student; the
basic scientific principles of healthful living. Meets the health-education re-
quirement for men. Haar.
228 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 229
HE 250. Personal Health. 3 hours any term.
Study of the personal health problems of University men and women, with
emphasis on implications for family life. Mental health, communicable diseases,
degenerative diseases, nutrition. Satisfies the University requirement in health
education for men and women. Hackett, Puckett.
HE 251. Community Health. 3 hours winter.
Study of methods of handling health and sanitation problems of the communi-
ty, with special reference to water supply, food and milk sanitation, sewage
disposal, insect and rodent control; state and county health departments. Haar.
HE 252. First Aid. 3 hours winter and spring.
Study of first aid and safety procedures-for the individual, schools, athletics,
and civilian defense; meets certification standards of the American Red Cross.
Hackett, Washke.
PROFESSIONAL COURSES
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
HE 358. Safety Education. 3 hours spring.
Basic principles of safety education; current safety programs as they apply to
the school, home, and community. Individual and group projects in the organi-
zation of materials for teaching safety education in public schools. Washke.
HE 361. Community Health Problems. 3 hours fall.
Basic community health problems important in public school health instruc-
tion. Designed primarily for teachers and community leaders. Prerequisite:
junior standing in health and physical education or consent of instructor.
Furrer.
HE 362. Personal Health Problems. 3 hours winter.
For health teachers in the public schools. Hygienic care of the body and other
personal health problems important in health instruction. Prerequisite: junior
standing in health or physical education, or consent of instructor. Furrer.
HE 363. Communicable and Noncommunicable Diseases. 3 hours spring.
Nature, prevention, and control of common communicable diseases, considered
in relation to health instruction in the public schools. Prerequisite: junior
standing in science or health and physical education. Furrer.
HE 364, 365, 366. Introduction to Public Health. 3 hours each term.
Functions and organization of public health; vital statistics; consumer health
problems; health education in the Oregon public schools, with special empha-
sis on health teaching in the junior and senior high schools. Admission after
fall term only with consent of instructor. Prerequisite: junior standing in
science or health and physical education. Haar.
HE 450. Elementary-School Health Education. (g) 3 hours.
The purposes and requirements of the school health service program, with
emphasis on organization and procedures for the school health examination.
Organization and presentation of teaching materials based on the health needs
of the child, community needs, and school health services. Hackett.
HE 463. Social Hygiene. (G) 3 hours.
Social-hygiene content, methods, and materials appropriate for junior and
senior high schools. Prerequisite: senior standing in health education or bi-
ology; graduate standing in education or physical education. Haar.
HE 464. Health Instruction. (G) 3 hours fall.
Methods and materials in health instruction for junior and senior high schools.
Special emphasis on the construction of health teaching units for Oregon sec-
ondary schools. Prerequisite: HE 361, 362, 363 or consent of instructor.
Hackett.
HE 465. School Health Service. (G) 3 hours winter.
Purposes and procedures of health service in the schools' control of common
commun.ic.able diseases; technique of pupil health appra'isal by the teacher.
PrerequIsite: HE 361, 362, 363 or consent of instructor. Haar.
HE 466. Organization and Evaluation of School Health Education. (G) 3
hours.
Organizati~n and development ?f the public-s~ho?1 health program. Appraisal
a!1d evaluatl.on of the program ~n t~rms of obJc;ctl'yes and standards, with spe-
Cial emp.h~sls on health education m Oregon Jumor and senior high schools.
PrerequIsite: HE 361, 362, 363, HE 464, 465; or consent of instructor. Haar.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
HE 501. Research in Health Education. Hours to be arranged.
HE 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
HE 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be'arranged.
HE 506. Special Problems. Hours to be arranged.
Study of selected problems in the field of health education.
HE 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Seminars dealing with special aspects of health education are conducted each
term. Open to qualified graduate students.
HE 542. Basic Issues in Health Education. 3 hours.
Cu~rent basic issues and problems in school health education' economic and
SOCial forces affecting health education; implications for prog~ams. Haar.
HE 543. Advanced Health Instruction. 3 hours spring.
Organization o~ the public-sc~ool health-instruction program; for health
teachers, superVisors, and coordmators. Basic steps in the development of the
program. Prerequisite: HE 464 or consent of instructor. Haar.
HE 552. Administration of School Health Education. 3 hours winter.
Organization and administration of the school health program. Haar.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS AND EXTENSION
HE 411, 412, 413. Health-Education Workshop. (g) 9 hours total credit.
Courses in Physical Education
SERVICE COURSES
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
PE 180. Physical Education (Women). I hour each term, six terms.
~ varie~y of activitie.s taught for phy!,iological and recreational values. Spe-
Cial sections for restncted and corrective work. A total of five terms required
for all lower-division women students. 3 hours a week.
PE 190. Physical Education (Men). I hour each term, six terms.
~ varie~y of activitie.s taught for phy!,iological and recreational values. Spe-
Cial sectIOns for restncted and corrective work. A total of five terms required
for all lower-division men students. 3 hours a week.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
PE 3~0. Physical Education for Junior and Senior Women. I hour each term,
SIX terms.
A variety of activities taught for physiological and recreational values. 3
hours a week.
230 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
SCHOOL OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 231
PE 390. Physical Education for Junior and Senior Men. 1 hour each term, six
terms.
A variety of activities taught for physiological and recreational values. 3
hours a week.
PROFESSIONAL COURSES
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
PE 121. Introduction to Health, Physical Education, and Recreation. 2 hours
fall.
Professional orientation; basic philosophy and obj ectives; professional oppor-
tunities and qualifications. Puckett.
PE 124,125,126. Physical-Education Activities (Women). 1 or 2 hours each
term.
Fal1 : soccer and speedbal1, fundamentals I ; winter: fundamentals II, basket-
bal1; spring: elementary dance, tennis.
PE 127. Fundamentals of Body Movement, Apparatus, and Tumbling (Men).
2 hours fall.
For professional students.
PE 128. Wrestling (Men). 2 hours winter.
For professional students.
PE 129. Football, Track, and Field (Men). 2 hours spring.
For professional students.
PE 220. Fundamental Body Movement, Posture, and Tumbling. 2 hours.
The mechanics of movement, posture, conditi?ning ext;rcise~, stunts, tumbling,
and apparatus for the elementary-school child; reqUired m the elementary-
education program. Conner.
PE 221. Games for the Elementary School. 2 hours.
Games of low organization; fundamental sports skills. Conner.
PE 224, 225, 226. Physical-Education Activities (Women). 1 or 2 hours each
term.
For professional students. Instruction and practice. Fal1: tumbl~ng and ~eld
hockey, or contemporary dance; winter: folk and square dancmg; spnng:
swimming and track and field, or contemporary dance.
PE 227. Fundamentals of Basketball and Baseball (Men). 2 hours fall.
For professional students.
PE 228. Folk and Square Dancing (Men). 2 hours winter.
For professional students.
PE 229. Aquatics (Men). 2 hours spring.
For professional students. Swimming, diving, water polo, life saving.
PE 281. Introduction to the Dance. 2 hours fall.
Overview of the dance. Introduction to dance history and to the significance
of the dance as an art form.
PE 282. Fundamentals of Rhythm. 2 hours winter.
Study of rhythm as a basic factor of movement. Specific rhythmic devices used
in the dance.
PE 283. Dance for the Elementary School 2 hours.
The dance program for children in the elementary school! gr!1des one throu.gh
six. Locomotor and nonlocomotor movement; ~ramat1Zabon and creabye
dance studies; singing games; traditional dance skll1s and folk dances for chl1-
dren of the intermediate grades. Wentworth.
PE 284, 285, 286. Dance and Physical-Education Laboratories. 2 hours each
term.
Instr.uction and practice. Fall: contemporary dance; winter: folk and square
dancmg; spring: contemporary dance, swimming.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
PE 324, 325, 326. Physical-Education Activities (Women). 1 or 2 hours each
term.
For professional students. Advanced practice and teaching techniques. Fal1:
soccer, speedball, and fundamental movements or dance composition. Winter:
basketbal1, volleyball, and tumbling or dance composition. Spring: swimming
and softball or ballroom dancing.
PE 327. Individual Sports (Men). 2 hours fall.
For professional students. Tennis, handbal1.
PE 328. Advanced Tumbling and Aparatus (M~n). 2 hours winter.
For professional students. Prerequisite: ~PEI28.
PE 329. Team Sports (Men). 2 hours spring.
For professional students. Soccer, speedball, vol1eybal1, six-man football.
PE 341. Principles and Practices of Physical Education. 3 hours fall.
An int~rpretative stud~ an~ an~lysis of the principles ~nd p~actices of physical
e.ducatlOn.. th~ough their hlstoncal development and m their present applica-
bon and slgmficance. Sprague.
PE 342. Class Techniques in Physical Education. 3 hours winter.
Organizing and conducting physical-education classes in secondary schools.
Sprague, Puckett. .
PE 343.. Organization and Administration of Physical Education. 3 hours
spnng.
Planning and organizing the use of buildings, grounds, and recreational areastor the physical-education. program; purchase and care of equipment; budget-
mg eqUipment and operatmg costs. Sprague.
PE 359. Care and Prevention of Injuries. 2 hours winter.
Ba?~ag~ng, massa~e, and other ~p.eci~lized mechanical aids for the prevention
of. mJunes. AnalYSIS of types of mJunes; emergency procedures. Prerequisite:
BI 371, 372.
PE 381. Elementary Dance Composition. 3 hours fall.
Analysis of the dance med~u~. and of the aspects of time, force, and space in
relat!~n to movement. Pnnclples of form basic to dance composition. Pre-
requIsite: PE 281, PE 282.
PE 382. Advance Dance Composition. 3 hours winter.
Analysis of dance content and its relationship to form and style. Modern
dance forms. Prerequisite: PE 381.
PE 383. Dance Accompaniment. 3 hours spring.
Functio? of accomJ;'animent f?r dance skills and c~mposition. Types of ac-
compamment-muslc, perCUSSIOn, speech. Prerequisite: PE 381.
PE 384, 385, 386. Dance and Physical-Education Laboratories. 2 hours each
term.
Advanced instruction and practice. Fall and Winter: dance composition.
Spring: ballroom dancing, swimming.
PE 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Thesis based on student's own investigation. Subject chosen after consulta-
tion with adviser. Credit determined by quality of work done.
PE 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Reading and assignments in connection with other courses for extra credit
Honors reading. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. .
232 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
SCHOOL OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 233
PE 406. Special Problems. Hours to be arranged.
PE 424,425,426. Physical-Education Activities (Women). 1 or 2 hours each
term.
For professional students. Advanced practice and teaching techniques. Fall:
folk, square, and ballroom dance. ~inter: badminton, bowling, and small-
court games. Spring: archery, tenms.
PE 427. Boxing and Games of Low Organization (Men). 2 hours fall.
For professional students.
PE 428. Advanced Aquatics (Men). 2 hours.
For professional students.
PE 429. Individual Sports (Men). 2 hours spring.
For professional students. Golf, badminton, squash.
PE 444. Tests and Measurements in Physical Education. (G) 3 hours.
Use of tests and measurements in physical education; evaluation of objectives,
programs, and student achievement through measurement techniques. Clarke.
PE 445. The School Program. 3 hours winter.
Construction of physical-education and intramural programs, on the basis of
accepted principles, criteria, functions, and evaluations; emphasis on integra-
tion with the total school program. Prerequisite: PE 341, PE 342. Sprague.
PE 446. Corrective Physical Education. 3 hours spring.
Survey of common deviations of posture and feet, functional disturbances, and
crippling conditions found in school. c~!ldren. Co~siderat!on o~ the e~tent and
limitations of the teacher's responslblhty for their amehoratlon or Improve-
ment. Prerequisite: Bi 371, 372; PE 472. Poley.
PE 451. Football Coaching. 2 hours spring.
Rules, systems of play, strategy, responsibilities of the coach, public relations,
conference organization. Casanova.
PE 453. Basketball Coaching. 2 hours fall.
Coaching methods and problems. Fundamentals of team play; comparison of
systems; strategy; training, conditioning; rules, officiating; selection of men
for positions.
PE 455. Baseball Coaching. 2 hours spring.
Review of fundamentals, with emphasis on methods of instruction; problems
and duties of the baseball coach, including baseball strategy, rules and umpir-
ing, baseball psychology, training, conditioning. Kirsch.
PE 456. Track Coaching. 2 hours winter.
Principles of training; development of performance for' each track event. Se-
lection of men for different events; conducting meets, officiating. Bowerman.
PE 460. Physical Education in the Elementary School. (g) 3 hours.
An interpretative study and analysis of the functions, purposes, and practi~es
of physical education at the elementary-school level. The program and the sig-
nificance of its elements. Conner.
PE 470. Mechanics of Body Movement. 3 hours.
The influence of mechanical principles and laws upon the functioning of the
skeletal system in body movement, and upon the functioning of the circulatory,
muscular, and sensory systems. Poley.
PE 472. Kinesiology. 3 hours winter.
Action of muscles involved in fundamental movements, calisthenics, gymnas-
tics, and athletics. Prerequisite: Bi 371, 372. Sigerseth.
PE 473. Physiology of Exercise. 3 hours spring.
Physiological effects of muscular exercise, physical conditionin.g, an~ t!aining.
Significance of these effects for health and for performance III activity pro-
grams. Prerequisite: PE 472. Sigerseth.
PE 481. School Dance Program. 3 hours fall.
Dance in education. Construction of dance programs as a part of the total
physical-education program for the elementary and secondary schools. Fes-
tivals and dance concerts. Prerequisite: PE 381.
PE 482. History of the Dance to 1900. 3 hours winter.
Historical survey of the dance and its relationship to other arts prior to 1900.
PE 483. History of the Dance since 1900. 3 hours spring.
Development of the dance, with primary attention to the United States. Influ-
ences of leading dance artists. Dance as a part of the education program.
PE 484, 485, 486. Dance and Physical-Education Laboratories. 2 hours each
term.
Advanced instruction and practice. Fall: technique of teaching contemporary
dance. Winter: dance workshop. Spring: dance workshop, tennis.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
PE 501. Research in Physical Education. Hours to be arranged.
PE 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
PE 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
PE 506. Special Problems. Hours to be arranged.
Study of selected problems in the field of physical education or recreation.
PE 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Seminars dealing with special aspects of physical education are conducted.
Open to qualified graduate students and required of all candidates for advanced
degrees.
Anatomical and Physiological Bases of Physical Education.
Body Growth and Development through Physical Education.
Physiology of Exercise.
Physical Conditioning, Correctives, Reconditioning.
Body Mechanics and Body Movement.
Administration of Physical Education.
Recreation.
PE 515. History and Theories of Physical Education. 3 hours fall.
The history of physical education fI:om the Greeks to modern times. Special
emphasis on modern developments. Washke.
PE 516. Intramural Organization and Management. 3 hours.
Nature and purposes of intramural programs; history of their development.
Departmental organization. Relationship of the program to physical-education
instruction. Administrative problems. Washke.
PE 517. Methods of Research. 3 hours.
Study of the methods and techniques of research in health, physical education,
and recreation; practice in application to problems of current interest. Clarke.
PE 521. Basic Procedures in Corrective Physical Education. 3 hours.
Common postural deviations; causes; basic principles underlying the pre-
scription of exercise for those conditions which may be handled safely by
the physical-education teacher; methods of referral when advisable. Pre-
requisite: Bi 371, 372; PE 472. Poley.
PE 522. Advanced Corrective Procedures. 3 hours.
Survey of the orthopaedic conditions which fall in the province of the cor-
rective physical-education specialist; recommended therapeutic procedures;
the orthopaedic examination; organization of the corrective physical-educa-
tion program in schools and colleges. Prerequisite: PE 521 or consent of
instructor. Poley.
234 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 235
PE 523. Physical Education of the Handicapped. 3 hours.
The major crippling conditions, such as cerebral palsy and poliomyelitis, and
functional disturbances, such as cardiac and respiratory conditions; planning
the physical-education program for these conditions. Poley.
PE 524, 525, 526. Correctives Laboratory. 1 hour each term.
Practical experience in handling corrective cases; to be taken in conjunction
with PE 521, 522, 523.
PE 530. Developmental and Remedial Physical Education. 3 hours.
Programs to meet individual physical-fitness and social needs through physi-
cal-education activities; case-study techniques, developmental programs, re-
medial and restrictive programs, development of social traits; administrative
problems. Prerequisite: PE 444, PE 446. Clarke.
PE 531. Muscle Testing and Therapeutic Exercise. 3 hours.
Fundamentals of muscle re-education. Methods for determining specific muscle
weaknesses; application of directed movement in the restoration of normal
function following injury. Poley.
PE 532. Heat Therapy and Massage. 3 hours.
The theory and technique of the use of heat and cold as first-aid measures and
as adj uncts to rehabilitative procedures practiced by physical educators. The
commonly used techniques of massage, their physiological and mechanical ef-
fects, and their application by the physical educator. Poley.
PE 533. Techniques of Relaxation. 3 hours.
The common causes of fatigue and neuromuscular hypertension; methods of
combating them. Theories underlying techniques of relaxation; application of
those techniques in daily living and in activities. Poley.
PE 540, 541. Statistical Methods in Physical Education. 3 hours each term.
The use of norms, comparable scores, rating scales, multiple regression, curve
fitting, and factor analysis as tools of research and interpretation of physical
growth, physical status, and physical performance data. Prerequisite: elemen-
tary statistics. Clarke.
PE 542. Experimental Design in Physical-Education Research. 4 hours.
Techniques and procedures of laboratory research in physical education; con-
struction of tests; technical laboratory tests and their use; design of experi-
ments: application of advanced quantitative methods. Prerequisite: PE 444,
PE 540, 541. Clarke.
PE 550. Current Movements in Physical Education. 3 hours.
The different schools of thought and practice which determine the purposes
and procedures in the professional field of physical education. Analysis of the
Oregon and other regional public school programs. Prerequisite: graduate
standing in physical education. Washke.
PE 551. Administration of Physical Education. 3 hours winter.
Organization and administration of the physical-education program at the col-
lege level. Rhoda.
PE 556. Administration of Buildings and Facilities. 3 hours winter.
Building layout and equipment; the relationship of the various functional units
-equipment service, dressing facilities, activity spaces, administrative units,
permanent and dismantleable equipment. Rhoda.
PE 557. Supervision of Physical Education for City Supervisors. 3 hours.
The purpose of supervision; supervision of staff, facilities, and areas; de-
partmental organization, regulations, and policies. Sprague.
PE 558. Curriculum Construction in Physical Education. 3 hours.
Basic elements and procedures of curriculum construction in physical educa-
tion; special application at the city, county, and state levels. For supervisors
and administrators of physical-education programs. Sprague.
PE 561. Foundations of Physical Growth. 3 hours fall.
Concept of growth, objectives in studying growth, procedures in collection
and analysis of growth data. Physical growth from the beginning of prenatal
life to the close of infancy. Prerequisite: Bi 371, 372, PE 472, Ed 515; or
equivalent. Poley.
PE 562. Changes in Body Size and Form During Childhood and Adolescence.
3 hours.
Growth in external dimensions and proportions from late infancy to early
adulthood. Differences associated with sex, puberty, socio-economic status,
race, secular periods, health regimen. Prerequisite: PE 561. Poley.
PE 563. Growth and Body Tissues and Organs. 3 hours.
Study of materials important to teachers and others concerned with child
growth. Ossification of the child's skeleton, calcification and eruption of teeth,
morphologic development of heart and voluntary musculature, age changes in
subcutaneous adipose tissue. Prerequisite: PE 561. Poley.
PE 564. Morphologic and Physiologic Appnisement of School Children. 3
hours.
Critical examination of various proposals for evaluating individual status and
progress; emphasis on measurement proposals suitable for use in school health
and physical-education programs. Prerequisite: PE 444 or HE 465. Sigerseth.
PE 566. Research Methodology for Child Growth. 3 hours.
Anthropometric instruments, landmarks, and methods; reliability of measure-
ments and ratings; application of biometric procedures to cross-sectional and
longitudinal data. Prerequisite: PE 561 or consent of instructor.
PE 567. Motor Development in Infancy and Childhood. 3 hours.
Study of the acquisition of motor skills during the first decade of life. Pre-
requisite: PE 444 or Psy 460, or consent of instructor. Poley.
PE 572. Gross Anatomy Basic to Physical Performance. 3 hours. •
Principles and facts in the fields of myology, osteology, arthrology, neurol-
ogy, and angiology of importance to college teachers of physical education who
give instruction in anatomy, kinesiology, and physiology of exercise. Applica-
tion to body movement and performance. Prerequisite: Bi 371, 372, PE 472,
PE 473; or equivalent. Sigerseth.
PE 573. Advanced Kinesiology. 3 hours.
Analysis of complex movements, specialized skills, and mo.tor coordination in
terms of the mechanics of skeletal and muscular movement. Sigerseth.
PE 574. Physiological Principles of Advanced Conditioning. 3 hours.
Physiological principles and facts upon which conditioning for competition in
athletic activities and physical performances should be based. Direct applica-
tion to training for competition in the major sports and individual activities.
Prerequisite: Bi 312, 313, PE 473. Sigerseth.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS AND EXTENSION
PE 411, 412, 413. Physical-Education Workshop. (g) 9 hours total credit.
Courses in Recreation
PROFESSIONAL COURSES
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Rec 350. Sports in American Life. 3 hours fall.
The role of sports in American culture; significance of sports in human
236 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
experience and in the structure of community living; historical analysis.
Rodney.
Rec 391. History and Theory of Recreation. 3 hours fall.
Development of the recreation movement; its cultural, social, and economic
background and significance. Rodney.
Rec 392. Organization and Administration of Recreation. 3 hours winter.
Administration of public recreation; legal provisions, organization, per-
sonnel, finance, records and reports; recreation surveys; legal liability for
injury. Rodney.
Rec 393. Organization and Administration of Camping. 3 hours spring.
Selected organizational and administrative aspects of organized camping,
including camp committees, personnel, budgets, camp sites, publicity, re-
cruitments, insurance, nutrition, health and safety, and policies. Rodney.
Rec 394. School and Community Club Work. 2 hours winter.
Club organization, activities, programs, and membership; significance of
club work in recreational planning. Rodney.
Rec 395. Methods and Materials in Social Recreation. 2 hours spring.
Methods of developing effective group leadership in social-recreation ac-
tivities. Rodney.
Rec 396. Camp Leadership. 3 hours spring.
Preparation of men a~d women for positions in. ca.m'p counseling;. prac-
tical as well as theoretical aspects of group and mdlvldual leadership and
guidance in a camp situation; development and application of outdoor skills.
Rec 415. Recreation Field Work. 1-6 hours any term (9 hours maximum credit).
Supervised field work in recreation centers, playgrounds, camps, churches,
and other social agencies. Rodney.
Rec 497. Recreational Facilities. 3 hours fall.
Acquisition, development, construction, and maintenance of recreational
areas, facilities, and buildings. Rodney.
Rec 498. Public Relations in Recreation. 3 hours winter.
Study of the relationship between recreational agencies and the communi-
ties they serve; policies and techniques fundamental to sound interpretation
and public-relation programs for recreational agencies. Rodney.
Rec 499. Recreation Programs. 3 hours spring.
Types of recreational activities considered in relation to sex, age, and
individual interest, needs, and capacities. Rodney.
GRADUATE COURSE
Rec 553. Administration of Recreation. 3 hours spring.
Organization and administration of recreation programs in recreational dis-
tricts, communities, and municipalities; legal aspects, sources of funds, types
of programs. Rodney.
School of Journalism
CHARLES T. DUNCAN, M.A., Dean ofthe School of Journalism.
Professors: C. T. DUNCAN, W. F. G. THACHER (emeritus), G. S. TURNBULL
emeritus) .
Associate Professors: R. C. HALL (emeritus), J. L. HULTENG, W. C. PRICE, W. L.
THOMPSON.
Assistant Professors: J. W. FROST, C. C. WEBB.
Instructors: B. L. FREEMESSER, R. P. NELSON, W. L. WINTER, JR.
Assistants: J. R. BROWN, C. D. JOHNSON, W. T. TARRANT.
ADEPARTMENT of journalism was organized at the University of Oregunin 1912, and was raised to the rank of a professional school in 1916. Theschool is fully accredited by the American Council on Education in J ournal-
ism in the news-editorial and advertising-newspaper management fields.
The curriculum in journalism is designed to give the student (1) a broad and
liberal education, (2) an understanding of the significance of the media of mass
communications as social institutions, and (3) technical training in the several
phases of news and advertising for printed and broadcast media. In addition to
the professional program, service courses are offered for majors in other fields.
Admission. The major program in journalism is organized on an upper-
division and graduate basis. Two years of work in liberal arts and satisfaction of
University lower-division requirements are required for formal admission. Dur-
ing his freshman and sophomore years, a student planning to specialize in jour-
nalism pursues a preprofessional program which will insure a sound educational
basis for professional study at the upper-division level.
Prej ournalism students are advised: (1) to complete as many as possible of
the courses in liberal arts which are required and recommended by the school;
(2) to gain proficiency in the use of the typewriter; and (3) to participate in extra-
curricular journalistic activities.
In considering applications for admission to major work, the School of Jour-
nalism gives special attention to the previous college record of the student (a grade-
point average of 2.25 is normally required) and particularly to grades in English
composition.
Requirements for the Bachelor's Degree. The minimum requirement in
professional courses for a major in journalism is 36 term hours; the maximum
allowed within the first 186 term hours of an undergraduate program is 46 term
hours. Journalism majors are normally expected to maintain a 2.25 cumulative
grade-point average, with a somewhat higher average in journalism courses.
Course requirements for the bachelor's degree include a basic group of courses in
journalism, required supporting courses in the liberal arts, and a group of advanced
courses in one of four fields of journalism, chosen by the student in accordance with
his main professional interest. The four special fields are advertising, news-editorial
(preparation for writing and editing for newspapers, magazines, press associa-
tions, etc.), the community newspaper, and radio-television journalism. Students
who wish broader preparation may elect courses in more than one of these fields,
but the requirements in one field must be completed. In addition to University
lower-division requirements, the following courses are required of all maj ors :
Liberal Arts-General or English literature, 9 term hours-Shakespeare
(Eng 201, 202, 203) recommended; a lower-division year sequence in history, 9
[237 ]
238 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM 239
term hours; a lower-division year sequence in one of the following fields: an-
thropology, economics, geography, philosophy, sociology; American Governments
(PS 203, state and local governments); three terms of related upper-division
courses in each of two of the following fields: anthropology, economics, geography,
history, philosophy, political science, psychology, sociology (advertising students
may offer BA 435, BA 436, BA 442 as a substitute for one of these fields).
Journalism-The following basic courses: Reporting (J 331) ; Principles of
Advertising (J 339) ; Copyediting (J 434) ; Investigative Methods in Journalism
(J 481, 482). In addition, the courses specified in one of the following fields:
(I) Advertising-Mechanics of Publishing (J 311) ; Advertising Copywrit-
ing (J 446) ; 9 term hours selected from: Newspaper Advertising (J 443), Radio-
Television Advertising (J 441), Journalism and Public Opinion (J 429), Adver-
tising Production (J 440), Advertising Problems (J 444), Advertising Copy-
writing (J 447), Seminar: The Advertising Agency (J 407), Seminar: Public
Relations Problems (J 407).
(2) Community Newspaper-Mechanics of Publishing (J 311) ; Community
Newspaper: Editorial Problems (J 411) ; 9 term hours selected from: Community
Newspaper: Business Problems (J 412), Community Newspaper: Production
Problems (J 413), Journalism and Public Opinion (J 429), Advertising Copywrit-
ing (J 446), Advanced Reporting (J 415), Newspaper Advertising (J 443), Ad-
vertising Production (J 440), Seminar: Public Relations Problems (J 407).
(3) News-Editorial-Mechanics of Publishing (J 311) ; Advanced Report-
ing (J 415) ; Reporting of Public Affairs (J 416) ; 9 term hours selected from:
Magazine Article Writing (J 421), History of Journalism (J 428), Journalism
and Public Opinion (J 429), Magazine Editing (J 461), Community Newspaper:
Editorial Problems (J 411), Interpretive Writing (J 417), Seminar: Public
Relations Problems (J 407).
(4) Radio-Television Journalism-Radio-Television News Program Build-
ing (J 432) ; Radio-Television Advertising (J 441) ; 9 term hours selected from
Seminar: Radio-Television Station Policies (J 407), Seminar: Television Prob-
lems (J 407), Journalism and Public Opinion (J 429), Advanced Reporting
(J 415), Reporting of Public Affairs (J 416), Radio and Television Workshop
(Sp 341), Radio and Television Program Production (Sp 444), Radio and Tele-
vision Script Writing (Sp 347), Seminar: Public Relations Problems (J 407).
Graduate Study. The School of Journalism offers graduate work leading to
the Master of Arts or Master of Science degree. Programs of study include ad-
vanced courses in journalism and in an allied field or fields. Candidates for ad-
vanced degrees must satisfy all requirements of the Graduate School. The School
of Journalism recommends that students not begin graduate study before they
have had some practical experience in the field.
The school also offers graduate work toward a minor in journalism for stu-
dents majoring in other fields (in special cases, doctoral candidates may complete
a minor in journalism).
Facilities. The School of Journalism is housed in Eric W. Allen Hall, a three-
story brick structure erected in 1954 and named in memory of the late Eric W.
Allen, the first dean of the School of Journalism. Fully equipped laboratories are
provided for newswriting, editing, advertising copywriting, radio-television news
and advertising (the school has its own broadcasting studios), photography, and
typography (facilities for advanced laboratory work in typography are available
in the University Press, which occupies the first floor of Allen Hall). Current files
of newspaper and trade publications are maintained in the Journalism Reading
Room; the University Library has an excellent collection of the literature of mass
communications. The School of Journalism receives the regular newspaper, radio-
television, and teletypesetter monitor services of the Associated Press and the
United Press. Offices of the OREGON DAILY EMERALD, the University student
newspaper, are located on the third floor of Allen Hall. The Eric VV. Allen Sem-
inar Room, furnished by contribution from friends and alumni of the school, is a
center for meetings of journalism seminars and student groups.
The Oregon Newspaper Publishers Association and the Oregon State Broad-
casters Association have their offices in Allen Hall. The school and these associa-
tions cooperate in providing placement services for journalism graduates. The
Oregon Scholastic Press also has its headquarters in Allen Hall.
Scholarships and Awards. The following scholarships and awards are given
annually to students in the School of Journalism: Eric W. Allen Memorial Fellow-
ship, Pendleton East Oregonian Scholarship; William G. Gurney Memorial
Award, Sigma Delta Chi Scholarship Award, T. Neil Taylor Awards. For further
information see pages 75-84.
Courses in Journalism
LOWER-DIVISION COURSE
J 211. Introduction to Journalism. 3 hours.
An introduction to media of mass communication, including news editorial,
pictoral, business, and advertising aspects. No prerequisite. '
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
J 311. Mechanics of Publishing. 3 hours.
Printing processes and machinery, including their history; recognition of type
faces, typographical display, copy fitting; typesetting machines, stereotyping,
letterpress, offset, rotogravure, engraving; paper and ink' relationship of me-
chanical to business and editorial departments. '
J 312. Background of Publishing. 4 hours.
Newspaper advertising-space-selling techniques; elementary retail advertis-
ing; layout, copy, use of mat services; rates; contracts. Weekly newspaper
management-income sources, newspaper-business law, newspaper merchan-
dising, commercial printing, cost accounting. Not offered 1956-57.
J 313. Typography Laboratory. 1 hour.
Practice in setting type and making layouts.
J 314. Advanced Typography Laboratory. 1 hour.
An advanced course for selected students showing aptitude, and desiring to
continue J 313. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
J 331. Reporting. 3 hours.
Training in news writing and reporting for newspapers and broadcasting
statio?s. Lectures, individual conferences, and laboratory. Prerequisite: junior
standmg or consent of the dean.
J 339. Principles of Advertising. 3 hours.
Advertising as a factor in the distributive process; the advertising agency'
the "campaign" ; the function of research and testing; the selection of media--':
newspaper, magazines, broadcasting, outdoor advertising, direct mail.
Sp 341. Radio and Television Workshop. 2 hours.
Theory and .application of b:oadcas~ pe:for~ance technique; physical, acoustic,
a.nd mechamcal theory and Its apphcatlon; mterpretive theory and its applica-
tion. May be counted toward a journalism major. Prerequisite: consent of in-
structor.
Sp 347. Radio and Television Script Writing. 2 hours.
Radio and television writing techniques. Theory and practice in the writing
of all major continuity types. Prerequisite: junior standing.
240 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM 241
J 401. Research. Hours to be arranged.
J 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
J 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
J 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
The Advertising Agency.
The Editorial Page.
Market Research.
Public Relations Problems.
Radio-Television Station Policies.
Television Problems.
J 411. Community Newspaper: Editorial Problems. (G) 3 hours.
News and editorial problems of weekly and small daily newspapers; relation-
ship between the community and newspaper staff personnel.
J 412. Community Newspaper: Business Problems. (G) 3 hours.
Business problems of weekly and small daily newspapers; advertising and
rate structures; circulation promotion and auditing.
J 413. Community Newspaper: Production Problems. (G) 3 hours.
Mechanical and shop problems of weekly and small daily newspapers; equip-
ment; financing and evaluating newspapers.
J 415. Advanced Reporting. (G) 3 hours.
Advanced news writing, with emphasis on reporting of city and county affairs;
reporting and interpretation of special news, including business, labor, agri-
culture, and science. Lectures, individual conferences, and laboratory. Pre-
requisite: J 331, PS 203.
J 416. Reporting of Public Affairs. (G) 3 hours.
Newspaper reporting of legislative and executive governmental bodies; p~­
litical news; civil and criminal courts and appellate procedure; legal pnvI-
lege. Prerequisite: J 331.
J 417. Interpretive Writing. (G) 3 hours.
Application of advanced writing tec~niq?e in the a~aly~is and inte.rpretation
of news for media of mass commumcatlon; the edltonal, symposIum, com-
mentary, column, review, and interpretive article. Prerequisite: J 415.
J 419. Advanced Practice. 1 to 3 hours.
No-grade course. Advanced news and advertising practice. Prerequisite:
consent of instructor.
J 421, 422. Magazine Article Writing. (G) 2 hours each term.
A study of the proble~s of writing and sel1i!1~ articles,. with emphasis on the
marketing of manuscnpts. Conferences. IndIVIdual projects stressed the sec-
ond term. Prerequisite: J 331 or consent of instructor.
J 427. Law of the Press. (G) 3 hours.
The constitutional guarantee of freedom of the press; principal Supreme Court
decisions; legal status of the press as a private business and as a public util~ty;
governmental activity toward improving the press; legal controls on p,ubhca-
tion: libel, right of privacy, copyright, contempt of court, censorshIp, and
radio news regulation.
J 428. History of Journalism. (G) 3 hours.
A study of the changing character of the newspaper, with emphasis on !he
contributions of outstanding editors, publishers, and mventors. The evolution
of freedom of the press, editorial and business standards, mechanics, and
advertising practices.
J 429. Journalism and Public Opinion. (G) 3 hours.
Influence of opinion by major communications media; theories of pu.blic
opinion and propaganda; activities of pressure groups and other orgamzed
groups. Prerequisite: J 331 or consent of instructor.
J 430. Comparative Foreign Journalism. (G) 3 hours.
Channels of foreign news coverage, including American and foreign press as-
sociations; analysis of foreign newspapers and study of foreign press per-
sonalities; foreign correspondents; censorship.
J 431. Radio-Television News Writing. 3 hours.
History, theory, and practice of preparing news copy for broadcasting;
adapting press-service copy for broadcast; gathering and writing local news
for broadcast. Lectures, individual conferences, and laboratory. For students
with no prior news experience.
J 432. Radio-Television News Program Building. (G) 3 hours.
Advanced aspects of the preparation, reporting, and broadcasting of radio-
television news. Special emphasis on the building of news programs. Lectures
and laboratory. Prerequisite: J 331 or J 431.
J 434. Copyediting. 3 hours.
Instruction and practice in copyreading,.. headline writing, picture editing,
news display, with emphasis on the newspaper; elements of makeup. The class
edits the daily teleprinter report of the Associated Press or United Press.
Lectures and laboratory. Prerequisite: J 311, J 331.
J 436. Newsroom Policies. (G) 3 hours.
Advanced practice in news editing and makeup, including special pages; news
judgment, ethical problems of news presentation; management of the news
staff. Prerequisite: J 434. .
J 440. Advertising Production. (G) 3 hours.
Instruction in the technical aspects of advertising. Printing and engraving,
lithography, rotogravure, silk-screen process, paper, ink, and color. Produc-
tion planning of advertising materials. Lectures and laboratory. Prerequisite:
J 311, J 339; or consent of instructor.
J 441. Radio-Television Advertising. (G) 3 hours.
A study of the principles of radio-television advertising and of the techniques
involved. The place of broadcasting in modern advertising; methods of
measuring audience, planning campaigns, writing copy, checking results. Pre-
requisite: J 339.
J 443. Newspaper Advertising. (G) 3 hours.
The organization and methods of the advertising department of newspapers
and other publications. Prerequisite: J 339, J 446, 447. .
J 444. Advertising Problems. (G) 3 hours.
The student is given an opportunity to cultivate his judgment through con-
sideration of actual marketing and merchandising problems, in the solution of
which advertising may be a factor. Prerequisite: J 339, J 446.
Sp 444. Radio and Television Program Production. 3 hours.
Theory and practice of production techniques as they apply to major program
types. Critical evaluation of programs, programming patterns, audience-
analysis techniques. May be counted toward a journalism major. Prerequisite:
consent of instructor.
J 445. Retail Advertising. (G) 3 hours.
Study of management problems of the retail advertising department. Ad-
'vanced practice in layout, copywriting, and production of retail advertising
for newspapers, radio, television, and direct mail. Prerequisite: J 339. Not
open to students who have had J 441 or J 443.
J 446, 447. Advertising Copywriting. (G) 3 hours each term.
Training and practice in the art of writing advertising copy for various media.
Study of diction, sentence structure, headlines and slogans, style. Lectures
and laboratory. Prerequisite: J 339.
J 451, 452. Graphic Journalism. 3 hours each term.
Instruction in use of the news camera; picture editing; analysis and influence
of news pictures. Lectures and laboratory. Prerequisite: J 331.
242 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
J 461. Magazine Editing. (G) 3 hours.
Principles and problems of magazine editing; content selection, use of pic-
tures, headline writing, caption writing, layout, makeup, typography; editorial
responsibility. Lectures and laboratory. Prerequisite: J 434.
J 481, 482, 483. Investigative Methods in Journalism. (G) 4 hours each term.
Discovery of enlightened opinion on public affairs. Application of social sci-
ences to problems of the day. Editorial writing. Methods by which an editor
attains authentic judgment. Thesis required.
J 488. The Public and the Press. (g) 3 hours.
Analysis of the role of newspapers, magazines, motion pictures, radio, and
television in a democratic society; the problem of improving the relationship
between the public and the press in the mass-communication process. Not
open to journalism majors.
J 489. Supervision of School Publications. (g) 3 hours.
The teacher's role in guiding student publications in secondary schools andjunior college.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbered 400-499 and designated (G) or (g) may be taken for graduate credit.
J 501. Research in Journalism. Hours to be arranged.
J 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
J 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
J 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Public Opinion Measurement.
Society and Mass Communications.
Interpretive Writing.
Teaching Methods in College Journalism.
Communications Research Methods.
Advertising Problems.
Economics of Mass Communications.
Literature of Journalism.
The Foreign Press.
J 521. Communications Media and the Constitution. 3 hours.
A detailed study of the constitutional problems facing the communications
media of the United States.
J 522. Propaganda and the Communications Media. 3 hours.
Characteristics of the various media of mass communications with respect to
propaganda; the employment of these media by private and governmental
agencieo as instruments of propaganda.
School of Law
ORLANDO J. HOLLIS, B.S., J.D., Dean of the School of Law.
LOIS I. BAKER, M.A., Law Librarian.
Professors: O. J. HOLLIS, C. G. HOWARD, K. J. O'CONNELL, J. D. BARNETT (emer-
itus) .
Associate Professors: JAMES MUNRO, A. M. SINGER.
Special Lecturers: L. D. PEDERSON, K. A. POOLE.
THE University of Oregon School of Law was established in 1884 as a nightlaw school in the city of Portland. It was movt;d to the Eugene campus in 1915and reorganized as a regular division of-the University. The School of Law
was admitted to the Association of American Law Schools in December 1919; the
standards of the school were approved by the American Bar Association in August
1923.
Admission to the School of Law. The minimum requirement for admission
to the School of Law is three-fourths of the total credit required for a Bachelor of
Arts or Bachelor of Science degree from the institution at which the student com-
pletes his prelegal work-but not less than 140 term hours (the requirement for a
student completing his prelegal work at the University of Oregon). The minimum
requirement may include no work taken by correspondence, and may include a
maximum of 14 term hours in nontheory courses in military science, hygiene, do-
mestic arts, physical education, vocal or instrumental music, or other subjects
of a nontheoretical nature.
The student's prelegal program must include: (l) courses satisfying all
lower-division requirements of the University and the College of Liberal Arts;
(2) the first-year basic college course in accounting (BA Ill, 112, 113 or equiva-
lent); (3) a minimum of 36 term hours of credit in courses in the general field of
social science. An applicant who has a baccalaureate degree need not comply with
requirement (I) above.
For admission to the School of Law, a student must have, for all prelegal
work, a cumulative grade-point average of at least 2.25 (computed in accordance
with the system of grade-point-average determination used by the University of
Oregon). This requirement applies to all applicants, including those who hold
degrees.
Applicants for admission to the School of Law must take such entrance or
aptitude examinations as may be required by the faculty of the school.
All students intending to enter the School of Law must file a formal applica-
tion for admission with the dean of the school. Official application forms may be
obtained from the School of Law.
A student intending to transfer to the University of Oregon from another
institution and to enter the School of Law must also submit, to the dean of the
school, complete records of all school work beyond the eighth grade. For failure
to submit complete records, the University may cancel the student's registration.
This regulation applies to work taken at other law schools, whether or not the
student wishes to transfer credit.
Admission to the School of Law is restricted to students who are candidates
for a professional law degree. Students are admitted to the professional study of
law only at the opening of the fall term of each academic year.
Prelegal Program. Students pursuing prelegal studies at the University of
Oregon are enrolled in the College of Liberal Arts during the three years of the
[243 ]
244 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF LAW 245
required preparatory program. They are, however, assigned advisers from the
faculty of the School of Law. The studen.t is allowed co~siderable free10m of
choice in selecting his courses, as long as hIs program provIdes a substanttal cul-
tural background. The prelegal adviser, after considering the student's high-sch?ol
record and any available evidence of his native abilities, assists him in workmg
out a program that will provide suc~ a background. The st~~e?t's pro~ram should
include courses which will enable hIm to meet all lower-dIvIsIon reqUIrements by
the end of the second year of his prelegal studies.
Law students may qualify for a nonprofessional baccalaureate degree after
the satisfactory completion of prelegal requirements and one year of professional
work in the School of Law, provided that they have satisfied all general University
requirements for such a degree. For a nonprofessional degree, the major require-
ment in law is 36 term hours (unweighted) in professional courses. The dean of
the School of Law will not recommend a student for the B.A. or B.S. degree with
a major in law who has been awarded, or is a candidate for, either of these de-
grees with a major in another field.
Registration and Fees. Law students register an~ pay ~heir fees at the times
set in the University calendar for undergraduate regIstratIOn. All law students
pay the regular undergraduate fees, whether or not they hold baccalau~eate de-
grees; if they are not residents of Oregon, they pay the regular nonresIdent fee
(see page 63).
Degrees and Graduation Requirements. The School of L~w offers a stand-
ard curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Laws or Doctor of JUrisprudence degree.
A total of at least three years' resident study in this or in some other law ~chool of
recognized standing is required of every candidate for a law degree, of whIch, nor-
mally, the last two years must be spent at ~his University. ~he School of Law re-
serves the right to withhold recommendatIOn for the grantmg of a degree to any
student who in the opinion of the faculty of the school, does not possess the charac-
ter and abiiities essential to the maintenance of the public trust in the legal
profession. Regular class attendance is required of students in the School of Law.
Credit for any course may be denied for irregular attendance.
An honor system, which has been in operation in the School of L<I;w for ";lore
than thirty years, is applicable to all students in the school. The system IS explamed
to first-year students at an assembly at the opening of the fall term of each year.
Bachelor of Laws. Students who have met the requirements ~or admission
to the School of Law and who have successfully completed courses m law aggre-
gating 123 hours and' have otherwise satisfied the requirements of the University
and the School of Law, will be granted the degree of Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.).
For the LL.B. degree the student must have a minimum grade-point average of
2.00 over the full three years of his work in the School of Law.
Doctor of Jurisprudence. The degree of Doctor of Jurisprudence (J.D.) will
be granted to students who, in addition to satisfying the requirements for an LL.B.
degree:
(1) Obtain (at least one year before completing wor~ for the la:-v.degr:e) the
Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Busmess AdmlmstratlOn, or
an equivalent deg~ee from this University or some other institution of recognized
collegiate rank.
(2) Earn a minimum grade-point average of 3.00 in the School of Law.
(3) Complete 3 term hours in Thesis (L 503), involvin~ the p~eparation,
under the direction of the faculty of the School of Law, of a theSIS or series of legal
writings of high merit.
(4) Comply with such other requirements as the law faculty may froni time
to time impose.
Transferred Credit. A student as a general rule may transfer not to exceed
one year of credit earned in another law school of recognized standing, provided
that, at the time he was admitted to the law school from which he wishes to trans-
fer credit, he could have met the then-existing .admission requirements of the Uni-
versity of Oregon School of Law. In exceptional cases only, a student may be
permitted to transfer not to exceed two years of credit. The right to reject any and
all such credit is reserved.
Application for admission by a student who has attended another law school
will not be considered unless: (1) the school from which transfer is sought is on
the list of schools approved by the American Bar Association and is a member
of the Association of American Law Schools; (2) the student is eligible for
readmission in good standing to the school previously attended; and (3) the
student's cumulative grade-point average for all professional law courses com-
pleted is at least 2.00, when computed on the basis of the system of grade-point-
average determination used by the University of Oregon. Transferred credit will
be accepted, however, only if the student's professional law-school record is of
high quality.
In determining whether a student who has transferred cre<lits from another
law school has satisfied the 2.00 grade-point-average requireme~ for the LL.B.
degree, only grades earned at the University of Oregon will be considered.
In determining whether a student who has transferred credits from another
law school has satisfied the 3.00 grade-point-average requirement for the J.D.
degree, the following rules are applied: (1) If the grades earned elsewhere, when
expressed in terms of the University grading system, are not equivalent to a
grade-point average of 3.00, then both the grades earned elsewhere and the grades
earned at the University will be considered in determining whether the student
has a minimum average of 3.00. (2) If the grades earned elsewhere, when ex-
pressed in terms of the University grading system, are equal to or better than a
grade-point average of 3.00, then only the grades earned at the University will be
considered in determining whether the student has a minimum average of 3.00.
Facilities. The School of Law is housed in Fenton Hall, a three-story brick
structure, with a fireproof annex in which the main book collection of the Law
Library is located. Fenton Hall, named in honor of the late William David Fen-
ton, Oregon attorney and benefactor of the school, was formerly the University
Library. The building was extensively remodeled in 1938 to pcovide a permanent
home for the School of Law. A new Law Library reading room with modern
facilities was provided in 1953.
The holdings of the Law Library total 46,187 volumes, including complete
case reports of the National Reporter System, complete state reports from colonial
times to the establishment of the Reporter System, a substantial collection of Eng-
lish and Canadian case law, codes and compilations of state and Federal statute
law, standard legal digests and encyclopedias, etc. Its periodical collection in-
cludes files of about 190 legal journals. An excellent collection of publications
relating to Oregon territorial and state law includes an extensive file of Oregon
Supreme Court briefs.
The Law Library reading rooms are adjacent to the stacks, allowing students
direct and easy access to the book collections.
Oregon Law Review. The OREGON LAW REVIEW is published quarterly
under the editorship of the faculty of the School of Law, as a service to the mem-
bers of the Oregon bar and as a stimulus to legal research and productive scholar-
ship on the part of students. The LAW REVIEW has been in continuous publication
since 1921.
Order of the Coif. The Order of the Coif, national law-school honor society,
maintains a chapter in the University of Oregon School of Law. The Order of
246 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF LAW 247
the Coif was founded to encourage high scholarship and to advance the ethical
standards of the legal profession. Members are selected by the faculty during the
spring term each year from the ten per cent of the third-year class who rank high-
est in scholarship. Character, as .weB as scholarship, is considered in selecting
members.
Prizes and Awards. The following prizes and awards are given annually to
students in the School of Law: American Jurisprudence Prizes; Bancroft-Whit-
ney Prize; Bender-Moss Prize; Bureau of National Affairs Prize; Nathan
Burkan Memorial Prizes; Lane County Bar Association Prizes; Lawyers Cooper-
ative Prize. For descriptions see pages 81-82.
Courses in Law
The School of Law assumes that its primary duty is owed to the people of the
state of Oregon. For this reaSDtI, special emphasis is placed on Oregon substantive
law and on Oregon procedure. Each course is organized to give the student a
thorough fountlbtion in the fundamental principles of the common law, and an un-
derstanding of the modification of common-law principles in Oregon by judicial
decisions and statutes.
The curriculum is arranged as far as possible to present the fundamental
topics of the law during the first year, and the more specialized subjects during the
second and third years.
The right is reserved to make any desirable or necessary changes in the course
offerings listed below.
.All courses are required except those marked with an asterisk (*).
FIRST-YEAR COURSES
L 412, 413. Contracts. 4 hours each term, fall and winter.
Formation of simple contracts; consideration; third-party be~eficia~ies; ~s­
signments' the Statute of Frauds; performance and breach; Illegality; diS-
charge. P~tterson and Goble, Cases on Contracts (3rd edition). Howard.
L 418. Legal Bibliography. 1 hour spring.
Legal reference materials; legislative enactments; judicial precedents; classes
of law books; training in their use. Baker.
L 419. Common-Law Procedure. 4 hours fall.
Introductory study of procedure in actions at law. The court sy:stem; methods
of trial and appellate review; detailed study of common-law actions and plead-
ings. McBaine, Introduction to Civil Procedure. Hollis.
L 420, 421. Rights in Land. 3 hours each term, winter and spring.
Air space; nuisance; lateral suppor~; water~; easements; . licenses ; profits;
estates in land; concurrent ownership; remamders, reversIOns; uses, execu-
tory interests; perpetuities; descent. Bigelow, Cases on Rights in Land (3rd
edition). O'Connell.
L 422, 423. Torts. 4 hours each term, winter and spring.
Intentional invasion of interests of personality and property; negligence
and causation' plaintiff's conduct as a bar to recovery; liability without legal
fault· fraud a~d deceit; defamation; malicious prosecution; interference withadva~tageous relations. Smith and Prosser, Cases on Torts. Singer.
L 425, 426. Criminal Law and Procedure. 3 hours fall, 2 hours winter.
Source and purpose of criminal law ; elements of specific crimes; factors nega-
tiving or mitigating cupability; inchoate crimes; parties; procedures in crim-
inal actions. Hall and Glueck, Criminal Law and Enforcement.
L 427. Agency. 3 hours spring.
N~tu~e of ag~ncy; crea;tion; agent's du!y to .principal; rights of agent againstprm~lpal; claims of third persons; ratification; undisclosed principal; term-
matlon. Seavey and Hall, Cases on the Law of Agency. Munro.
L 428. Personal Property. 3 hours fall.
Possession of unappropriated or abandoned chattels lost chattels bailments
liens, pledges, accession and confusion, gifts, fixture~. Fraser Ca~es on Per~
sonal Property (3rd Taintor edition). O'Connell. '
L 429. Equity I. 3 hours spring.
Gen~ral nature and availability of equ!tabl~ reme~ies; historical background;
speCific perforrna?ce of contra~ts; m) unctions; mterests typically protected
by. ~ourts of equity. Chafee, Simpson, and Maloney, Cases on Equity (3rd
edition) .
SECOND-YEAR COURSES.
L 432. Titles. 4 hours winter.
Met~ods of conveyanc!ng.; deeds-writing, signature, seal, delivery, accept-
ance, surrender; description; rents; covenants; estoppel by deed; recording.
Bade, Cases on Real Property and Conveyancing. O'Connell.
L 434. Equity II. 4 hours fall.
Vendor and purchaser; c.reation and incidents of the relationship, remedies;
Statute of Frauds; suffiCiency. of memo~andum and part performance; equi-ta~le defenses. and count~rclalms to actIOns at law; equitable remedies for
mlsr~presentatl(~n. and mistake. Chafee, Simpson, and Maloney, Cas,es on
EqUIty (3rd edition).
L 436, 437. Bills and Notes. 2 hours fall, 3 hours winter.
The Ne~otiable Instrume~t? Law; operative facts of negotiability; transfer,
h?lders m du~ course; equIties; the contractual element; liabilities of parties;
discharge. Britton, Cases on Law of Bills and Notes (4th edition). Howard.
L 439. Creditors' Rights. 4 hours winter.
~emedies of and priorities between individual unsecured creditors; exemp-
tlons; fraudulent conveyances ; general assignments and creditors' agree-
ments; ba?~ruPtcy. Hanna and MacLachlan, Cases on Creditors' Rights, vol.
I (4th edition).
*L 440. Insurance. 3 hours spring.
The insurance business; insurable interest; coverage of contract as to event
and insured; subrogation; warranties, representations and concealment Pat-
terson, Cases on Insurance (2nd edition). ' .
*L 444. Quasi Contracts. 3 hours spring.
Histo~ical background; availability and operation of quasi contracts and other
remedies for unjust enrichment; restitution of benefits tortiously acquired or
conferred upon unenforceable contracts or because of mistake or duress. Dur-f1~ and Dawson, Cases on Remedies, Restitution at Law and in Equity, vol.
*L 446. Domestic Relations and Persons. 3 hours spring.
Nature of marriage; annulment; divorce; adoption' legal incidents of status
of husband and wife and parent and child. Jacobs a~d Goebel Cases on Do-
mestic Relations (3rd edition). '
L 447, 448. Partnerships and Corporations. 4 hours fall, 3 hours winter.
Partners.hips, limited partnerships, joint-stock associations business trusts
c?rpora~lOns; pOwers of management; claims against the e~terprise; solvent
dissolutIOn. Frey, Cases on Partnerships and Corporations. Munro.
L 451. Mortgages. 3 hours spring.
Real and chattel; legal and equitable; title, possession, rents and profits,
waste, foreclosure, redemption; priorities; marshaling; extension; assign-
ment; discharge. Osborne, Cases on Property Security. O'Connell.
L 452. Sales of Personal Property. 4 hours spring.
The transaction, the Statute of Frauds, transfer of property; acquisition of
property rights by third persons; documents of title; financing methods;
rights and duties of parties. Bogert, Cases and Materials on the Law of Sales
(2nd edition). Howard.
L 453. Code Pleading. 4 hours spring.
Pleading under the codes and the Federal rules of civil procedure; parties;
joinder of causes; the pleadings; objections to pleading; amendments. Cleary,
Cases on Pleading. Hollis.
L 456. Decedents' Estates. 4 hours fall.
Intestate succession (descent and distribution) ; testamentary capacity and in-
tent; execution of wills; incorporation by reference; revocation; republica-
tion; effect of fraud, undue influence, and mistake; lapse, ademption, and sat-
isfaction; administration of estates. Leach, Cases on the Law of Wills (1949
revision). Singer.
L 457. Legal Writing 1. I hourfall.
Preparation, under the supervision of a member of the faculty, of a manu-
script in the form of a "Recent Case" note suitable for submission to the
Board of Editors of the OREGON LAW REVIEw.
THIRD-YEAR COURSES
L 458, 459. Conflict of Laws. 3 hours each term, fall and winter.
Theoretical basis of decisions; jurisdiction; foreign judgments; right under
foreign law in torts, contracts, sales, security transactions, business organiza-
tions, family law. Cheatham, Goodrich, Griswold, and Reese, Cases on Co»-
flict of Laws (3rd edition). Hollis.
L 460, 461. Trial Practice. 3 hours each term, winter and spring.
Jurisdiction; venue; process; judgments; juries; introduction of evidence;
exceptions; findings; verdicts; motions after verdict. Moot court spring term.
McBaine, Cases on Tt-ial Practice (3rd edition). Hollis.
L 467. Constitutional Law. 4 hours fall.
Study of the Federal system under the Constitution of the United States; the
doctrine of judicial review in constitutional cases; the commerce power; the
power to tax and spend, and the other powers of Congress; residual powers
of the states; Congressional consent to state action; limitations on govern-
mental power to protect life, liberty, and property. Dodd, Cases on Consti-
tutional Law, shorter selection (5th edition). Singer.
*L 471. Legislation. 3 hours spring.
Growth and province of legislation; forms; reform legislation; limitations on
legislation; the legislative process and constitutional control; initiative and
referendum; drafting; interpretation; curative legislation.
L 472. Trusts. 4 hours fall.Nature of trust; express, resulting, and constructive; charitable; cestui's
remedies; transfer of trust property; liability of trustee; investment; ex-
tinguishment. Scott, Cases on Trusts (4th edition). O'Connell.
*L 476. Labor Law. 3 hours spring.
Study of the legal relations of workers and their employers as reflected in
the common law and as affected by Federal and state statutes. Handler and
Hayes, Cases on Labor lAw (2nd edition).
L477. Legal Ethics. I hour winter.
O~~anization of bench and bar' fun .mlm~tr,,:ti?n of )ustice; illegiti:nate cl~o~i of th~ le~al profession in the ad-
and JudiCial ethiCS. Cheatham Case g th PLcttces, can0t;ls of professionalHoward. ' son e egal ProfeSSIOn (2nd edition).
1. 478, 479. Evidence. 3 hours each term f 11 d .P' ' a an wlllter
resumptions; burden of proof' .ud' . 1 . .
acter ev~dence; admissions' real'e~id~~la .nbottce; .~earsay, opinion, and char-
rule; Witnesses. Ladd Cas~s on EVI'de ce, (e3std-evdl. ~nce rule; parole-evidence, nee r e ItlOn) M
*L 481. Trade Regulation. 3 hours. . unro.
Intimidating and molesting dis ara in .,propriating trade values inciuditfg b ~ ~ cFmpetttor s goods or services ap-practices, unfair advertising. r ac 0 contracts, boycotting, unfair price
1. 482. Taxation. 4 hours spring.
Purposes for which taxes rna bel . d d'" .dict!on; taxes: property, inh:ritanc~vle ;, Is~nbution of ta~ burden; juris-le~t~on; remedies. Griswold, Cases a~ds1ft~, I?/ome, pfranchise, excise; col-
editIOn). Singer. a ena s on ederal Taxation (4th
*L 484. Administrative Law. 3 hours winter
The characteristics and histor of the d'·· .administ~ative agency, and l~islativea a~dmstratn:e process; crea~ion of the
formulation and enforcement of th d' ~xecu~lve control of itS action'
scope of judicial review. Jaffe Cases eo aAdllli.st!ativ~ program; nature and
*L 48 ,n mm~stratlveLaw Singer
7. Law of Municipal Corporations 3 ho . . .Th . . • urs sprlllg.
e nature, constitutIOn powers and r bT .St~~on, Cases and Mat:rials on 'the lAta I fltiMo~ ~unicipal corporations.edition). Howard. W 0 unlc~pal Corporations (2nd
L 488. Legal Writing II. I hour fallPr~pa~ation, under the supervisi~n of
scnpt 111 the form of a "Note and Co~ me~ber. of the faculty, of a manu-
Board of Editors of the OREGON LAW Rment SUItable for submission to the
*1.50 EVIEW.
1. Legal Research. Hours to be arranged
Open to third-year students by s ecial arr .Nder the supervision of th~ instiuctor in a~gemfinidon~y. The student works
ot more than 3 hours per term or a total ~f 9s~ e tf e p:i?blem is selected.
*L 503. Thesis Hours to b d ours 0 cre It may be earned.
. e arrange
A maximum total of 3 hours of ~redit may be earned
*L 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged. .
248 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
SCHOOL OF LAW 249
Medical School
M D LL D Dean of the Medical School.DAVID W. E. BAIRD, .., ..'. M d Assistant to the Dean.
WILLIAM A ZIMMERMAN, B.S., Busmess anager an . Ed f
D· M N R N Director Department of Nursmg uca IOn.HENRIETTA OLTZ, .., . ., '
CAROLINE H. POMMARANE, B.S., Registrar.
BERTHA B. HALLAM, B.A., Librarian.
., Medical School located in Portland, was estab-
THE University of Or~!?o~ d t t f Willamette University was mergedlished in l877d· .ThleSmeh Icla. eP19a~3m;r:heo Medical School buildings occupy awith the Me Ica c 00 m. .
109-acre campus on Marquam Hill, southwest of the city center.
. . M di 1 S h 1 which is rated Class A by
Curriculum in Medlcm~. !he e ca st~n~~rd professional curriculum in
the American Medical Association, offers tMedicine Since facilities for instruc-
medicine leading to the degree off Dottor I? 'ted number of applicants, completion
tion provide for the acceptance 0 on Y a Im~ admission to the Medical School.
of premedical requi~ementsJo~~ nlo~ \ua~a~i~~out a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor
A student entermg the e Ica c 00 . ed for one of these degrees at the
of Science degree must comple~e t?e it°~~ re~~I~hich he received his premedical
University of Oregon o~ at t e ms I u I~n f the third year in the Medical School.
preparation, ?efor.e entenng upon th: wor t ~f the colleges and universities of the
The University of O~egon a~ mos a student during his first two years
Pacific Northwest recognize ~!edlt ea~n.ed ~idence toward the bachelor's degree.
at the Medical School a~ crle It ~arnle I; r students planning to enter the Medical
A suggested premedlca curncu urn ~r
School is presented on pages 95-96 of thiS Catalog.
Curricula in Nursing Education. As an integral part of the ~eficallS~~f~gl
N . Education offers a four-year curncu urn e
the Department of ursmg t d t takes five terms of prenursing work at
to the B.A. or B.S. degre~. The s u en t another accredited college or univer-
the University o~ Oregor: m Eu.gene, o~ : d with one term of work on the campus
sit)'. The prenursmg curn~u~u~ ~~ com:~ ea ten-term professional curriculum co-
of the Medical Sc?~ol, a? IS o. ow~ t~ hos itals and clinics of the Medical
ordinated with clinical mSftrNuctl~n mEd eatl·o: also offers advanced professionalS h 1 Th Department 0 ursmg uc . ' h 1 hc 00. e . th fi Ids of general nursmg, public ea t nurs-
curricula for graduate nurse~ ~n e e
ing, and teaching and supervISIOn.. 1 is printed on page 98 of this Catalog.
A suggested preparatory curncu urn
. 1 . Medical Technology. The University offers a four-year
Currlcu urn I~ d' t a bachelor's degree. The student
curriculum in medical technolo~y, i~a :~~ c~mpus and one year at the Medical~;~~o:~~~/c~::ic~U:o~:p~7n:e~ on ~ages 98-99 of this Catalog.
Medical School C~talo~s. Sed~a~ate c~tal~;s~~~0;J~~:~7~n,d~:~e:ei~~~~~:d
tion concerning the curncula m me Icme an n
on request.
[250 ]
School of Music
THEODORE KRATT, Mus.M., Mus.D., Dean of the School of Music.
Professors: E. A."CYKLER,· GEORGE HOPKINS, THEODORE KRATT, ROSE MCGREW
(emeritus),t H. H. MILLER, R. E. NYE, JANE THACHER (emeritus).
Associate Professors: GEORGE BOUGHTON, ARNOLD ELSTON, HERMAN GELHAUS-
EN, S. L. GREEN,· R. S. VAGNER.
Assistant Professors: EXINE ANDERSON, F. W. BITTNER, MILTON DIETERICH,
I. D. LEE, M. D. RISINGER.
Instructors: DORIS H. CALKINS, ROBERT CUNNINGHAM. L. T. ELVIGION, E. L.
MYRICK. C. L. STEELE, JOHN STRUBE, W. C. WOODS.
Assistants: E. ROSALIE BLICKENSTAFF. J. L. DYRUD,W. W. KING, G. W. LoTZEN-
HISER. -
THE School of Music provides, for graduates of high schools and preparatoryschools who have demonstrated talent in music, the opportunity to continuetheir musical studies, either as professional preparation or as an avocation,
and to acquire at the same time a broad general education. Instruction is offered
in the following fields; organ, piano, violin, cello, harp, orchestral and band in-
struments, voice, instrumental and choral conducting, musical theory, composi-
tion, music literature and history, and music education.
A department of music was established at the University of Oregon in 1886.
The School of Music was organized in 1902. The school was admitted to member-
ship in the National Association of Schools of Music in 1930; requirements for
entrance and for graduation are in accordance with the standards of that associa-
tion.
Admission. The major curricula in music are organized on an upper-division
and graduate basis. Freshman students intending to major in music are enrolled
in the College of Liberal Arts and pursue, for two years, a program combining
liberal arts courses with introductory work in music theory, music literature, and
applied music.
The lower-division courses in music are planned to insure continuity of train-
ing and experience throughout the student's undergraduate years. Educational
continuity is further insured through the assignment of members of the faculty of
the School of Music as advisers to students preparing for a music major.
Before admission as majors, students must satisfy all lower-division require-
ments of the University and the College of Liberal Arts, and must complete the
lower-division courses in music listed below as requirements for admission to the
several major curricula.
Facilities. The School of Music is housed in three adjoining buildings, each
planned to serve one of the three principal functions of the school-instruction,
practice. and performance. The landscaped grounds surrounding the buildings in-
clude an outdoor theater. The instruction wing, completed in the fall of 1949, is
a modern brick and concrete structure, acoustically treated with sound-absorbing
materials. In addition to school offices, it contains sixteen teaching studios, three
large classrooms, and a lecture and rehearsal room seating 100 persons. All teach-
ing studios are equipped with Steinway grand pianos. The practice wing contains
forty practice rooms equipped with upright pianos (twenty additional practice
rooms are provided in two temporary structures west of the Music Building). The
• On sabbaticalleave 1955-56.
t Deceased Mar. 14, 1956.
[251 ]
Curricula in Music
THE School of Music offers undergraduate curricula leading to the Bachelorof Arts, Bachelor of Science, and Bachelor of Music degrees, and graduatework leading to the Master of Arts, Master of Science, and Master of Music
degrees. The instructional program is planned to develop not only performers but
also musicians. On the practical side, stress is laid on everything that can contrib-
ute to mastery of the instrument from the purely technical point of view. Tech-
nique, however, is looked upon as a means rather than an end. Notice is taken of
the fundamental defects in most preliminary instruction, and suitable remedies are
provided.The work outlined in curricula leading to the Bachelor of Music degree, well
and faithfully performed, and augmented by experience and continued serious
253SCHOOL OF MUSIC
study, will provide a substantial foundation upon which to bUI'ld f'career. a pro esslOnal
Students are advised not to con e th 1 .
of their study programs The faculty ~/? ~msehves III advance with the details
explain fully general U~iversit re u· vlser 0 w om each .student is assigned will
electives, Ample time is availab[e fo~ ~r::ents,:~ool reqUirements, and desirable
fications and needs in order that h' oroug Iscussion of each student's quali-
one. ' IS program may be a consistent and profitable
!he courses listed in the curricula outlined bel ' . .
Additional courses may be required to satl'sf . d?'Ydarel minimum reqUirements.y In IVI ua needs,
Curriculum in Music Leading to B A B S .designed for students who wish to 1 .. or ". Degree. ThiS curriculum is
subjects. The following lower_div1s~~e equal emphaSIS on, musical and nonmusical
n courses are reqUired for admission:
Appl.ied Music-Instrument or Voice.. ,. -,. Term Hours
MUSIC Theory I (Mus Ill, 112, 113) ..::::::::::::::..···· .. ·..·..················.. · ····........... 6
Band, Orchestra, or Chorus (Mus 195, Mus 19·6·:·~;·'M~~.. i"97 · ·...... 12
It is recommended that student I I . ).............................. 6
ture (Mus 201 202 203) as a se ~ e ect ntroductlon to Music and Its Litera-
tion of the lo~er-division grou con s,equence in arts and letters for the satisfac-
Th f 11 . p requirement.
e 0 owmg courses are required during the student's upper-division years:
Music Theory II (Mus 211, 212, 213)... Term Hours~eYb.oard Ha.r~ny (Mus 214, 215! 216) : ::::::::::::: -- 9
H\,phed MusIc. Instrument or VOIce (upper division) 3
lstory of MUSIC (Mus 360, 361, 362) ::::::::·: · ·.. 6
Band, Orchestra, or Chorus (Mus 395 M 396 M . 9
Music electives (upper division) .........:....~~... ,or us 397)................................ 6
.. 9
Curricula in Music Leading to BMD' .Bachelor of Music degree are offer d' . ~s egree. Curncula leading to the
theory and composition. The foll:wi~g~USIC e~~c~t.ion, applied music, and music
admission to any of these curricula: ower- IVlslon courses are required for
~f~~:~ ~~i=I~:~~";~~~~~~~i~~)~~~~.~~~~ ~e~:ours
Band, <?rchestra, or Chorus (Mus 395 M 396 'M............................................. 9
School m American Life (Ed 310) , us ,or us 397) 6-12
Edu,:ational P~ychology (Ed 312) ..:::::::::::::::::::: · · ·..· · · · · 3
SpeCIal T~achmg Methods (MuE 408) 4~~::~~i~~s~~~~~~t t~~)4i·6):::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ~
Applied Music-Instrument or Voice (M 190 M Term Hours
Mus!c Theory I (Mus Ill, 112, 113) ~.~ _...' us 290) :.................. 6
MUSIC Theory II (Mus 211, 212, 213) · · ·..·..·· ·.. ·........ 12
Keyboard Harmony (Mus 214 215 216) 9
Band, Orchestra, or Chorus (Mus 195, M~·~..i96:·~~·'M~;·i"97 · · 3)............................. 6
It is recommended that student I I' ...ture (Mus 201 202 203) sde ect ntroductlon to Music and its Litera
f
. " as a secon sequence in a t d I t f -
actIOn of the lower-division group' r s an e ters or the satis-reqUirement.
Curriculum in Music Education This . . .
who wish to prepare themselves for the t c?rnculum IS d~~lgned for students
public schools. Options are provided in th eachml
g
add. supervIsion of music in the
of unusual ability may complete the .e voca aJ? Instrumental fields; students
The following upper-division c::~~lrements I~ bot~ fields in five years.
and the vocal options: s are reqUired m both the instrumental
PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Concerts and Recitals. Every opportunity possible is provided for students
to hear good music and to acquire the experience of public appearance. Faculty and
student recitals are presented throughout the year. Concerts are given by the
musical organizations listed above.Music majors are required to attend at least sixty-five per cent of the concerts
and recitals sponsored by the School of Music.
Students of the University are admitted free to the concerts of the Eugene
and University Civic Music Association. This association brings artists of inter-
national fame to the campus each year for concerts.
Music Fees. Special fees are charged for instruction in applied music, in ad-
dition to regular registration fees. These fees are due at the time of registration
each term.The applied-music fees for instruction in piano, voice, violin, cello, harp, and
organ are: one lesson a week, $30.00 per term; two lessons a week, $50.00 per term.
The applied-music fees for instruction in wind instruments are: one lesson a
week, $20,00 per term; two lessons a week, $40.00 per term.
Private practice rooms may be reserved for the following fees: $4.00 per term
for one hour a day; $7.00 per term for two hours; $10.00 per term for three hours;
$12.00 per term for four hours. The organ practice fee is $20.00 per term for one
hour a day.
auditorium wing seats 600 persons, and has a stage large enough to accommodate
a full symphony orchestra. The auditorium is equipped with a four-manual Reuter
organ. The University Theater, on the north campus, provides facilities for the
production of opera.A music library is maintained in the Douglass. Room in the University Li-
brary. The collections include music scores, the complete works of many of the
masters, reference books, and an extensive collection of recordings. The room is
equipped with phonographs with earphone attachments for individual listening.
The music library is partially supported through a bequest from the late Matthew
Hale Douglass, former librarian of the University. The collections also include
gifts from the Carnegie Corporation, Phi Beta, and Mu Phi Epsilon.
Musical Organizations. The University Choral Union, the University Sing-
ers, the University Symphony Orchestra, the University Concert Band, and
smaller ensembles offer membership to all students in the University who can qual-
ify. These organizations afford unusually good opportunities, under the direction
of members of the faculty of the School of Music, for sight reading and for ex-
perience in choral, orchestral, and band routine. The value of thorough and care-
ful study of a large amount of choral and instrumental literature through mem-
bership in such organizations cannot be overestimated by the serious student of
music.
252
254:..... --=.P.=:R~O;:,,:F~E;;:,:S;:.:;S::..;:;I.:::O..:..:N~A,:;.::L:....:::;S..:::C.:.;H:..;;O:..::O;;.;;L:;.;S~ _ SCHOOL OF MUSIC 255
Term Hours
In addition to those requirements, students are advised to elect upper-division
courses from the following:
In addition to the common group of courses listed above, the following upper-
division courses are required in the vocal option:
In addition to the common group of courses listed above, the following upper-
division courses are required in the instrumental option:
Students selecting a legitimate orchestral or band instrument for major study
towards the B.Mus. degree must, in their senior year, demonstrate a thorough com-
mand of the instrument and ability to play satisfactorily at sight excerpts from
symphonic compositions of the nineteenth century.
Before graduation, all candidates for the B.Mus. degree must be able to play
at sight piano accompaniments of moderate difficulty.
Curriculum in Music Theory and Composition. This curriculum, leading
to the B.Mus. degree, is planned for students whose major interest is in creative
work, and whose talent justifies intensive training in music theory and composi-
tion. The following upper-division courses are re9uired:
Violin and Cello Students-A concerto or chamber-music composition equivalent in grade
of difficulty to Brahms' Opus 78; selections from the more important works of some leading
modern composers.
Voice Students-An aria from an opera or an oratorio; a group of classic songs; and a.
group of modern songs.
Term Hours
History of Music (Mus 360,361, 362)................ 9
Counterpoint I (Mus 311, 312, 313)............................................................................ 6
Harmonic & Structural Analysis (Mus 314, 315, 316)......................... 6
Counterpoint II (Mus 420, 421, 422)............................. 6
Advanced Harmony (Mus 417,418, 419)........... 6
Composition I (Mus 414, 415, 416).............................................................................. 6
In their senior year, students who are candidates for the B.Mus. degree with
a major in theory and composition must submit such original compositions in the
smaller or larger forms as may be required by their instructors. Before gradua-
tion they must also be able to play at sight piano accompaniments of moderate
difficulty.
Graduate Work. The School of Music offers graduate work leading to mas-
ter's degrees in the following fields: music theory and composition, instrumental
music, vocal music, and music education. The following degrees are granted:
Master of Arts, Master of Science--for historical and theoretical studies, and
for graduate work in music education.
Master of Music-for graduate work in theory and composition, instrumental
music, vocal music, and music education.
Master of Science in General Studies-a graduate degree for public-school
teachers; the program is adapted to the needs of many students in music
education.
Candidates for the degree of Doctor of Education in the School of Education
may choose music education as a field of major interest.
Application for admission to graduate study in the School of Music must be
made both to the University Director of Admissions and to the dean of the school.
Transcripts of the student's previous college work must be submitted, with the ap-
plication, both to the Director of Admissions and to the dean. The applicant must
satisfy all general admission requirements of the Graduate School, including the
requirement of the equivalent of an undergraduate major in the special field in
which he plans to do graduate work. The School of Music enforces additional ad-
mission requirements related to standards of ability and training in the several
fields. Applications are accepted or rej ected after individual consideration of the
applicant's record in the light of these standards.
9
6
2
3
3
12
12
9
6
6
6
Music Education (MuE 317,318, 319).................................... . .
Choral Conducting (MuE 323, 324, 325) .
Choral Arranging (Mus 357) . .
Instrumental Techniques (MuE 363, 364, 365) , .
Supervised Teaehing (Ed 415) . .
Applied Music-Instrument or Voice (Mus 390) .
Applied Music-Instrument or Voice (Mus 490) ..
History of Music (Mus 360, 361, 362) .
Band, Orchestra or Chorus (Mus 395, Mus 396, or Mus 397) .
Counterpoint I (Mus 311, 312, 313) .
Harmonic & Structural Analysis (Mus 314, 315, 316) ..
Term Hours
Instrumental Conducting (MuE 320, 321, 322)............................... 6
Stringed Instruments (MuE 332, 333, 334).............................................................. 3
Wind & Percussion Instruments (MuE 335, 336, 337)................................ 3
Instrumentation & Arranging (Mus 329, 330, 330......... 6
Voice Class (MuE 351) 2
Supervision of the General Music Program (MuE 426).......................................... 3
Before graduation, students must be able to play at sight piano accompani-
ments of moderate difficulty.
The program outlined satisfies the Oregon state requirements for a provisional
secondary-school teacher's certificate. A fifth year of preparation is required for
regular certification. For further information concerning regular certification, see
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION.
Curriculum in Applied Music. This curriculum is designed for students whose
talents justify intensive professional training in music, with emphasis on ,Per-
formance and preparation for studio teaching. One of the applied-music sub) ects
(organ, piano, violin, cello, legitimate orchestral or band instrument, or vo~ce)
must be carried through the student's four undergraduate years. Students ma)or-
ing in voice must complete at least two years of one foreign language (French,
German, or Italian). The following upper-division courses are required:
Term Hours
Term Hours
Composition I (Mus 414, 415, 416)........ 6
Advancd Harmony (Mus 417, 418, 419).................................................................... 6
Counterpoint II (Mus 420, 421, 422)..................................... 6
Seminar in Music History (Mus 408) 9
Chamber Music (Mus 343, 344, 345).......................................................................... 3
Instrumentation & Arranging (Mus 329, 330, 331).................................................. 6
Choral Arranging (Mus 357)........................................................................................ 2
Choral Conducting (MuE 323, 324, 325).................................................................. 6
Instrumental Conducting (MuE 320, 321, 322)...................................................... 6
Opera Workshop (Mus 398)........................................................................................ 3-6
In their senior year, candidates for the B.Mus. degree with a major in an
applied-music field are required to present a public recital, including the follow-
ing:
Organ Students-A major work of Bach: representative works of the pre-Bach and French
romantic schools; selections from the more important works of modern composers.
Piano Students-A concerto or chamber·music composition of advanced difficulty; a sonata
equivalent in grade of difficulty to Beethoven's Opus 31, E·f!at, or any polyphonic work of
similar grade; selections from the works of romantic and modern composers.
256 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF MUSIC 257
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Courses in Music
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Harp-Calkins.
Woodwind Instruments-Cun-
ningham, Steele, Vagner.
Brass Instruments-Lee.
Percussion-Steele.
Mus 343, 344, 345. Chamber Music. 1 hour each term.
Prerequisite: consent of dean. Boughton, Lee, Vagner.
Mus 354, 355, 356. Band Arranging. 2 hours each term.
Scor~ng for combi!lations of .wind instruments, from quartets to full sym-
phoniC bands; speCial emphaSIS on arrangements for school bands of various
degrees of advancement. Vagner.
Mus 357. Choral Arranging. 2 hours.
Techniques in arranging for various types of choral groups. Prerequisite:
Mus 211, 212, 213. Dieterich.
Mus 360, 361, 362. History of Music. 3 hours each term.
A study of the development of music from primitive times to the present day.
Cykler.
Mus 390. Applied Music. 1 to 4 hours any term.
Junior year. Individual instruction in organ, piano, violin, cello, harp voice
orchestral and band instruments. For music majors. One or two le~sons ~
week. Attendance at class sessions and recitals required. Prerequisite: Mus
?90 or equivalent and qualifying examination for upper-division standing. For
111structors, see Mus 190.
Mus 395. Band. 1 hour each term.
Six hours maximum credit. Vagner.
Mus 396. Orchestra. 1 hour each term.
Six hours maximum credit. Boughton, Kratt.
Mus 397. Choral Union. 1 hour each term.
Six hours maximum credit. Kratt, Risinger.
Mus 398. Opera Workshop. 1 hour each term (6 hours maximum credit).
Study, translation, analysis, rehearsal, and performance of opera from the
classics of the eighteenth cen~~ry to mode\n .~orks. S~all works an:d excerpts
from longer operas. PrereqUisite: upper-diVISIOn standing, consent of instruc-
tor. Gelhausen, Anderson.
Mus 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Mus 407. Seminar. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Mus 408. Seminar in Music History. (G) 3 hours each term.
An inte!lsive study of limited areas of music history, with ~mphasis on styles
of particular composers, schools, and periods. Maximum underO'raduate
credit, 9 hours; maximum graduate credit, 9 hours. Prerequisite: Mus 36(},
361, 362. Cykler, staff.
Mus 414, 415, 416. Composition I. (G) 2 hours each term.
Composition in the smaller forms for piano voice and other instruments.
Prerequisite: Mus 311, 312, 313; Mus 314, 315, 316.'Elston.
Mus 417, 418,419. Advanced Harmony. 2 hours each term.
A study of the harmonic practices of the late nineteenth and twentieth cen-
turies. Written work, analysis, and theoretical research. Prerequisite: Mus
211, 212, 213; Mus 311, 312, 313. Elston.
Mus 420, 421, 422. Counterpoint II. (G) 2 hours each term.
W:iting. of instrumen~al polyphony, based on the style of J. S. Bach. Study
of I.nve:tlble counterpOint and other coun~rapu~tal techniques, with their appli-
cation 111 the canon, two- and three-part 111ventlOn, and fughetta. Prerequisite:
Mus 311, 312, 313. Elston.
Mus 428, 429, 430. Introduction to Musicology. (G) 3 hours each term.
Study of the methods of research in music, and application of research tech-
nique to particular musical problems. Prerequisite: Mus 360, 361, 362; con-
sent of instructor. Cykler.
Mus 111, 112, 113. Music Theory I. 4 hours each term.
Theory I and II are basic courses ~or all majors in the Sc~ool ~f Music. Th~y
provide a thorough groundwork In the elements of musIc sCience-melodic,
harmonic and rhythmic-taught through the analysis of the styles of Bach,
Haydn, Mazart, Beethoven, and o~her .eighteenth- and nineteenth-century
composers. Bittner, Cunningham, Dieterich.
Mus 190. Applied Music. 1 to 4 hours any term.
Freshman year. IndividuaJ instruction in org~~, piano,. vi~lin, cell~, h.arp,
voice, orchestral and band Instruments. PrereqUisite: qualifYing examinatIOn;
consent of dean.
Organ-Myrick.
Piano-Bittner, Green, Hopkins,
Woods.
Voice-Gelhausen, Anderson.
Violin-Boughton.
Cello-Dieterich.
Mus 195. Band. I hour each term.
Six hours maximum credit. Vagner.
Mus 196. Orchestra. 1 hour each term.
Six hours maximum credit. Boughton, Kratt.
Mus 197. Choral Union. 1 hour each term.
Six hours maximum credit. Kratt, Risinger.
Mus 201, 202, 203. Introduction to Music and Its Literature. 3 hours each term.
Cultivation of understanding and intelligent enjoyment of music through a
study of its elements, forms, and historical styles. Elston.
Mus 211, 212, 213. Music Theory II. 3 hours each term.
For description, see Mus 111, 112, 113. Prerequisite: Mus 111, 112, 113. Diet-
erich, Green.
Mus 214, 215, 216. Keyboard Harmony. 1 hour each term.
Application of theoretical principles to the keyboard; exercises in modulation,
transposition, and development of extempore playing. Prerequisite: Mus Ill,
112, 113. Dieterich, Green.
Mus 290. Applied Music. 1 to 4 hours any term.
Sophomore year. Continuation of Mus 190, which is prerequisite. For instruc-
tors, see Mus 190.
Mus 311, 312, 313. Counterpoi'ht I. 2 hours each term.
Practical application of contrapuntal forms, based largely upon the style of
J. S. Bach, employing the form of the invention in two- and three-part
writing. Prerequisite: Mus 211, 212, 213. Elston.
Mus 314, 315, 316. Harmonic and Structural Analysis. 2 hours each term.
Thorough study of formal analysis, including the phrase unit, period, two- and
three-part song forms, developed ternary forms, sonata, symphony, concerto,
etc. Green.
Mus 329, 330, 331. Instrumentation and Arranging. 2 hours each term.
A study of the instruments of the orchestra, together with practical study of
the art of scoring for the various choirs and for full orchestra. Lee.
258 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF MUSIC 259
Mus 431, 432, 433. Advanced Conducting. (G) 2 or 3 hours each term.
The routine and technique of conducting. Problems of th~ sym~hon?, orc~es­
tra and choral groups. Score reading. Actual practlc~ In con uctlng. ~e­
"t M 211 212 213 or equivalent· consent of Instructor. Kratt, Rls-requisl e : us , , ,
inger.
Mus 490. Applied Music. 1 to 4 hours any term. . . .
Senior year. Continuation of Mus 390, which is prerequISIte. For Instructors,
see Mus 190.
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbred 400·499 and designated (G) may be taken for gradaute credit.
Mus 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Mus 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Mus 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Mus 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Composition.
Music Literature.
Music Education.
Music Theory.
Mus 511, 512, 513. Applied Counterpoint. 2 o~ 3 hours each term.
A practical study of the writing of the strict and free-style fugue, both vOl~1
and instrumental. The ~pplication of. I.arger contrapuntal forms; passacag la
and contrapuntal variatIOns. PrerequISIte: Mus 420, 421, 422. Elston.
Mus 514, 515, 516. Composition II. 2 hours each term. .
A ntinuation of Mus 414, 415, 416, applying larger form~ and Instrumentalco~binations. Prerequisite: :Mus 414, 415, 416; consent of Instructor. Elston.
Mus 520, 521,522. Interpretation of Symphonic Literature. 2 or 3 hours each
term. . . h . f
Study of symphonic literature. Presupposes profiCiency llldtec. mquesf0 CO?-
ductin a major instrument. and knowledge of theory an .hlstory 0 musIc.
P g"'t M 431 432 433 or equivalent· consent of Instructor. Kratt.rerequlsl e: . us , , ,
Mus 523, 524, 525. Interpretation of Choral Li~erature. 2 or 3 ~ours each term.
Detailed study of choral literature. EmphaSIS on the cOnductl.n~ problems of
each individual work. Interpretat,i0n, tradition, etc. PrereqUisite: Mus 431,
432,433 or equivalent; consent of Instructor. Kratt.
Mus 526, 527, 528. Composition III. 2 hours e~c~ term.
Intensive work in the larger forms; variations, r0t:Jdo, and sOdata-alde~ro
forms' symphonic form. For students who are candidates for a vance e-
grees in composition. Prerequisite: Mus 514, 515, 516. Elston.
Mus 590. Applied Music. 1 to 4 hours any term. . .
Individual instruction in organ, piano, violin, VOice, orchestral alhd band Gstru-
ments at the graduate level. Anderson, Bittner, Boughton, Ge ausen, reen,
Hopkins, Lee, Myrick, Vagner.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS
Mus 434, 435, 436. Applied Theory. (G) 3 hours each term.
Courses in Music Education
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
MuE 235, 236, 237. Wind and Percussion Instruments I. 1 hour each term.
A t d of the wind and percussion instruments of the orchestra and band.De~i~n~d to prepare teachers in both the elementary and the secondary
schools. 2 recitations a week. Vagner, Lee.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
MuE 317, 318, 319. Music Education. 3 hours each term.
Survey of methods and materials used in the teaching of music in the public
schools, with emphasis on supervision. Fall: elementary school; winter:junior high school; spring: senior high school. Nye.
MuE 320,321, 322. Instrumental Conducting. 2 hours each term.
The principles of conducting and training instrumental organizations; prac-
tical experience in conducting campus organizations. Consideration given to
problems of both elementary-school and secondary-school organizations.Vagner.
MuE 323, 324, 325. Choral Conducting. 2 hours each term.
The principles of conducting and training choral organizations; practical ex-
perience in conducting campus organizations. Consideration given to problems
of both elementary-school and secondary-school choral organizations. Risinger.
MuE 332, 333, 334. Stringed Instruments. 1 hour each term.
A study of the stringed instruments of the symphony orchestra. Designed
to prepare teachers in both the elementary and the secondary schools. 2 reci-
tations a week. Boughton.
MuE 335, 336, 337. Wind and Percussion Instruments II. 1 hour each term.
Continuation of MuE 235, 236, 237. Vagner, Lee.
MuE 351. Voice Class. 2 hours.
Study of the voice problems involved in the teaching of music in elementary
and the secondary schools. Anderson.
MuE 363, 364,365. Instrumental Techniques. 1 hour each term.
Provides a working knowledge of at least one basic instrument in each of
the following three divisions: woodwind, brass, and strings. Designed for
teachers in both the elementary and secondary schools. For vocal music-
education students only.
MuE 370, 371. Music for Elementary Teachers. 3 hours each term.
Music activities for the elementary teacher. An introductory sequence de-
signed to build basic musicianship through experiences related to the teach-
ing of music in the elementary-school classroom. The two terms must be taken
in sequence. Required of majors in elementary education. Nye.
MuE 372. Music Methods for Elementary Teachers. 3 hours.
Experiences in teaching the various music activities in the elementary
schools. Required of majors in elementary education. Prerequisite: MuE 370,
371 or consent of instructor. Nye.
MuE 407. Seminar. (G) Hours to be arranged.
MuE 408. Special Teaching Methods. 2-3 hours any term.
Parallels practice teaching in elementary and secondary schools. Observa-
tions, reports, and conferences on materials and procedures used in music
instruction. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Instrumental: Vagner. Vocal:Nye, staff.
Ed415. Supervised Teaching: Grades 1-6. 3-15 hours (15 hours maximum
credit) .
Ed 416. Supervised Teaching: Junior and Senior High School. 3-15 hours (15
hours maximum credit).
MuE 426. Supervision of the General Music Program. (G) 3 hours.
The general music class in elementary and secondary schools; its organiza-
tion and function. For music-education students following the instrumental
option. Nyeo
260 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
GRADUATE COURSES
Courses numbred 400-499 and designated (G) may be taken for gradaute credit.
MuE 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
MuE 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
MuE 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
MuE 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
MuE 529. Choral Literature for Public Schools. 3 hours.
Repertory of choral groups in secondary schools; problems of leadership,
presentation, organization, and program planning. Prerequisite: consent of
instructor. Risinger.
MuE 530. String Literature for Public Schools. 3 hours. ,
Repertory for orchestra and other stringed-instrument groups in elementary
and secondary schools; problems of leadership, presentation, organization, and
program planning. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Boughton.
MuE 531. Wind Literature for Public Schools. 3 hours.
Repertory for bands and other wind-instrument groups in elementary and sec-
ondary schools; problems of leadership, presentation, organization, and
program planning. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Vagner, Lee.
MuE 532. Problems in Music Education. 3 hours.
Research reports, and discussion of problems and issues in music education
at all levels. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Nye.
MuE 533. Music in the Elementary School. 3 hours.
Theory, supervision, curriculum, materials, and procedures of music teaching
in the elementary school. Research in problems involving music and related
areas of instruction. Nyeo
MuE 534. Music in the Junior High School. 3 hours.
Continuation of MuE 533. Nye.
Department of Military and
Air Science and Tactics
*MERLIN 1. CARTER, B.S., Colonel, U.S. Air Force; In Charge of Air Force
RO.T.e. Program.
tEDWIN B. DAILY, B.S., Colonel, U.S. Air Force; Head of Department.
:j:LEONARD E. WELLENDORF, B.S., Colonel, U.S. Army; In Charge of Army
RO.T.e. Program.
MRoBLEY D. EVENS, B.A., Lieutenant Colonel, U.S. Army; In Charge of Army
RO.T.e. Program.
THE Department of Military and Air Sci~nce and Tactics is organized as aregular instructional division of the University. The department consists ofa unit of the Army Senior Division Reserve Officers' Training Corps, offer-
ing instruction in military science and tactics, and a unit of the Air Force Reserve
Officers' Training Corps, offering instruction in air science.
The mission of the Department of Military and Air Science and Tactics is
to select and prepare students, through a program of instruction at the University
of Oregon, to serve as commissioned officers in the United States Army or the
United States Air Force, and to promote a better understanding of problems and
policies of national security. The program includes a two-year Basic Course and
a two-year Advanced Course.
Basic Course. The two-year Basic Course is a lower-division (freshman and
sophomore) requirement for all men students who are under 23 years of age on
first enrollment in the University and who are citizens of the United States, unless
excused. As grounds for exemption, consideration is given to physical incapacity
and to conscientious objection to military service. The requirement may be waived
or reduced for students who enter the University with advanced standing or prior
RO.T.e. training.
Veterans are exempt from the Basic Course requirement. Members of reserve
or National Guard units are not exempt; however, an obligated reservist will
receive a full year of credit toward reduction of his service obligation for each
year of satisfactory participation in an RO.T.e. course of study.
One term hour of University academic credit is granted for each term of work
completed in the Basic Course. Students in the Basic Course are furnished an
officer-type uniform and all required textbooks.
Advanced Course. The third and fourth years of military instruction, plus
a six-week summer training period, constitute the Advanced Course. Completion
of the Advanced Course and academic requirements for graduation qualifies the
student for appointment as a commissioned reserve officer.
The summer training period is conducted at one of the regular installations
of the Army or Air Force; the training provides application of theory and fa-
miliarization with weapons, operations, organizational methods, and installational
activities. This training is normally taken in the summer between the junior and
senior years.
Students enrolled in the Advanced Course are paid commutation in lieu of
* Appointment effective Aug. 1956.
t Transfer to other duties effective Aug. 23, 1956.
~ Appointment effective June 1956.
HTransfer to other duties effective June IS, 1956.
[261 ]
262 DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY AND AIR SCIENCE AIR SCIENCE 263
subsistence for a total period not to exceed 595 days (the current rate is 90 cents
a day). All payments are in addition to benefits re:eived by vete~ans under the
G.!. Bill of Rights. Advanced Course students are Issued all reqUired .textbooks
and an officer-type uniform. Students attending summer camp are ratIOned and
quartered, are paid at the rate for enlisted m~n of the first grade ($75 a month).
and receive a travel allowance of 5 cents a mile to and from camp.
Students completing the full four-year program receive a total of 30 term
hours of credit, of which 24 hours is upper-division credit.
Admission to Advanced Course. Selections for enrollment in the Advanced
Course are made from among applicants who meet certain minimum requirements.
For eligibility, the student must:
(l) Be accepted by the University of Oregon as a regularlY enrolled student.
(2) Be selected for advanced training by R.O. T.e. officials, with the concurrence of the
President of the University of Oregon.
(3) Be less than 27 years of age upon en~ering the Advanced Ar,"?y Progr~m, or less than
25 years of age upon entering the Advanced Atr Force Program (certain exceptiOns are author-
ized for students with prior military service).
(4) Have successfully completed such surveyor general screening tests as may be pre·
scribed.
(S) Have completed, or received a waiver of, Basic Course requirements.
(6) Be a citizen of the United States.
(7) Be physically qualified for appointment as a commissioned officer.
(8) Execute a written agreement with the United States go,:,ernment to .compl~te ~he
Advanced Course, including attendance at summer camp, and to satisfy the service obhgatlOtl
after graduation.
(9) If an applicant for admission to the Advanced ~ir. Force Program, agree t~ apply for
flying training upon entering on active duty a.s a CO~~lssloned. o~cer, unless specIfically ex 4
empted (quotas for those not applying for flYing training are hmlted).
Relation of R.O.T.C. to Selective Service Act. Enrollment in the R.O.T.e.
does not waive the requirements for registration under the Universal Military
Training and Service Act of 1951; all students who are 1~ years of age ~ust re~­
ister with their local draft boards. Students who can qualify as prospective candi-
dates for the Advanced Course may be granted RO.T.e. de£ern;tent after comple-
tion of one term of the Basic Course. RO.T.e. deferment contmues through the
completion of the Advanced Course and of acaden;tic requirements f?r. a bachelor's
degree, provided the student remains ~n good. standl.ng..Students rec:lv~ngRO.T.e.
deferment are required to satisfy their service obligatIOn as commissIOned officers
after graduation and appointment.
Military Science and Tactics
Professors: COLONEL L. E. WELLENDORF,· LIEUTENANT COLONEL R D. EVENS.t
Assistant Professors: LIEUTENANT COLONEL E. W. RALF, MAJOR T. W. THORPE.
CAPTAIN D. A. DEMING, CAPTAIN A. T. EDWARDS, CAPTAIN A. T. SMITH.
Administrative Assistants: SERGEANT FIRST CLASS R A. GALLIER, JR., VONDA
e. DAVIS.
Technical Assistants: MASTER SERGEANT W. T. ALLEN, MASTER SERGEANT J. N.
BARNETT, MASTER SERGEANT H. G. BOARD, MASTER SERGEANT L. M. O'DON-
NELL.
THE GENERAL Military Science Course offered at the University preparesstudents for commissioned service in any branch of the Army. Every effortis made to assign graduates to the branch of the Army most closely related to
the professional training of the individual and, as far as possible, in accordance
with individual desires.
• Appointment effective June 1956.
t Transfer to other duties effective June 15, 1956.
Students who have completed the Advanced Course, have received a bacca-
laureate degree from the University, and have qualified for designation as a Dis-
tinguished Military Graduate may apply for appointment as commissioned officers
in the Regular Army.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Mil Ill, 112, 113. First-Year Basic Course. 1 hour each term.
School of the soldier and exercise of command; organization of the Army
and the RO.T.e.; American military history; individual weapons and marks-
manship. 3 hours a week.
Mil211, 212, 213. Second-Year Basic Course. 1 hour each term.
School of the soldier and exercise of command; crew-served weapons and
gunnery; map and aerial-photograph reading. 3 hours a week.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSf;S
Mil 311, 312, 313. First-Year Advanced Course. 4 hours each term.
School of the soldier and exercise of command; small-unit tactics and com-
munications; organization, function, and missions of the arms and services;
military teaching methods; leadership. 5 hours a week.
Mi1411, 412, 413. Second-Year Advanced Course. 3-4 hours each term.
School of the soldier and exercise of command; logistics, operations, military
administration and personnel management, service orientation. 4 hours a week.
Air Science
Professors: COLONEL M. E. CARTER,. COLONEL E. B. DAILy.t
Assistant Professors: LIEUTENANT COLONEL L. E. FISCHER, MAJOR J. C. MANLEY,
MAJOR L. E. TIFFANY, CAPTAIN e. I. FERGUSON, CAPTAIN N. C. LAMB,
CAPTAIN M. A. SALEMI.
Administrative Assistants: MASTER SERGEANT W. E. BUSCH, MASTER SERGEANT
L. A. CALVERT, MASTER SERGEANT E. R. GREY, JR., MASTER SERGEANT J. J.
PALMER, MASTER SERGEANT J. D. PERRY, MASTER SERGEANT H. L. WICKHAM.
THE AIR Force Reserve Officers' Training Corps program consists of abroad generalized curriculum of military studies, oriented to an understand-ing of air power and an appreciation of its importance and influence in modern
civilization.
The Basic Course includes instruction in the utilization of aircraft as a
basic instrument of air power, the military and political significance of global
geography, international security organizations, and the instruments of national
security. The course also includes instruction in the elements of aerial warfare,
designed to give the student an understanding of the fundamentals of modern
air power.
The Advanced Course includes instruction designed specifically to qualify the
student as an officer in the Air Force, and to provide him with a sound background
of military training. Emphasis is placed on leadership, management, and ad-
vanced instruction in Air Force subjects.
It is anticipated that, for nonveterans, vacancies in the Advanced Course and
commissions in the Air Force will be limited largely to students who are physically
qualified for, and volunteer to apply for, flight training as pilots or observers. A
very small number of vacancies in administrative and technical fields have been
available in the past for students who are not qualified for flight training; a few
• Appointment effective Aug. 1956.
t Transfer to other duties effective Aug. 23, 1956.
264 DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY AND AIR SCIENCE
such vacancies may be available in the future. Vacancies in nonflying categories are
normally available for students who are veterans.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Mil 114, 115, 116. First-Year Basic Course. 1 hour each term.
Obligations for and significance of service in the Armed Forces. Historical
development of aviation; fundamentals of global geography, international
tensions, security structures, and the role of the United States in world
leadership. Historical development of the Armed Forces as instruments of
national military security. Basic military training in leadership, drill, and
exercise of command. 3 hours a week.
Mil 221 , 222, 223. Second-Year Basic Course. I hour each term.
Elements of aerial warfare; types of targets, weapons, delivery aircraft.
Air bases as platforms for the delivery of weapons. United States Air Force
combat and support organizations; career opportunities. Basic military train-
ing in leadership, drill, and exercise of command. 3 hours a week.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Mil 321, 322, 323. First-Year Advanced Course. 4 hours each term.
Responsibilities and functions of the Air Force commander and his staff.
Problem solving, conference techniques in the solution of problems, and
techniques of oral and written communications. Types of courts martial; trial
procedures and board procedures. Aerodynamics and propulsion, aircraft
engines, navigation and weather. Functions of the air base and of assigned
officers. Field laboratory in leadership, drill, and exercise of command for
cadet officers. 5 hours a week.
Mil 421, 422, 423. Second-Year Advanced Course. 3-4 hours each term.
Mature treatment of military and political factors affecting air power and
its employment. International politics and factors contributing to national
power; power position of individual states and blocs of states, with reference
to military, economic, social, geographic, and psychological factors and
effectiveness of political institutions. Analysis of the art of leadership, funda-
mentals of group relations, Air Force management methods, practice of the
principles of leadership, career guidance, briefing for commissioned service.
Critique of summer-camp activities. Field laboratory in leadership, drill, and
exercise of command for cadet officers. 5 hours a week.
Graduate School
RAYMOND T. ELLICKSON, Ph.D., Acting Dean of the Graduate School.
Graduate Council
R. T. ELLICKSON (chairman), H. G. BARNETT, F. M. COMBELLACK, A. A. Ess-
LINGER, C. W. HINTZ, P. G. HOFFMAN, C. E. JOHNSON, R. A. LITTMAN,
A. F. MOURSUND, R. E. NYE, M. C. ROMNEY, L. R. SORENSON.
THE primary aim in the discipline of undergraduate education is to prepareth~ student. for cultured living and intelligent citizenship, and to acquaint him
. wl.th ~echl1lques leading to a professional career. In graduate study the dom-
lI1ant aIm IS the development of the scholar, capable of original thinking and of
creative achievement in the advancement and,exten'sion of knowledge. Hence, a
graduate degree indicates more than the mere completion of a prescribed amount
of advanced study; it indicates that the student has shown both promise and per-
formance in some field of independent scholarship.
. At the University of Oregon, all study beyond the bachelor's degree, except
strictly professional work in law and medicine, is administered through the Grad-
uate School. The formulation of the graduate programs of individual students and
the working out and direction of these programs are the responsibilities of the
instructional department, subject, however, to the general rules and requirements
of the Graduate School.
The Graduate School, with the advice and assistance of the faculty Research
Committee, also administers the University's program for the encouragement of
research by members of its faculty, through the provision of necessary facilities
and through grants in aid.
Advanced Degrees
THE University of Oregon offers through the Graduate School work leadingto advanced degrees in the liberal arts and sciences, and in the professionalfields of architecture and allied arts, business administration education health
and physical education, journalism, medical sciences (at the Medical School in
Portland), and music. The degrees granted, and the fields in which programs of
study leading to the respective degrees are currently offered, are listed below:
Doctor o~ Philosophy: .anthropology, biology, chemistry, economics, education,
Enghsh, geology, hIstory, mathematics, medical sciences physical education
physics, political science, psychology, Romance langua~es, sociology. '
Doctor of Education: education.
Master of Ar~s. (de~artmental? : anthropolo.gy, architc:cture, art, biology, busi-
ness admll1lstratton, chemIstry, economICS, educatIon, English, geography,
geology, health and physical education, history, journalism, landscape archi-
te~ture, mathematics, medical sciences, music, philosophy, physics, political
SCIence, psy~hology, Romance languages, sociology, speech, urban planning
(also authOrized-Classical languages, Germanic languages).
Master of Arts in General Studies: see page 268.
Master of Sci:n~e (d~partment~l) : anthropology, architecture, art, biology, busi-
ness admll1lstrat~on, cheml~try, c:conomi~s, education, geography, geology,
health and physIcal educatIOn, hIstory, Journalism, landscape architecturem~thematics, medical ~ciences, music, nursing education, physics, politicai
SCIence, psychology, SOCIOlogy, speech, urban planning.
[265 ]
266 GRADUATE SCHOOL GENERAL REGULATIONS 267
Master of Science in General Studies: see page 269.
Master of Architecture: architecture.
Master of Fine Arts: drawing and painting, sculpture, ceramics, weaving.
Master of Business Administration: business administration.
Master of Education: education.
Master of Landscape Architecture: landscape architecture.
Master of Music: composition, instrumental music, vocal music.
General Regulations
THREE classes of graduate students are recognized: (1) those wishing tobecome candidates for a master's degree; (2) those wishing to becomecandidates for a doctor's degree; and (3) those wishing merely to take work
beyond the requirements for the bachelor's degree. Students of the first and second
classes follow programs organized in conformity with the rules stated below.
Students of the third class register for the courses they desire, with the under-
standing that the institution is under no implied obligation to accept credit earned
as credit toward a degree. Whether a student is adequately prepared to enroll for a
particular course is determined by the instructor in charge and the head of the
department.
Admission. A graduate of any accredited college or university is admitted
to the Graduate School if his credentials indicate that he will be able to maintain
a satisfactory scholastic average as a graduate student.
Admission to the Graduate School does not in itself entitle a student to be-
come a candidate for a degree. Admission to candidacy for an advanced degree
is granted only after the student has demonstrated, by passing a qualifying exam-
ination, the thoroughness of his preparation and his ability to do graduate work.
Admission as special students may be granted to graduates of nonaccredited
institutions. After at least one term of satisfactory graduate work in the Univer-
sity, such students may petition for regular graduate standing, and for credit in
courses completed acceptably as a special student. The Graduate Record Exam-
ination may be required as additional validation.
Preparation Required for Graduate Study. Preparation for a graduate
major must be an undergraduate major in the same subject or a fair equivalent.
Preparation for a graduate minor must be at least a one-year sequence of upper-
division work in addition to foundational courses in the subject. Graduate credit
may not be earned in courses for which the student does not show proper prep-
aration by previous record or special examination.
Reservation of Graduate Credit. A senior student who has satisfied all re-
quirements for a bachelor's degree except 6 term hours of credit or less may.
on petition to the Graduate School, be allowed to -reserve credit in graduate courses
for which he is registered for later application as part of his graduate program.
The petition must be filed before the end of the term in which the courses are
taken.
Study Program and Load. Graduate students beginning studies toward a
degree are expected to work out, in tentative form at least, a complete program
leading toward the degree desired. This program should allow sufficient time for
completion of the thesis. Work on the thesis should be begun as early as possible.
The maximum study load is 16 term hours for a graduate student devoting all
of his time to graduate study, and 12 term hours for a graduate assistant or fellow.
Only under unusual circumstances may advisers approve study loads in excess of
these limits.
Grade Requirements. An accumulation of 9 term hours of grades below B
in his major field disqualifies a student for further graduate work toward the
master's degree. To be eligible for a master's degree, a student must present 45
term hours of graduate work with grades of A or B.
Graduate Courses. All courses numbered in the 500s carry graduate credit
as do those in the 400s which have been approved by the Graduate Council. Ap~
?roved courses ~n the 400s are ~esignated in this Catalog by (G) or (g) follow-
1I1g the course title. Courses deSIgnated (G) may form a part of either a major or
a minor; courses designated (g) may be taken toward a minor only. Graduate
students taking courses in the 400s are expected to do work of a higher order and
broader scope than the work of undergraduate students in the same courses.
Undergraduate enrollment in 400 courses designated (G) is restricted to seniors'undergr~duate enrollment in 400 courses designated (g) is restricted to junior~
and semors.
Fees and Deposits. The regular fees and tuition for graduate students total
$6~.00 per term. ?tudents holding graduate or research assistantships or fellow-
shIps pay a special reduced fee of $25.00 per term. Students enrolled in the
Graduate School do not pay the nonresident fee. Graduate students registered
for 6 term hours. of work or less pay the regular part-time fee. Payment of
graduate fees entitles the student to all services maintained by the University
for the benefit of students.
Graduate students must make a $10.00 deposit once each year at the time
of ~rst registration; the deposit is required as a protection to the University
aga1l1st the loss or damage of institutional property.
A special fee of $20.00 is paid by all students who are granted the Ph.D. or
D.Ed. degree (except majors in physical education) to cover the cost of the micro-
fil~ing of their theses; .the theses of physical-education majors are reproduced on
mlcrocards under a natIOnal program sponsored by the profession.
For more detailed information on fees and deposits, see pages 63-65.
MASTER OF ARTS AND MASTER OF SCIENCE
Credit Requirements. For the departmental Master of Arts or Master of
Science degree, the ?tudent must complete a program of study totaling not less
than 45 term hours 111 courses approved for graduate credit. A minimum of two-
thirds of the work (30 term hours) must be in the major. One-third (15 term
ho~rs) may be in: (1) a relate~ minor; .(2) appropriate service courses; (3)
SUItable complementary courses 111 the maJor; or (4) some combination of (2)
and (3). The student's program must include at least 30 term hours of work
in subjects having no direct connection with his thesis. A strong minor is recom-
mended, especially for candidates for the M.S. degree.
Residence Requirement. The residence requirement for the M.A. and M.S.
degrees (and for all other master's degrees except the M.Ed. and the M.A. in
General Studies) is 30 term hours of work on the Eugene campus or at the Medical
School in Portland.
Transferred Credit. Credit earned at other accredited institutions or in the
General Extension Division of the Oregon State System of Higher Education,
may be counted toward the master's degree under the following conditions: (1)
total of transferred credit may not exceed 15 term hours; (2) the courses must be
relevant to the degree program as a whole; (3) the transfer must be approved by
the student's major department and by the Graduate School; (4) the grades
earn~dmust be A or B. Graduate credit is not allowed for correspondence courses.
CredIt granted for work done at another institution is tentative until validated
by work in residence. (See also "Time Limit" below).
268 GRADUATE SCHOOL GENERAL REGULATIONS 269
Language Requirements. For the M.A. degree, the student must show, by
examination or by adequate undergraduate courses (two years of college work),
a reading knowledge of one foreign language, preferably French or German.
By petition to the dean of the Graduate School, a student may be permitted to
substitute another language, if it is equally relevant to his program of graduate
studies. For the M.S. degree there is no foreign-language requirement, unless
a language is required by the school or department.
Course Requirements. For the departmental M.A. or M.S. degree, at least
one year sequence in the 500-599 series (normally of seminar or research nature
and carrying approximately 3 hours of credit per term) is required.
Time Limit. All work toward the master's degree (including work for which
credit is transferred from another institution, thesis, and the final examination)
must be completed within a period of seven years.
Qualifying Examination. A student wishing to become a candidate for a
master's degree is given a qualifying examination designed to test his basic train-
ing and his ability to pursue studies at the graduate level in his chosen field. This
examination may be oral or written or both, and may cover any work done at
another institution for which transfer of credit is requested. It is expected that
the examination be taken before the student has completed 15 term hours of
graduate work. If satisfactory knowledge and ability are demonstrated, the
student is formally advanced to candidacy for the degree sought, subject to the
approval of the dean of the Graduate School.
A graduate of the University who has taken the bachelor's degree with
honors in the field of his graduate major is ordinarily exempt from the qualifying
examinations.
Thesis. In some schools and departments, all candidates for the M.A. or M.S.
degree are required to present a thesis; in others the thesis is optional.
If a thesis is presented, the student must file in the Graduate Office, not less
than two weeks before the date of his final oral examination, six copies of a thesis
abstract not exceeding 500 pages in length. Three copies of the complete thesis
must be distributed by the candidate to the members of his examining committee.
At the conclusion of the final examination, these copies are filed unbound in the
Graduate Office, and are bound at the expense of the University. Two copies are
deposited in the Library, and one becomes the property of the major department.
One of the Library copies is available for general circulation.
Full information concerning the prescribed style for theses may be obtained
in the Graduate Office.
Students are not allowed to register for the final hours of Thesis unless it is
very probable that the thesis will be completed within the term.
Final Examination. A final examination is required of every candidate for a
master's degree. For students presenting a thesis, the examination is oral and of
not less than two hours' duration. For students not presenting a thesis, an oral
examination of not less than one hour and a written examination are required.
The examining committee consists of at least three members-two in the
student's major field, one in the minor field. The examining committee is nomi-
nated by the student's adviser, subject to the approval of the dean of the Gradu-
ate School, who is ex officio a member of all examining committees.
A student passing a final examination with exceptional merit may, by vote
of the examining committee, be awarded a master's degree with honors.
MASTER OF ARTS IN GENERAL STUDIES
The University offers the degree of Master of Arts in General Studies in
fields in which graduate work is allocated to the institution. This degree is
granted for achievement in cultural scholarship, not for specialized work in one
of the traditional fields of learning. The student pursues a program of study
selected from the offerings of not less than three departments or schools. The
requirements are flexible, but the work must be integrated. The student's thesis
provides the focus which determines the selection of courses for his program.
On the recommendation of the student's adviser, the foreign-language require-
ment may be waived.
The residence requirement for the M.A. in General Studies is the same as for
a departmental master's degree (see page 267), except that 33 of the 45 term
hours of work required may be taken in the Portland Extension Center or in ap-
proved courses in the General Extension Division. The remaining 12 hours must
be earned on the Eugene campus, and of these 12 hours at least 10 must be earned
in one term or summer session.
The program is supervised by the Committee on General Studies, of which
Dr. L. R. Sorenson, associate professor of history, is chairman.
In addition to courses chosen from the offerings of the several University
schools and departments, the following couI-ses are available for the general-
studies student:
GSt 501. Research in General Studies. Hours to be arranged.
GSt 503. Graduate Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
GSt 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN GENERAL STUDIES
The University offers a program of graduate study planned especially for
students working toward the satisfaction of the Oregon state requirement of a
fifth year of college work for regular high-school teacher certification. The pro-
gram leads to the degree of Master of Science in General Studies.
Enrollment in the program is open to any person who is eligible for admis-
sion to the Graduate School; the student must, however, have a reasonable back-
ground of undergraduate study in the fields or departments in which he proposes
to work, and must complete prerequisites for specific graduate courses. The re-
quirements for the degree of M.S. in General Studies are:
(1) A total of between 45 and 51 term hours in graduate courses, distributed
in accordance with (a) and (b), below:
(a) A total of 36 term hours in graduate courses in fields of study other than
education, including normally not more than 21 term hours in one field. At least
6 term hours must be in 500 courses in one department or school; the student's
program must be planned to provide well-rounded knowledge and must not be
made up of scattered, unrelated courses.
(b) Between 9 and 15 term hours in graduate courses in the field of education,
the number of hours to be determined on the basis of the work in education com-
pleted by the student as an undergraduate. (The Oregon state teacher-certification
requirement specifies 9 term hours of graduate work in education and 6 term hours
in education electives, which may be taken either at the undergraduate or the
graduate level; students who take these electives in the fifth year must complete
a total of 15 term hours of graduate work in education to qualify for the degree
of M.S. in General Studies).
(2) Satisfaction of the regular requirements of the Graduate School for the
master's degree, except that no thesis is required.
The program is administered by the dean of the Graduate School and super-
vised by the Committee on General Studies, of which Dr. L. R. Sorenson, asso-
ciate professor of history, is chairman.
270 GRADUATE SCHOOL GENERAL REGULATIONS 271
MASTER OF EDUCATION
The Master of Education is a professional degree in the field of education.
Programs of study leading to this degree are designed to provide graduate tra~n­
ing for teachers in either the elementary or the secondary schools. At the dIs-
cretion of the faculty of the School of Education, the candidate may be required
to submit a report of a field study. Two comprehensive written final examinations
are required, one in the candidate's area of concentration, the other in the more
general functional areas of teaching.
The residence requirement for the M.Ed degree is the same as for the M.A.
or M.S. degree (see page 267), except that 33 of the 45 term hours of work re-
quired may be taken in the Portland Extension Center or in approved courses in
the General Extension Division. The remaining 12 hours must be earned on the
Eugene campus, and of these 12 hours at least 10 must be earned in one term or
summer session.
MASTER OF FINE ARTS
Work leading to the Master of Fine Arts degree is offered in four fields:
drawing and painting, sculpture, ceramics, weaving. The requirements ~nclude
the completion of an extended creative project of professional character, mstead
of a thesis. After a qualifying examination, a minimum of three terms are devoted
to the terminal creative project and related course work. Since, however, the degree
is awarded primarily for creative achievement, there is considerable individual
variation in the time required. The student chooses his project and related courses
with the advice of a committee of members of the faculty of the School of Archi-
tecture and Allied Arts. For further information, see page 175.
MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE
The requirements for the degree of Master of Architecture are listed on
page 175.
MASTER OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE
The requirements for the degree of Master of Landscape Architecture are
listed on page 175.
MASTER OF MUSIC
Work leading to the degree of Master of Music is offered in three fields:
composition, instrumental music, and vocal music. To be admitted to candidacy
for the M.Mus. degree in the field of composition, the student must demonstrate
the requisite skills and abilities for creative work, and must submit two original
compositions. To be admitted to candidacy for the degree in the .fi~ld of. instru-
mental or vocal music, the student must demonstrate the requISIte skills and
abilities for professional performance, and must submit a complete. ~epertory.
The "thesis" for the M.Mus. degree may be a research paper, an ongmal com-
position in the large form, or a public instrumental or vocal performance. The
student of vocal music must demonstrate a reading knowledge of at least two
foreign languages and satisfactory diction in a third.
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
General Requirements. The degree of Doctor of Philosophy is granted
primarily for attainments and proven ability. Requirements of time and ~redit are
secondary; but no candidate will be recommended for the degree until he has
satisfied the minimum requirements of residence and study.
A student whose academic work, both undergraduate and graduate, has been
primarily at the University of Oregon will ordinarily be required to take graduate
work at another institution before being accepted as a candidate for the Ph.D.
degree. Exceptions to this rule may be made by the dean of the Graduate School
upon recommendation of the maj or school or department.
Qualifying Examination. Early in his doctoral program, the student takes a
qualifying examination as prescribed by the major school or department. This
examination may cover any work done at another institution for which trans-
ferred credit is requested. An exceptionally good performance on the final exam-
inations for the master's degree may be accepted as satisfying the qualifying-exam-
ination requirement.
Doctoral Program. The student plans his doctoral program with the assist-
ance of his major adviser. As soon as he has passed his qualifying examination,
his program is presented for approval to an advisory committee, appointed by
the dean of the Graduate School. The committee determines the amount of work
the student is expected to do outside his major school or department, in light of his
background and objectives.
Residence. For the Ph.D. degree, at least three years of full-time work be-
yond the bachelor's degree are required, of which at least one year (usually the
last) must be spent in residence on the Eugene campus of the University of Oregon
or at the University of Oregon Medical School in Portland.
Comprehensive Examinations. The student working toward the Ph.D. de-
gree must pass a group of comprehensive preliminary examinations (oral or writ-
ten or both) not less than one academic year before he expects to receive the degree.
These examinations are expected to cover all areas of concentration and may cover
any supporting area if this seems desirable to the advisory committee. Advancement
to candidacy is contingent on passing these examinations. The student is not eligible
to take the examinations until he has satisfied the language requirement and has
taken substantially all the course work for the degree.
Language Requirements. For the Ph.D. degree, a reading knowledge of
French and German must be demonstrated by a formal examination in each
language. These examinations should be taken as early as possible after the be-
ginning of graduate work, and must be passed before the comprehensive examina-
tions may be taken. Another foreign language may, with the approval of the
Graduate Council, be substituted for either French or German if, in the opinion
of the student's advisory committee, it will be of more value in his program.
Thesis. Every candidate for the Ph.D. degree must submit a thesis embodying
the results of research, and showing evidence of originality and ability in inde-
pendent investigation. The thesis must be a real contribution to knowledge, based
on the candidate's own investigations. It must show a mastery of the literature
of the subject, and be written in creditable literary form. It is expected that the
preparation of an acceptable thesis will require at least the greater part of an
academic year.
Three copies of the thesis, approved by the adviser, must be distributed by
the student, unbound, to the members of his examining committee not less than four
weeks before the time set for his final examination; at the conclusion of the
examination, these copies are deposited in the Graduate Office. Seven copies of an
abstract of the approved thesis (not longer than 1,500 words) must be filed in the
Graduate Office four weeks before the examination.
Final Examination. The final examination for the Ph.D. degree may be
written in part, but must include an oral examination, usually of three hours'
272 GRADUATE SCHOOL ASSISTANTSHIPS, SCHOLARSHIPS, FELLOWSHIPS 273
duration. The oral examination is open to all members of the faculty and to ad-
vanced graduate students. The date of the oral examination is publicly announced
at least one week before it is held. The examining committee consists of the
candidate's advisory committee and other members, including at least one not
directly connected with the major department. The committee is nominated by
the major department or school, subject to the approval of the dean of the Gradu-
ate School.
In the oral examination the candidate is expected to defend his thesis and
to show a satisfactory knowledge of his major field. The written examination, if
given, is expected to cover aspects of the major field with which the thesis is
not directly concerned.
DOCTOR OF EDUCATION
General Requirements. The degree of Doctor of Education is granted in
recognition of mastery of theory, practices, and research in professional educa-
tion. Programs of study are offered with primary areas of specialization in gen-
eral administration and supervision, curriculum and instruction, elementary edu-
cation, secondary education, educational psychology and measurement, special
education, music education, and health and physical education. In addition to a
primary area of specialization, the student's plan of study should include work
in supporting areas of education, foundation areas, a research area, and some
noneducation courses related to his program. There is no specific foreign language
requirement for the D.Ed. degree; however, a student whose fields of training or
whose research project calls for a reading knowledge of one or more foreign
languages may be required to demonstrate the needed linguistic ability. With the
exceptions indicated in this section, the general requirements with respect to the
qualifying examination, residence, comprehensive examinations, thesis, and fin'll
examinations for the D.Ed. degree are the same as those Ii~ted above for the
Ph.D. degree.
Admission to the D.Ed. Program. A student seeking admission to the pro-
gram leading to the D.Ed. degree should obtain from the School of Education a
mimeographed statement of the basic requirements for doctoral degrees in edu-
cation and an application form for admission to the degree program. The student
should then seek the assistance of a member of the faculty to aid him in developing
a tentative doctoral program. As soon as he has passed his qualifying examina-
tion, he may meet with the Doctoral Admissions Committee of the School oJ
Education. This committee will consider his qualifications for admission to the pro-
gram and determine the nature and extent of work to be completed for the degree.
Thesis. The doctoral dissertation may be either a report of research which
makes an original contribution to knowledge or a study in which the student
deals with knowledge already available and produces a constructive result of
importance and value for educational practice. The dissertation proposal should
be developed early in the doctoral program.
Advancement to Candidacy. Advancement to candidacy for the D.Ed. de-
gree is based on proficiency shown in the comprehensive examinations and the
recommendation of a doctoral advisory committee. The comprehensive examina-
tions may be taken only after the student has (I) been admitted to the degree pro-
gram, (2) completed approximately' two-thirds of the total course work in his
program, (3) obtained approval of his dissertation proposal by his advisory
committee, and (4) received the consent of his adviser to take the examinations.
Assistantships, Scholarships, and Fellowships
GRADUATE and research assistantships, scholarships, and fellowshipsare awarded a~nually to ~raduates of accredited universities and collegesw~~ have supenor records In their undergraduate work. All persons holdingthes~ posItions are expected to registe.r in the Graduate School, and to becomecandl~at~s for advanced degrees. Apphcations should be made before March 15
Apphcatton ?Ian~s are. furnished on request by the Graduate School. .
. The Umverslty Will welcome the submission of Graduate Record Examina-
~on ~cores b~ students a~plying !or ~ssistantships, scholarships, or fellowships.o~ mform~tlOn about thiS eXamInation, write to Educational Testing Service
Pnnceton, N. ]., or 4640 Hollywood Blvd., Los Angeles 27, Cal. '
Graduate Assistantships. Graduate assistants render services amounting to
not .more than 15 hours a v.:eek-reading papers, handling laboratory and quiz
sectIOns, etc. T~ey are permitted to enroll f&r a maximum of 12 term hours of
cours~ work. Stipends range from $900 to $1,400 a year. Graduate assistants pay
a speCial reduced fee of $25.00 per term.
. Research Assi~tantships.Research assistants aid faculty members in carry-
Ing on research proJects.. Compensation, fees, and enrollment limitations are the
same as for graduate assistants.
Teaching a~d Research Fellowships. Fellows are normally candidates for
the doctorate, With at I~ast one year of markedly superior work toward that de-
gree completed.. TeachIng fellows give instructional assistance in their depart-
ll!ents. The duties of research fellows are similar to the duties of research as-slst~nts; ~ellows are, however, expected to assume greater responsibility in con-
nectIOn With the rest;arch projects to which they are assigned. Fellows are allowed
to enroll for a maximum of 12 term hours of course work. Stipends range from
$1,200 to $1,600 a year. Fellows pay a special reduced fee of $25.00 per term.
State Scholarships. A limited number of scholarships covering tuition andlabor~t?ry and cours~ fees are available to graduate students. All applicants, to
be eltglble, must be m need of financial assistance and must show'd f
. hi' " , eVl ence 0
supenor s~ 0 arshlp. Ap~ltca~lOn shoul~ be made to the chairman, Committee on
Scholarships and Grants m Aid, on offiCial blanks furnished by 'his office and mu t
be filed before March 1. ' s
. Other Sc~olar~hips and Fellowships. Other scholarships and fellowshipsa~v~llable to Umverslty graduate students are listed on pages 74-80. See especially'
Enc. W. Allen Memorial Fellowship, Robert A. Booth Fellowship in Publi~
SerVice, Thomas Condon Fellowship in Palaeontology ~Kaud Den M'F II h' I" , .LH smore USIC~ ows Ip, on LeWIS :Scholarship in Architecture, Arthur P. Pratt Scholar h'
Zimmerman Scholarship. Sip,
Graduate Work at the Medical School
T~E University of Oregon Medical School offers graduate instruction lead-Ing to t~e Master .of Ar~s, Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy
degrees In the medical sc~ences (anatomy, bacteriology, biochemistry, path-
ology, pharmacology, and physIOlogy) and to the M.S. degree in nursing education
Graduate degrees earned at the Medical School are conferred by th U' .'
of 0 d' b e mverslty
regon, ~p.on recommen atlon y the faculty of the Medical School. In addition
to opportUnIties for graduate study and research in the preclinical depa t t
arrangements may be made for. special study of clinical problems by expe;i:::~~t:i
methods, through the cooperation of the preclinical and clinical departm t I
t d t d . k f . . en s. nsome cases, s u en s omg wor 0 thiS kmd may qualify for graduate degrees.
274 GRADUATE SCHOOL
Graduate Work in the Portland Center
PART of the requirements for master's degrees may be completed in the .Por~­land Extension Center of the Oregon State System of Higher EducatIOn, Ifadequate course offerings are available for an integrated program in the
fields in which the student wishes to work. .
The maximum amount of work which may be completed I? the Portland
Center toward the departmental Master of Arts or Master of SCience degree or
the Master of Science in General Studies is 15 term ho.urs. A total of 33 term hours
of work toward the Master of Arts in General Studies or the Master of Educa-
tion degree may be completed in the Portland Center.
Graduate work beyond the master's degree is not offered in the Portland
Center.
Summer Sessions
PAUL B. JACOBSON, Ph.D., Director of Summer Sessions.
THE regular sessions of the University are supplemented by an annual eight-week summer session. The summer program includes courses both for under-graduate and for graduate students; special attention is given to the needs
of teachers in the public school.
Students who wish to earn credit toward degrees from the University of
Oregon through summer study must satisfy the regular University requirements
for admission, and should file credentials in the Registrar's Office as early as pos-
sible before the opening of the summer session (for credentials required, see
pages 54-55.
The 1956 summer session opens on Jun1! 18 and closes on August 10. For
the 1957 summer calendar, see page 9.
Detailed announcements of summer courses are included in a special Catalog,
published annually in March. Copies will be furnished on request to the Director
of Summer Sessions.
[275 ]
GENERAL EXTENSION DIVISION 277
General Extension Division
PHILIP G. HOFFMAN, Ph.D., Dean, General Extension Division; Professor of
History.
VIRON A. MOORE, Ed.D., Assistant Dean, General Extension Division; Director,
Department of State-Wide Services; Professor of Education.
JAMES C. CAUGHLAN, Ph.D., Assistant Dean, General Extension Division; Di-
rector Portland Extension Center; Professor of Education.
DONALD R. LARSON, B.A., Assistant to the Dean, General Extension Division;
Director, Information Services; Assistant Professor of Journalism.
CLARK P. SPURLOCK, D.Ed., Assistant Director, Portland Extension Center;
Associate Professor of History.
HOWARD J. AKERS, D.Ed., Administrative Assistant, Department of State-Wide
Services; Head, Office of Correspondence Study; Associate Professor of
Education.
W. CURTIS REID, Ph.D., Director, Department of Visual Instruction; Professor
of Visual Instruction.
JAMES M. MORRIS, B.S., Program Manager, Radio Station KOAC; Associate
Professor of Radio Education.
THROUGH extension services the benefits of all Oregon state institutions ofhigher education are brought to the people of the state in their own com-munities. All divisions of the Oregon State System of Higher Education seek,
through all suitable means, to serve the entire state so far as resources and facilities
permit. All extension activities of the institutions of the State System are ad-
ministered through two coordinated extension services: the General Extension
Division and the Federal Cooperative Extension Service.* The latter includes all
extension activities carried on jointly with the Federal government.
The General Extension Division serves the people of the state through adult
education by means of evening extension classes, correspondence study, visual in-
struction, radio, and television. Administratively, it is directly responsible to the
office of the Chancellor and is organized into the following departments: at
Eugene, Department of State-Wide Services, including Office of Corresdondence
Study; at Corvallis: Department of Visual Instruction and Radio Station KOAC;
at Portland: Office of the Dean and the Portland Extension Center.
Portland Extension Center. The General Extension Division offers in the
Portland Extension Center a broad program of undergraduate and graduate
courses representative of the various State System campus offerings. Instructors
are drawn from the campus faculties, from private college faculties, and from
professional authorities in business and industry in the area. Extension Center
classes meet Monday through Friday evenings at 1620 S.W. Park Ave.
Department of State-Wide Services. The program of the Department of
State-Wide Services include extension classes in communities outside Portland
and correspondence study.
Through its program of state-wide extension classes, the General Extension
Division provides the people of the state of Oregon with opportunities for col-
lege instruction and educational growth in their home communities. Courses are
• The Federal Cooperative Extension Service is charged with extending to the residents of
the state the benefits, advantages, and available information of Oregon State College and of the
United States Department of Agriculture in agriculture and home economics. This service in-
cludes all forms of cooperative off-campus instruction and assistance in those subjects which can
be adapted, through extension methods, to the direct needs of the people of the state, particularly
in enlarging and enriching the agricultural and home interests of Oregon.
[ 276}
organized in any community which can furnish a suitable meeting place for a
class and give assuran~e.of an e?rollment large enough to pay, through course
tees, the cost of provldmg an mstructor. The state-wide extension program
mcludes both courses. for coll:ge credit and noncredit courses. Through the De-
partment ?f State-Wide SerVices, the General Extension Division cooperates in
the operation of the Central Oregon Community College program at Bend, Oregon.
Correspond~ncestudy at ho~e unde~ competent supervision is provided through
carefully orgamzed courses of mstructlOn prepared by members of the faculties
of the State System of Higher Education. These lesson outlines take the place
of lectures and class exercises given to students in residence. More than two
h~ndred courses are offered in a wide variety of subjects at both college and
!lIgh-schooll~ve1. Courses may be taken without credit by persons who enjoy the
mtellectual stimulus of organized, directed study, or they may be taken for credit
toward a college degree. There are no special entrance requirements for corres-
pondence courses; any adult who has sufficient pr,eparation to profit from them
may e?roll. Complete information is published-in a special Correspondence Study
Bulletm.
Department of Visual Instruction. The Department of Visual Instruction
provides .instr~ctional materi?ls such as glass and film slides, microscope slides,
and motion-picture fi!ms. SUItable fo.r educational use by schools, community
clubs, and other organizations. A speCial bulletin lists the materials available. The
department also provides a consultant service to school districts requesting it and
an ~rtist's service for the various institutions of the State System of Higher Edu-
catIOn.
The department is maintained jointly by the General Extension Division and
the Federal Cooperative Extension Service.
. Radio. Station KOAC. Radio Station KOAC is Oregon's state-owned sta-
tion? of .whlch the State Bo~rd of Higher Education is the managing agency. The
station IS located at Corv~lhs on the campus of Oregon State College, the licensee
and operator of the phySical plant; the General Extension Division directs the
pro~ra~ service. Program material is drawn from Oregon State College, the
Unlve~slty of Oregon, Portland State College, and the three Oregon colleges of
educ~tlOn, and from various departments of the state government. Many other
pubhc agencies, organizations, and individuals contribute frequently to broad-
casts. ~OAC operates with 5,000 ~at!s power on. a .frequency 01 550 kilocycles by
~uthon~y of the Federal CommunicatIOns Commission. The station is maintained
m the mterest of the Oregon public, and programs are free of commercialism.
Program schedules are issued periodically and will be furnished on request. Studios
are lo~at~,d at Cor~al1is, Eugene, Monmouth, Portland, and Salem. "Tapes for
Teachmg are proVided for the schools of Oregon as a special service.
Summary of Enrollment and Degrees Granted
1954-55
ENROLLMENT BY CLASS AND MAJOR, REGULAR SESSION, 1954-55
* Enrollment for the Medical School is for a full school year of four terms.
ENROLLMENT BY PROFESSIONAL OBJECTIVE, EUGENE CAMPUS,
REGULAR SESSION, 1954-55
Total, Eugene campus 307 1,483 1,173 670 615 767
Medical School (Portland) .
Total, University of Oregon .
14
20
77
36
96
1
2
154
4
15
419
279
2,923
3,211
Total
1,838
4,438
4,272
4,099
5,015
797
7,227
6,134
3,004
5,627
5,573
210
125
512
22
73
4
2
3
13
17
771
1,190
Total
20,548
14,414
787
1,619
1,556
1,492
1,806
485
2,956
WomenMen
1,051
2,819
2,716
2,607
3,209
312
4,271
4,333
2,947 57
3,608 2,019
3,320 2,253
206 4
10,081 4,333
2,923
3,211
6,134
Under·
graduate Graduate Other
ENROLLMENT BY SEX, ALL SESSIONS, 1954-55
ENROLLMENT IN GENERAL EXTENSION DIVISION
July 1, 1954-June 30, 1955
Total t correspondence study _ .
Session
Classes
Total, General Extension Division........................................ 16,215
Summer session at Eugene, 1954 .
Fall term at Eugene, 1954·55.............................•......................................
Winter term at Eugene, 1954·55 ..
Spring term at Eugene, 1954·55 .
Net total regular sessions at Eugene, 1954·55...........................•............
Net all sessions, Medical School at Portland, 1954·55 .
Net total, all sessions, University of Oregon, 1954·55 .
Total, bachelor's degrees ..
Total degrees granted .
Advanced degrees:
Doctor of Philosophy .
Doctor of Education .
Doctor of Medicine .
Master of Arts .
Master of Science .
Master of Architecture .
Master of Business Administration _ .
Master of Education .
Master of Fine Arts .
Master of Music .
Total, advanced degrees .
Bachelor's degrees:
Bachelor of Arts .
Bachelor of Science .
Bachelor of Architecture .
Bachelor of Business Administration .
Bachelor of Education .
Bachelor of Interior Architecture .
Bachelor of Landscape Architecture .
Bachelor of Music .
Bachelor of Laws .
Total, Extension Classes .
Correspondence study:
New registrations .
Old registrations .
SUMMARY OF ENROLLMENT AND DEGREES
SUMMARY OF DEGREES GRANTED, 1954-55
Extension classes:
Portland State Extension Center (day) .
Portland State Extension Center (night) .
State·wide classes (77 centers) .
Central Oregon Community College .
2,036
414
933
136
527
209
152
196
166
162
80
5,015
*797
5,812
Total
Gr. Total
852
125
149
2
328
79
72
9
20
90
80
Women
Sr.
Men
1,184
289
784
134
199
130
84
187
146
72
2,441
2 4 10 16
2 I 3
7 7 21 35
8 8 29 45
12 10 16 38
22 14 27 63
5 1 6
14 6 11 31
5 1 6
17 5 22
7 3 10
16 15 22 53
32 37 30 99
10 10 27 47
5 6 6 17
9 7 16 32
19 8 24 51
12 4 5 136
17 2 1 114
24 6 7 166
1 80
12 18 42 72
19 16 10 45
33 23 15 71
309 213 319 3,699
56 102 47 205
155 183 52 390
70 49 141 260
30 16 58 209
26 15 19 60
17 65 82
24 20 21 65
45 45
Jr.
39
So.
65
Spec. Fr.Division
Liberal arts, general studies _-- -- .
Architecture & allied arts .
Business administration __ -- -_ --.
Dentistry .
Education .
Health & physical education ..
Journalism ..
Law .
Medicine u •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Music _._ .
Nursing - - .
College of L!b~,".al Arts:
Lower DivIsIOn 297 1,167 977
Anthropology .
Basic Liberal Studies...........•..........................
Biology .
Chemistry .
Economics __ _ .
English .
Far Eastern Studies ..
Foreign Languages _...... ..--
General Arts & Letters .
General Science __ __ .
General Social Science .
Geography & Geology .
History .
Mathematics ..
Philosophy .
Physics .
Political Science .
PredentaL........................................................ 3 65 47
Prelaw.............................................................. 2 49 43
Premedicine..................................................... 2 89 38
Prcnursing....................................................... 2 48 29
Psychology .
Sociology .
Speech ..
Total, College of Liberal Arts 306 1,418 1,134
School of Architecture & Allied Arts .
School of Business Administration .
School of Education .
School of Health & Physical Education .
School of Journalism .
School of Law .
School of Music .
General Studies .
TotaL................................................................................................. 3,209 1,806 5,015
[278 ]
INDEX 281
Index
Academic Calendar, 8
Academie Regulations, 54
Acounting, 194, 195, 199,200
Administration, Officers of, 10
Admission, 54
Admission to Graduate School, 55, 266
Adult Education, 216
Advertising, 195, 197, 198,201,238,239,241
Asthetics, 148, 149
Air Science, 261, 263
Alumni Association, 87
American Architecture, 189
American Economic History, 115, 141
American Education, 213, 215
American Family, 167
American Geography, 134
American Government, 154, 155
American History, 138, 140, 141
American Indian, 102
American Literature, 117, 120
American Philosophy, 149
American Society, 165
Anatomy, 105,235
Anatomy for Artists, 185
Anglo- Saxon, 119
Anthropology, 101
Anthropology Museum, 52
Architcture, 176
Architecture and Allied Arts,
School of, 174
Art, 86, 174
Art, Primitive, 103
Art Education, 189, 206
Art History, 188
Art Musem, 50, 51
Arts and Letters, General, 94, 99
Assistantships, 35, 273
Associated Students, 85
Astronomy, 150, 151
Athletie Coaehing, 232
Athletics and Sports, 87, 227, 235
Audio-Visual Aids, 48, 214, 277
Auditors, 64
Awards, 81
Bachelor's Degree, Requirements fOT, S6
Bachelor's Degree with Honors, 60
Baeteriology, 105, 106
Basic Liberal Studies, 91
Bible, 124, 161
Bibliography, 120,221
Bibliography (publication series), 53
Bibliography, Legal, 246
Biochemistry, 110, 111
Biogeography, 107
Biology, 100, 104
Biology, Teacher Training, 206
Board and Room, 67
Board of Higher Education, 5
Botany, 104
Business Administration, School of, 192
Business and Construction, 177, 193
Business Education, 193, 195, 196,207
Business English, 122
Business Law, 196
Business Research, Bureau of, 194
Business Review, Oregon, 53, 194
Calendar t Aeademie, 8
Camp Leadership, 236
Campus, 47
Cartography, 134
Ceramics, 186, 187
Chemistry, 108
Chemistry, Teacher Training, 207
Child, Exceptional, 212, 219
Child Care and Training, 142
Child Growth, 235
Child Psrchology, 159, 160
Children s Literature, 221
Chinese, 128
City Government, 155, 172
City Planning, 135, 181, 182, 183
Classical Languages, 124
Climatology, 134
Clinical Teaching, 212, 219
Clothing, 142
Clubs and Societies, Student, 85
Coaching, Athletic. 232
Comparative Literature (periodical), 53
Condon Museum of Geology, 51
Conservation, 114, 134
Constitutional History t 140
Constitutional Law, 155,248
Cooperative Houses, 70
Correspondence Study, 58, 277
Counseling, 158, 159, 160,161,218
Counselling Center, 66
Course-Numbering System, 61, 267
Criminology, 166, 246
Currieulum, Publie Sehool, 203, 215, 216,
217,218,219
Dance, 86, 224, 230, 231, 233
Deans, University, 10
DeBusk Memorial Clinic, 212
Degrees, 56, 265
Degrees Granted, Summary, 1954-55, 279
Dental Hygiene, 226
Dentistry, Preparatory Curriculum. 97
Deposits, 63, 65, 69
Design, Applied, 185
Design, Basic, 184
Dietetics, 142
Doctor's Degree, Requirements for. 270
Dormitories, 68
Drama, 86,119,168,169,170,171
Drama, Teacher Training, 207
Drawing, 183
Economics, 112
Education, School of, 202
Educational Administration, 212, 220
Educational Guidance, 218, 219
Educational Research, Bureau of, 203
Elementary Education, 145, 189, 191,204,
216,221,230,232,259,260
Employment Services, 67, 71, 203
English, 116
English, Corrective, 56, 121, 122
English, Teacher Training, 120, 122,207
English, Written, 117 121
English Composition Requirement, 56, 121
Enroilment, Summary of, 1954-55, 278
Entrance Examinations, 56, 67, 72
Erb Memorial Union, 49, 84
Extension Division, 274, 276
Extension Division Enrollment, 1954-55, 279
Extraeurrieular Activities, 85
Faculty, 11
Family, 142, 165, 167,247
Far Eastern Studies, 94
Federal Extension Service, 276
Fees, 63
Fees, Graduate, 63, 267
Fees, Musie, 252
Feilowships, 35, 74, 273
Finanee, 113, 145, 194, 198, 199
First Aid, 228
Foods, 142
Foreign Languages, 123
Foreign Students, 66
Foreign Trade, 114, 194. 199
Foreign Trade Advisory Board, 194
Forensics, 86, 168
Fraternities, 69
French, 128
French, Teacher Training, 208
General Arts and Letters, 93, 99
General Extension Division, 274, 276
General Extension Division, Enrollment,
1954-55,279
General Science, 94, 100
General Scienc~ Teacher Training, 208
General Social ;"cience, 94, 101
General Studies, 268
Geography, 132, 133
Geology, 132, 135
Geology Museum, 51
German, 126
German, Teacher Training, 208
Grading System, 62
Graduate Placement Service, 67
Graduate School, 265
Graduate Students, Admissions of, 55,266
Greek,124
Group Requirement, 57, 58, 89
Guidance, Educational, 218, 219
Handicappd Children, 212, 219
Health and Physical Education, School of, 223
Health Education, 208, 223, 225, 227
Health Education Requirement, 57, 226
Health Service, 71
Hearing Clinic, 66, 172
Herbarium. 51
High-School Teacher Training, 205, 218
Higher Education, 220
History, 100, 137
History of University, 46
Home Economics, 141
Home Economics, Teacher Training, 209
Honor Societies, 85
Honors, Bachelor's Degree with, 60
Honors, Master's Degree with, 61. 268
Honors, Sophomore, 60, 90
Housing, 142, 178, 182, 183
Housing, Student, 67
Housing Regulations, 70
Income of University, 47
Industrial Management, 196
Insurance, 198, 199, 247
Interior Architecture, 179
International Law, 155
International Relations, 140, 154, 155
International Trade, 114, 194, 199
Investments.. 199
Italian, 129
japanese, 128ewelry, 187ournahsm, School of, 237
Journalism, Teacher Training, 209, 242
Junior High School, 218
Kindergarten, 216, 217
KOAC, Radio Station, 277
Labor, 113, 115, 159, 248
Landscape Architecture, 181
Latin, 125
Latin, Teacher Training, 209
Latin, Vulgar, 131
Law, Business, 196
Law, International, 155
Law, School, 214
Law, School of, 243
Law Library, 49, 245
Law of the Press, 240
Law Review, Oregon, 53, 245
Liberal Arts, College of, 89
Liberal Studies, Basic, 91
Libraries 48
Library, Law, 49, 245
Library, Municipal Reference, 49, 172
Library, Museum, 50, 51
Library Instruction, 50,209, 221
Library Fines, 50
Linguistics, 103
Loan Funds, 72
Marine Biology, Institute of, 105
Marketing, 195, 197, 199
Married-Stndent Housing, 70
Master's Degrees, Requirements for, 267
Mathematical Economics, 115
Mathematics, 143
M~i~ematics, Elementary School, 145, 216
Mathematics, Teacher Training, 144, 209
Medical School, 88, 95, 250, 273
Medical Technology, 98 250
Medicine, Preparatory Curriculum, 95
Mental Tests, 158,219
Merchandising, 195, 197, 199
Metalsmithing, 187
Meteorology, 151
Military and Air Science and Tactics,
Department of, 261
Military R,equirement, Men, 57, 261
Mun~c!pal Reference Library, 49, 172
MuniCipal Research and Service, Bureau of,
49,53, 172
Museum of Art, 50 51
Museum of Natural History 51
Music, School of, 86, 251 '
Music Education, 210, 253, 258
Mythology, 100, 103
Natural History M usenm, 51
New Student Week, 67
No-Grade Courses, 62
Nonresident Fee, 63, 65
Norwegian, 127
Novel Writing, 122
Nursing Education, 98,147,250
Oregon Business Review, 53, 194
Oregon Geography, 134
Oregon Geology, 135
Oregon History, 138, 140
Oregon Law Review, 53,245
Oregon State Board of Higher Education, 5
Oregon State Museum of Anthropology, 52
Oregon State System of Higher EducatIOn, 6
Oregon State System Officers, 7
Oregon State Teacher's Certificates, 204, 205
Oriental Anthropology, 102, 103
Oriental Art, 189
Oriental Art, Warner Collection of, 51
Oriental Geography, 135-
Oriental Government, 154
Oriental History, 138, 141, 154
Oriental Languages, 128
Oriental Literature, 99
Oriental Studies, 94
Painting, 183
Palaentology, 107, 136, 137
Personnel Management, 195, 196
Philosophy, 148
Philosophy of Education, 214, 215
Philosophy of Religion, 162
Phonetics, 171
Photography, 151,241
Physical Education, 210, 223, 229
Physical Education Clinic, Corrective, 66
Physical Education Requirement, 57,226
Physical Examination, 56, 72
Physical Therapy, 225, 233, 234
Physics, 150
Physics, Teacher Training, 211
Physiology, 105, 106, 107, 108,232,235
Placement Examinations, 56, 67, 72
Placement Services, 67, 71, 203
Play Writing, 122
Political Science, 153
Population, 165, 166 .
Portland Extension Center, 274, 276
Predental Curriculum, 97
Prelaw Curriculum, 243
[280 ]
282 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
Premedical Curriculum, 95
Prenursing Curriculum, 98
Pre-Physical Therapy, 225
Press, University, 238
Printing, 239
Prizes and Awards, 81
Propaganda, 242
Psychology, 156
Psychology, Educational, 157, 214, 215, 219
Psychology, Social, 158, 165
Psychology of Relil;ion, 162
Puhlic AdministratlOn, 155, 172
Public Finance, 113
Public Health, 228
Public Opinion, 155,240,242
Public Relations, 195, 236
Public Welfare, 167
Publications, Alumni, 87
Publications, Official, 52
Publications, Student, 87
Publishing, 239
R.OoToCo, 261
Race Relations, 166
Radio, 86, 169, 170, 171, 197,238,239,
241,277
Reading, 66, 118,217,219
Reading Clinic, 66
Real Estate, 196
Recreation, 235
Registration Procedure, 61
Regulations, Academic, 54
Regulations, Housing, 70
Regulations, Scholarship, 62, 85
Religion, 161
Religion of Primitives, 103
Research, 265
Residence Requirement, 57
Romance Languages, 128
Room and Board, 67
Russian, 132
Safety Education, 228
Scandinavian Langual;es, 127
Scholarship, RegistratIon for, 61
Scholarship Regualtions, 62, 85
Scholarships, 74,273 0
School Administration, 212, 220
School Health Service, 229
Science. General, 94, 100
Science, History of, 149
Science, Philosophy of, 149
Science, Teacher Training, 206, 207, 208, 211
Scientific Method, 149 .
Sculpture, 185
Secondary Education, 205, 218
Secretarial Science, 193, 201
Selling, 197
Semantics, 149
Short Story Writing, 122
Shorthand, 20 I
Social Education, 214
Social Hygiene, 228
Social Psychology, 158 165
Social Science, General, 94, 100
Social Science, Teacher Training, 211
Social Work, 167
Societies and Clubs, Student, 85
Sociology, 162
Sophomore Honors, 60, 90
Sororities, 69
Spanish, 130
Spanish Teacher Training, 211
Special Education, 212,219
Special Students, 55
Speech, 86, 168
Speech, Teacher Training, 171,211
Speech and Hearing Clinic, 66, 171, 172
Speech Defects, 66, 171, 172
State Board of Hii[her Education, 5
State System of HIgher Education, 6
State System Officers, 7
State Teacher's Certificates, 204, 205
Statistical Economics, 112
Statistics, 112, 115, 144, 145, 146, 147, 197,
215,234
Stenography, 201
Student Affairs, Office of, 66
Student Expenses, 70
Student Health Service, 71
Student Life and Welfare, 66
Student Loan Funds, 72
Student Union, 49, 84
Summer Sessions, 275
Surveying, 178
Swedish, 127
Taxation, 114, 195, 199,249
Teacher Placement Service, 203
Teacher's Certificates, 204, 205
Television, 169, 170, 171, 197, 238, 239, 241
Textiles, 142, 186, 187
TheaterJ .86, 168, 169, 170, 171Traffic Management, 198
Transfer Students, 54
Typing, 201
Typography, 239
Union, Student, 49, 84
University, History of, 46
University Press, 238
Urban Geography, 135
Urban Planning, 135, 181, 182, 183
Urban Politics, 155
Vaccination, 72
Versification, 122
Visual Instruction, 48, 214, 277
Warner Collection of Oriental Art, 5I
Weaving, 186, 187
Writing, Major in, 117, 121
Zoology, 104
Zoology Museum, 52